AiRregs
Air Pollution Regulatory Services, Inc .
LOUISVIflLE KY
STA TE I MPLEMENTAT ION PTh. N
BINDER #1 (OF 2)
THIS BINDER CONTAINS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATIONS
WITH THE SIP SUBMITTAL AND APPROVAL HISTORY (to Reg 7.50)
for
Air Programs Branch
U.S. EPA Region IV
345 Courtland Strset, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 36365
EPA P@ 9R—0472—NASA 1988
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROflEG.TJ.qN *<*E1MCY
REGION IV
345 COURTLAND STREET. N E
ATLANTA. GEORGIA 3O365
MEMORANDUM
DATE: JAN 11 1991
SUBJECT: Update of SIP compilation for Jefferson County.;. ^Kentucky
FROM: Kay T. Prince, Chie
Northern Planning Unit •_.•-•«*.. i
Northern Planning, Grants & Monitor ing .-Section0-'
Air Programs Branch
TO: William D. Anderson, Chief t
Air, Water, Toxics and General. Law, Branch*
Office of Regional Counsel
R. Douglas Neeley, Chief
Compliance Section
Air Enforcement Branch
i. . .,
Attached is an update to the SIP compilation for 'Jefferson -CounfeyV
Kentucky. Please make the following changes..
Remove
Replace
01
12
19
22
29
30
31
Regulation 5
Regulation 6
Regulation 6
Regulation 6
Regulation 6
Regulation 6
Regulation 6
Regulation 6.32
Regulation 6.33
Regulation 6.34
Regulation 6.35
This includes the federally approved revisions to date.
any questions, please contact Dick Schutt at 347-2864.
Regulation
Regulation-€JTi
Regulat|lfrf^3
Regulation-6f2
lifeguiisrtjjfdri1'^.'
i^eSgulatidn' 6'.-3T
Regulation 6.tf2;p£
Regulation
Regulation 6.
Regulation ~
If you 'have
Attachment
-------
S r 4
)
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
REGION IV
345 COURTLAND STREET. N £
ATLANTA. GEORGIA 30365
MEMORANDUM
DATE: MAR 2 i990
SUBJECT: SIP Compilation for Jefferson County, Kentucky
FROM: R. Douglas Neeley, Chief
Stationary Source Planning Sectio
TO: Thomas Hansen, P.E., Chief
Mobile Source Planning Section
William D. Anderson, Chief
Air, Water, Toxics and General Law Branch
Office of Regional Counsel
Roger 0. Pfaff, P.E., Chief
Air Compliance Branch
Attached is an update to the SIP compilation for Jefferson County,
Kentucky. Please make the following changes.
Remove Page Replace with
57—58 (dated Aug. 30, 1989) 89—109
12—26 191—192 (A)
19 1—182
If you have any questions, please contact Dick Schutt at 347—2864.
Attachment
-------
I) S7 4 ,
____ UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
I
REGION IV
345 COURTLANO STREET
ATLANTA. GEORGIA 30365
MEMORANDUM
DATE: SEP 251989
SUBJECT: SIP Compilations For Jefferson Co., Kentucky
FROM: R. Douglas Neeley, Chief
Stationary Source Planning Section
TO: Thomas Hansen, P • E., Chief
Mobile Source Planning Section
William D. Anderson, Chief
Air, Water, ToxiCs, and General Law
Branch
Office of Regional Counsel
Roger 0. Pfaff, P.E., Chief
Air Compliance Branch
Attached is the latest version of the SIP compilation for Jefferson
Co., Kentucky. If you find any discrepancies or have any questions,
please contact Dick Schutt at X2864. We will continue to provide
updates for these notebooks periodically. At the top of each page is
the date of the printout. These will enable the reader to determined
the latest version.
Attachment
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
1. INTRODUCTION
WELCOME TO THE EPA REGION IV LOUISVILLE KENTUCKY SIP COMPILATION
PROGRAM! This file contains the most recent FEDERALLY APPROVED
regulations for LOUISVILLE, along with the submittal and approval
history for each regulation. Normally you will only need this
“hard copy” file; the computer file is for updating and printing.
2. COMPUTER PROGRAM
This computer file is in the WORDSTAR word processing program
under the filename LOSIP.1ST, LOSIP.2ND, etc. SIP programs for
other states are under filenames such as FLSIP, SCSIP, and ALSIP.
*****************************************************************
***** DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE OR STATE FILES UNLESS YOU HAVE *****
THE APPROVAL OF THE AIR PROGRAMS BRANCH CHIEF!
3. COMPUTER FILE ACCESS
All files have been are stored on the sealed hard disk in “C”
drive. To open a SIP file, follow the instructions on the
opening WordStar menu. Press “D” to “create or edit a Document
file”. When the WordStar prompt “NAME OF FILE TO EDIT?” appears,
type the name of the SIP file you want. The file is listed in
the directory under the opening menu instructions, but you can
remember the simple file names.
5. FINDING A REGULATION
After the file name is entered, the beginning of the SIP will
appear on the screen in about 3 seconds. The command to find a
specific regulation is simple. While holding down the CTRL key,
type “Q” to see the Quick Menu, then type “F”. When the prompt
“FIND?” appears, type the regulation title or number, then enter.
In a few seconds the regulation will appear on the screen.
You can also find any sequence of characters, which may or may
not form a word or phrase. For example, after the prompt FIND?,
you could type “bubble” or “noncomplying sources”, and the cursor
will come to rest at those words.
3. EXITING THE COMPUTER FILE
When you are finished looking at the file, type “K” while holding
down the CTRL key then “Q”. Do this even if you intend to print
the file. If you accidentally edited or changed the file in any
way, those changes will not be saved. Remember, the file must
not be changed without the Air Program Branch Chief’s approval.
4. PRINTING THE FILE
After you have exited the file, the opening menu will appear.
Press P, then type the name of the file you need to print. A
series of questions will follow. After each question, just press
the enter key except for the questions on page numbering.
1
-------
hYc3IP rile 1nck i
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOCONTENT”
Reg 1.01 General Application of Regulations and Standards 3
Reg 1.02 Definitions 3
Reg 1.03 Abbreviations 12
Reg 1.04 Performance Tests 14
Reg 1.05 Compliance with Emission .Standards and
Maintenance Requirements 17
Reg 1.06 Source Self Monitoring and Reporting 19
Reg 1.07 Emissions During Shutdown and Malfunction 20
Req 1.08 Administrative Procedures 23
Reg 1.09 Prohibition of Air Pollution 31
Reg 1.10 Circumvention 32
Reg 1.11 Control of Open Burning Section B
Reg 1.12 Control of Nuisances Section B
Reg 1.13 Control of Objectionable Odors in the Section B
Ambient Air
Req 1.14 Control of Fugitive Particulate Emissions Section B
Reg 1.15 Effective Date for Federal Regulations Adopted
by Reference
Reg 2.01 General Provisions 33
Reg 2.02 Registration and Minor Source Exemptions 34
Reg 2.04 Construction or Modification of Major Sources 39
in or Impacting upon Non-Attainment Areas (Emission
Offset Requirements)
Reg 2.05 Prevention of Significant Deterioration of Air Quality 41
Reg 3.04 Ambient Air Quality Standards 51, 53
Reg 3.05 Methods of Measurement 56
Reg 4 - Air Pollution Episodes
[ SEE SECTION B]
Reg 4.01 General Provisions
Reg 4.02 Episode Criteria
Reg 4.03 General Abatement Requirements
Reg 4.04 Particulate and Sulfur Dioxide Reduction Requirements
Reg 4.05 Hydrocarbon and Nitrogen Oxide Reduction Requirements
Reg 4.06 Carbon Monoxide Reduction Requirements
Reg 4.07 Reporting
Reg 5 - Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
Reg 5.01 General Provisions 57
Reg 5.02 Definitions 59
Reg 5.03 Potential Hazardous Emissions 60
Peg 5.04 Emission Standard for Asbestos 61
Reg 5.05 Emission Standard for Beryllium 76
Peg 5.06 Emission Standard for Mercury 80
Reg 5.07 Emission Standard for Beryllium Rocket Motor Firing 86
Reg 5.08 Emission Standards for Vinyl Chloride 88
Reg 5.09 Emission Standards for Hazardous Volatile Organic
Compound Equipment Leaks 103
Reg 5.10 Emission Standard for Benzene Equipment Leaks 104
Peg 5.11 Performance Standards for Existing Sources 105
Emitting Toxic Air Pollutants
1
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 LOCONTENTtI
Reg 5.12 Performance Standards for New or Modified Sources
Emitting Toxic Air Pollutants 106
Reg 6 — Existing Affected Facilities
General Provisions 107
Emission Monitoring 108
Control of Nuisances 117
Control of Odors 119
Control of Fugitive Particulate Emissions 120
Control of Open Burning 122
Standards of Performance for Existing Indirect 124
Heat Exchangers
Standard of Performance for Existing Incinerators 127
Standards of Performance for Existing Process 128
Operations
Standards of Performance for Existing Process Gas
Streams 131
Standards of Performance for Existing Iron and Steel
Plants 133
Standards of Performance for Existing Asphalt Paving
Operations 134
Standard of Performance for Existing Storage
Vessels for Volatile Organic Compounds 136
Standard of Performance for Selected Existing
Petroleum Refining Processes and Equipment 143
Standards of Performance for Existing Gasoline
Transfer to Service Station Storage Tanks 145
Standard of Performance for Existing Large Appliance 148
Surface Coating Operations
Standard of Performance for Existing Automobile and
Light Duty Truck Surface Coating Operations 152
Standard of Performance for Existing Solvent
Metal Cleaning Equipment 157
Standard of Performance for Existing Metal 164
Furniture Surface Coating Operations
Standard of Performance for Existing Bulk Gasoline
Plants 168
Standard of Performance for Existing Gasoline Loading
Facilities at Bulk Terminals 172
Standard of Performance for Existing Volatile Organic
Materials Loading Facilities 175
Standard of Performance for Existing Dry Cleaning
Facilities 177
Standard of Performance for Existing Sources Using
Organic Materials 179
Standard of Performance for Existing Sanitary
Landfills 183
Standard of Performance for Existing Volatile
Organic Compound Water Separators 184
Standards of Performance for Liquid Waste
Incinerators 185
Standard of Performance for Existing Hot Air Aluminum
Atomization Processes 188
Standard of Performance for Existing Graphic Arts
Facilities Using Rotogravure and Flexography 189
Reg
Req
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
6.01
6.02
6.03
6.04
6.05
6.06
6.07
Reg 6.08
Reg 6.09
Reg 6.10
Reg 6.11
Reg 6.12
Reg 6.13
Reg 6.14
Reg 6.15
Reg 6.16
Req 6.17
Reg 6.18
Reg 6.19
Reg 6.20
Reg 6.2].
Reg 6.22.
Reg 6.23
Reg 6.24
Req 6.25
Reg 6.26
Reg 6.27
Reg 6.28
Reg 6.29
2
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOCONTENT”
Reg 6.30 Standard of Performance for Existing Factory Surface
Coating Operations of Flat Wood Paneling 193
Reg 6.31 Standard of Performance for Existing Miscellaneous
Metal Parts and Products Surface Coating Operationsl97
Reg 6.32 Standard of Performance for Leaks from Existing
Petroleum Refinery Equipment 202
Reg 6.33 Standard of Performance for Existing Synthesized
Pharmaceutical Product Manufacturing Operations 206
Reg 6.34 Standard of Performance for Existing Pneumatic Rubber
Tire Manufacturing Plants 210
Reg 6.35 Standard of Performance for Existing Fabric, Vinyl and
Paper Surface Coating Operations 212
Reg 6.36 Standard of Performance for Existing Metal Parts and
Products Surface Coating Operations at Auto and Truck
Manufacturing Plants 216
Reg 6.37 Control of Dispensing Unleaded Gasoline (Voided)
Reg 6.38 Standard of Performance for Existing Air Oxidation
Processes in Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing
Industries 223
Reg 6.39 Standard of Performance for Equipment Leaks of
Volatile Organic Compounds in Existing Synthetic
Organic Chemical and Polymer Manufacturing Plants 224
Reg 7 — New Affected Facilities
General Provisions
Control of Nuisances
Control of Odors
Control of Fugitive Particulate Emissions
Control of Open Burning
Standards of Performance for New Indirect 1-leat
Exchangers
Standards of Performance for New Incinerators 250
Standards of Performance for New Process Operations 253
Standards of Performance for New Process Gas Streams 256
Standards of Performance for New Steel Plants Using
Basic Oxygen Process Furnaces 258
Standards of Performance for New Asphalt Concrete
Plants and Asphalt Paving Operations 261
Standards of Performance for New Storage Vessels for
Volatile Organic Compounds 263
Standards of Performance for New Petroleum
Refineries 270
Standards of Performance for Selected New Petroleum
Refining Processes and Equipment 281
Standards of Performance for Gasoline Transfer to New
Service Station Storage Tanks 283
Standards of Performance for New Large Appliance
Surface Coating Operations 285
Standards of Performance for New Automobile and Light
Truck Surface Coating Operations 286
Standards of Performance for New Solvent Metal
Cleaning Equipment 287
Standards of Performance for New Metal Furniture
Surface Coating Operations 293
Standards of Performance for Gasoline Loading
Facilities at New Bulk Plants 294
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
7.01
7.02
7.03
7.04
7.05
7.06
7.07
7.08
7.09
7.10
225
230
231
236
238
Reg 7.11
Reg 7.12
Reg 7.13
Reg 7.14
Reg 7.15
Reg 7.16
Reg 7.17
Reg 7.18
Reg 7.19
Reg 7.20
3
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 0, 1989 “LOCONTENT”
Reg 7.21 Standards of Performance for Gasoline Loading
Facilities at New Bulk Terminals
Reg 7.22 Standards of Performance for New Volatile Organic
Compound Loading Facilities
Reg 7.23 Standards of Performance for New Dry Cleaning
Facilities
Reg 7.24 Standards of Performance for New Surface Coating
Operations
Reg 7.25 Standards of Performance for New Sources Using
Volatile Organic Compounds
Reg 7.26 New Sanitary Landfills
Reg 7.27 Standards of Performance for New Portland Cement
7.28 Standard of Performance for New Nitric Acid Plants 312
Standard of Performance for New Sulfuric Acid Plants3l4
Standard of Performance for New Secondary Lead
Smelters 317
Standard of Performance for New Secondary Brass and
Bronze Ingot Production Plants 319
Standard of Performance for New Sewage
Treatment Plants 320
Standard of Performance for New Kraft Paper Mills 323
Standard of Performance for New Sulfite Pulp Mills 330
Standard of Performance for New Ethylene Producing
Plants 331
Standard of Performance for New Volatile Organic
Compound Water separators 332
Standard of Performance for New Primary Copper
Smelters 334
Standard of Performance for New Primary
Zinc Smelters 338
Standard of Performance for New Primary Aluminum
Reduction Plants 344
Standard of Performance for New Wet Process Phosphoric
Acid Plants 351
Standard of Performance for Super-Phosphoric Acid
Plants 352
Standard of Performance for New Diammoniuni Phosphate
Plants 353
Standard of Performance for New Triple Superphosphate
Plants 354
7.45 Standard of Performance for New Granular Triple
Superphosphate Storage Facilities 355
7.46 Standard of Performance for New Coal Preparation
Plants 358
7.47 Standard of Performance for New Ferroalloy Production
Facilities 361
7.48 Standard of Performance for Steel Plants and Foundries
Using New Electric Arc Furnaces 370
7.49 Standard of Performance for New Grain Elevators 376
7.50 Standard of Performance for New Lime Manufacturing
Plants 380
7.51 Standard of Performance for New Liquid Manufacturing
Plants 381
7.52 Standard of Performance for New Fabric, Vinyl, and
Paper Surface Coating Operations 384
Plants
297
299
301
304
307
309
310
7.29
7.30
7.31
7 . 32
7.33
7 . 34
7.35
7.36
7.37
7.38
7.40
7.41
7.42
7.43
7.44
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
Reg
4
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOCONTENT”
Reg 7.53 Standard of Performance for New Can Surface Coating
Operations 388
Reg 7.54 Standard of Performance for New Coil Surface Coating
Operations 389
Reg 7.55 Standard of Performance for New Operations for
Insulation of Magnet Wire 390
Reg 7.56 Leaks from New Petroleum Refinery Equipment 392
Reg 7.57 New Graphic Arts Facilities Using Rotogravure and
Flexography 399
Reg 7.58 Standards of Performance for New Factory Surface
Coating Operations of Flat Wood Paneling 403
Reg 7.59 Standards of Performance for New Miscellaneous Metal
Parts and Products Surface Coating Operations 405
Reg 7.60 Standards of Performance for New Synthesized
Pharmaceutical Product Manufacturing Operations 413
Reg 7.61 Standards of Performance for New Pneumatic Rubber Tire
Manufacturing Plants 416
Reg 7.62 Standards of Performance for Stationary Gas
Turbines 418
Reg 7.63 Standards of Performance for New Electric Utility
Steam Generating Units 419
Reg 7.64 Standards of Performance for New Aminonium Sulfate
Manufacturing Units 437
[ SEE SECTION B FOR THE FOLLOWING REGULATIONS)
Reg 7.65 Standard of Performance for New Glass Manufacturing
Plants
Reg 7.66 Standard of Performance for New Lead-Acid Battery
Manufacturing Plants
Reg 7.67 Standards of Performance for New Phosphate Rock
Plants
Reg 7.68 Standard of Performance for New Metallic Mineral
Processing Plants
Reg 7.69 Standards of Performance for New Pressure Sensitive
Tape and Label Surface Coating Operations
Reg 7.70 Standards of Performance for New Asphalt Processing
and Asphalt Roofing Manufacturing Plants
Reg 7.71 Standards of Performance for Equipment Leaks of
Volatile Organic Compounds in New Synthetic Organic
Chemicals Manufacturing Plant s
Reg 7.72 Standard of Performance for New Synthetic Fiber
Production Plants
Reg 7.73 Standards of Performance for New Graphic Arts
Industry: Publication Rotogravure Printing
Reg 7.74 Standards of Performance for New Petroleum Dry
Cleaner
Reg 8 Vehicle Exhaust Testing Requirements 531
5
-------
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 1.01 GENERAL APPLICATION OF REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SECTION 1
Regulations of the District shall be construed and applied in
light of the considerations set forth hereinafter which shall
guide the District in the issuance, modification, and revocation
of permits.
(a) All other provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, all
air contaminant sources shall as a minimum apply such control
procedures as are reasonable, available, and practical.
(b) Nothing in these regulations is intended to periuit any
practice which is in violation of any statute, ordinance, or
regulation.
(C) These regulations shall be construed as complementary to
each other, and to such other regulations as have been adopted or
shall be adopted by the District. If any provision of these
regulations or the application thereof to any person or
circumstance is held to be invalid, such invalidity shall not
affect other provisions or application of any other part of these
regulations and to this end each provision of these regulations,
and the various applications thereof, are declared to be
severable.
(d) A word importing the singular number only may extend and
be applied to several persons or things, as well as to one person
or thing, and a word importing the plural number may extend and
be applied to one person or thing as well as to several persons
or things.
Ce) A word importing the masculine gender only may extend and
be applied to females as well as males.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: @
2
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 1.02 DEFINITIONS
The following terms shall have the meaning given them below
except as otherwise specified in these regulations. All terms
not defined below shall have the meaning given them elsewhere in
these regulations, KRS 77.005, or by commonly accepted usage.
(1) “Affected facility” means a piece of equipment or an
operation, to which a regulation is applicable or which emits or
may emit air contaminants.
(2) “Air contaminant or air pollutant” includes smoke, dust,
soot, grime, carbon or other particulate matter, radioactive
matter, noxious acid, fumes, gases, odor, vapor, or any
combination thereof.
(3) Air pollution control equipment” is equipment which may
be required by law or regulation for the control of air
pollution, but is not vital to production of the normal product
of the source or to its normal operation.
(4) “Alternative method” means any method of sampling and
analyzing for an air pollutant which is not a reference method or
an equivalent method but which has been demonstrated to the
satisfaction of the United States Environmental Protection Agency
and the District to produce, in specific cases, results adequate
for determining compliance.
(5) “Ambient air” means that portion of the atmosphere
external to buildings. [ to which the general public has access.]
(6) “Ambient air quality standard” means the numerical
expression of a goal to be achieved and maintained through the
application of appropriate preventive and/or control measures.
It consists of two parts:
(1) a specified concentration level for a particular air
contaminant, and -
(ii) the time averaging over which that concentration level
is measured.
(7) “Annual mean” means an average determined on the basis of
any consecutive 12-month interval.
(8) “Annual potential” means emissions based on the maximum
annual rated capacity of the source, unless the source is subject
to enforceable permit conditions which limit the operating rate
or hours of operation, or both.
(9) “Asbestos” means actinollite, amosite, anthophylite,
chrysotile,
crocidolite, tremolite.
(10) “Asbestos mill” means any facility engaged in the
conversion or any intermediate step in the conversion of asbestos
3
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
ore into commercial asbestos. Outside storage of asbestos
materials is not considered a part of such facility.
(11) “Asbestos material” means asbestos or any material
containing asbestos.
(12) “Asbestos tailings” means any solid waste product of
asbestos mining or milling operations which contains asbestos.
(13) “Beryllium” means the element beryllium, where weights
or concentrations apply to beryllium only, excluding the weight
or concentration of any associated elements.
(14) “Beryllium alloy” means any metal to which beryllium has
been added in order to increase its beryllium content and which
contains more than 0.1 percent beryllium by weight.
(15) “Beryllium ore” means any naturally occurring material
mined or gathered for its beryllium content.
(16) “Beryllium propellant” means any propellant
incorporating beryllium.
(17) “Best available control technology” (BACT) means an
emission limitation (including a visible emission standard) based
on the maximum degree of reduction for each pollutant subject to
regulation which would be emitted from any proposed major
stationary source or major modification which the District (on a
case—by—case basis, taking into account energy, environmental,
and economic impacts and other costs) determines is achievable
for such source or modification through application of production
processes or available methods, systems, and techniques,
including fuel cleaning or treatment or innovative fuel
combustion techniques for control of such pollutant. In no event
shall application of best available control technology result in
emissions of any pollutant which would exceed the emissions
allowed by any applicable standard under Regulation 5, 6 or 7.
(18) “Board” means the Air Pollution Control Board of
Jefferson County as provided for in KRS Chapter 77.
(19) “Bulk resin” means a resin which is produced by a
polymerization process in which no water is used.
(20) “Ceramic plant” means a manufacturing plant producing
ceramic items.
(21) “Commence” means that an owner or operator has
undertaken a continuous program of construction or modification
or that an owner or operator has entered into a binding agreement
or a contractual obligation to undertake and complete, within a
reasonable time, a continuous program of construction or
modification.
(22) “Commercial asbestos” means any variety of asbestos
4
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
which is produced by extracting asbestos from asbestos ore.
(23) “Compliance schedule” means a schedule of remedial
measures including enforceable sequence of actions or operations
leading to compliance with any limitation or standard.
(24) “Construction” means fabrication, erection, modification
or installation of an affected facility or any portion of an
affected facility.
(25) “Demolition” means the wrecking or removal of any load-
supporting structural member.
(26) “Dispersion resin” means a resin manufactured in such as
to form fluid dispersions when dispersed in a plasticizer or
plasticizer/diluent mixtures.
(27) “Denuder” means a container which is part of a mercury
chior—alkali cell and in which water and alkali metal amalgam are
converted to alkali metal hydroxide, mercury, and hydrogen gas in
a short-circuited, electrolytic reaction.
(28) “District” means the Air Pollution Control District of
Jefferson County as provided for in KRS Chapter 77.
(29) “Eight-hour average” means an average determined on the
basis of any consecutive 8 hour interval.
(30) “Emission standard” means a legally enforceable
regulation either setting forth a numerical limit on air
contaminants emitted into the ambient air, or prescribing
equipment or operating specifications for such control.
(31) “Equivalent method” means any method of sampling and
analyzing for an air pollutant which has been demonstrated to the
United States Environmental Protection Agency’s satisfaction to
have a consistent and qualitatively known relationship to the
reference method, under specified conditions.
(32) “Ethylene dichioride plant” means any plant which
produces ethylene dichloride by reaction of oxygen and hydrogen
chloride with ethylene.
(33) “Ethylene dichloride purification” means any part of the
process of ethylene dichioride production which follows ethylene
dichloride formation and in which finished ethylene dichioride is
produced.
(34) “Existing affected facility” except as otherwise
specified under applicable regulations, means any affected
facility which is being or has commenced construction before the
effective date of the applicable emission standard and which has
not been subsequently modified or reconstructed.
(35) “Fixed capital cost” means the capital needed to provide
all of the depreciable components.
5
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
(36) “Fuel” means natural gas, petroleum, coal, wood, and any
other form of solid, liquid, or gaseous matter consumed for the
purpose of creating useful heat.
(37) “Fugitive particulate matter” means any particular
matter which is emitted into the open air from points other than
a stack outlet.
(38) “Fugitive soil” means particulate matter composed of
soil which is uncontaminated by pollutants resulting from
industrial activity. Fugitive soil may include emissions from
haul roads, wind erosions of exposed soil surfaces and soil
storage piles, and other activities in which soil is either
removed, stored, transported or redistributed.
(39) “Hazardous air pollutant” means• an air pollutant to
which no ambient air quality standard is applicable and which in
the judgment of the District may cause, or contribute to, an
increase in mortality or an increase in serious irreversible, or
incapacitating reversible, illness.
(40) “Hearing Board” means the Air Pollution Control Hearing
Board of Jefferson County as defined in KRS Chapter 77.
(41) “Hydrogen gas stream” means a hydrogen stream formed in
the chlor-alkali cell denuder.
(42) “Incineration” means the process of igniting and burning
solid, semi-solid, liquid, or gaseous combustible or partially
combustible wastes.
(43) “Incinerator’ means any furnace used in the process of
burning waste for the purpose of reducing the volume of waste by
removing combustible matter.
(44) “Latex resin” means a resin which is produced by a
polymerization process which initiates from Lee radical catalyst
sites and is sold undried.
(45) “Lowest achievable emission rate” (LAER) means, for any
source, that rate of emissions based on the following, whichever
is more stringent:
(i) The most stringent emission limitation which is contained
in the implementation plan of any State for such class or
category of source, unless the owner or operator of the proposed
source demonstrates that such limitations are not achievable; or
(ii) The most stringent emission limitation which is achieved
in practice or can reasonably be expected to occur in practice by
such class or category of source taking into consideration the
pollutant which must be controlled.
6
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
The lowest achievable emission rate shall not exceed the
amount allowable under applicable new source standards of
performance.
(46) “Major modification” means that change as defined in
Regulations 2.04 and 2.05, whichever is applicable.
(47) “Major source” means any source which has the potential
to emit 100 tons per year of particulate matter, sulfur oxides,
nitrogen oxides, volatile organic compounds, carbon monoxide, or
lead.
(48) “Malfunction” means any sudden, unforeseen, and
unavoidable failure of air pollution control equipment or process
equipment or of a process to operate in a normal or usual manner,
not including failures that are caused entirely or in part by
poor maintenance, careless operation, or any other preventable
upset condition or equipment breakdown.
(49) “Mercury” means the element mercury, excluding any
associated elements, and includes mercury in particulates,
vapors, aerosols, and compounds.
(50) “Mercury chlor-alkali cell” means a device which is
basically composed of an electrolyzer section and a denuder
(deconiposer) section and utilizes mercury to produce chlorine
gas, hydrogen gas, and alkali metal hydroxide.
(51) “Mercury chlor-alkali electrolyzer” means an
electrolytic device which is part of a mercury chlor-alkali cell
and utilizes a flowing mercury cathode to produce chlorine gas
and alkali metal amalgam.
(52) “Mercury ore” means a mineral mined specifically for its
mercury content.
(53) “Mercury ore processing facility” means a facility
processing mercury ore to obtain mercury.
(54) “Modification” means any physical change in, or change
in the method of operation of, an affected facility which
increases the amount of any air pollutant (to which an emission
standard applies) emitted by such facility or which results in
the emission of any air pollutant (to which an emission standard
applies) not previously emitted, except that:
(i) Routine maintenance, repair, and replacement shall not be
considered physical changes, and
(ii) A change in the method of operation, unless previously
limited by permit conditions, shall not include:
a. an increase in the production rate, if such increase does
not exceed the operating design capacity of the affected facility
7
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
or of the air pollution control equipment installed on the
affected facility;
b. An increase in the hours of operation when the increase
does not result in a violation of any applicable emission
standards;
c. Use of an alternative fuel or raw material if, prior to
the date any standard under this regulation becomes applicable to
such facility, the affected facility is designed to accommodate
such alternative use;
d. Use of an alternative fuel or raw material by reason of
the order, rule, or natural gas curtailment plan as approved by
the District;
e. Change in ownership of the source.
(55) “New affected facility” means any affected facility the
construction, modification, or reconstruction of which is
commenced on or after the effective date of any applicable
regulation.
(56) “Nitrogen oxides” means all oxides of nitrogen except
nitrous oxide, as measured by test methods specified by the
District.
(57) “Odor” means the property of an air contaminant that can
be detected by the sense of smell.
(58) “One week average” means an average determined on the
basis of any consecutive 7 day interval.
(59) “Opacity means the degree to which emissions reduce the
transmission of light and obscure the view of an object in the
background.
(60) “Open burning” means the burning of any matter that the
products of combustion resulting from the burning are emitted
directly into the ambient air without passing through a stack or
chimney.
(61) “Outside air” means the air outside buildings and
structures.
(62) “Owner or operator” means any person who owns, leases,
operates, controls or supervises one or more affected facilities.
(63) “Particulate asbestos material” means finely divided
particles of asbestos material.
(64) “Particulate matter” means any material, except
uncombined water, which exists in a finely divided form as a
liquid or a solid.
8
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
(65) “Person” means any individual, public or private
corporation, political subdivision, government agency,
municipality, industry, co-partnership association, firm, trust,
estate, or other entity whatsoever.
(66) “Polyvinyl chloride plant” means any plant where vinyl
chloride alone or in combination with other materials is
polymerized.
(67) “Potential to emit’ means the capability of an affected
facility operating at maximum capacity to emit a pollutant in
absence of air pollution control equipment unless the source is
subject to enforceable permit conditions which limit the
operating rate or hours of operation, or both.
(68) “Propellant” means a fuel and oxidizer physically or
chemically combined which undergo combustion to provide rock
propulsion.
(69) “Propellant plant” means any facility engaged in the
mixing, casting, or machining of propellants.
(70) “Reconstruction” means the fixed capital cost of the new
components of the affected facility exceeds 50 percent of the
fixed capital cost of a comparable entirely new facility or
source, based on the estimated life of the facility after
replacement compared to an entirely new facility and the extent
to which the new components contribute to the emissions.
(71) “Reactor” means any vessel in which vinyl chloride is
partially or totally polymerized into polyvinyl chloride.
(72) “Reference Method” means any method of sampling and
analyzing for an air pollutant as prescribed in the following
United States Environmental Protection Agency Regulations:
Standards of Performance for NOW Stationary Sources (40 CFR 60);
National Emission Standards for Hazardous Pollutants (40 CFR 61);
and National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards
(40 CFR 50).
(73) “Regulation” means a rule or principle adopted by the
Air Pollution Control Board of Jefferson County pursuant to KRS
Chapter 77 for the control or abatement of air contaminants
within its jurisdiction or for the administration of the
administration of the Air Pollution Control District of Jefferson
County.
(74) “Run” means the net period of time during which an
emission sample is collected. Unless otherwise specified, a run
may be either intermittent or continuous within the limits of
good engineering practice.
(75) “Sludge” means solid or semi-solid material produced by
a treatment plant that processes municipal or industrial waste
waters.
9
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
(76) “sludge dryer” means a device used to reduce the
moisture content of a sludge by heating to temperatures above 65
degrees Celsius directly with combustion gases.
(77) “Source” means one or more affected facilities contained
within a given contiguous property line. The property shall be
considered contiguous if separated only by a public thoroughfare,
stream, or other right of way.
(78) “Stack or Chimney” means any flue, conduit, or duct
arranged to conduct emissions to the atmosphere.
(79) “Standard conditions”:
(i) For source measurements means 20 degrees Celsius and a
pressure of 760 nun Hg;
(ii) For the purpose of air quality determinations means 25
degrees Celsius and a reference pressure of 760 mm Hg.
(80) “Standard operating procedure” means a formal written
procedure officially adopted by the plant owner or operator and
available on a routine basis to those persons responsible for
carrying out the procedure.
(81) “Startup” means the setting in operation of an affected
facility for any purpose.
(82) “Three month average” means an average determined on the
basis of any consecutive 3 month interval.
(83) “Twelve hour average” means an average determined on the
basis of any consecutive 12 hour interval.
(84) “Twenty-four hour average” means an average determined
on the basis of any consecutive 24 hour interval.
(85) “Uncombined water” means water that is either in a
gaseous, liquid or solid state and which is not bound to a
compound by internal molecular forces.
(86) “Vinyl chloride plant” means any plant which produces
vinyl chloride by any process.
(87) “Vinyl chloride purification” means any part of the
process of vinyl chloride production which follows vinyl chloride
formation and in which finished vinyl chloride is produced.
(88) “Visible emission” means an emission of greater than 5%
opacity.
(89) “Volatile organic compound” (VOC) means chemical
compounds of carbon excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide,
carbon dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ammonium
10
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
carbonate which have a vapor pressure greater than 0.1 mm Hg at
conditions of 20 degrees Celsius and 760 mm Hg.
(90) “Year” means a calendar year.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 6—13—79, 11—16—
83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: @
11
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST”
REGULATION 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS
The abbreviations used in these regulations have the
following meanings:
ASTN — American Society for Testing & Materials
BACT - Best Available Control Technology
BART - Best Available Retrofit Technology
BTU - British Thermal Unit
C — degree Celsius (Centigrade)
cal — calorie
cfm - cubic feet per minute
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CH4 methane
CO - carbon monoxide
C02 - carbon dioxide
dscf — dry cubic feet at standard conditions
dscm — dry cubic meter at standard conditions
EPA - U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
ERC - Emission Reduction Credit
F - degree Fahrenheit
Fed Reg - Federal Register
ft — feet
g - gram
gal - gallon
gr - grain
hr — hour
HC1 - hydrochloric acid
Hg - mercury
HF - hydrogen fluoride
H20 - water
H2S - hydrogen sulfide
H2SO4 - sulfuric acid
in - inch
k — 1,000
kg - kilogram
LAER - Lowest Achievable Emission Rate
1 — liter
LF — linear feet
lb - pound
m - meter
mm - minute
mg - milligram
ml — milliter
1411 - million
mm - millimeter
mo - month
N2 - nitrogen
NAAQS - National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NESHAPS - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air
Pollutants
NO - nitrogen oxide
N02 - nitrogen dioxide
NOx — nitrous oxides
NSPS - New Source Performance Standards
12
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
02 - ounce
02 - oxygen
03 — ozone
OSHA - Occupational Health and Safety Administration
Pa — Pascal
ppb - parts per billion
ppm - parts per million
PSD — Prevention of Significant Deterioration
psia — pounds per square inch absolute
psig - pounds per square inch gauge [ sic?)
RACT - Reasonably Available Control Technology
sec — second
SIP - State Implementation Plan
S02 - sulfur dioxide
sq - square
tpy - tons per year
TSP - Total Suspended Particulates
ug - micrograms
VOC - Volatile organic compound
(w/w) - weight by weight)
yd - yard
Adopted 7—14-76; effective 9-1—76; amended 6—13—79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision:
13
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 1.04 PERFORMANCE TESTS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to any affected
facility as defined in Regulation 1.02.
SECTION 2. TEST REQUIREMENTS
(a) The District may require, for cause, the owner or
operator of any affected facility to sample emissions in
accordance with EPA test method procedures. Alternate procedures
may be used in special circumstances upon advance approval by the
District. All tests shall be made under the direction of persons
qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air
pollution control. [ REVISION SUBMITTED JUL 19, 1982]
(b) The District may conduct tests of emissions of air
contaminants from any source.
(C) Performance tests required by any regulation of the
District shall be conducted and data reduced in accordance with
the methods and procedures specified by the District.
(i) The District may waive the requirement for performance
tests if, in the case of an existing facility, the owner or
operator proves to the District’s satisfaction that the test
cannot be performed due to physical plant limitations or extreme
economic burden.
(ii) If the affected facility is subject to a standard of
performance promulgated under 40 CFR 60 or 40 CFR 61 such
procedures shall be used unless:
a. EPA and the District specify or approve the use of a
reference method with minor changes in methodology.
b. EPA and the District approve the use of an equivalent
method,
c. EPA and the District approve the use of an alternative
method, the results of which it has determined to be adequate for
indicating whether a specific source is in compliance, or
d. EPA and the District waive the requirement for performance
test for affected facilities for which a standard of performance
has been promulgated under 40 CFR 60 or 40 CFR 61 because the
owner or operator of such affected facility has demonstrated to
the Agency’s satisfaction that the affected facility is in
compliance with the applicable standard.
e. Agreements with the facility’s owner or operator to modify
any test procedures from the Reference Methods of 40 CFR Part 60
Appendix A, shall be documented in writing.
14
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
(c i) The owner or operator shall permit the District to
conduct performance tests at any reasonable time, shall cause the
affected facility to be operated for purposes of such tests under
such conditions as the District may specify based on
representative performance of the affected facility, and shall
make available to the District such records as may be necessary
to determine such performance.
(e) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall
provide the District 10 working days prior notice of the
performance test to afford the District the opportunity to have
an observer present.
(f) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall
provide, or cause to be provided, performance testing facilities
as follows:
(i) Sampling ports adequate for test methods applicable to
such facility.
(ii) Safe sampling platform(s).
(iii) Safe access to sampling platform(s).
(iv) Utilities for sampling and testing equipment.
(g) Each performance test shall consist of separate runs
using the applicable test method. Each run shall be conducted
for such time and under such conditions as specified in the
applicable regulation. For the purpose of determining compliance
with an applicable standard, the arithmetic mean of 3 runs shall
apply. The arithmetic mean shall be determined carrying all
significant digits in data and calculations to the final emission
rate calculation. The final emission rate shall then be
determined by rounding of f to the last significant digit of the
applicable standard; i.e., dropping the following digit if it is
4 or less, or adding 1 to the last significant digit if the
following digit is 5 or greater. In the event that a sample is
accidentally lost or conditions occur in which one of the 3 runs
must be discontinued because of forced shutdown, failure of an
irreplaceable portion of a sample train, extreme meteorological
conditions, or other circumstances beyond the owner or operator’s
control, compliance may, upon the District’s approval, be
determined using the arithmetic mean of the results of the 2
other runs.
SECTION 3. PRE-TEST SURVEY AND CONFERENCE
(a) A pre-test survey and conference shall be arranged at
least 20 days in advance of the projected starting date for any
performance test. This meeting shall be arranged by District
personnel after receiving the owner’s notification of the “intent
to test” his facility. Prior to the meeting, available
information on the facility shall be submitted and reviewed to
focus attention on those areas which might jeopardize a
15
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST”
successful test.
(b) The conference shall include a representative from the
facility, the test team leader, and the District’s selected
observer for the proposed test.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 4—21—82,
11—16—83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 11, 1984.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: JULY 19, 1982 JAN 11, 1984 47 FR 1341
16
-------
PRINTED August .30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 1.05 COMPLIANCE WITH EMISSION STANDARDS AND
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 1.
Compliance with emission standards in these regulations,
other than opacity standards, shall be determined by performance
tests required by Regulation 2, 5, 6 or 7.
SECTION 2.
For affected facilities not required to conduct performance
test pursuant to these regulations, compliance with emission
standards, other than opacity standards, shall be determined by
engineering calculations based upon data obtained by District
personnel.
SECTION 3.
Compliance with opacity standards in this regulation shall be
determined by conducting observations in accordance with the
reference method as defined in Regulation 1.02. Opacity readings
of portions 9f plumes which contain condensed, uncoinbined water
vapor shall not be used for purposes of determining compliance
with opacity standards. The results of continuous monitoring by
transmissometer which indicate that the opacity at the time
visual observations were made was not in excess of the standard
are probative but not conclusive evidence of the actual opacity
of the emission. The owner or operator shall meet the burden of
proving that the instrument used (at the time of the alleged
violation) meets performance specification as required by the
District, has been properly maintained and calibrated, and that
the resulting data have not been tempered with in any way.
SECTION 4.
The opacity standards set forth in these regulations shall
apply at all times except during periods of startup, shutdown,
malfunction, and as otherwise provided in the applicable
standard.
SECTION 5.
At all times, including periods of startup, shutdown, and
malfunction, owners and operators shall, to the extent
practicable, maintain and operate any affected facility including
associated air pollution control equipment in a manner
consistent with good air pollution control practice for
minimizing emissions. Determination of whether acceptable
operating and maintenance procedures are being used will be based
on information available to the District which may include, but
is not limited to, monitoring results, opacity observations,
review of operating and maintenance procedures, and inspections
of the source.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 6—13—79, 11—16—83.
17
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST”
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: @
18
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 1.06 SOURCE SELF-MONITORING AND REPORTING
SECTION 1. IN STACK SELF-MONITORING & REPORTING
The District may require the owner or operator of an affected
facility to install, use, and maintain stack gas measuring and/or
emission monitoring equipment in accordance with such
requirements as specified in these regulations. The owner or
operator shall maintain records of monitoring data and make
periodic reports of such data in such form, units, and at such
intervals which the District shall prescribe. Requirements for
specific affected facilities are contained in the applicable
regulations.
SECTION 2. AMBIENT AIR MONITORING
The District may require the owner or operator of any
affected facility [ for which a standard is prescribed] to
install, use, and maintain ambient air monitoring equipment in
accordance with methods prescribed by the District and/or
EPA, and in such number and frequency as prescribed by the
District, and to make periodic ambient air monitoring reports at
intervals as prescribed by the District.
SECTION 3. EMISSIONS REPORTING
The District may require the owner or operator of any
affected facility to report the actual or potential emissions of
the affected facility to the District on forms supplied by the
District. Such forms shall be signed by an officer or owner or
the affected facility and returned to the District by the
deadline date stated in the letter of transmittal with the form
or stated on the form itself. Failure to timely return such
forms shall be prima fade evidence of a violation of this
regulation.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79,
12—17—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: @
19
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 1.07 EMISSIONS DURING SHUTDOWN AND MALFUNCTION
SECTION 1. EXCESS EMISSIONS
Emissions due to shutdown or malfunction, which temporarily
exceed the standard set forth by the District, shall be deemed in
violation of such standards unless the requirements of this
regulation are satisfied and the determinations specified in
section 3 (a) of this regulation are made.
SECTION 2. PLANNED SHUTDOWN
When emissions during any planned shutdown and ensuing
startup exceed the standards, the owner or operator of the
affected facility shall notify the District in writing no later
than 3 days before the planned shutdown. However, if the
shutdown is necessitated by event s which the owner or operator
could not reasonably have foreseen 3 days before the shutdown,
then such notification shall be given as promptly as possible
following the determination to shut down and in no event later
than one day following the determination to shut down. If the
emissions exceed the standard for a period in excess of 4 hours,
the owner or operator of the affected facility shall send written
notice to the District no later than the end of the next working
day following the fourth hour of excess emissions.
SECTION 3. MALFUNCTION
When emissions due to malfunction (or to unforeseen shutdown
associated with malfunction) are or may be in excess of the
standards, the owner or operator of the affected facility shall
as promptly as possible and in no event later than one hour
following the start and termination of the malfunction, notify
the District by telephone.
(a) Nothing in this section shall relieve a source from
compliance with the standards set forth in the District unless
the District determines, upon a showing by the owner or operator
of the source, that:
(i) The occurrence in question did not result from the
failure of the owner or operator of the source to operate and
maintain the equipment properly;
(ii) All reasonable steps were taken to correct, as
expeditiously as practicable, the conditions causing the
emissions to exceed the standards, including the use of off-shift
labor and overtime if necessary;
(iii) All reasonable steps were taken to minimize the
emissions resulting from the occurrence; and
(iv) The excess emissions are not part of a recurring
pattern indicative of inadequate design, operation, or
maintenance.
20
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
(b) In cases where malfunctions are of a repetitious nature,
or when more than 12 failures of the same or similar pieces of
equipment occur in a twelve month period, the District shall
require the owner or operator to submit a written program
outlining a time schedule and corrective actions which will
result in a permanent solution to the problems. The District
reserves the right to continually evaluate and require
corrections of malfunctions.
(c) Nothing in this regulation shall be construed to restrict
the District’s discretion to take, at any time, appropriate
enforcement action under KRS Chapter 77, if upon information
supplied to the District pursuant to this regulation, or
otherwise available to the District, the District determines that
such action is necessary to protect public health or welfare.
SECTION 4. EXTENDED MALFUNCTIONS
(a) If the time necessary to correct unlawful emissions will
exceed 4 hours, but not exceed 30 days, the owner or operator
must notify the District of the malfunction by telephone at the
time of the occurrence, and in writing no later than one working
day subsequent to the end of the malfunction. The Air Pollution
Control Officer may authorize continued operation and impose
conditions for continued operation. Notification of completion
of corrective actions must still be made by telephone to the
District.
(b) If the time necessary to correct the unlawful emissions
is anticipated to exceed 30 days, then the owner or operator
shall initiate the variance procedure pursuant to Regulation
1.08, section 4.
SECTION 5. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
(a) Malfunction reports and shutdown notices shall include
the following information:
(1) the name of the air contaminant source and affected
facility;
(ii) its location;
(iii) the address and telephone number of the person
responsible for the source;
(iv) the date and time for the event;
(v) the physical and chemical composition, rate, and
concentration of the emission during shutdown and startup, or
during malfunction; and
(vi) the measures adopted to minimize the duration and extent
of the emissions during shutdown, startup, or malfunction.
21
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
(b) Shutdown notices shall include the following additional
information:
(1) the reasons for and duration of the shutdown;
(ii) the nature of the action to be taken during shutdown;
(iii) the date and time for the action; and
(iv) the basis for determination that such shutdown is
necessary.
(C) Malfunction reports shall also include:
(i) The time the excess emissions began and ended;
(ii) the time of the beginning and end of the breakdown or
malfunction which is asserted to be the cause of the excess
emissions;
(iii) An explanation and, where appropriate, an engineering
analysis of the cause of the malfunction or breakdown;
(iv) an analysis of th steps that will be taken to prevent or
minimize similar occurrences in the future; and
(v) such additional information as the District may require.
(d) The District may, for good cause, waive or extend the
time periods for the filing of the report required by this
subsection.
Adopted 4—19=72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79, 11-
16—83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: P
22
-------
PRINTED August .30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
REGULATION 1.08 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES
SECTION 1. PUBLIC HEARINGS
(a) A public hearing shall be held by the Air Pollution
Control Board:
(i) Before issuance of a compliance plan and schedule to any
source;
(ii) when a source appeals the denial of a permit to operate
an air contaminant source by the Air Pollution Control Officer;
(iii) when an aggrieved party appeals the issuance of a
permit to operate an air contaminant source by the Air Pollution
Control Officer;
(iv) Before adoption of any revision to the regulations of
the District;
(v) before adoption of an alternate emission standard
(bubble).
(b) A public hearing may also be held by the Air Pollution
Board for any source specified in Regulation 2.07 which is not
mentioned in subsection (a).
SECTION 2. COMPLIANCE PLAN AND SCHEDULES
(a) No person shall use, operate, or maintain an affected
facility resulting in the presence of air contaminants in the
atmosphere in contravention of any regulation unless an approved
compliance schedule has been issued by the District and is
currently in effect or a variance has been obtained from the
Hearing Board pursuant to section 4 of this regulation.
(b) Application for compliance schedules required under this
section shall contain:
(i) The reason for requesting a compliance schedule;
(ii) a schedule and timetable for compliance;
(iii) the level of emissions expected during the period prior
to compliance;
(iv) a plan for emission monitoring and monthly reporting;
(v) facts establishing that the proposed system is the best
practical system of emission reduction;
(vi) such information as the District shall deem necessary to
determine whether the compliance schedule should be issued.
(C) Applications for compliance schedules shall be signed by
the corporate president or his authorized agent; or by an
equivalently responsible officer in the case of organizations
other than corporations; or, in other cases, by the source owner
23
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
or operator; or, in the case of political subdivisions, elected
officials. Such signature shall constitute personal affirmation
that the statements made in the application are true and
complete.
(d) The information submitted in the application shall, when
specifically requested by the District, include an analysis of
the characteristics, properties, and volume of the air
contaminants based upon samples of air contaminants taken under
maximum operating conditions. Failure to supply information
required or deemed necessary by the District to enable it to act
upon the compliance schedule application shall result in
disapproval of the compliance schedule.
(e) If, for any reason, the District and the owner or the
affected facility are unable to negotiate a mutually acceptable
schedule, the District will propose a compliance schedule to the
Board. After a public hearing the Board will issue a compliance
plan and schedule incorporating the most expeditious and
practicable schedule for bringing the affected facility into
compliance. Once issued, a compliance schedule, including all
increments of progress, shall be legally enforceable.
(f) Compliance schedules issued hereunder shall be subject to
such terms and conditions set forth and embodied in the
compliance schedule as the District shall deem necessary to
insure compliance with its standards. Such terms and conditions
may include maintenance and availability of records relating to
operations which may cause or contribute to air pollution
including periodic sampling of the affected facilities.
(g) Acceptance of a compliance schedule conditioned as
described herein shall denote agreement to the restrictions
embodied in the compliance schedule and shall henceforth be
binding upon the holder of the permit or compliance schedule.
(h) Timeliness:
(i) An application for a compliance schedule shall be
submitted to the District 40 days prior to th proposed hearing
date, unless the District finds: (1) that the late request was
beyond the control of the applicant, and (2) the failure to hold
the hearing as requested may result in significant impairment or
disruption of the applicant’s business.
SECTION 3. PROCEDURES AT PUBLIC HEARINGS
Public hearings of the District as required by state and
federal laws and regulations shall be held on the same day of the
month as the Board meeting, unless the Board votes to set another
date for a particular hearing. At any public hearing:
(a) The petitioner shall first be given the opportunity to
present any testimony to the District regarding the proposal;
24
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST”
(b) The staff opinion will then be read by a representative
of the District;
(c) Any person who wishes to present evidence in opposition
to the application may then testify;
(d) The petitioner shall then be given an opportunity to
rebut any of the opposition testimony;
(e) Further opportunity for comment may be granted at the
discretion of the Chairperson.
At the conclusion of the testimony, the public hearing shall
be adjourned. The board shall place the matter of the public
hearing on the agenda of its next meeting for appropriate action.
SECTION 4. VARIANCE PROCEDURES
(a) Variances shall be contained in accordance with the
procedure specified in KRS 77.225—77.230 and 77.245—77.270.
(b) Any person requesting a variance shall file an
application for a variance with the Air Pollution Control Officer
and pay the amount of $300.00 to the District to cover the cost.
(C) In addition to the foregoing fee any person filing an
application shall bear the cost of a certified court recorder to
prepare one original transcript and four copies of the original
transcript. Two copies shall be the property of the Hearing
Board; one copy shall be the property of the person who filed the
application, and the fourth copy shall be retained by the
District.
(d) A request for a variance shall contain the following
information:
(i) The regulation from which the source is seeking a
variance;
(ii) The reasons for the variance request;
(iii) Facts that establish the source’s entitlement to a
variance in accordance with the criteria listed in KRS 77.260;
(iv) The length of time for which the variance is being
requested;
(v) The amount and types of pollutants that will be emitted
during the variance period; and
(vi) Any other information deemed necessary by the District.
(e) All public hearings of the Hearing Board shall follow
the procedures outlined in section 3 of this regulation. All
hearings under this section shall be held at the direction of the
Hearing Board and with at least 10 days public notice.
25
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
SECTION 5. ENFORCEMENT ORDERS
(a) An enforcement order shall be issued to any source which
has been granted a compliance schedule pursuant to this
regulation. Said order shall contain the conditions imposed upon
the source by the Board. Failure of the source to comply with
any condition or other provision of the order may result in the
immediate enforcement action by the Board through either an
enforcement order of the Board or through appropriate judicial
action.
(b) The Board may issue an order to prevent or abate a
violation of its regulations by any person. Any aggrieved party
may appeal such an order to the Circuit Court.
SECTION 6. NONCOMPLIANCE PENALTIES
When a source fails to comply with the statutory attainment
date established by Section 113 of the Clean Air Act, said source
shall be subject to noncompliance penalties for the period during
which it violates any emission standard. The compliance penalty
shall be equal to the economic value which the delay in
compliance may have the owner of such source. Said penalty shall
be calculated pursuant to Section 120 of the Clean Air Act or any
regulation which have been adopted pursuant to said section.
SECTION 7. CONFIDENTIALITY AND OPEN RECORDS POLICY
(a) Definitions
(i) “Public records” means all books, papers, maps,
photographs, cards, tapes, disc, recording, or other documentary
materials regardless of physical form or characteristics, which
are prepared, owned, used, in the possession of, or retained by a
public agency. “Public records” shall not include any records
owned by a private person or corporation that are not related to
functions, activities, programs or operations funded by state or
local authority.
(ii) “Emission data” means measured or calculated
concentrations or weight of air contaminants emitted into the
ambient air. Data used to calculate emission data are not
emission data.
(b) General Rule
The District shall permit free and open examination of public
records by any person with the least possible delay and expense.
(C) Exemptions
The following public records are exceptions to the general
rule and shall be subject to inspection only under order of a
court of competent jurisdiction. The exemptions shall be
strictly construed even though the examination of records not
26
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
included in the exemptions may cause inconvenience or
embarrassment to the District or others.
(1) Public records containing information of a personal
nature where public disclosure thereof would constitute a clearly
unwarranted invasion of person privacy.
(ii) Records confidentially disclosed to the District and
compiled and maintained in conjunction with one or more of the
following: scientific research; an application for a loan; the
regulation of a commercial enterprise including mineral
exploration records, unpatented, secret, commercially valuable
plans, appliances, formulae, or processes which are used for the
making, preparing, compounding, treating, or processing of
articles or materials which are trade commodities, when the
records are acknowledged by both the agency and the enterprise as
confidential; or, the grant or review of a license to do business
if open disclosure would permit an unfair advantage to
competitors of the subject enterprise. This exemption shall not
apply to emission data or to other records the disclosure or
publication of which is directed by other statute.
(iii) Public records pertaining to a prospective location of
a business or industry where no previous public disclosure has
been made of the business’s or industry’s interest in locating
in, relocating in, or expanding within the state. This exemption
shall not include those records pertaining to applications for
permits or licenses necessary to do business or to expand
business operations within the state unless the application
contain trade secrets.
(iv) The contents of real estate appraisals, engineering or
feasibility estimates, and evaluations made by or for a public
agency relative to acquisition of property as acquired.
(v) Test questions, scoring keys, and other examination data
used to administer an examination before the exam is given or if
it is to be given again.
(vi) Public records compiled in process of detecting and
investigating statutory or regulatory violations if the
disclosure of the information would harm the agency by revealing
the identity of informants not otherwise known or by premature
release of information to be used in a prospective law
enforcement action or administrative adjudication. These records
shall be made open after enforcement action is completed or a
decision is made to take no action.
(vii) Preliminary drafts, notes or correspondence with
individuals, other than correspondence which is intended to give
notice of final action of a public agency.
(viii) Preliminary recommendations and preliminary memoranda
in which opinions are expressed or policies formulated or
recommended.
27
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST”
(ix) All public records or information the disclosure of
which ip prohibited by federal law or regulation or enactment of
the general assembly.
(d) The exemption shall not apply to:
(1) Statistical information which is not descriptive of any
readily identifiable person.
(ii) Sharing information between public agencies when the
exchange is serving a legitimate governmental need or is
necessary.in the performance of a legitimate government function.
(iii) The disclosure of a public record to any person, upon
presentation of appropriate identification, if the public record
relates to the person or mentions the person by name.
(e) Obtaining an Exemption
(i) All public records shall be available for inspection by
the public unless the records or portions of the records are
clearly marked as confidential. Confidential records may be
designated only after the individual or company furnishing the
records has requested in writing an exemption from the open
records policy and the request has been approved by the District.
The request shall include a statement of the specific exemption
which would authorize the District to withhold the record and a
brief explanation of how the exemption applies to the record.
The burden of showing the applicability of the exemption rests
with the person requesting the exemption.
(ii) The staff attorney and at least one section supervisor
shall review all requests for exemptions and recommend to the
Secretary-Treasurer that the exemption be either granted or
denied. The Secretary-Treasurer shall notify the person
requesting the exemption in writing of his decision concerning
the confidentiality of the public record. The decision of the
Secretary-Treasurer may be appealed to the Air Pollution Control
Board.
(f) Separation of Exemption and Non-Exempt Materials
(i) All exempt materials shall be attached to the left side
of the appropriate file folder. If an entire public record is
exempt from disclosure, the complete record and the request for
the exception shall be attached to the left side of the file
folder. A memo noting the general subject matter of the exempt
material should be attached to the right side of the file folder.
(ii) If only a portion of a public record is exempt, a copy
shall be made with the exempt portion blocked out. The copy
shall be attached to the right side of the file folder, and the
original record and the request for the exemption shall be
attached to the left side.
28
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
(g) Requests to Inspect Public Records
(i) All requests to inspect public records shall be in
writing and shall describe the general subject matter of the
records with sufficient specificity to enable the District to
identify and locate the information sought.
(ii) Within three working days after the receipt of a
request, the District shall notify the individual or company
furnishing the record that the request has been made, and the
District shall determine whether to comply with the request and
shall give written notice of that determination to the person
making the request.
(iii) If the request is granted, all confidential material
shall be removed from the file folder, and the non-exempt section
of the record shall be made available for inspection. If,
however, the record is in active use, in storage, or not
otherwise available, the Secretary-Treasurer shall immediately so
notify the applicant and shall designate a place, time, and date
for inspection of the public record. If the record will not be
available for inspection within three days from receipt of the
application, the time, place, and earliest date on which the
record will be available for inspection and a detailed
explanation of the cause of the delay shall be given in the
notice.
(iv) If the request is denied, in whole or in part, the
Secretary-Treasurer shall send a written notice stating the
reason or reasons for the denial to the person making the
request.
(v) A request may be denied for one or more of the following
reasons:
a. the records cannot be identified from the information
given in the request;
b. the records do not exist;
c. the records are not in the custody of the District;
d. the records are exempt from disclosure; or
e. the request places an unreasonable burden on the agency in
producing voluminous public records or the Secretary-Treasurer
has reason to believe that repeated request are intended to
disrupt other essential functions of th agency. Refusal under
this section must be sustained by clear and convincing evidence.
(vi) If the request is denied because the public records are
exempt from disclosure, the notice of denial shall include a
statement of the specific exception authorizing the withholding
of the record and a brief explanation of how the exception
29
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
applies to the record withheld.
A copy of the written denial shall be forwarded to the
Attorney General. If the request is denied because the material
is exempt from disclosure, a copy of the written denial shall
also be sent to the person requesting the exemption.
(h) Inspection
(i) Public records may be inspected in the District’s
offices, Suite 300, 914 East Broadway, Louisville, Kentucky
40204, between the hours of 8:30 A.M. and 4:30 P.M. Monday
through Friday. Suitable facilities shall be made available by
the District for the inspection.
(ii) No person shall remove the District’s copy of any public
records from the District’s offices without the written
permission of the Secretary-Treasurer.
(iii) The District will provide copies of public records at a
cost of $0.10 per page.
(iv) The Secretary-Treasurer shall serve as the official
custodian of the public records of the District. All requests to
inspect agency records should be addressed to the Secretary-
Treasurer at the District’s offices.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79,
11—16—83, 2—19—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: @
30
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
REGULATION 1.09 PROHIBITION OF AIR POLLUTION
No person shall permit or cause the emission of air
pollutants which exceed the requirements of the District
regulations or which cause injury, detriment, nuisance or
annoyance to any considerable number of persons or to the public
or which endanger the comfort, repose, health or safety of any
such persons or the public or which cause or have a natural
tendency to cause injury or damage to business or property.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 3—14—73, 9—1—76,
6—13—79, 11—16—83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: @
31
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 1.10 CIRCUMVENTION
No person shall cause or permit the installation or use of
any device or any means which, without resulting in reduction in
the total amount of air contaminants emitted, conceals or dilutes
an emission of air contaminant which would otherwise violate
these regulations.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: @
32
-------
f EC 1 Z.
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
REGULATION 2
PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
REGULATION 2.01 GENERAL APPLICATIONS
This regulation establishes requirements for obtaining
permits for the operation, construction or modification of all
new, existing or modified sources of air pollution in Jefferson
County, Kentucky. Except for those sources listed in Regulation
2.02, the District will conduct a review of permit applications
for new or modified sources as set forth in Regulations 2.04 and
2.05 and all other sources as set forth in Regulation 2.06.
An outline of permit review procedure is given in Table 1.
TABLE 1
PERMIT REVIEW PROCEDURE OUTLINE
Attainment Area Non-attainment Area
Size Review Emission Std. Review Emission Std .
1. New plants
a. Greater than PSD BACT Offset LAER
250 TPY
potential
b. 100 TPY to PSD BACT Offset LAER
250 TPY
potential
c. Selected sources PSD BACT Offset LAER
greater than 100
TPY potential
d. Less than 100 SIP NSPS SIP NSPS
TPY potential
2. Existing SIP Existing Source SIP Existing Source
Performance Stds Performance Stds
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: JULY 19, 1982 JAN 11, 1984 49 FR 134].
33
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 2.02 REGISTRATION AND MINOR SOURCE EXEMPTIONS
SECTION 1. REGISTRATION AND REPORTING
(a) Persons engaged in the operation of air contaminant
sources shall register such sources or discharges which may
result from their operation in accordance with provisions of this
regulation.
(b) The District may require from such persons reports
containing information relating to said sources and air
contaminants emitted by each into the atmosphere.
(C) Registration and reporting of air contaminant sources and
their related discharges shall be upon forms provided by the
District.
(SECTION 2 NOT OFFICIALLY SUBMITTED SEE JAN 11, 1984 FR AT p.1341]
Adopted 4/19/72; effective 4/19/72; amended 9/1/76, 6/13/79,
11/16/83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: JULY 19, 1982 JAN 11, 1984 49 FR 1341
34
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
REGULATION 2.03 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS - GENERAL
SECTION 1. PERMITS TO CONSTRUCT OR OPERATE
(a) No person shall construct, reconstruct or modify an affected
facility and related air pollution control equipment unless a
permit to construct has been issued by the District, except as
provided in the exemptions under Regulation 2.02.
(b) No person shall use, operate, or maintain any affected
facility which is in compliance with all emission limiting
regulations unless a permit to operate the affected facility and
permits to operate any related air pollution control equipment
have been issued by the District and are currently in effect,
except as provided in the exemptions under Regulation 2.02.
(C) No person shall demolish and/or renovate an affected facility
which contains friable asbestos unless a demolition/renovation
permit has been issued by the District, except as provided in the
exemptions under Regulation 5.04.
SECTION 2. PERMIT APPLICATION
(a) Applications for permits required under section 1 of this
regulation shall be made on forms prepared by the District for
such purpose and shall contain such information as the District
shall deem necessary for issuance of the permit.
(b) Application for permits shall be signed by the corporate
president or his authorized agent; or by an equivalently
responsible officer in the case of organizations other than
corporations; or in other cases, by the source owner or operator;
or, in the case of political subdivisions, by the highest elected
official of such subdivision. Such signature shall constitute
personal affirmation that the statements made in the application
are true and complete.
(C) The information submitted in the application shall, when
specifically requested by the District, include the analysis of
the characteristics, properties, and volume of the air
contaminants taken under maximum operating conditions. Failure
to supply information required or deemed necessary by the
District to enable it to act upon the permit application shall
result in denial of the permit.
(d) an application for a permit may include one or more affected
facilities provided that all are contained within a source. A
person may apply for an amended permit to include new affected
facilities provided that such new facilities are within the same
source.
SECTION 3. PERMIT REVIEW
(a) After receipt of the permit application, the District shall
determine if emission standards and ambient standards are met.
35
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
As provided in Regulation 2.04, 2.05, and 2.06, no permit shall
be issued where it can be shown either through diffusion
calculations or actual ambient air quality monitoring, performed
according to methods prescribed by the District, that the
affected facility will prevent or interfere with the attainment
or maintenance of local, state, or federal air quality standards.
In cases where no emission standards have been prescribed by
regulation, the District shall require the use of all available,
practical, and reasonable methods to prevent and control air
pollution.
(b) In the event any person or persons who allege themselves to
be adversely affected by a proposed or existing affected facility
or other physical conditions, the Board shall afford such persons
a hearing to determine whether a new permit to construct or to
operate should be issued or denied, or whether the Board should
request the hearing board to hold a public hearing to determine
whether an existing permit should be revoked.
SECTION 4. EMISSION DENSITY PROVISION
(a) The District shall not issue a permit for the construction or
modification of an affected facility in an area having a radius
of one mile and centered on the affected facility to be
constructed or modified when:
(i) The sum of particulate emissions from all sources emitting 25
tons per year or more within the area, including the applicant,
exceeds or would exceed 4,000 tons per year.
(ii) The sum of sulfur dioxide emissions from all sources
emitting 25 tons per year or more within the area, including the
applicant, exceeds or would exceed 8,000 tons per year.
(b) In those areas within which the densities cited in (i) or
(ii) above have been exceeded prior to the adoption of this
regulation, the Board shall not issue a permit for the
construction of any new affected facility unless the applicant
can demonstrate through diffusion calculations that the affected
facility will not prevent or interfere with the attainment or
maintenance of the applicable particulate and sulfur dioxide
dioxide ambient air quality standards.
(c) In applying the provisions of this regulation, the Board
shall give due consideration to the reductions of other sources
within the affected area programmed in accordance with the
provisions of section 3 (a) of this regulation.
SECTION 5. PERMIT CONDITIONS
(a) Permits issued hereunder shall be subject to such terms and
conditions set forth and embodied in the permit as the District
shall deem necessary to insure compliance with its standards.
Such terms and conditions may include maintenance and
availability of records relating to operations which may cause or
contribute to air pollution including periodic sampling of
36
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
the affected facilities.
(b) Acceptance of a permit conditioned as described herein shall
denote agreement to the restrictions embodied in the permit and
shall thenceforth be binding upon the holder of the permit or
compi lance schedule.
SECTION 6. GENERAL PERNIT CONDITIONS
(a) Any person who demolishes or renovates as affected facility
containing friable asbestos, or any owner or operator who
constructs or operates a source or modification not in accordance
with the application submitted pursuant to this section or with
the terms of any approval to construct or operate, or any owner
or operator of a source or modification subject to this section
who begins actual construction after the effective date of these
regulations without applying for and receiving approval
hereunder, shall be subject to appropriate enforcement action as
provided under KRS Chapter 77.
(b) Approval to construct shall become invalid if construction
is not commenced within 12 months after receipt of such approval,
if construction is discontinued for a period of 6 months or more,
or if construction is not completed within a reasonable time.
The District may extend the time periods upon a satisfactory
demonstration that an extension is justified. This provision
does not apply to the time period between construction of the
approved phases of a phased construction project; each phase must
commence construction within 12 months of the projected and
approved commencement date. -
(C) Approval to construct, reconstruct, modify, use, operate, or
maintain any affected facility or to demolish and or renovate an
affected facility containing friable asbestos shall not relieve
any owner or operator of the responsibility to comply fully with
applicable provisions of the requirements of the District and any
other requirements under local, state, or federal law.
SECTION 7. RELOCATED SOURCES
(a) If a source located in Jefferson County is relocated
involving a change of address, the owner or operator shall obtain
new permits for the source. Any existing facilities which are
not modified or reconstructed (as defined in Regulation 1.02)
will continue to be treated as existing affected facilities
except as specified below.
(b) If the sum of the relocated affected facilities at the new
location is of sufficient size to qualify as a major source under
Regulation 2.04 or 2.05, then all the relocated affected
facilities shall be treated as new affected facilities for the
purpose of those sections.
(C) Any source which relocates from outside Jefferson County
shall be treated as a new source.
37
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
SECTION 8. RECONSTRUCTED SOURCES
An existing facility, upon reconstruction as defined in
Regulation 1.02, becomes a new affected facility, regardless of
any change in emission rate. If an owner or operator proposes to
reconstruct an existing affected facility, he shall notify the
District of the proposed replacements as soon as practicable
before construction of the replacements is begun. The District
will determine after receipt of the appropriate information
whether the proposed replacement constitutes reconstruction.
The District’s determination shall be based on: (1) The fixed
capital cost of the replacements in comparison to the fixed
capital cost that would be required to construct a comparable
entirely new facility; (2) The estimated life of the facility
after the replacement compared to the life of a comparable and
entirely new facility; (3) The extent to which the components
being replaced cause or contribute to the emissions from the
facility; and (4) Any economic or technical limitations on
compliance with new source performance standards which are
inherent in the proposed replacements. The provisions of
Regulations 2.04 and 2.05 shall not apply to a reconstructed
source unless the reconstruction would also result in a major
modification, as defined in Regulation 2.04 and 2.05.
Adopted 4/19/72; effective 4/19/72; amended 9/1/76, 6/13/79,
11/16/83, 12/17/86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: JULY 19, 1982 JAN 11, 1984 49 FR 1341
38
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 2.04 CONSTRUCTION OR MODIFICATION OF MAJOR SOURCES IN
OR IMPACTING UPON NON-ATTAINMENT AREAS (EMISSION OFFSET
REQUIREMENTS)
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for review of new sources and
modifications contained in 40 CFR 51.18 made effective by 38 Fed.
Reg. 15836 (1973), June 18, 1973, and Appendix S to 40 CFR 51.18
made effective by 41 Fed. Reg. 18382 (1976) is hereby adopted and
filed by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 51.18,
applies requirements to any new major sources or major
modifications which commence construction after April 16, 1986
that will locate in or impact upon any area designated as
nonattainment pursuant to Section 107 (d) (1) (A), (B) or (C) of
the Clean Air Act.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “state or local agency” and “state” shall be read as
“District”; “this subpart” shall be read as “this regulation”;
and “Plan, or State Implementation Plan” shall be read as
“Appendix N of the Kentucky State Implementation Plan”.
SECTION 4. SPECIAL PROVISIONS
With respect to the provisions of 40 CFR 51.18 (j) (3) (ii) (c),
creditable emission reductions achieved by shutting down an
existing source or permanently curtailing production or operating
hours below baseline levels may be credited if the reductions
comply with the provisions of creating and using emission
reduction credits as specified in Regulation 2.12, even though
the credits are not used for new source that replaces the
shutdown source or curtailment thereof.
SECTION 5. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations and Federal Register
are available for sale from the Superintendent of Documents, U.
S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 6—13—79, 4—21—82,
11—16—83, 4—16—86.
39
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: ?????
40
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
REGULATION 2.05 PREVENTION OF SIGNIFICANT DETERIORATION OF
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY.
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 Air Pollution Control
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 Air Pollution Control
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air
pollution control board may make and enforce all needful orders,
rules and regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the
purposes of KRS Chapter 77. This regulation provides for the
prevention of significant deterioration of ambient air quality
where the national ambient air quality standards have been
achieved.
Section 1.0 Applicability
1.1 The provisions of this regulation are applicable to any
major stationary source or any major modification which:
1.1.1 Commenced construction after June 19, 1978;
1.1.2 Emits any pollutant regulated by the Clean Air
Act; and
1.1.3 Is constructed in Jefferson County and emits any pollutant
for which Jefferson County is designated attainment or unclassi-
fied as defined pursuant to Section 107 (d) (1) (D) or (E) of the
Clean Air Act. (Area designations are contained in 40 CFR
81.318.)
Section 2.0 Definitions
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02 DEFINITIONS.
2.1.1 “Major stationary sourcelt means:
2.1.1.1 Any of the following stationary sources of air pollu-
tants which emits, or has the potential to emit, 100 tons per
year or more of any pollutant subject to regulation under the
Clean Air Act: fossil-fired steam electric plants of more than
250 million BTU per hour heat input, coal cleaning plants (with
thermal dryers), kraft pulp mills, portland cement plants, pri-
mary zinc smelters, iron and steel mill plants, primary aluminum
ore reduction plants, primary copper smelters, municipal inciner-
ators capable of charging more than 250 tons of refuse per day
hydrofluoric, sulfuric, and nitric acid plants, petroleum refin-
eries, lime plants, phosphate rock processing plants, coke oven
batteries, sulfur recovery plants, carbon black plants (furnace
process), primary lead smelters, fuel conversion plants, sinter-
irig plants, secondary metal production plants, chemical process
plants, fossil fuel boilers (or combination thereof) totaling
41
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989
“LOSIP. 1ST”
more than 250 million BTU per hour heat input, petroleum storage
and transfer units with a total storage capacity exceeding
300,000 barrels, taconite ore processing plants, glass fiber
processing plants, and charcoal production plants;
2.1.1.2 Notwithstanding the stationary source size specified in
2.1.1.1 of this subsection, any stationary source which emits, or
has the potential to emit, 250 tons per year or more of any air
pollutant subject to regulation under the Clean Air Act; or
2.1.1.3 Any physical change that would occur at a stationary
source not otherwise qualifying under this subsection as a major
stationary source, if the changes would constitute a major sta-
tionary source by themselves.
2.1.2 A major stationary source that is major for volatile
organic compounds shall be considered major for ozone.
2.1.3 The fugitive emissions of a stationary source shall not be
included in determining for any of the purposes of this regula-
tion whether it is a major stationary source, unless the source
belongs to one of the following categories of stationary sources:
2.1.3.1
2.1.3.2
2.1.3.3
2.1.3.4
2.1.3.5
2.1.3.6
2.1.3.7
2.1.3.8
2.1.3.9
2.1.3.10
2.1.3.11
2.1.3.12
2.1.3 • 13
2.1.3.14
2.1.3.15
2. 1.3. 16
2.1.3.17
2. 1. 3 . 18
2.1.3.19
2. 1.3 .20
2. 1.3.21
2.1.3.22
2.1.3.23
2.1.3.24
2.1.3.25
2.1.3.26
2.1.3.27
Coal cleaning plants (with thermal dryers);
Kraft pulp mills;
Portland cement plants;
Primary zinc smelters;
Iron and steel mills:
Primary aluminum ore reduction plants;
Primary copper smelters;
Municipal incinerators capable of charging more than 250
tons of refuse per day;
Hydrofluoric, sulfuric, or nitric acid plants;
Petroleum refineries;
Lime plants;
Phosphate rock processing plants;
Coke oven batteries;
Sulfur recovery plants;
Carbon black plants (furnace process);
Primary lead smelters;
Fuel conversion plants;
Sintering plants;
Secondary metal production plants;
Chemical process plants;
Fossil—fuel boilers (or combination thereof) totaling
more than 250 million British thermal units per hour
heat input;
Petroleum storage and transfer units with a total
storage capacity exceeding 3000,000 barrels;
Taconite ore processing plants;
Glass fiber processing plants;
Charcoal production plants;
Fossil fuel-fired steam electric plants of more than 250
million British thermal units per hour heat input.
Any other stationary source category which, as of
42
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
August 7, 1980, is being regulated under section 111 or
112 of the Clean Air Act.
2.2.1 “Major modification” means any physical change in or change
in the method of operation of a major stationary source that
would result in a significant net emissions increase of any
pollutant subject to regulation under the Clean Air Act.
2.2.2 Any net emissions increase that is significant for volatile
organic compounds shall be significant for ozone.
2.2.3 A physical change or change in the method of operation
shall not include:
2.2.3.1 Routine maintenance, repair and replacement;
2.2.3.2 Use of alternative fuel or raw material by reason of an
order or by reason of a natural gas curtailment plan in effect
under a federal act;
2.2.3.3 Use of an alternative fuel at a steam generating unit to
the extent that the fuel is generated from municipal solid waste;
2.2.3.4 Use of an alternative fuel or raw material by a station-
ary source which:
2.2.3.4.1 The source was capable of accommodating before January
6, 1975, unless such change would be prohibited under any permit
condition which was established after January 6, 1975; or
2.2.3.4.2 The source is approved to use under permit issued
under this regulation or under 40 CFR 52.21;
2.2.3.5 An increase in the hours of operation or in the produc-
tion rate, unless such change would be prohibited after January
6, 1975 pursuant to 40 CFR 52.21, or any permit condition which
was established by the District.
2.2.3.6 Any change in ownership at a stationary source.
2.3.1 “Net emission increase” means the amount by which the sum
of 2.3.1.1 and 2.3.1.3 of this subsection exceeds zero:
2.3.1.1 Any increase in actual emissions from a particular
physical change or change in method of operation at a stationary
source; and
2.3.1.3 Any other increases and decreases in actual emissions at
the source that are contemporaneous with the particular change
and are otherwise creditable.
2.3.2 An increase in or decrease in actual emissions is contem-
poraneous with the increase from the particular change only if it
occurs between the date which is ten years before construction on
the particular change commences, but not before January 6, 1975,
43
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
and the date that the increase from the particular change occurs.
2.3.3 An increase or decrease in actual emissions is creditable
only if the District or U.S. EPA has not relied on it in issuing
a permit for the source under this regulation or 40 CFR 52.21,
which permit is in effect when the increase in actual emissions
from the particular change occurs.
2.3.4 An increase or decrease in actual emissions of sulfur
dioxide, particulate matter, or nitrogen oxides which occurs
before the applicable minor source baseline date is creditable
only if it is required to be considered in calculating the amount
the amount of maximum allowable increases remaining available.
2.3.5 An increase in actual emissions is creditable only to the
extent that the new level of actual emissions exceeds the old
level.
2.3.6 A decrease in actual emissions is creditable only to the
extent that:
2.3.6.1 The old level of actual emissions or the old level of
allowable emissions, whichever is lower, exceeds the new level of
actual emissions;
2.3.6.2 It is state and federally enforceable at and after the
time that actual construction on the particular change begins;
and
2.3.6.3 It has approximately the same qualitative significance
for public health and welfare as the attributed to the increase
from the particular change.
2.3.7 An increase that results from a physical change a source
occurs when the emissions unit on which construction occurred
becomes operational and begins to emit a particular pollutant.
Any replacement unit that requires shakedown becomes operational
only after a reasonable shakedown period, not to exceed 180 days.
2.4 “Potential to emit” means the maximum capacity of a station-
ary source to emit a pollutant under its physical or operational
design. Any physical or operational limitation on the capacity
of the source to emit a pollutant, including air pollution con-
trol equipment and restrictions on hours of operation or on the
type or amount of material combusted, stored, or processed, shall
be treated as part of its design if the limitation or the effect
it would have on emissions is state and federally enforceable.
Secondary emissions do not count in determining the potential to
emit of a stationary source.
2.5 “Stationary source” means any building, structure, facility,
or installation which emits or may emit any air pollutant subject
to regulation under the Clean Air Act.
2.6 “Building, structure, facility, or installation” mean all of
44
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
the pollutant emitting activities which belong to the same indus-
trial grouping, are located on one (1) or more contiguous or
adjacent properties, and are under the control of the same person
(or persons under common control) except the activities of any
vessel. Pollutant-emitting activities shall be considered as
part of the same industrial grouping if they belong to the same
major group (i.e., which have the same two (2) digit code) as
described in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual, 1972,
as amended by the 1977 supplement.
2.7 “Emission unit” means any part of a stationary source which
emits or would have the potential to emit any pollutant subject
to regulation under the Clean Air Act.
2.8 “Construction” means any physical change or change in the
method of operation (including fabrication, erection, installa-
tion, demolition, or modification of an emissions unit) which
would result in a change in actual emissions.
2.9 “Commence” as applied to construction as a major stationary
source or major modification means that the owner or operator has
all necessary preconstruction approvals or permits and either
has:
2.9.1 Begun, or caused to begin, a continuous program of actual
on-site construction on the source, to be completed within a
reasonable time; or
2.9.2 Entered into agreements or contractual obligations, which
cannot be canceled or modified without substantial loss to the
owner or operator, to undertake a program of actual construction
of the source to be completed within a reasonable time.
2.10 “Necessary preconstruction approvals or permits” means
those permits or approvals required under the federal air quality
control laws and regulations and those air quality control laws
and regulations which are part of the State Implementation Plan
(SIP)
2.11 “Begin actual construction” means, in general, initiation
of physical on—site construction activities on an emissions unit
which are of a permanent nature. Such activities include, but
are not limited to, installation of building supports and founda-
tions, laying underground pipeworic and construction of permanent
storage structures. With respect to a change in method of opera-
tions, this term refers to those on-site activities other than
the preparatory activities which mark the initiation of the
change.
2.12 “Best available control technology” (BACT) means an emis-
sions limitation (including a visible emission standard) based on
the maximum degree of reduction for each pollutant subject to
regulation under the Clean Air Act which would be emitted from
any proposed major stationary source or major modification which
the District, on a case-by-case basis, taking into account ener-
45
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
gy, environmental, and economic impacts and other costs, deter-
mines is achievable for such source or modification through
application of production processes or available methods, sys-
tems, and techniques, including fuel cleaning or treatment or
innovative fuel combustion techniques for control of such pollu-
tant. In no event shall application of best available control
technology result in emissions of any pollutant which would
exceed the emissions allowed by any applicable standard under
District Regulation Chapter 5 and 7 or 40 CFR Parts 60 and 61.
If the secretary determines that technological or economic limi-
tations on the application of measurement methodology to a par-
ticular emissions unit would make the imposition of an emissions
standard infeasible, a design, equipment, work practice, opera-
tional standard, or combination thereof, may be prescribed in-
stead to satisfy the requirement for the application of best
available reduction technology. Such standard shall, to the
degree possible, set forth the emissions reduction achievable by
implementation of such design, equipment, work practice or opera-
tion, and shall provide for compliance by means which achieve
equivalent results.
2.13.1 “Baseline concentration” means that ambient concentration
level which exists in the baseline area at the time of the ap-
plicable minor source baseline date. A baseline concentration is
determined for each pollutant for which a baseline date is estab-
lished and shall include:
2.13.1.1 The actual emissions representative of sources in exist-
ence on the applicable baseline date, except as provided in
2.13.2 of this section.
2.13.1.2 The allowable emissions of major stationary sources
which commenced construction before the major source baseline
date, but were not in operation by the applicable minor source
baseline date.
2.13.2 The following will not be included in the baseline con-
centration and will not affect the applicable maximum allowable
increase(s):
2.13.2.1 Actual emissions from any major stationary source on
which construction commenced after the major source baseline
date; and
2.13.2.2 Actual emissions increases and decreases at any sta-
tionary source occurring after the minor source baseline date.
2.14 “Major source baseline date” means:
2.14.1.1 In the case of particulate matter and sulfur dioxide,
January 6, 1975, and
2.14.1.3 In the case of nitrogen dioxide, February 8, 1988.
2.14.2 “Minor source baseline date” means the earliest date
46
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
after the trigger date on which a major stationary source or a
major modification subject to 40 CFR 52.21, 40 CFR 51.166 or
District Regulation 2.05 submits a complete application under the
relevant regulations. The trigger date is:
2.14.2.1 In the case of particulate matter and sulfur dioxide,
August 7, 1977, and
2.14.2.2 In the case of nitrogen dioxide, February 8, 1988.
2.14.3 The baseline date is established for each pollutant for
which increments or other equivalent measures have been estab-
lished if:
2.14.3.1 The area in which the proposed source or modification
would construct is designated as attainment or unclassifiable
pursuant to Section 107(d)(i)(D) or (E) of the Clean Air Act for
the pollutant on the date of its complete application; and
2.14.3.2 In the case of a major stationary source, the pollutant
would be emitted in significant amounts, or, in the case of a
major modification, there would be a significant net emissions
increase of the pollutant.
2.15.1 “Baseline area” means any area (and every part thereof)
designated as attainment or unclassifiable pursuant to Section
107(d) (1) (D) or (E) of the Clean Air Act in which the major
source or major modification establishing the baseline date would
construct or Would have an air quality impact equal to or greater
than one ug/m (annual average) of the pollutant for which the
minor source baseline date is established.
2.15.2 Area redesignations under Section 107(d) (1) (D) or (E) of
the Clean Air Act cannot intersect or be smaller than the area of
impact of any major stationary source or major modification
which:
2.15.2.1 Establishes a minor source baseline date; or
2.15.2.2 Is subject to 40 CFR 52.21 and would be constructed in
Jefferson County, Kentucky.
2.16 “Allowable emissions” means the emissions rate of a sta-
tionary source calculated using the maximum rated capacity of the
source (unless the source is subject to local, state, and feder-
ally enforceable limits which restrict the operating rate, or
hours of operation, or both) and the most stringent of the fol-
lowing:
2.16.1 The applicable standards as set forth in District Regula-
tions Chapter 5 and 7, or 40 CFR 60 or 61;
2.16.2 The applicable local, state and federally approved regu-
latory emissions limitation, including those with a future
compliance date; or
47
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
2.16.3 The emissions rate specified as a local, state and feder-
ally enforceable permit condition, including those with a future
compliance date.
2.17 “Federally enforceable” means all limitations and condi-
tions which are enforceable by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA,
including those requirements developed pursuant to 40 CFR 60 and
61, requirements within any applicable State Implementation Plan,
and any permit requirements established pursuant to 40 CFR 52.21
or under regulations approved pursuant to 40 CFR 51 Subpart I.
2.18 “Secondary emissions” means emissions which would occur as
a result of the construction or operation of a major stationary
source or major modification, but do not come from the major
stationary source or major modification itself. For the purpose
of this regulation, secondary emissions shall be specific, well
defined, quantifiable, and impact the same general area as the
stationary source or modification which causes the secondary
emissions. Secondary emissions include emissions from any of f-
site support facility which would not otherwise be constructed or
increase its emissions as a result of the construction or opera-
tion of the major modification. Secondary emissions do not
include any emissions which come directly from a mobile source,
such as the emissions from the tailpipe of a motor vehicle, from
a train, or from a vessel.
2.18.1 Emissions from ships or trains coming to or from the new
or modified stationary source; and
2.18.2 Emissions form any offsite support facility which would
not otherwise be constructed or increase its emissions as a
result of the construction or operation of the major stationary
source or major modification.
2.19 “Innovative control technology” means any system of air
pollution control that has not been adequately demonstrated in
practice, but would have a substantial likelihood of achieving at
least comparable reductions at lower cost in terms of energy,
economics, or non air quality environmental impacts.
2.20 “Fugitive emissions” means those emissions which could not
reasonably pass through a stack, chimney, vent, or other func-
tionally equivalent opening.
2.21.1 “Actual emissions” means the actual rate of emissions of
a pollutant from an emissions unit, as determined in accordance
with 2.21.2 to 2.21.4 of this section.
2.21.2 In general, actual emissions as of a particular date
shall equal the average rate, in tons per year, at which the unit
actually emitted the pollutant during a two (2) year period which
precedes the particular date and which is representative of
normal source operation. The District shall allow the use of a
different time period upon a determination that it is more repre-
48
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
sentative of normal source operation. Actual emissions shall be
calculated using the unit’s actual operating hours, production
rates, and types of materials processed, stored, or combusted
during the selected time period.
2.21.3 The District may presume that source—specific allowable
emissions for the unit are equivalent to the actual emissions of
the unit.
2.21.4 For any emissions unit which has not begun normal opera-
tions on the particular date, actual emissions shall equal the
potential to emit of the unit on that date.
2.22 “Complete” means, in reference to an application for a
permit, that the application contains all of the information
necessary for processing the application.
2.23.1 “significant” means: In reference to a net emissions
increase or the potential of a source to emit any of the follow-
ing pollutants, a rate of emissions that would equal or exceed
any of the rates given in Appendix A to this regulation.
2.23.2 In reference to a net emissions increase or the potential
of a source to emit a pollutant subject to regulation under the
Clean Air Act that is not listed in Appendix A to this regula-
tion, any emissions rate.
2.23.3 Notwithstanding 2.23.2 of this section and Appendix A to
this regulation, “significant” means any emissions rate or any
net emissions increase associated with a major stationary source
or major modification, which would construct within ten kilome-
ters of a Class I area, nd have an impact on such area equal to
or greater than one ug/m (twenty-four hour average).
2.24 “Federal land manager” means, with respect to any lands in
the United States, the secretary of the department with authority
over such lands.
2.25 “High terrain” means any area having an elevation 900 feet
or more above the base of the stack of a source.
2.26 “Low terrain” means any area other than high terrain.
2.27 “Adverse impact on visibility” means visibility impairment
which interferes with the management, protection, preservation or
enjoyment of the visitor’s visual experience of the Class I area.
The determination shall be made on a case-by-case basis taking
into account the geographic extent, intensity, duration, frequen-
cy and time of visibility impairment, and how these factors
correlate with the times of visitor use of the Class I area, and
the frequency and time of natural conditions that reduce visibil-
ity.
2.28 “State Implementation Plan” means the most recently pre-
pared plan or revision thereof required by Section 110 of the
49
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
Clean Air Act which has been approved by the U.S. EPA.
2.29 “Mandatory Class I federal area” means any area identified
in 40 CFR 81, Subpart D, where the administrator of the U.S. EPA,
in consultation with the Secretary of the United States Depart-
ment of Interior, has determined visibility to be an important
value.
2.30 “Natural conditions” means those naturally occurring phenom-
ena that reduce visibility as measured in terms of visual range,
contrast, or coloration.
2.31 “Visibility impairment” means any humanly perceptible change
in visibility (visual range, contrast, coloration) from that
which would have existed under natural conditions.
SECTION 3.0 AMBIENT AIR INCREMENTS.
In areas designated as Class I or II, increases in pollutant
concentration over the baseline concentration shall be limited to
the levels specified in Appendix B to this regulation. For any
period other than an annual period, the applicable maximum allow-
able increase may be exceeded during one such period per year at
any one location.
SECTION 4.0 AMBIENT AIR CEILINGS.
4.1 No concentration of a pollutant specified in Section 1 of
this regulation shall exceed:
4.1.1 The concentration permitted under the national secondary
ambient air quality standard; or
4.1.2 The concentration permitted under the national primary
ambient air quality standard, whichever concentration is lower
for the pollutant for a period of exposure.
SECTION 5.0 AREA CLASSIFICATIONS.
5.1 The following areas shall be Class I areas and may not be
redesignated:
5.1.1 International parks;
5.1.2 National wilderness areas and national memorial parks
which exceed 5,000 acres in size; and
5.1.3 National parks which exceed 6,000 in size.
5.2 Any other area, unless otherwise specified in the legisla-
tion creating such an area, is designated Class II but may be
50
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
redesignated as provided in 40 CFR 51.24(g).
5.3 The provisions of this regulation relating to visibility
protection shall apply only to sources which may impact a manda-
tory Class I federal area.
SECTION 6.0 EXCLUSIONS FROM INCREMENT CONSUMPTION.
6.1 Upon written request of the Governor of the Commonwealth of
Kentucky, made after notice and opportunity for at least one
public hearing to be held in accordance with procedures estab-
lished in Regulation 2.07 Section 2 PSD Notifications, the Admin-
istrator of the U.S. EPA shall exclude the following concentra-
tions in determining compliance with a maximum allowable in-
crease:
6.1.1 Concentrations attributable to the increase in emissions
from stationary sources which have been converted from the use of
petroleum products, natural gas, or emissions from such sources
before the effective date of such an order;
6.1.2 Concentrations attributable to the increase in emissions
from sources which have converted from using natural gas by
reason of a natural gas curtailment plan in effect pursuant to
the federal statute over the emissions from such sources before
the effective date of such plan;
6.1.3 Concentrations of particulate matter attributable to the
increase in emissions from constructi9n or other temporary emis-
sion-related activities of new and modified sources; and
6.1.4 Concentrations attributable to the temporary increase in
emissions of sulfur dioxide, particulate matter, or nitrogen
oxides from stationary sources which are affected by plan revi-
sions approved by the Administrator of U.S. EPA as meeting crite-
ria specified in 6.4 of this section.
6.2 No exclusion of such concentrations shall apply more than
five years after the effective date of the order to which 6.1.1
or 6.1.2 of this section refers, whichever is applicable. If
both such order and plan are applicable, no such exclusion shall
apply more than five years after the later of such effective
dates.
6.3 No exclusion under this section shall occur later than nine
months after August 7, 1980, unless a State Implementation Plan
revision meeting the requirements of 40 CFR 51.166 has been
approved by the Administrator of U.S. EPA.
6.4 For purposes of excluding concentrations pursuant to 6.1.4
of this section, the plan revision referred to in 6.3 of this
section shall specify the following provisions:
51
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
6.4.1 The time over which the temporary emission increase of
sulfur dioxide, particulate matter, or nitrogen oxides would
occur. Such time shall not exceed two years in duration unless a
longer time is approved by the Administrator of U.S. EPA;
6.4.2 That the time period for excluding certain contributions
in accordance with 6.4.1 of this subsection is not renewable;
6.4.3 That no emissions increase will occur from a stationary
source which would:
6.4.3.1 Impact a Class I area or an area where an applicable
increment is known to be violated; or
6.4.3.2 Cause or contribute to the violation of a national
ambient air quality standard; and
6.4.4 Limitations shall be in effect at the end of the time
period specified in accordance with 6.4.1 of this subsection
which would ensure that the emissions levels from stationary
sources affected by the plan revision would not exceed those
levels occurring from such sources before the plan revision was
approved.
SECTION 7.0 STACK HEIGHTS.
7.1 The degree of emission limitation required for control of
any air pollutant under this regulation shall not be affected in
any manner by:
7.1.1 So much of the stack height of any source as exceeds good
engineering practice; or
7.1.2 Any other dispersion technique.
7.2 Subsection 7.1 shall not apply with respect to stack heights
in existence before December 31, 1970 , or to dispersion tech-
niques implemented before then.
7.3 The District may require an increase in the stack height of
a proposed new source if the applicant’s modeling demonstration
indicates an inordinate amount of increment consumption. In no
event shall such request exceed the stack height allowed for the
modeling demonstration pursuant to subsection 7.1.
SECTION 8.0 REVIEW OF MAJOR STATIONARY SOURCES AND MAJOR MODIFI-
CATIONS; SOURCE APPLICABILITY AND EXEMPTIONS.
8.1 No major stationary source or major modification to which
the requirements of Sections 9.0 to 17.0 of this regulation apply
shall begin actual construction without a permit which states
that the stationary source or modification would meet those
requirements.
52
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989
“LOSIP. 1ST”
8.2 The requirements of Section 9.0 to 17.0 of this regulation
shall apply to any major stationary source and any major modif i-
cation with respect to each pollutant subject to regulations
under the Clean Air Act that it would emit, except as this regu-
lation otherwise provides.
8.3 The requirements of Sections 9.0 to 17.0 of this regulation
shall apply only to any major stationary source or major modif i-
cation that would be constructed in an area designated as attain-
ment or unclassifiable pursuant to Section 107(d) (1) (D) or (E) of
the Clean Air Act.
8.4.1 The requirements of Sections 9.0 to 17.0 of this regula-
tion shall not apply to a particular major stationary source or
major modification if the owner or operator:
8.4.1.1 Obtained all federal, state and local preconstruction
approvals effective before March 1, 1978;
8.4.1.2 Commenced construction before March 19, 1979; and
8.4.1.3 Did not discontinue construction for a period of eight-
een months or more and completed construction within a reasonable
time; or
8.4.2 The source or modification would be a nonprofit health or
nonprofit educational institution, or a major modification would
occur at such an institution, and the Governor of the Common-
wealth of Kentucky requests that it be exempt from those require-
ments; or
8.4.3 The source or modification would be a major stationary
source or major modification only if fugitive emissions, to the
extent quantifiable, are considered in calculating the potential
to emit of the stationary source or modification and the source
does not belong to any of the following categories:
8.4.3.1
8.4.3.2
8.4.3.3
8.4.3.4
8.4.3.5
8.4.3.6
8.4.3.7
8.4.3.8
8.4.3.9
8.4. 3. 10
8.4.3.11
8.4.3.12
8.4. 3. 13
8.4.3.14
8.4. 3. 15
8.4. 3. 16
Coal cleaning plants (with thermal dryers);
Kraft pulp mills;
Portland cement plants;
Primary zinc smelters;
Iron and steel mills;
Primary aluminum ore reduction plants;
Primary copper smelters;
Municipal incinerators capable of charging more than
250 tons of refuse per day;
Hydrofluoric, sulfuric, or nitric acid plants;
Petroleum refineries;
Lime plants;
Phosphate rock processing plants;
Coke oven batteries;
Sulfur recovery plants;
Carbon black plants (furnace process);
Primary lead smelters;
53
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989
“LOSIP. 1ST”
8.4.3. 17
8.4 .3. 18
8.4.3. 19
8.4.3.20
8.4.3.21
8.4 .3.22
8.4.3.23
8.4.3.24
8.4. 3.25
8.4.3.26
8.4. 3. 27
Fuel conversion plants;
Sintering plants;
Secondary metal production plants;
Chemical process plants;
Fossil—fuel boilers (or combination thereof) totaling
more than 250 million BTUs per hour heat input;
Petroleum storage and transfer units with a total
storage capacity exceeding 300,000 barrels;
Taconite ore processing plants;
Glass fiber processing plants;
Charcoal production plants;
Fossil fuel-fired steam electric plants of more than
250 million BTUs per our heat input; or
Any other stationary source category which, as of
August 7, 1980, is being regulated under Section 111
of 112 of the Clean Air Act or 40 CFR Parts 60 and 61;
or
8.4.4 The source is a portable stationary source which has
previously received a permit under this regulation; and:
8.4.4.1 The owner or operator proposes to relocate the source
and emissions of the source at the new location would be tempo-
rary;
8.4.4.2 The emissions from the source would not exceed its
allowable emissions;
8.4.4.3 The emissions from the source would impact no Class I
area and no area where an applicable increment is known to be
violated; and
8.4.4.4 Reasonable notice is given to the District prior to the
relocation identifying the proposed new location and the probable
duration of operation at the new location. Such notice shall be
given to the District not less than ten (10) days in advance of
the proposed relocation unless a different time duration is
previously approved by the District.
8.4.5 The source or modification was not subject to 40 CFR 52.21
or this regulation with respect to particulate matter, as in
effect before July 31, 1987, and the owner or operator;
8.4.5.1 Obtained all final federal, state, and local precon-
struction approvals or permits necessary under the applicable
state implementation plan before July 31, 1987 or any earlier
time required under the SIP; and
8.4.5.2 Commenced construction within eighteen months after July
31, 1987; and
8.4.5.3 Did not discontinue construction for a period of eight-
een months or more and completed construction within a reasonable
period of time.
54
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
8.4.6 The source or modification was subject to 40 CFR 52.21 or
this regulation, with respect to particulate matter, as in effect
before July 31, 1987 and the owner or operator submitted an
application for a permit under such regulations before that date,
and the administrator or U. S. EPA subsequently determines that
the application as submitted was complete with respect to the
particulate matter requirements then in effect in this regula-
tion. Instead, the requirements of Section 9.0 to 17.0 of this
regulation that were in effect before July 31, 1987 shall apply
to such source or modification.
8.5 The requirements of Sections 9.0 to 17.0 of this regulation
shall not apply to a major stationary source or major modifica-
tion with respect to a particular pollutant if the owner or
operator demonstrates that, relative to that pollutant, the
source or modification is located in an area designated as non-
attainment pursuant to Section 107(d) (1) (A),(B), or (C) of the
Clean Air Act.
8.6 The requirements of Sections 10.0, 12.0 and 14.0 of this
regulation shall not apply to a major stationary source or major
modification with respect to a particular pollutant, if the
allowable emissions of that pollutant from the source, or the net
emissions increase of that pollutant from the modification:
8.6.1 Would impact no Class I area and no area where an applica-
ble increment is known to be violated; and
8.6.2 Would be temporary.
8.7 The requirements of Sections 10.0, 12.0, and 14.0 of this
regulation as they relate to any maximum allowable increase for a
Class II area shall not apply to a major modification at a sta-
tionary source that was in existence on March 1, 1978, if the net
increase in allowable emissions of each pollutant subject to
regulations under the Clean Air Act from the modification after
the Clean Air Act from the modification after the application of
best available control technology would be less than fifty tons
per year.
8.8 The District may exempt a stationary source or modification
from the requirements of 40 CFR 52.21 or District Regulation 2.05
(this regulation] with respect to monitoring for a particular
pollutant if:
8.8.1 The emissions increase of the pollutant from the new
source or the net emissions increase of the pollutant from the
modification would cause, in any area, air quality impacts less
than the amounts given in Appendix C to this regulation; or
8.8.2 The concentrations of the pollutant in the area that the
source or modification would affect are less than the concentra-
tions listed in Appendix C to this regulation, or the pollutant
is not listed in Appendix C to this regulation.
55
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
8.9 The requirements for BACT in Section 9.0 of this regulation
and the requirements for air quality analyses in Section 12.1 of
this regulation, shall not apply to a particular stationary
source or modification that was subject to 40 CFR 52.21 as in
effect on June 19, 1978, if the owner or operator of the source
or modification submitted an application for a permit under those
regulations before August 7, 1980, and the Administrator of U. S.
EPA subsequently determines that the application as submitted
before that date was complete. Instead, the requirements at 40
CFR 52.21 (j) Control Technology Review” and (n) “Source informa-
tion” as in effect on June 19, 1978 apply to any such source or
modification.
8.10.1 The requirements for air quality monitoring in 12.1.2
through 12.1.4 of this regulation shall not apply to a particular
source or modification that was subject to 40 CFR 52.21 as in
effect on June 19, 1978, if the owner or operator of the source
or modification submits an application for a permit under that
regulation on or before June 8, 1981, and the Administrator of U.
S. EPA subsequently determines that the application as submitted
before that date was complete with respect to the requirements of
that regulation other than those in 12.1.2 through 12.1.4 of this
regulation, and with respect to the requirements for such analy-
ses at 40 CFR 52.21(m) (2) in regard to post—construction monitor-
ing as in effect on June 19, 1978. Instead, the latter require
xnents shall apply to any such source or modification.
8.10.2 The requirements for air quality monitoring in 12.1.3
through 12.1.4 of this regulation shall not apply to a particu-
lar source or modification that was not subject to 40 CFR 52.21
as in effect on June 19, 1978, if the owner or operator of the
source or modification submits an application for a permit under
that regulation on or before June 8, 1981, and the Administrator
of U. S. EPA subsequently determines that the application as
submitted before that date was complete, except with respect to
the requirements in Section 12.1.2 through 12.1.4 of this regula-
tion.
8.11.1 At the discretion of the Administrator of U. S. EPA, the
requirements for air quality monitoring or PM 10 in 12.1.1 through
12.1.4 of this regulation may not apply to a particular source or
modification when the owner or operator of the source or modif i-
cation submits an application for a permit under 40 CFR 52.21 on
or before June 1, 1988 and the District subsequently determines
that the application as submitted before that date was complete,
except with respect to the requirements for monitoring particu-
late matter in Section 12.1.1 through 12.1.4 of this regulation.
8.11.2 The requirements for air quality monitoring of PM 10 in
Section 12.1.2, 12.1.4 and 12.3.1 of this regulation shall apply
to a particular source or modification if the owner or operator
of the source or modification submits an application for a permit
under 40 CFR 52.21 or this regulation after June 1, 1988 and no
later than December 1, 1988. The data shall have been gathered
over at least the period from February 1, 1988 to the date the
56
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
application becomes otherwise complete in accordance with the
provisions set forth under 12.1.8 of this regulation except that
if the Administrator of U.S. EPA determines that a complete and
adequate analysis can be accomplished with monitoring data over a
shorter period (not to be less than four months), then the data
that 12.1.8 requires shall have been gathered over the shorter
period.
8.12 The requirements of 10.1.2 of this regulation shall not
apply to a stationary source or modification with respect to any
maximum allowable increase for nitrogen oxides if the owner or
operator of the source or modification submitted an application
for a permit under 40 CFR 52.21 or this regulation before the
provisions embodying the maximum allowable increase took effect
as part of the applicable implementation plan and the
Administrator of U.S. EPA subsequently determined that the
application as submitted before that date was complete.
SECTION 9.0 CONTROL TECHNOLOGY REVIEW.
9.1 A major stationary source or major modification shall meet
each applicable emissions limitation under the SIP and each
applicable emission standard and standard of performance pursuant
to 40 CFR 60 and 61.
9.2 A new major stationary source shall apply BACT for each
pollutant subject to regulation under the Clean Air Act that it
would have the potential to emit in significant amounts.
9.3 A major modification shall apply BACT for each pollutant
subject to regulation under Clean Air Act for which it would
result in a significant net emissions increase at the source.
This requirement applies to each proposed emissions unit at which
a net emissions increase in the pollutant would occur as a result
of a physical change in the method of operation in the unit.
9.4 For phased construction projects, the determination of BACT
shall be reviewed and modified as appropriate at the latest
reasonable time which occurs no later than eighteen months prior
to commencement of construction of each independent phase of the
project. At such time, the owner or operator of the applicable
stationary source may be required to demonstrate the adequacy of
any previous determination of BACT for the source.
SECTION 10.0 SOURCE IMPACT ANALYSIS.
10.1 The owner or operator of the proposed source or modifica-
tion shall demonstrate that allowable emission increases from the
proposed source or modification, in conjunction with all other
applicable emissions increases or reductions (including secondary
emissions), would not cause or contribute to air pollution in
violation of:
10.1.1 Any national ambient air quality standard in any air
57
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
quality control region; or
10.1.2 Any applicable maximum allowable increase over the base-
line concentration in any area.
SECTION 11.0 AIR QUALITY MODELS.
11.1 All estimates of ambient concentrations required under this
regulation shall be based on the applicable air quality models,
data bases, and other requirements specified in the “Guideline on
Air Quality Models (Revised)” (1986) and Supplement A (1987)
which are incorporated into 40 CFR 52.21 by reference. The
guideline (EPA publication No. 450/2-78-027R) and Supplement A
(1987) are for sale from the U. S. Department of Commerce, Na-
tional Technical Information Service, 5825 Port Royal Road,
Springfield, Virginia 22161. They are also available for inspec-
tion at the District Office, 914 East Broadway, Louisville,
Kentucky. This incorporation by reference into 40 CFR 52.21 was
approved by the Director of the Federal Register on February 5,
1988. These materials are incorporated as they exist on the date
of approval and a notice of any change will be published in the
Federal Register . The District shall amend this regulation
within nine months to include such changes.
11.2 Where an air quality impact model specified in the “Guide-
line on Air Quality Models (Revised)” (1986) and Supplement A
(1987) are inappropriate, the model may be modified or another
model substituted. Such a modification or substitution of a
model may be made on a case—by—case basis or, where appropriate,
on a generic basis for a specific state program. Written approv-
al of the Administrator of U.S. EPA must be obtained for any
modification or substitution. In addition, use of a modified or
substituted model must be subject to a notice and opportunity for
public comment under procedures developed in accordance with
Section 16.0 of this regulation.
SECTION 12.0 AIR QUALITY ANALYSIS.
12.1.1 Pre-application analysis - Any application for a permit
under this regulation shall contain an analysis of ambient air
quality in the area that the major stationary source or major
modification would affect for each of the following pollutants:
12.1.1.1 For the source, each pollutant that it would have the
potential to emit in a significant amount as defined in 2.23.1 of
this regulation;
12.1.1.2 For the modification, each pollutant for which it would
result in a significant net emissions increase.
12.1.2 With respect to any such pollutant for which no national
ambient air quality standard exists, the analysis shall contain
such air quality monitoring data as the District determines are
58
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
necessary to assess ambient air quality for that pollutant in any
area that the emissions of that pollutant would affect.
12.1.3 With respect to any such pollutant (other than noninethane
hydrocarbons) for which such a standard does exist, the analysis
shall contain continuous air quality monitoring data gathered for
purposes of determining whether emissions of that pollutant would
cause or contribute to a violation of the standard or any maximum
allowable increase.
12.1.4 In general, the continuous air quality monitoring data
that are required shall have been gathered over a period of at
least one (1) year and shall represent at least the year preced-
ing receipt of the application, except that if the applicant
demonstrates through historical data or dispersion models that
the monitoring data gathered over a period shorter than one (1)
year (but not to be less than four (4) months) will be obtained
during a time period when maximum air quality levels can be
expected, the data that are required shall have been gathered
over at least that shorter period.
12.1.5 For any application which becomes complete, except as to
the requirements of 12.1.3 and 12.1.4 of this subsection, between
June 8, 1981, and February 9, 1982, the data that 12.1.3 of this
subsection requires, shall have been gathered over at least the
period from February 9, 1981, to the date the application becomes
otherwise complete, except that:
12.1.5.1 If the source or modification would have been major for
that pollutant under 40 CFR 52.21 as in effect on June 19, 1978,
any monitoring data shall have been gathered over at least the
period required by those regulations.
12.1.5.2 If the Administrator of U. S. EPA determines that a
complete and adequate analysis can be accomplished with monitor-
ing data over a shorter period (not to be less than four months),
the data that 12.1.3 of this subsection requires shall have been
gathered over at least that shorter period.
12.1.5.3 If the monitoring data would relate exclusively to
ozone and would not have been required under 40 CFR 52.21 as in
effect on June 19, 1978, the Administrator of U. S. EPA may waive
the otherwise applicable requirements of subsection 12.1.5 to the
extent that the applicant shows that the monitoring data would be
unrepresentative of air quality over a full year.
12.1.6 The owner or operator of a proposed stationary source or
modification of volatile organic compounds who satisfies all
conditions of 40 CFR Appendix S, section IV may provide post-
approval data for ozone in lieu of providing preconstruction data
as required under 12.1.1 of this subsection.
12.1.7 For any application that becomes complete, except as to
the requirements of 12.1.3 and 12.1.4 of this subsection pertain-
ing to PM 10 after December 1, 1988 and no later than August 1,
59
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
1989 the data that 12.1.3 requires shall have been gathered over
at least the period from August 1, 1989 to the date the applica-
tion becomes otherwise complete, except that if the Administrator
of U. S. EPA determines that a complete and adequate analysis can
be accomplished with monitoring data over a shorter period (not
to be less than four months), the data that 12.1.3 requires shall
have been gathered over that shorter period.
12.1.8 With respect to any requirements for air quality monitor-
ing of PM 10 under 8.11.1 and 8.11.2 of this regulation, the owner
or operator of the source or modification shall use a U.S. EPA
approved reference or equivalent monitoring method and siting
criteria that has been approved by the District and shall esti-
mate the ambient concentrations of PM 10 using the data collected
by such approved monitoring method in accordance with estimating
procedures approved by the Administrator of U. S. EPA.
12.2.1 Post—construction monitoring. The owner or operator of a
major stationary source or major modification shall, after con-
struction of the stationary source or modification, conduct such
ambient monitoring as the District determines is necessary to
determine the effect emissions from the stationary source or
modification may have, or are having, on air quality in any area.
12.3.1 Operations of monitoring stations. The owner or operator
of a major stationary source or major modification shall meet the
requirements of Appendix B to 40 CFR 58, Appendix B during the
operation of monitoring stations for purposes of satisfying
Section 12.0 of this regulation.
SECTION 13.0 SOURCE INFORMATION
13.1 The owner or operator of a proposed source or modification
shall submit all information necessary to perform any analysis or
make any determination required under this regulation. With
respect to a major source or major modification to which Sections
9.0, 11.0, 13.0 and 15.0 of this regulation apply, such informa-
tion shall include:
13.1.1 A description of the nature, location, design capacity,
and typical operating schedule of the source or modification,
including specifications and drawings showing its design and
plant layout;
13.1.2 A detailed schedule for construction of the source or
modification;
13.1.3 A detailed description as to what system of continuous
emission reduction is planned for the source or modification,
emission estimates, and any other information necessary to deter-
mine that BACT would be applied.
13.2 Upon request of the District, the owner or operator shall
also provide information on:
60
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST”
13.2.1 The air quality impact of the source or modification,
including meteorological and topographical data necessary to
estimate such impact; and
13.2.2 The air quality impacts, and the nature and extent of any
or all general commercial, residential, industrial,and other
growth which has occurred since August 7, 1977, in the area the
source or modification would affect.
SECTION 14.0 ADDITIONAL IMPACT ANALYSIS.
14.1 The owner or operator shall provide an analysis of the
impairment to visibility, soils and vegetation that would occur
as a result of the source or modification and general commercial,
residential, industrial and other growth associated with the
source or modification. The owner or operator need not provide
an analysis of the impact on vegetation having no significant
commercial or recreational value.
14.2 The owner or operator shall provide an analysis of the air
quality impact projected for the area as a result of general
commercial, residential, industrial and other growth associated
with the source or modification.
14.3 Visibility monitoring. The District may require monitoring
of visibility in any Class I area impacted by the proposed new
stationary source or major modification using human observations,
teleradiometers, photographic cameras, nephelometers, fine par-
ticulate monitors, or other appropriate methods as specified by
the U.S. EPA. The method selected shall be determined on a case-
by-case basis by the District. Any visibility monitoring re-
quired by the District in a Class I area will be approved by the
federal land manager. Data obtained from any visibility monitor-
ing shall be made available to the Natural Resources and Environ-
mental Protection Cabinet of the Commonwealth of Kentucky, U.S.
EPA, and the Federal Land Manager, upon request.
SECTION 15.0 SOURCES IMPACTING CLASS I AREAS; ADDITIONAL RE-
QUIREMENTS.
15.1 Notice to U.S. EPA and Federal Land Managers. The District
shall provide written notice of any permit application for a
proposed major stationary source or major modification the emis-
sions from which may affect a Class I area to the U.S. EPA, the
federal land manager, and the federal official charged with
direct responsibility for management of any lands within any such
area. The District shall provide such notice promptly after
receiving the application. Such notification shall include a
copy of all information relevant to the permit application and
shall be given within thirty days of receipt and at least sixty
days prior to any public hearing on the proposed source’s antici-
pated impacts on visibility in the Class I area. The District
61
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
shall also provide the federal land manager and such federal
facilities with a copy of the preliminary determination required
under Section 16.0 of this regulation, and shall make available
to them any materials used in making that determination, promptly
after the District makes it. Finally, the District shall also
notify all affected federal land managers within thirty days of
receipt of any advance notification of any such permit applica-
tion.
15.2 Federal Land Manager. The Federal Land Manager and the
federal official charged with direct responsibility for manage-
ment of such lands have an affirmative responsibility to protect
the air quality related values (including visibility) of such
lands and to consider, in consultation with the Administrator of
the U. S. EPA, whether a proposed source or modification will
have an adverse impact on such values.
15.3 Visibility analysis. The District shall consider any
analysis performed by the federal land manager, provided within
thirty days of the notification and analysis required by 15.1 of
this section, that shows that a proposed new major stationary
source or major modification may have an adverse impact on visi-
bility in any Class I area. Where the District finds that such
an analysis does not demonstrate to the satisfaction of the
District that an adverse impact on visibility will result in the
Class I area, the District shall, in the public notice required
in Regulation 2.07 Section 2, either explain that decision or
give notice as to where the explanation can be obtained.
15.4 Denial; impact on air quality related values. The Federal
Land Manager of any such lands may demonstrate to the District
that the emissions from a proposed source or modification would
have an adverse impact on the air quality related values (includ-
ing visibility) of those lands, notwithstanding that the change
in air quality resulting from emissions from such source or
modification would not cause or contribute to concentrations
which would exceed the maximum allowable increases for a Class I
area as defined in Appendix B to this regulation. If the Dis-
trict concurs with such demonstration then the District shall not
issue the permit.
15.5 Class I variances. The owner or operator of a proposed
source or modification may demonstrate to the federal land manag-
er that the emissions from such source or modification would have
not adverse impact on the air quality related values of any such
lands (including visibility), notwithstanding that the change in
air quality resulting from emissions from such source or inodif i-
cation would cause or contribute to concentrations which would
exceed the maximum allowable increase for a Class I area. If the
Federal Land Manager concurs with such demonstration and he so
certifies, the Natural Resources and Environmental Protection
Cabinet of the Commonwealth of Kentucky may authorize the Dis-
trict: Provided, That the applicable requirements of this regu-
lation are otherwise met, to issue the permit with such emission
limitations as may be necessary to assure the emissions of sulfur
62
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
dioxide, particulate matter, and nitrogen oxides would not exceed
the maximum allowable increases in Appendix D over minor source
baseline concentration for such pollutants.
15.6 Sulfur dioxide variance by Governor with Federal Land
Manager’s concurrence. The owner or operator of a proposed
source or modification which cannot be approved under 15.5 of
this section may demonstrate to the Governor of the Commonwealth
of Kentucky that the source cannot be constructed by reason of
any maximum increase in sulfur dioxide for a period of twenty-
four hours or less applicable to any Class I aa and that a vari-
ance under this clause would not adversely affect the air quality
related values of the area (including visibility). The Governor,
after consideration of the Federal Land Manager’s recommendation
(if any) and subject to his concurrence, may, after notice and
public hearing, grant a variance from such maximum allowable
increase. If such variance is granted, the District shall issue
a permit to such source or modification permit to such source or
modification pursuant to the requirements of 15.8 of this sec-
tion, provided that the applicable requirements of this regula-
tion are otherwise met.
15.7 Variance by the Governor with the President’s concurrence.
In any case where the Governor of the Commonwealth of Kentucky
recommends a variance in which the Federal Land Manager does not
concur, the recommendations of the Governor and the Federal Land
Manager shall be transmitted to the President of the United
States of America. If the variance is approved, the District
shall issue a permit pursuant to the requirements of 15.8 of this
section, provided that the applicable requirements of this regu-
lation are otherwise met.
15.8 Emission limitations for Presidential or gubernatorial
variance. In the case of a permit issued pursuant to 15.6 or
15.7 of this section the source or modification shall comply with
such emission limitations as may be necessary to assure that
emissions of sulfur dioxide from the source or modification would
not (during any day on which the otherwise applicable maximum
allowable increases are exceeded) cause or contribute to concen-
trations which would exceed the maximum allowable increases over
the baseline concentration as specified in Appendix E of this
regulation and to assure that such emissions would not cause or
contribute to concentrations which exceed the otherwise applica-
ble maximum allowable increases for periods of exposure of twen-
ty-four hours or less for more than eighteen days, not necessari-
ly consecutive, during any annual period.
SECTION 16.0 PUBLIC PARTICIPATION
The District shall follow the applicable procedures of Regulation
2.07 Section 2, PSD NOTIFICATIONS in processing applications
under this regulation.
63
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
SECTION 17.0 SOURCE OBLIGATION
17.1 Any owner or operator who constructs or operates a source
or modification not in accordance with the application submitted
pursuant to this regulation or with the terms of any approval to
construct, or any owner or operator of a source or modification
subject to this regulation who begins actual construction after
April 21, 1982 without applying for and receiving approval here-
under, shall be subject to appropriate enforcement action.
17.2 Approval to construct shall become invalid if construction
is not commenced within eighteen months after receipt of such
approval, if construction is discontinued for a period of eight-
een months or more, or if construction is not completed within a
reasonable time. The District may extend the eighteen month
period upon a satisfactory showing that an extension is justi-
fied. This provision does not apply to the time period between
construction of the approved phases of a phased construction
project; each phase must commence construction within eighteen
months of the projected and approved commencement date.
17.3 Approval to construct shall not relieve any owner or opera-
tor of the responsibility to comply fully with applicable provi-
sions of the SIP and any other requirements under local, state,
or federal law.
17.4 At such time that a particular source or modification
becomes a major source or major modification solely by virtue of
a relaxation in any enforceable limitation which was established
after August 7, 1980, on the capacity of the source or modifica-
tion otherwise to emit a pollutant, such as a restriction on
hours of operation, then the requirements of Sections 9.0 to 18.0
of this regulation shall apply to the source or modification as
though construction had not yet commenced on the source or modi-
fication.
SECTION 18.0 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENTS.
Whenever any proposed source or modification is subject to action
by a federal agency which might necessitate preparation of an
environmental impact statement pursuant to the National Environ-
mental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321), review by the Administrator
of the U.S. EPA conducted pursuant to this regulation shall be
coordinated with the broad environmental reviews under that Act
and under Section 309 of the Clean Air Act to the maximum extent
feasible and reasonable.
SECTION 19.0 INNOVATIVE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
19.1 An owner or operator of a proposed major stationary source
or major modification may request the District in writing to
64
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
approve a system of innovative control technology.
19.2 The District shall, with the consent of the Governor of the
Commonwealth of Kentucky, determine that the source or modifica-
tion may employ a system of innovative control technology if:
19.2.1 The proposed control system would not cause or contribute
to an unreasonable risk to public health, welfare, safety in its
operation or function;
19.2.2 The owner or operator agrees to achieve a level of con-
tinuous emissions reduction equivalent to that which would have
been required under Section 9.2 of this regulation by a date
specified by the District. Such date shall not be later than
four years from the time of startup or seven years from permit
issuance;
19.2.3 The source or modification would meet the requirements of
Section 9.0 and 10.0 of this regulation based on the emissions
rate that the stationary source employing the system of innova-
tive control technology would be required to meet on the date
specified by the District;
19.2.4 The source or modification would not before the date
specified by the District:
19.2.4.1 Cause or contribute to a violation of an applicable
national ambient air quality standard;
19.2.4.2 Impact any Class I area; or
19.2.4.3 Impact any area where an applicable increment is known
to be violated; and
19.2.5 All other applicable requirements including those for
public participation have been met.
19.3 The District shall withdraw any approval to employ a system
of innovative control technology made under this regulation if:
19.3.1 The proposed system fails by the specified date to
achieve the required continuous emissions reduction rate;
19.3.2 The proposed system fails before the specified date so as
to contribute to an unreasonable risk to public health, welfare,
or safety; or
19.3.3 The District decides at any time that the proposed system
is unlikely to achieve the required level of control or to pro-
tect the public health, welfare, or safety.
19.4 If a source or modification fails to meet the required
level of continuous emission reduction within the specified time
period or the approval is withdrawn in accordance with 19.3 of
this section, the District may allow the source or modification
65
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST”
up to an additional three years to meet the requirement for the
application of BACT through use of a demonstrated system of
control.
SECTION 20.0 PERMIT CONDITION RESCISSION
20.1 Permit rescission - Any permit issued under this regulation
or a prior version of this regulation shall remain in effect
unless, and until, it expires under Section 17.0 of this regula-
tion or is rescinded.
20.2 Any owner or operator of a stationary source or modifica-
tion who holds a permit for the source or modification which was
issued under 40 CFR 52.2J. or this regulation as in effect on July
30, 1987, or any earlier version of 40 CFR 52.21, may request
that the District rescind the permit or a particular portion of
the permit.
20.3 The District shall grant an application for rescission if
the application shows that this regulation would not apply to the
source or modification.
20.4 If the District rescinds a permit under this section, the
public shall be given adequate notice of the rescission. Publi-
cation of an announcement or rescission in a newspaper or general
circulation in the affected region within 60 days of the rescis-
sion shall be considered adequate notice.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 6—13—79, 4—21—82, 11—
16—83. 4—6—86, 2—17—88, 4—19—89
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF NOVEMBER 13, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg AUG 02, 1989 NOV 13, 1989 54 FR 47210
66
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST ”
APPENDIX A TO REGULATION 2.05
Significant Net Emissions Rates
POLLUTANT EMISSIONS RATE
Carbon monoxide 100 tons per year (tpy)
Nitrogen oxides 40 tpy
Sulfur dioxide 40 tpy
Particulate matter 25 tpy of Particulate Matter
15 tpy of PM 10 emissions
Ozone 40 tpy of volatile organic compounds
Lead 0.6 tpy
Asbestos 0.007 tpy
Beryllium 0.0004 tpy
Mercury 0.1 tpy
Vinyl chloride 1 tpy
Fluorides 3 tpy
Sulfuric acid mist 7 tpy
Hydrogen sulfide (H 2 S) 10 tpy
Total reduced sulfide
(including H 2 S) 10 tpy
Reduced sulfur compounds
(including H 2 S) 10 tpy
67
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
APPENDIX B TO REGULATION 2.05
Ambient Air Increments
Maximum Allowable Increase
POLLUTANT (Micrograms per cubic meter)
Class Area (Nammouth Cave, KY)
Particulate matter:
TSP, Annual geometric mean 5
TSP, 24-hour maximum 10
Sulfur dioxide:
Annual arithmetic mean 2
24-hour maximum 5
3—hour maximum 25
Nitrogen dioxide
Annual Average 2.5
Class U Area (Jefferson County, KY)
Particulate matter:
TSP, Annual geometric mean 19
TSP, 24-hour maximum 37
Sulfur Dioxide:
Annual arithmetic mean 20
24-hour maximum 91
3-hour maximum 512
Nitrogen Dioxide
Annual average 25
Class U Area
Particulate Matter:
TSP, annual geometric mean 37
TSP, 24-hour maximum 75
Sulfur Dioxide:
Annual arithmetic mean 40
24-hour maximum 182
3-hour maximum 700
Nitrogen Dioxide
Annual Average 50
Notice: No single owner or operator may consume an inordinate
portion of an increment as determined by the District, without
approval by the Board. The Board may then weigh air quality and
economic impacts on the community in determining the appropriate
amount of increment allowed to the source.
68
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
APPENDIX C TO REGULATION 2.05
Significant Air Quality Impact
POLLUTANT AIR QUALITY LEVEL AVERAGING TIME
Carbon monoxide 575 ug/ni 3 8-hour average
Nitrogen oxide 14 ug/1n 3 annual average
Particulate matter 10 ug/m 3 of TSP 24-hour average
10 ug/m 3 of PM 10 24-hour average
Sulfur dioxide 13 ug/in 3 24-hour average
Ozone No de ininiinis air quality level is
provided for ozone. However, any net
increase of 100 tons per year or more of
volatile organic compounds subject to
this regulation would be required to
perform an ambient impact analysis
including the gathering of ambient air
quality data.
Lead 0.1 ug/in 3 3-month average
Mercury 0.25 ug/m 3 24—hour average
Beryllium 0.001 ug/m 3 24-hour average
Fluorides 0.25 ug/m 3 24-hour average
Vinyl chloride 15 ug/m 3 24-hour average
Hydrogen sulfide 0.2 ug/m 3 1-hour average
Total Reduced Sulfur 10 ug/m 3 1-hour average
Reduced Sulfur Compounds 10 ug/in 3 1-hour average
69
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
APPENDIX D TO REGULATION 2.05
Ambient Air Increments
for Class I variances
Maximum Allowable Increase
(micrograms per cubic meter)
Particulate matter:
TSP, Annual geometric mean 19
TSP, 24-hour maximum 37
Sulfur dioxide:
Annual arithmetic mean 20
24-hour maximum 91
3-hour maximum 325
Nitrogen dioxide
Annual arithmetic mean 25
70
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
APPENDIX E TO REGULATION 2.05
Ambient Air Increments for Presidential
or Gubernatorial Sulfur Dioxide Variances
Maximum Allowable Increase
(Micrograms per cubic meter)
Terrain areas
Period of Exposure Low High
24-hour maximum 36 62
3-hour maximum 130 221
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF NOVEMBER 13, 1989
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg AUG 02, 1989 NOV 13, 1989 54 FR 47210
71
-------
PRINTED November 27, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST”
REGULATION 2.06 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS - OTHER SOURCES
All other sources not subject to Regulation 2.04 or 2.05 shall be
reviewed for compliance with applicable emission standards for
existing sources, emission standards for hazardous air
pollutants, new source performance standards or other standards
as the District may require. No permit shall be issued unless
the source can demonstrate compliance with all applicable
standards.
Adopted 4/19/72; effective 4/19/72; amended 6—13—79, 4—21-82,
11/16/83
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
72
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
REGULATION 2.07 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
SECTION 1. OPPORTUNITY FOR PUBLIC COMMENT
Prior to 1) the issuance of a permit for a source which is
subject to District Regulation 2.04 or 2.05, 2) the issuance of
a permit for a source which will cause an increase in the
potential to emit of 100 tons per year or more of any one
pollutant, 3) the approval of an alternate emission standard
(bubble), or 4) the use of an emission reduction credit (ERC) in
any of the above actions, opportunity shall be given for the
public to comment on the information submitted by the owner or
operator of the source to the District and on the District’s
intent to approve or disapprove the request. Such opportunity to
comment shall include:
(a) Availability of the District’s analysis of the action’s
potential impact on air quality,
(b) A 30 day period for submittal of public comment, and
(C) A legal notice of the request which includes any changes to
emission limits resulting from trades approved under Regulation
2.12.
SECTION 2. PSD NOTIFICATIONS
For permits issued under Regulation 2.05, the District shall:
(a) Notify the public, by advertisement in a newspaper of general
circulation, of the application, the preliminary determination,
the degree of increment consumption that is expected from the
source or modification, and the opportunity for comment at a
public hearing as well as written public comment.
(b) Send a copy of the notice of public comment to the applicant,
EPA, the Kentucky Natural Resources and Environmental Protection
Cabinet and to officials and agencies having cognizance over the
location where the proposed construction would occur as follows:
the chief executives of the city and county iere the source or
modification would be located, any comprehensive regional land
use planning agency and any state or Federal Land Manager whose
lands may be affected by emissions from the source or
modification.
(C) Provide opportunity for a public hearing for interested
persons to appear and submit written or oral comments on the air
quality impact of the source or modification, alternatives to the
source or modification, the control technology required, and
other appropriate considerations.
(d) Consider all written comments submitted within a time
specified in the notice of public comment and all comments
received at any public hearing(s) in making a final decision on
the approvability of the application. No later than 10 days
42
-------
PRINTED August 30, ‘1989 “LOSIP. lST”
after the close of the public comment period, the applicant may
submit a written response to any comments submitted by the
public. The District shall consider the applicant’s response in
making a final decision. The District shall make all comments
available for public inspection at the District’s office.
SECTION 3. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION COSTS
The cost of public notification prescribed under this regulation
for a source shall be borne by the applicant.
Adopted 4/19/72; effective 4/19/72; amended 6/13/79, 4/21/82,
11/16/83
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: JULY 19, 1982 JAN 11, 1984 49 FR 1341
43
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
REGULATION 2.08 PERMIT FEES AND RENEWAL
SECTION 1. PERMIT FEES
Fees for permits issued pursuant to this regulation shall be:
(a) $50 for operating permits for major and minor sources.
(b) $450 for construction permits for all affected facilities
which singly or collectively have the potential to be emitters of
100 tons per year or more of any pollutant.
(C) $200 for all construction permits not covered by Section
1 (b).
(d) $50 for banking permits.
(e) $100 for demolition/renovation of asbestos containing
structures.
(f) Payable by check or money order to the District and due
thirty days after the issuance of a statement of fees by the
District.
(g) On applications for construction permits where there are two
or more identical pieces of equipment at the same location, the
fee shall be the same as that specified for one such piece of
equipment.
SECTION 2. PERMIT RENEWAL AND TRANSFER
(a) Major sources shall renew operating permits every two years.
(b) Minor sources shall renew operating permits every four years.
(C) The District, at its discretion, may adjust individual permit
time periods to conform with its inspection schedules of sources.
(d) Permits issued under this regulation are not transferable.
(e) Banking permits are not subject to periodic renewal.
SECTION 3. REVIEW OF PERMIT FEE SCHEDULE
Fees stated in this section shall be reviewed each year by the
Board.
Adopted 6—13—79, effective 6—13—79; amended 4—21—82, 11—16—82,
12—17—86.
44
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 t1 LOSIP.].ST”
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUN 21, 1988
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUN 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: MAR 20, 1987 JUN 21, 1988 53 FR 23237
2nd Revision:
45
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 2.09. CAUSES FOR PERMIT SUSPENSION
SECTION 1. SUSPENSION BY THE BOARD
The Board may modify a permit issued hereunder or recommend to
the Hearing Board the revocation of any permit issued hereunder
for one or more of the following causes:
(a) Failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the
permit;
(b) Failure to comply with emissions standards applicable to an
affected facility;
(C) Failure to comply with the ambient air quality standards for
the area in which the source is located; or
(d) Failure to report process or equipment changes which result
in an emission increase.
SECTION 2. SUSPENSION BY THE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL OFFICER
(a) The Air Pollution Control Officer may suspend a permit issued
hereunder for failure to provide information, analyses, plans or
specifications upon request of the Air Pollution Control Officer
relating to an affected facility or for willfully making
misstatements in permit applications or any amendments thereto.
Such suspensions may be appealed to the Hearing Board in
accordance with Regulation 1.08.
(b) The Air Pollution Control Officer shall suspend a permit
issued hereunder if the affected facility is to be shut down for
an extended period or replaced with a new, reconstructed, or
modified affected facility.
Adopted 6/13/79; effective 6/13/79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
46
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
REGULATION 2.10. STACK HEIGHT CONSIDERATIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
This regulation applies to all stacks constructed in Jefferson
County which emit air contaminants from an affected facility.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given to them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “In existence” means that the stack is physically complete
and ready to be used for its intended purpose.
(b) “Dispersion technique” means any method which attempts to
affect the concentration of a pollutant in the ambient air by
(1) use of that portion of a stack which exceeds good engineering
practice stack height, (2) varying the rate of emission of a
pollutant, or (3) the manipulation of source process parameters
or selective handling of exhaust streams. The preceding sentence
does to include the reheating of a gas stream following use of a
pollution control system for the purpose of returning the gas to
the temperature at which it was originally discharged from the
facility generating the gas stream.
(c) “Good engineering practice stack height” (Hg) means that
stack height necessary to ensure that emissions from the stack do
not result in excessive concentrations of any air pollutant in
the immediate vicinity of the source as a result of atmospheric
downwash, eddies, and wakes which may be created by the source
itself, nearby structures or nearby terrain obstacles and shall
not exceed as appropriate:
(i) 30 meters, for stacks uninfluenced by structures or terrain;
(ii) Hg = H + 1.5 L
where H = height of structure or nearby structure
L = lesser dimension (height or width) of the
structure or nearby structure
for stacks influenced by structures;
(iii) Such height as an owner or operator of a source
demonstrates is necessary through the use of field studies or
fluid models after notice and opportunity for public hearing.
(d) “Excessive concentrations” for the purpose of determining
good engineering practice stack heights in fluid modeling studies
means a maximum concentration in excess of an ambient air quality
standard, due in part or whole to downwash, wakes or eddies which
is 40 percent in excess of the maximum concentration experienced
in the absence of downwash, wakes or eddy effects produced by
nearby structures or terrain.
47
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
SECTION 3. COMPLIANCE
Stack emissions of any source which are controlled in order to
attain and maintain an ambient air quality standard or to prevent
significant deterioration of the air quality, shall be so
accomplished through emission limitation alone. The degree of
emission limitation so required of any source for control of any
air pollutant shall not be affected by so much of that source’s
stack height that exceeds good engineering practice or by any
other dispersion technique, except as provided in section 5 of
this regulation.
SECTION 4. TIMETABLE
No later than six months after the enactment of this regulation,
the District shall, after notice and opportunity for public
hearing, utilize all stack heights in a manner consistent with
these regulations.
SECTION 5. EXEMPTIONS
Stack heights in existence, or dispersion techniques implemented
as part of a control strategy or permit review prior to December
30, 1970, or coal—fired steam electric generating units, which
commenced operation before July 1, 1957, and whose stacks were
constructed under a construction contract awarded before February
8, 1974, are exempt from the requirements of this regulation.
Adopted 6—13—79; effective 6-13-79; amended 11-16—83
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
48
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATIONS 2.11 AIR QUALITY MODEL USAGE
SECTION 1.
(a) All air quality modeling required under the District
regulations shall be based on the applicable air quality models,
data bases, and other requirements specified in the “Guidelines
on Air Quality Models” (OAQPS 1.2-080, U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Planning and Standards, Research
Triangle Park, NC 27711). In addition, the requirements of any
other procedures or methods outlined in EPA policy statements
shall be met as these policy positions are disseminated.
(b) Where it is judged that an air quality impact model as
specified in the “Guidelines on Air Quality Models” is
inappropriate or that another model is preferable, the specified
model may be modified or another model substituted subject to the
approval of the District.
(C) Methods like those outlined in the “Workbook for the
Comparison of Air Quality Models” (U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards) should be
used to determine the comparability of air quality models.
SECTION 2.
For modeling required under Regulation 2.05, a substitution or
modification of a model shall be subject to public comment
procedures in accordance with Section 14 of Regulation 2.05, and
such substitution or modification of a model must be approved in
writing by the District and EPA.
SECTION 3.
(a) As appropriate, the Single-Source (CRATER) Model, the
Multiple Point, Gaussian Dispersion Algorithm with Optional
Terrain Adjustment (MPTER), or the Industrial Source Complex
(ISC) Dispersion Model shall be used to determine if the
significance levels in Section 7 (b) of Regulation 2.12 will be
exceeded.
(b) The modeling required under Requirement 2.12 shall be
performed in accordance with the provisions of Section 1 (a)
above. In addition, the meteorological data for the modeling
performed shall be Standiford Field Surface Data and Dayton, Ohio
Upper Air Data. The meteorological data used shall include 5
years of reasonably current data. The emissions data used for
the modeling shall compare the effect of reductions in applicable
baseline emissions (actual or allowable) with the effect of
increases which are enforceable in accordance with the provisions
of Regulation 2.12. A substitution or modification of a model
must be approved as a revision to the State Implementation Plan.
Adopted 6—13-79; effective 6—13-79; amended 4/21/82
49
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: JULY 19, 1982 JAN 11, 1984 49 FR 1341
50
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 2.12 EMISSIONS TRADING (INCLUDING BANKING AND BUBBLE
RULES) - [ EPA IS PROPOSING TO DISAPPROVE - RRG 3-3-89]
REGULATION 3
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
SECTION 1.
Ambient air quality standards means those levels of air quality
which the Board judges are necessary, with an adequate margin of
safety, to protect the public health and welfare from any known
or anticipated adverse effects of air pollution. Such standards
are subject to revision, and additional standards may be
promulgated as the Board deems necessary to protect the public
health and welfare.
SECTION 2.
In the establishment of these standards, it is the intention of
the Board to prohibit further significant and avoidable
deterioration of air quality in areas where air quality presently
exists which is numerically equal to or is better than the
standards expressed herein.
SECTION 3.
No person shall violate, or interfere with the attainment or
maintenance of, ambient air quality standards as specified in
this regulation.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79.
REGULATION 3.02 APPLICABILITY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
The ambient air quality standards stated in Regulation 3.04 shall
apply, be achieved, and maintained at any single point in the
District.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
51
-------
E 3
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 3.03 DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Calendar quarter average” means an average determined on the
basis of a consecutive 3-month interval coinciding with one of
the four quarters of a calendar year.
(b) “Maximum” means an ambient air quality standard which shall
not be exceeded more than once per year providing that the
averages exceeding the standard do not contain any common hourly
data points.
(c) “Three hour average” means an average determined on the basis
of any consecutive 3—hour interval.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
52
-------
PRINTED August -30, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST”
REGULATION 3.04 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
SECTION 1. PRIMARY STANDARDS
The primary ambient air quality standards for sulfur oxides,
particulate matter, carbon monoxide, total noninethane
hydrocarbons, lead, nitrogen dioxide, photochemical oxidants,
hydrogen fluoride, and odors measured by reference methods
specified by the Board, or by equivalent methods, are:
(a) Sulfur Oxides (sulfur dioxide):
(i) 80 micrograms per cubic meter (.03 ppm) - annual arithmetic
mean
(ii) 365 micrograms per cubic meter (0.14 ppm) - maximum 24-hour
average not to be exceeded more than once per year.
(b) Particulate matter:
(i) 75 micrograms per cubic meter - annual geometric mean.
(ii) 260 micrograms per cubic meter - maximum 24-hour average not
to be exceeded more than once per year.
(C) Carbon Monoxide:
(i) 10 milligrams per cubic meter (9 ppm) - maximum 8-hour
average not to be exceeded more than once per year.
(ii) 40 milligrams per cubic meter (35 ppm) - maximum 1-hour
average not to be exceeded more than once per year.
[ (d) and (i) NOT OFFICIALLY SUBMITTED]
(e) Hydrogen (measured as total hydrocarbons and corrected
methane, to be used as a guide in devising plans to achieve
photochemical oxidant standards):
(i) 160 micrograms per cubic meter (0.25 ppm) - maximum 3-hour
average (6:00 A.M. to 9:00 A.M.) not to be exceeded more than
once per year.
(f) Nitrogen Dioxide:
(1) 100 micrograms per cubic meter (0.05 ppm) — annual
arithmetic mean.
(g) Gaseous Fluorides (expressed as HF):
(1) 400 micrograms per cubic meter (0.05 ppm) — annual arithmetic
mean.
(h) Lead:
53
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
(i) Not to exceed 1.5 micrograms per cubic meter, calendar
quarter average.
(i) Odors:
Any ambient air sample of at least 50 ml which, undiluted, is
established by a documented investigation or measurement to be
offensive, foul, unpleasant, or repulsive.
SECTION 2. SECONDARY STANDARDS
The secondary ambient air quality standards for sulfur oxides,
particulate matter, carbon monoxide, total noninethane
hydrocarbons, lead, nitrogen dioxide, hydrogen sulfide,
photocheinical oxidants, hydrogen fluoride, total fluorides, and
odors measured by reference methods specified by the Board, or by
equivalent methods are:
(a) Sulfur Oxides (sulfur dioxide):
(1) 1300 micrograms per cubic meter (0.50 ppm) maximum 3—hour
average not to be exceeded more than once per year.
(b) Particulate Matter:
(i) 150 micrograms per cubic meter maximum 24-hour average not to
be exceeded more than once per year.
(ii) 60 micrograms per cubic meter annual geometric mean, shall
be used as a guide in assessing implementation plans to achieve
the 24-hour primary standard.
(C) Carbon Monoxide
Same as primary standards.
(e) Hydrocarbons:
Same as primary standard.
(f) Nitrogen Dioxide:
(i) 254 micrograms per cubic meter (0.135 ppm) maximum 24-hour
average not to be exceeded more than once per year.
(ii) 1,020 micrograms per cubic meter (0.54 ppm) maximum 1-hour
average not to be exceeded more than once per year.
(iii) 100 micrograms per cubic meter (0.05 ppm) annual arithmetic
mean.
(g) Gaseous Fluorides (expressed as HF):
(i) 0.50 micrograms per cubic meter (.60 ppb) - maximum 1-month
54
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 LOSIP.1ST”
average not to be exceeded more than once per year.
(ii) 0.80 micrograms per cubic meter (0.97 ppm) - maximum 1-week
average not to be exceeded more than once per year.
(iii) 2.86 micrograms per cubic meter (3.5 ppb) - maximum 24—hour
average not to be exceeded more than once per year.
(iv) 3.68 micrograms per cubic meter (4.5 ppb) - maximum 12—hour
average not to be exceeded more than once per year.
(1) Total Fluorides:
Dry weight basis (as fluoride ion) in and on forage for
consumption by grazing ruminants.
(i) Not to exceed 40 ppm (w/w) - average concentrations of
monthly samples over growing season (not to exceed 6 consecutive
months).
(ii) Not to exceed 60 ppm (w/w) - 2-month average.
(iii) Not to exceed 80 ppm (w/w) - 1-month average.
(j) Lead:
Same as primary standard.
(k) Odors:
Same as primary standard.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79,
2—16—83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
55
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST ”
REGULATION 3.05. METHODS OF MEASUREMENT
Air contaminants shall be measured by the reference or equivalent
methods and at such frequency as specified in EPA regulations on
Ambient Air Quality Surveillance (40 CFR 58) or, in the case of
contaminants for which no national standard exists, by method and
at such frequency as specified by the District.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1-76, 6—13—79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
56
-------
P EG
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 4
EMERGENCY EPISODES
REGULATION 4.0]. GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR EMERGENCY EPISODES
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation establishes the general provisions
under which air quality conditions may justify the proclamation of
an emergency episode.
Conditions justifying the proclamation of an air pollution alert,
air pollution warning, or air pollution emergency shall be deemed
to exist whenever the District determines that the accumulation of
air contaminants in any place is attaining or has attained levels
which could, if such levels are sustained or exceeded, present a
threat to the health of the public. In making this determination,
the District shall be guided by the criteria specified in
Regulation 4.02
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF FEBRUARY 2, 1990.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUL 29, 1989 FEB 02, 1990 55 FR 3593
89
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 4.02 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR EMERGENCY EPISODES
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation establishes the criteria to determine
air pollution episodes.
SECTION 1. AIR POLLUTION FORECAST
(a) Air Pollution Meteorological Forecast: An internal watch by the
District shall be actuated by a National Weather Service Advisory
that an Atmospheric Stagnation Advisory is in effect or that
atmospheric conditions are conducive to the accumulation of air
contaminants.
SECTION 2. AIR POLLUTION ALERTS.
(a) An alert level is that concentration of air pollutants at which
initial stage control actions are to begin. An alert will be
declared when any one of the pollutant alert levels is reached at
any monitoring site and meteorological conditions are such that the
pollutant concentrations can be expected to remain at these levels
for 12 or more hours or to increase, or in the case of oxidants the
situation is likely to recur within the next 24 hours, unless
control actions are taken.
(b) Pollutant alert levels.
(i) Sulfur dioxide: 800 micrograms per cubic meter (0.3 ppm), 24-
hour average. -
(ii) Particulates, measured as PM 10 : 350 micrograms per cubic meter,
24-hour average.
(iii) Carbon monoxide: 17 milligrams per cubic meter (15 , 8-
hour average.
(iv) Oxidants (ozone); 392 micrograms per cubic meter (0.20 ppm),
1-hour average.
(v) Nitrogen Dioxide:
a. 1130 micrograms per cubic meter (0.6 ppm) 1-hour average.
90
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP.lST”
b. 282 micrograms per cubic meter (0.15 ppm) 24-hour average.
SECTION 3. AIR POLLUTION WARNINGS
(a) A warning level indicates that air quality is continuing to
degrade and that additional control actions are necessary. A
warning will be declared when any one of the following levels is
reached at any monitoring site and meteorological conditions are
such that pollutant concentrations can be expected to remain at
these levels for more 12 or more hours or to increase, or in the
case of oxidants the situation is likely to recur within the next
24 hours, unless control actions are taken.
(b) Pollutant warning levels.
(i) Sulfur dioxide: 1600 micrograms per cubic meter (0.6 ppm),
24-hour average.
(ii) Particulates, measured as PM 10 : 420 micrograms per cubic meter,
24-hour average.
(iii) Carbon monoxide: 34 milligrams per cubic meter (30 ppm). 8-
hour average.
(iv) Oxidants (ozone): 800 micrograms per cubic meter (0.4 ppm),
1-hour average.
(v) Nitrogen dioxide: 2,260 micrograms per cubic meter (1.2 ppm),
1-hour average; 565 micrograms per cubic meter (0.3 ppm), 24-hour
average.
SECTION 4. AIR POLLUTION EMERGENCIES.
(a) An emergency level indicates that air quality in continuing to
degrade to a level that should never be reached and that the most
stringent control actions are necessary. An emergency will be
declared when any one of the following levels is reached at any
monitoring site and meteorological conditions are such that
pollutant concentrations can be expected to continue for 12 or more
hours to increase, or in the case of oxidants, the situation is
likely to recur within the next 24 hours, unless control actions
are taken.
(b) Pollutant emergency levels.
(i) Sulfur dioxide: 2,100 micrograms per cubic meter (0.8 ppm),
24—hour average.
(ii) Particulates, measured as P 14 10 : 500 micrograms per cubic meter,
91
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP. lST”
24-hr average.
(iii) Carbon monoxide: 46 milligrams per cubic meter (40 ppm) 8-
hour average.
(iv) Oxidants (ozone): 1,000 micrograms per cubic meter (0.5 ppm),
1-hour average.
(v) Nitrogen dioxide: 3,000 micrograms per cubic meter (1.6 ppm),
1-hour average, 750 micrograms per cubic meter (0.4 ppm), 24-hour
average.
SECTION 5. EPISODE TERMINATION
Any status declared by the application of these criteria will
remain in effect until the criteria for that level are no longer
met. At such time the next lower appropriate status will be
assumed.
SECTION 6. DECLARATION OF EPISODES
(a) An episode status based on the deterioration of air quality
alone may be declared. An air stagnation advisory or special
dispersion statement need not be in effect.
(b) An appropriate episode status shall be declared when any
monitoring site records ambient air quality levels as designated
in the episode criteria herein, and conditions are expected to
remain per 4.(a) above. The criteria shall be applied to
individual monitoring sites and not to area wide air quality.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79,
11—28—79, 2—16—83, 4—20—88.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF FEBRUARY 2, 1990.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg; JUL 29, 1989 FEB 02, 1990 55 FR 3593
92
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 4.03 GENERAL ABATEMENT REQUIREMENTS
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation establishes the requirements for
general abatement of process or air contaminants from affected
facilities under certain conditions of air quality.
SECTION 1. BASIC PROVISIONS
(a) The intent of this regulation is to provide for the curtailment
or reduction of processes or operations which emit an air
contaminant or an air contaminant precursor whose criteria has been
reached and are located in the affected area for which an episode
level has been declared.
(b) Any person responsible for the operation of an air contaminant
source shall take all actions required by this regulation
irrespective of any economic hardship which may be incurred due to
such actions.
(C) When the District determines that specified criteria are being
approached and may be reached at one or more monitoring sites
solely because of emissions from a limited number of sources or
processes, it may act to prevent the attainment of the episode
level by notifying such source that the abatement strategies as
described in this regulation or the standby plans are required
insofar as they apply to such source, and shall be put into effect
until a satisfactory reduction in the ambient pollution
concentration has been achieved.
(d) Air Pollution Alert. When the District declares an air
pollution alert, any person responsible for the operation of a
source of air contaminants shall take all air pollution alert
actions required under section 2 and 3 of this regulation for such
sources of air contaminants and shall put into effect the
preplanned strategy for an air pollution alert.
Ce) Air Pollution Warning. When the District declares an air
pollution warning, any person responsible for the operation of a
source of air contaminants shall take all air pollution alert
actions required for such sources of air contaminations and shall
put into effect the preplanned strategy for an air pollution
93
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP.lST”
warning.
(f) Air Pollution Emergency. When the District declares an air
pollution emergency, any person responsible for the operation of
a source of air contaminants shall take all air pollution emergency
actions required for such sources of air contaminants and shall put
into effect the preplanned strategy for an air pollution emergency.
SECTION 2. STANDBY PLANS
(a) Any person responsible for the operation of a source of air
pollutants as set forth in subregulations 4.04, 4.05 and 4.06 shall
prepare standby plans for reducing the emission of air pollutants
during episode periods (air pollution alert, warning, and
emergency). Standby plans shall be designed to reduce or eliminate
emission of air pollutants in accordance with the objectives set
forth in this regulation.
(b) Any person responsible for the operation of a source of air
pollutants not set forth in subsection (a) of this section shall,
when requested by the District in writing, prepare standby plans
for reducing the emission of air pollutants during episode periods.
Standby plans shall be designed to reduce or eliminate emissions
of air pollutants in accordance with the objectives set forth in
this regulation.
(C) Standby plans as required under subsections (a) and (b) of this
section shall be in writing and identify the source of air
pollutants, the approximate amount of reduction of pollutants, and
a brief description of the manner in which the reduction will be
achieved during episode periods.
(d) During episode periods, standby plans required by this section
shall be made available on the premises to any person authorized
to enforce the provisions of the standby plan.
(e) Standby plans required by this section shall be submitted to
the District upon request within thirty (30) days of the receipt
of such request; such plans shall be subject to review and approval
by the District. If, in the opinion of the District, a plan does
not effectively carry out the objectives as set forth in sections
2 (a) and 2 (b), the District may disapprove it, state its reasons
for disapproval and order the preparation of an amended plan within
the time period specified in the order.
SECTION 3. ALERT STAGE GENERAL REQUIRENENTS
(a) When an alert is declared on reaching the criteria level for
particulates or sulfur dioxide, the following actions shall be
taken:
94
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP.1ST”
(1) There shall be no open burning by any person of tree waste,
vegetation, refuse or debris.
(ii) The use of incinerators for the disposal of any form of solid
waste shall be limited to the hours of 12 noon and 4 P.M., local
time.
(iii) Persons operating fuel-burning equipment which requires
boiler lancing or soot blowing shall perform such operations only
between the hours of 12 noon and 4 P • M., local time.
(b) When an alert is declared based on reaching the criteria level
for oxidants, carbon monoxide or nitrogen dioxide the following
actions shall be taken:
(i) Carbon monoxide, nitrogen dioxide, and oxidants alerts:
a. Persons operating motor vehicles shall eliminate all unnecessary
operations.
b. Road repairs should be postponed to alleviate traffic
congestion.
c. When the source of air contaminant is manufacturing industries
of the following classifications: primary metal industry, petroleum
ref ining operations, chemical industries, surface coating
operations, paper and allied products, and grain industry:
1. Reduction of air contaminants from manufacturing operations by
curtailing, postponing, or deferring production operations;
2. Reduction by deferring trade waste disposal operations which
emit solid particles, gas vapors, or malodorous substances;
3. Reduction of heat load demands for processing.
(ii) Oxidant alerts:
a. In addition to actions required in subsection (b) (i) above,
persons operating petroleum loading and dry cleaning facilities
shall reduce hydrocarbon emissions by twenty-five (25) percent.
SECTION 4. WARNING STAGE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(a) When a warning is declared on reaching the criteria level for
particulates or sulfur dioxide the following actions shall be
taken:
(i) There shall be no open burning by any person of tree waste,
95
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP.lST”
vegetation, refuse or debris in any form.
(ii) The use of incinerators for the disposal of any form of solid
waste or liquid waste shall be prohibited.
(iii) Persons operating fuel-burning equipment which requires
boiler lancing or soot blowing shall perform such operations only
between the hours of 12 noon and 4 P.M., local time.
(b) When a warning is declared based on reaching the criteria level
for oxidants, carbon monoxide or nitrogen dioxide the following
actions shall be taken:
(i) Persons operating motor vehicles must reduce operation by the
use of car pools and increased use of public transportation and the
elimination of unnecessary operation.
(ii) Persons operating petroleum loading and dry cleaning
facilities shall reduce hydrocarbon emissions by fifty (50)
percent).
(iv) Road repairs should be postponed to alleviate traffic
congestion.
SECTION 5. EMERGENCY STAGE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(a) When an emergency is declared based on reaching the criteria
for any air contaminant the following shall apply:
(i) There shall be no open burni ng by any person of tree waste,
vegetation, refuse, or debris in any form.
(ii) The use of incinerators for the disposal of any form of solid
or liquid waste shall be prohibited.
(iii) All places of employment described below shall immediately
cease operations:
a. Mining and quarrying of nonmetallic minerals.
b. All construction work except that which must proceed to avoid
emergent physical harm.
C. All manufacturing establishments except those required to have
in force an air pollution emergency plan.
d. Wholesale trade establishments: i.e. places of business
primarily engaged in selling merchandise to retailers, to
industrial, commercial, institutional or professional users, or to
other wholesalers, or acting as agents in buying merchandise for
96
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP.lST”
or selling merchandise to such persons or companies.
e. All offices of local, county, and state government including
authorities, joint meetings, and other public bodies excepting such
agencies which are determined by the chief administrative officer
of local, county, or state government, authorities, joint meetings,
and other public bodies to be vital for public safety and welfare
and the enforcement of the provisions of this order.
f. All retail trade establishments except pharmacies and stores
primarily engaged in the sale of food.
g. Banks, credit agencies other than banks; securities and
commodities brokers, dealers, and exchanges and services; offices
of insurance carriers, agents and brokers; real e8tate offices.
h. Wholesale and retail laundries, laundry services, photographic
studios, beauty shops, barbershops, shoe repair shops.
i. Advertising offices; consumer credit reporting, adjustment and
collection agencies; duplication, addressing, blueprinting,
photocopying, mailing list and stenographic services; equipment
rental services; commercial testing laboratories.
j. Automobile repair, automobile services, garages.
k. Establishments rendering amusement and recreation services
including motion picture theaters.
1. Elementary and secondary schools, colleges, universities,
professional schools, and public and private libraries.
(iv) All commercial and manufacturing establishments not included
in this order will institute such actions as will result in maximum
reduction of air contaminants from their operations by ceasing,
curtailing, or postponing operations which emit air contaminants,
to the extent possible without causing injury to persons or damage
to equipment.
(v) The use of motor vehicles is prohibited except in emergencies
with the approval of local or state police.
(b) Source curtailment. When an emergency is declared based on
reaching criteria level for any pollutant, any person responsible
for the operation of a source of air contaminants listed below
shall take all required control actions for this emergency level.
(i) When the source of air contaminant is fuel-fired electric power
generating facilities, maximum reduction of emissions shall be
accomplished by utilization fuels having lowest ash and sulfur
97
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP..lST”
content; maximum utilization of mid-day (12 noon to 4 P.M.)
atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing and soot blowing; and
diverting electric power generation to facilities outside of the
emergency area.
(ii) When the source of air contaminant is fuel-fired process steam
generating facilities, maximum reduction of emissions shall be
accomplished by reducing heat •and steam demands to absolute
necessities consistent with preventing equipment damage or person
injury; maximum utilization of mid-day (12 noon to 4 P.M.)
atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing and soot blowing and
taking the action called for in the emergency plan.
(iii) When the source of air contaminant is manufacturing
industries including but not limited to the following
classifications: primary metal industries, petroleum refinery,
chemical industries, mineral processing industries, grain industry,
paper and allied products, surface coating, degreasing nitric acid
production, and fertilizer manufacturing, the source shall initiate
action required to accomplish the following
objectives:
a. Elimination of air contaminants from manufacturing operations
by curtailing and ceasing as expeditiously as possible, all
operations which are not necessary for the prevention of injury to
persons or damage to equipment.
b. Elimination of the emission of air contaminants by ceasing trade
waste disposal processes which emit solid particles, gases, vapors
or malodorous substances; maximum utilization of mid-day (12 noon
to 4 P.M.) atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing or soot
blowing; and maximum reduction of heat load demands consistent with
subparagraph a. above.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79,
2—16—83.
ThIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF FEBRUARY 2, 1990.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUL 29, 1989 FEB 02, 1990 55 FR 3593
98
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP.lST”
REGULATION 4.04. PARTICULATE AND SULFUR DIOXIDE REDUCTION
REQUI REMENTS
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation establishes the requirements for
reduction of particulates and sulfur dioxide emissions under
certain conditions.
SECTION 1. ALERTS
To curtail particulates and/or sulfur dioxide sources when an alert
is declared, based on reaching the criteria level for particulates
and/or sulfur dioxide, control actions as described in paragraphs
(a), (b), and (c) below shall be implemented.
(a) When the source of air contaminant is fuel-fired electric power
generating facilities: substantial reduction of emissions shall be
accomplished by utilization of fuels having low ash and sulfur
content; maximum utilization of mid-day (12 noon to 4 P.M.)
atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing and soot blowing; and
diverting electric power generation to facilities outside of the
alert area.
(b) When the source of air contaminant is fuel-fired process steam
generating facilities: substantial reduction of emissions
shall be accomplished by utilization of fuels having low ash and
sulfur content; maximum utilization of mid-day (12 noon to 4 P.M.)
atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing and soot blowing; and
substantial reduction of steam load demands consistent with
continuing plant operations.
(C) When the source of air contaminant is manufacturing industries
including but not limited to the following classifications: primary
metals industry, petroleum refining operations, chemical
industries, mineral processing industries, paper and allied
products and grain industry, the following action shall be taken:
(i) All operations that emit particulates or sulfur dioxide shall
curtail, postpone, or defer production to the extent necessary to
effect at least a twenty-five (25) percent reduction of the
instantaneous particulate and/or sulfur dioxide emission levels
existing at the time the alert is declared unless such reduction
99
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP. lST”
of the operation is demonstrated to the District’s satisfaction to
be impractical because of some physical limitation of the
operation.
(ii) In addition, maximum reduction of emissions shall be
accomplished by deferring trade waste disposal operations which
emit solid particles, gas vapors, or malodorous substances; maximum
reduction of heat load demands for processing consistent with
subparagraph (i) above; and maximum utilization of mid-day (12 noon
to 4 P.M.) atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing or soot
blowing.
SECTION 2. WARNINGS
Curtailment of particulate and/or sulfur dioxide sources. When a
warning is declared based on reaching the criteria level for
particulates and/or sulfur dioxide, control actions as described
in paragraphs (a), (b) and (C) below shall be implemented.
(a) When the source of air contaminant is fuel-fired electric power
generating facilities: maximum reduction of emissions shall be
accomplished by utilization of fuels having lowest ash and sulfur
content; maximum utilization of mid-day (12 noon to 4 P.M.)
atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing and soot blowing; and
diverting electric power generation to facilities outside of the
warning area.
(b) When the source of air contaminant is fuel fired process steam
generating facilities associated with manufacturing industries
subject to paragraph (d) below: maximum reduction of emissions
shall be accomplished by utilization of fuels having lowest
available ash and sulfur content; maximum utilization of mid-day
(12 noon to 4 P.M.) atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing and
soot blowing; making ready for use a plan of action to be taken if
an emergency develops; and maximum reduction of steam load demands
consistent with continuing plant operations.
(C) When the source of air contaminant is fuel fired process steam
generating facilities not subject to paragraph (b) above: maximum
reduction of emissions shall be accomplished by reducing heat and
steam demands to absolute necessities consistent with preventing
injury to persons or damage to equipment; and maximum utilization
of mid-day (12 noon to 4 P.M.) atmospheric turbulence for boiler
lancing and soot blowing.
(d) When the source of air contaminant is manufacturing industries
which may require considerable lead time for shut-down including
but not limited to the following classifications: petroleum
refining, chemical industries, primary metal industries, glass
industries, paper and allied products, the source shall initiate
100
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP.lST”
action required to accomplish the following objectives.
(1) Cease, curtail, postpone or defer production and all operations
as is necessary to prepare for an immediate shut-down if an
emergency is declared.
(ii) Effect a maximum reduction of emissions of air contaminants
from manufacturing operations during the time period the warning
is in effect by ceasing, curtailing, - postponing, or deferring
production and all operations.
(iii) Effect a maximum reduction of emissions by deferring trade
waste disposal operations which emit solid particles, gases,
vapors, or malodorous substances; maximum reduction of heat load
demands for processing consistent with subparagraphs (i) and (ii)
above; and maximum utilization of mid-day (12 noon to 4 .14.)
atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing and soot blowing.
(e) When the source of air contaminant is manufacturing industries
which may require relatively short lead times for shut-down
including but not limited to the following classifications: primary
metals industries, chemical industries; mineral processing
industries and grain industry, the source shall initiate action
required to accomplish the following
objectives:
(i) Elimination of air contaminants from manufacturing operations
by ceasing, as expeditiously as possible, all operations which are
not necessary for the prevention of injury to persons or damage to
equipment; and by curtailing, as expeditiously as possible, all
operations which are necessary for the prevention of injury to
persons or damage to equipment to the maximum extent possible such
that the curtailment does not cause injury to persons or damage to
equipment.
(ii) Elimination of the emission of air contaminants by ceasing
trade waste disposal processes which emit solid particles, gases,
vapors, and malodorous substances; maximum reduction of heat load
demands consistent with subparagraph (1) above; and maximum
utilization of mid-day (12 noon to 4 P .!4.) atmospheric turbulence
for boiler lancing or soot blowing.
SECTION 3. EMERGENCIES.
Procedures outlined in Section 5 of Regulation 4.03 (General
Abatement Requirements) shall be implemented.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72.
101
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED
Date Submitted
to EPA
Original Reg: JUL 29, 1989
“LOSIP. 1ST”
REGULATION AS OF-FEBRUARY 2, 1990.
Date Approved Federal
by EPA Register
FEB 02, 1990 55 FR 3593
102
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 4.05. HYDROCARBON AND NITROGEN OXIDES REDUCTION
REQUIREMENTS
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation establishes the requirements for
reduction of hydrocarbon and nitrogen oxides emissions under
certain conditions.
SECTION 1. ALERTS
Curtailment of sources of hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides. When
an alert is declared on reaching’ the criteria level for oxidants
or nitrogen dioxide, cpntrol actions described in paragraphs (a),
(b), and (c) below shall be implemented.
(a) When the source of air contaminant is fuel fired electric power
generating facilities, substantial reduction of emissions shall be
accomplished by diverting electric power generation to facilities
outside of the alert area.
(b) When the source of air contaminant is fuel fired process steam
generating facilities, substantial reduction of emissions shall be
accomplished by substantial reduction of steam load demands
consistent with continuing plant operation.
(c) When the source of air contaminant is manufacturing industry
including but not limited to the following classifications: surface
coating, degreasing, nitric acid production, fertilizer
manufacturing and any other hydrocarbon or nitrogen oxide emitting
source(s), the following action shall be taken
(i) Nitrogen dioxide alerts:
a. Reduction of air contaminants from manufacturing operations by
curtailing, po8tponing, or deferring production and operations;
b. In addition, maximum reduction of emissions shall be
accomplished by deferring trade waste disposal operations which
emit solid particles, gas vapors or malodorous substances; and
maximum reduction of heat load demand for processing consistent
with subparagraph a. above.
103
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP. lST”
(ii) Oxidant alerts:
a. All operations that emit hydrocarbons shall curtain, postpone,
or defer production to the extent necessary to effect at least a
twenty-five (25) percent reduction of the instantaneous hydrocarbon
emission levels existing at the time the alert is declared unless
such reduction of the operation is demonstrated to be impractical
because of some physical limitation of the operation.
SECTION 2. WARNINGS
Curtailment of sources of hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides. When
a warning is declared based on reaching the criteria level of
oxidants or nitrogen dioxide, control actions described in
paragraphs or (b) below shall be implemented.
(a) When the source of air contaminant is fuel fired electric power
generating facilities or is fuel fired process steam generating
facilities, the provisions of section 1 (a) of Regulation 4.05
above shall apply.
(b) When the source of air contaminant is manufacturing industry
including but not limited to the following classifications: surface
coating, degreasing, nitric acid production, fertilizer
manufacturing and any other hydrocarbon or nitrogen oxide emitting
sources; the source shall initiate action required to accomplish
the requirements specified in Regulation 4.04, section 2 (d) (ii)
and (e) (i) and (ii).
SECTION 3. EMERGENCIES
Procedures outlined in Section 5 of Regulation 4.03 (General
Abatement Requirements) shall be implemented.
Adopted 4—19—62; effective 4—19—72; amended 6—13—79, 2—16—83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF FEBRUARY 2, 1990.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUL 29, 1989 FEB 02, 1990 55 FR 3593
104
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 4.06. CARBON MONOXIDE REDUCTION REQUIREMENTS
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation establishes the requirements for
reduction of carbon monoxide emissions under certain conditions.
SECTION 1. ALERTS
Curtailments of sources of carbon monoxide. When an alert is
declared based on reaching the criteria level for carbon monoxide,
the control actions described in paragraph (a) below shall be
implemented.
(a) When the source of carbon monoxide is manufacturing industry
including but not limited to the following classifications: primary
metal industry, petroleum refining operations, and other carbon
monoxide emitting sources, the following actions shall be taken:
(i) All operations that emit carbon monoxide shall curtail,
postpone, or defer production to the extent necessary to effect at
least a twenty-five (25) percent reduction of the instantaneous
carbon monoxide emission levels existing at the time the alert is
declared unless such reduction of the operation is demonstrated to
the District’s satisfaction to be impractical because of some
physical limitations of the operation.
SECTION 2. WARNINGS
Curtailment of sources of carbon monoxide. When a warning is
declared based on reaching the criteria level for carbon monoxide,
the control actions described in paragraph (a) below shall be
implemented.
(a) When the source of carbon monoxide is manufacturing industry
including but not limited to the following classifications: primary
metal industry, petroleum refining operations, and other carbon
monoxide emitting sources, the source shall initiate action
required to accomplished the requirements specified in Regulation
4.04, 8ection 2 (d) (ii) and (e) (i) and (ii).
SECTION 3. EMERGENCIES
105
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP.lST”
Procedures outlined in section 5 of Regulation 4.03 (General
Abatement Requirements) shall be implemented.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 6—13—79, 2—16—83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED
Date Submitted
to EPA
Original Reg: JUL 29, 1989
REGULATION AS OF FEBRUARY 2, 1990.
Date Approved Federal
by EPA Register
FEB 02, 1990 55 FR 3593
106
-------
PRINTED FEBRUARY 22, 1990 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 4.07 EPISODE REPORTING REQUIRE NTS
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation establishes the requirements for
reporting upon the termination of an episode.
Upon the termination of an episode, the plant manager or his
designee will notify the District in writing of steps taken to
reduce pollution during episode conditions.
Adopted 4—19-72; effective 4—19-72.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF FEBRUARY 2, 1990.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUL 29, 1989 FEB 02, 1990 55 FR 3593
107
-------
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 9, 1991 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 5
STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS
REGULATION 5.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation establishes the general provisions for
testing and monitoring to comply with the standards for hazardous
air pollutants.
SECTION 1.
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to the owner or
operator of any stationary source for which a standard is
prescribed under this regulation. New or modified sources must
comply with all standards upon commencing operation.
SECTION 2. EMISSION TESTS AND MONITORING
Emission tests and monitoring shall be conducted and reported as
set forth in this regulation and EPA Regulation on National
Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (40 CFR 61) and its
pertinent appendices. Where the test results using an alternative
method do not adequately indicate whether a source is in compliance
with a standard, the District may require the use of the reference
method or its equivalent. Equivalent test methods for Federal
Regulations incorporated as Regulations 5.02 and 5.04 require EPA
approval.
SECTION 3.
The owner or operator of a new source subject to this chapter and,
at the request of the District, the owner or operator of an
existing source subject to this chapter shall provide or cause to
be provided emission testing facilities as follows:
(a) Sampling ports adequate for test methods applicable to such
source.
(b) Safe sampling platform(s).
(c) Safe access to sampling platform(s).
108
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 9, 1991 “LOSIP. lST”
(d) Utilities for sampling and testing equi.pment.
SECTION 4. DEFINITIONS
(a) Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have
the meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(b) “Stationary source” means any building, structure, facility,
or installation which emits or may emit any air pollutant which has
been designated as hazardous by the District.
Adopted 7/14/76; effective 9/1/76; amended 6/13/79, 4/20/88.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF APRIL 27, 1989.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUN 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision JAN 19, 1989 APR 27, 1989 54 FR 18103
109
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 t LOSIp1ST l
REGULATION 5.02. DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1. For the purpose of this regulation:
(a) Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have
the meaning given them in Regulation 1.02
(b) “Stationary source” means any building, structure, facility,
or installation which emits or may emit any air pollutant which
has been designated as hazardous by the District.
Adopted 7/14/76; effective 9/1/76; amended 6/13/79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
59
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LCSIP. lST”
REGULATION 5.03. POTENTIAL HAZARDOUS EMISSIONS
Persons responsible for a source from which hazardous matter may
be emitted including but not limited to, antimony, arsenic,
asbestos, beryllium, bismuth, lead, mercury, silica, tin, vinyl
chloride, compounds of such materials, and other toxic materials
shall give the utmost care and consideration to the potential
harmful effects of the emissions resulting from such activities.
Evaluation of such facilities as to adequacy and emission
potential will be made on an individual basis by the District.
Adopted 7/14/76; effective 9/1/76; amended 6/3/79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
60
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 5.04. EMISSION STANDARD FOR ASBESTOS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation are applicable to those sources
specified in this regulation. However, where Kentucky OSHA is
actively providing surveillance and enforcement efforts, the
District shall not duplicate that effort.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given to them in Regulation 1.02 and in Regulation 5.02.
(a) “Active waste disposal site” means any disposal site other
than an inactive site.
(b) “Adequately wetted” means sufficiently mixed or coated with
water or aqueous solution to prevent dust emissions.
(C) “Asbestos” means sufficiently mixed or coated zith water or
aqueous solution to prevent dust emissions.
(d) “Asbestos-containing waste materials” means any waste that
contains commercial asbestos and is generated by a source subject
to the provisions of this subpart. This term includes asbestos
mill tailings, asbestos waste from control devices, friable
asbestos waste material, and bags or other containers that
previously contained commercial asbestos. However, as applied to
demolition and renovation operations, this term includes only
friable asbestos waste and asbestos waste from control devices.
(e) “Asbestos material” means asbestos or any material containing
asbestos.
(f) “Asbestos mill” means any facility engaged in converting
asbestos ore into commercial asbestos. Outside storage of
asbestos material is not considered a part of the asbestos mill.
(g) “Asbestos tailingstt means any solid waste that contains
asbestos and is a product of asbestos mining or milling
operations.
(h) “Asbestos waste from control devices” means any waste
material that contains asbestos and is collected in a pollution
control device.
(1) “Commercial asbestos” means any asbestos that is extracted
from asbestos ore.
(j) “Demolition” means the wrecking or taking out of any load-
supporting structural member of a facility together with any
related handling operations.
(k) “Emergency renovation operations” means a renovation
operation that was not planned but results from an unexpected
61
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
event. This term includes operations necessitated by nonroutine
failures of equipment.
(1) “Fabricating” means any processing of a manufactured product
that contains commercial asbestos, with the exception of
processing at temporary sites for the construction or restoration
of facilities.
(m) “Facility” means any institutional, commercial, or industrial
structure, installation, or building (excluding apartment
buildings having no more than four dwelling units).
(n) “Facility component t ’ means any pipe, duct
boiler, tank, reactor, turbine, or furnace at or in a facility;
or any structural member of a facility.
(0) “Friable asbestos” means any material containing more than 1
percent asbestos by weight than hand pressure can crumble,
pulverize, or reduce to powder when dry.
(p) “Inactive waste disposal site” means any disposal site or
portion of it where additional asbestos-containing waste material
will not be deposited and where the surface is not disturbed by
vehicular traffic.
(q) “Manufacturing” means the combining of commercial asbestos or
in the case of woven friction products the combining textiles F22
containing commercial asbestos with any other material(s),
including commercial asbestos, and the processing of this
combination into a product.
(r) “Outside air” means the air outside buildings and structures.
(s) “Particulate asbestos material” means finely divided
particles of asbestos materials.
(t) “Planned renovation operations” means a renovation operation,
or a number of such operations, in which the amount of friable
asbestos material that will be removed or stripped within a
given period can be predicted. Individual nonscheduled
operations are included if a number of such operations can be
predicted to occur during a given period of time based on
operating experience.
(U) “Remove” means to take out friable asbestos materials from
any facility.
(v) “Renovation” means altering in any way one or more facility
components. Operations in which load-supporting structural
members are wrecked or taken out are excluded.
(w) “Roadways” means surfaces on which motor vehicles travel.
This term includes highways, roads, streets, parking areas, and
driveways.
62
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
(x) “Strip” means to take off friable asbestos materials from any
part of a facility.
(y) “Structural member” means any load-supporting member of a
facility, such as beams and load supporting walls, or any
nonload-supporting member, such as ceilings and nonload—
supporting walls.
(z) “Visible emissions” means any emissions containing
particulate asbestos material that are visually detectable
without the aid of instruments. This does not include condensed
uncombined water vapor.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR ASBESTOS MILLS.
Each owner or operator of an asbestos mill shall either discharge
no visible emissions to the outside air from the asbestos mill or
use the methods specified by Section 15 to clean emissions
containing particulate asbestos material before they escape to,
or are vented to, the outside air.
SECTION 4. STANDARD FOR ROADWAYS
No owner or operator of a roadway may deposit asbestos tailings
or asbestos-containing waste material on that roadway, unless it
is a temporary roadway on an area of asbestos ore deposits.
SECTION 5. STANDARD FOR MANUFACTURING
(a) Applicability: This section applies to the following
manufacturing operations using commercial asbestos.:
(1) The manufacturer of cloth, cord, wicks, tubing, tape, twine,
rope, thread, yarn, roving, lap, or other textile materials.
(2) The manufacture of cement products.
(3) The manufacture of fireproofing and insulating materials.
(4) The manufacture of friction products.
(5) The manufacture of paper, niillboard, and felt.
(6) The manufacture of floor tile.
(7) The manufacture of paints, coatings, caulks, adhesives, and
sealants.
(8) The manufacture of plastics and rubber materials.
(9) The manufacture of chlorine.
(10) The manufacture of shotgun shell wads.
(11) The manufacture of asphalt concrete.
63
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST°
(b) Standard: Each owner or operator of any of the manufacturing
operations to which this section applies shall either:
(1) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from these
operations or from any building or structure in which they are
conducted; or
(2) Use the methods specified by Section 15 to clean emissions
from these operations containing particulate asbestos material
before they escape to, or are vented to, the outside air.
SECTION 6. STANDARD FOR DEMOLITION AND RENOVATION:
APPLICABILITY.
The requirements of sections 7 and 8 apply to each owner or
operator of a demolition or renovation operation as follows:
(a) If the amount of friable asbestos materials in a facility
being demolished is at least 80 linear meters (260 linear feet)
on pipes or at least 15 square meters (160 square feet) on other
facility components, all the requirements of sections 7 and 8
apply, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.
(b) If the amount of friable asbestos materials in a facility
being demolished is less than 80 linear meters (260 linear feet)
on pipes and less than 15 square meters (160 square feet) on
other facility components, only the notification requirements of
paragraphs (a), (b), and (C) (1), (2), (3), (4), and (5) of
Section 7 apply.
(C) If the facility is being demolished under an order of a State
or local governmental agency, issued because the facility is
structurally unsound and in danger of imminent collapse, only the
requirements in Section 7 and in paragraphs (d), (e), (f), and
(g) of Section 8 apply.
(d) If at least 80 linear meters (260 linear feet) of friable
asbestos materials on pipes or at least 15 square meters (160
square feet) of friable asbestos materials on other facility
components are stripped or removed at a facility being renovated,
all the requirements of Section 7 and 8 apply.
(1) To determine whether paragraph (d) of this section applies to
planned renovation operations involving individual nonscheduled
operations, predict the additive amount of friable asbestos
materials to be removed or stripped over the maximum period of
time a prediction can be made, not to exceed 1 year.
(2) To determine whether paragraph (d) of this section applies to
emergency renovation operations, estimate the amount of friable
asbestos materials to be removed or stripped as a result of the
sudden, unexpected event that necessitated the renovation.
SECTION 7. STANDARD FOR DEMOLITION AND RENOVATION:
64
-------
PRINTED August -30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.
Each owner or operator to which this section applies shall:
(a) Provide the District with written notice of intention to
demolish or renovate.
(b) Postmark or deliver the notice as follows:
(1) At least 20 days before demolition begins if the operation is
described in Section 6 (a).
(2) At least 10 days before demolition begins if the operation is
described in Section 6 (b).
(3) As early as possible before demolition begins if the
operation is described in Section 6 (c).
(4) As early as possible before renovation begins if operation is
described in Section 6 (d).
(c) Include the following information in the notice:
(1) Name and address of owner or operator.
(2) Description of the facility being demolished or renovated,
including the size, age, and prior use of the facility.
(3) Estimate of the approximate amount of friable asbestos
material present in the facility.
(4) Location of the facility being demolished or renovated.
(5) Scheduled starting and completion dates of demolition or
renovation.
(6) Nature of planned demolition or renovation and method(s) to
be used.
(7) Procedures to be used to comply with the requirements of this
Subpart.
(8) Name and location of the waste disposal site where the
friable asbestos waste material will be deposited.
(9) For facilities described in Section 6 (c), the name, title,
and authority of the State or local governmental representative
who has ordered the demolition.
SECTION 8. STANDARD FOR DEMOLITION AND RENOVATION: PROCEDURES FOR
ASBESTOS EMISSION CONTROL.
Each owner or operator to whom this section applies shall comply
with the following procedures to prevent emissions of particulate
asbestos material to the outside air:
65
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
(a) Remove friable asbestos materials from a facility being
demolished or renovated before any wrecking or dismantling that
would break up the materials or preclude access to the materials
for subsequent removal. However, friable asbestos materials need
not be removed before demolition if:
(1) They are on a facility component that is encased in concrete
or other similar material; and
(2) These materials are adequately wetted whenever exposed during
demolition.
(b) When a facility component covered or coated with friable
asbestos materials is being taken out of the facility as units or
in sections:
(1) Adequately wet any friable asbestos materials exposed during
cutting or disjointing operations; and
(2) Carefully lower the units or sections to ground level, not
dropping them or throwing them.
(C) Adequately wet friable asbestos materials when they are being
stripped from facility components before the members are removed
from the facility.
(d) After a facility component has been taken out of the facility
as units or in sections, either:
(1) Adequately wet friable asbestos materials during stripping;
or
(2) Use a local exhaust ventilation and collection system
designed and operated to capture the particulate asbestos
material produced by the stripping. The system must exhibit no
visible emissions to the outside air or be designed and operated
in accordance with the requirements in Section 15.
(e) For friable asbestos materials that have ieen removed or
stripped:
(1) Adequately wet the materials to ensure that they remain wet
until they are collected for disposal in accordance with Section
13; and
(2) Carefully lower the materials to the ground or a lower floor,
not dropping or throwing them; and
(3) Transport the materials to the ground via dust-tight chutes
or containers if they have been removed or stripped more than 50
feet above ground level and were not removed as units or in
sections.
(f) When the temperature at the point of wetting is below 0
66
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
degrees C (32 degrees F):
(1) Comply with the requirements of paragraphs (d) and (e) of
this section. The owner or operator need not comply with the
other wetting requirements in this section; and
(2) Remove facility components coated or covered with friable
asbestos materials as units or in sections to the maximum extent
possible.
(g) For facilities described in Section 6 (C), adequately wet the
portion of the facility that contains friable asbestos materials
during the wrecking operation.
(h) Any removal site shall be sealed in a manner to prevent
asbestos ambient air contamination.
SECTION 9. STANDARD FOR SPRAYING.
The owner or operator of an operation in which asbestos-
containing materials are spray applied shall comply with the
following requirements:
(a) Use materials that contain 1 percent asbestos or less on a
dry weight basis for spray-on application on buildings,
structures, pipes, and conduits, except as provided in paragraph
(C) of this section.
(b) For spray-on application of materials that contain more than
1 percent asbestos on a dry weight basis on equipment and
machinery, except as provided in paragraph (C) of this section:
(1) Notify the District at least 20 days before beginning the
spraying operation. Include the following information in the
notice:
(i) Name and address of owner or operator.
(ii) Location of spraying operation, and
(iii) Procedures to be followed to meet the requirements of this
paragraph.
(2) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air for the
spray-on application of the asbestos-containing material or use
the methods specified in Section 15 to clean emissions containing
particulate asbestos material before they escape to, or are
vented to, the outside air.
(C) The requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do
not apply to the spray-on application of materials where the
asbestos fibers in the materials are encapsulated with a
bituminous or resinous binder during spraying and the materials
are not friable after drying.
67
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
(d) Sources subject to this section are exempt from permit
requirements of Regulation 2.
SECTION 10. STANDARD FOR FABRICATING.
(a) Applicability. This section applies to the following
fabricating operations using commercial asbestos:
(1) The fabrication of cement building products.
(2) The fabrication of friction products, except those operations
that primarily install asbestos friction materials on motor
vehicles.
(3) The fabrication of cement or silicate board for ventilation
hoods; ovens; electrical panels; laboratory furniture, bulkheads,
partitions, and ceilings for marine construction; and flow
control devices for the molten metal industry.
(b) Standard. Each owner or operator of the fabricating
operations to which this section shall either:
(1) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from any of
the operations or from any building or structure in which they
are conducted; or
(2) Use the methods specified by Section 15 to clean emissions
containing particulate asbestos material before they escape to,
or are vented to, the outside air.
SECTION 11. STANDARD FOR INSULATING MATERIALS.
After the effective date of this regulation, no owner or operator
of a facility may install or reinstall on a facility component
any insulating materials that contain commercial asbestos if the
materials are either molded and friable or wet-applied and
friable after drying. The provisions of this paragraph do not
apply to spray-applied insulating materials regulated under
Section 9.
SECTION 12. STANDARD FOR WASTE DISPOSAL FOR ASBESTOS MILLS.
Each owner or operator of any source covered under the provisions
of Section 3 shall:
(a) Deposit all asbestos—containing waste material at waste
disposal sites operated in accordance with the provisions of
Section 17;
(b) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from the
transfer of asbestos waste from control devices to the tailings
conveyor, or use the methods specified in Section 15 to clean
emissions containing particulate asbestos material before they
escape to, or are vented to, the outside air. Dispose of the
asbestos waste from control devices in accordance with Section 17
68
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
(b) or paragraph (C) of this section; and
(C) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air during the
collection, processing, packaging, transporting, or deposition of
any asbestos-containing waste material, or use one of the
disposal methods specified in paragraphs (C) (1) or (2) of this
section, as follows:
(1) Use a wetting agent as follows:
(i) Adequately mix all asbestos-containing waste material with a
wetting agent recommended by the manufacturer of the agent to
effectively wet dust and tailings, before depositing the material
at a waste disposal site. Use the agent as recommended for the
particular dust by the manufacturer of the agent.
(ii) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from the
wetting operation or use the methods specified by Section 15 to
clean emissions containing particulate asbestos material before
they escape to, or are vented to, the outside air.
(iii) Wetting may be suspended when the ambient temperature at
the waste disposal site is less than —9.5 degrees C
(15 degrees F). Determine the ambient air temperature by an
appropriate measurement method with an accuracy of -+ degrees C
(-+ 2 degrees F), and record it at least hourly while the wetting
operation is suspended. Keep the records for at least 2 years in
a form suitable for inspection.
(2) Use an alternative disposal method that has received prior
approval by the District.
SECTION 13. STANDARD FOR WASTE DISPOSAL FOR MANUFACTURING
DEMOLITION, RENOVATION, SPRAYING, AND FABRICATING
OPERATIONS.
Each owner or operator of any source covered under the provisions
of Sections 5 through 10 shall:
(a) Deposit all asbestos-containing waste material at waste
disposal sites operated in accordance with the provisions of
Section 17;
(b) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air during the
collection, processing (including incineration), packaging,
transporting, or deposition of any asbestos-containing waste
material generated by the source, or use one of the disposal
methods specified in paragraphs (b) (1), (2), or (3) of this
section, as follows:
(1) Treat asbestos-containing waste material with water:
(i) Mix asbestos waste from control devices with water to form a
slurry; adequately wet other asbestos—containing waste material;
and
69
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST”
(ii) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from
collection, mixing, and wetting operations, or use the methods
specified by Section 15 to clean emissions containing particulate
asbestos material before they escape to, or are vented to, the
outside air; and
(iii) After wetting, seal all asbestos-containing waste material
to leak—tight containers while wet; and
(iv) Do not remove asbestos containing materials from contaminant
areas of the removal site until properly sealed and labeled in
accordance with provisions of this section; and
(v) Label the containers specified in paragraph (b) (1) (iii) as
follows:
“CAUTION: Contains Asbestos--Avoid Opening or Breaking
Container. Breathing Asbestos is hazardous to Your Health.”
Alternatively, use warning labels specified by Occupational
Safety and Health Standards of the Department of Labor,
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) under 29 CFR
1910.1001 (g) (2) (ii).
(2) Process asbestos-containing waste material into nonfriable
forms:
(i) Form all asbestos-containing waste material into nonfriable
pellets or other shapes; and
(ii) Discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from
collection and processing operations, or use the methods
specified by Section 15 to clean emissions containing particulate
asbestos material before they escape to, or are vented to, the
outside air.
(3) Use an alternative disposal method that has received prior
approval by the District.
SECTION 14. STANDARD FOR INACTIVE WASTE DISPOSAL SITES FOR
ASBESTOS MILLS AND MANUFACTURING AND FABRICATING
OPERATIONS.
Each owner or operator of any inactive waste disposal site that
was operated by sources covered under Sections 3, 5, or 10 and
received deposits of asbestos—containing waste material generated
by the sources, shall
(a) Comply with one of the following:
(1) Either discharge no visible emissions to the outside air from
an inactive waste disposal site subject to this paragraph;
(2) Cover the asbestos—containing waste material with at least
70
-------
PRINTED August .30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
15 centimeters (6 inches) of compacted nonasbestos-containing
material, and grow and maintain a cover of vegetation on the area
adequate to prevent exposure of the asbestos-containing waste
material;
(3) Cover the asbestos-containing waste material with at least 60
centimeters (2 feet) of compacted nonasbestos-containing
material, and maintain it to prevent exposure of the asbestos-
containing waste; or
(4) For inactive waste disposal sites for asbestos tailings,
apply a resinous or petroleum-based dust suppression agent that
effectively binds dust and controls wind erosion. Use the agent
as recommended for the particular asbestos tailings by the
manufacturer of the dust suppression agent. For purposes of this
paragraph, waste crankcase oil is not considered a dust
suppression agent.
(b) Unless a natural barrier adequately deters access by the
general public, install and maintain warning signs and fencing as
follows, or comply with paragraph (a) (2) or (a) (3) of this
section.
(1) Display warning signs at all entrances and at intervals of
100 m (330 feet) or less along the property line of the site or
along the perimeter of the sections of the site where asbestos-
containing waste material was deposited. The warning signs must:
(i) Be posted in such a manner and location that a person can
easily read the legend; and
(ii) Conform to the requirements for 51 cm x 36 cm (20” x 14”)
upright format signs specified in 29 CFR 1910.145 (d) (4) and this
paragraph; and
(iii) Display the following legend in the lower panel with letter
sizes and styles of a visibility at least equal to those
specified in this paragraph.
Legend Notation
Asbestos Waste Disposal Site. 2.5 cm (1 inch) Sans Serif,
Gothic or Block
Do Not Create Dust 1.9 cm (3/4 inch) Sans Serif,
Gothic or Block
Breathing Asbestos is Hazardous
to Your Health 14 Point Gothic
Spacing between any two lines must be at least equal to the
height of the upper of the two lines.
(2) Fence the perimeter of the site in a manner adequate to deter
access by the general public.
SECTION 15. AIR-CLEANING.
71
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
(a) The owner or operator who elects to use air—cleaning shall:
(1) Use fabric filter collection devices, except as noted in
paragraph (b) of this section, doing all of the following:
(i) Operating the fabric filter collection devices at a pressure
drop of no more than 4 inches water gage, as measured across the
filter fabric; and
(ii) Ensuring that the airflow permeability, as determined by
ASTM Method D737—75, does not exceed 9 m3/min/m2 (30 ft
3/min/ft/2) for woven fabrics or 11 m3/inin/m2 (35 ft3/min/ft2)
for felted fabrics, except that 12 m3/min/m3 (40 ft/3/min/ft2)
for woven and 14 in3/min/m2/ (45 ft3/min/ft2) for felted fabrics
is allowed for filtering air from asbestos air dryers; and
(iii) Ensuring that felted fabric weighs at least 475 grams per
square meter (14 ounces per square yard) and is at least 1.6
millimeters (one-sixteenth inch) thick throughout; and
(iv) Avoiding the use of synthetic fabrics that contain fill yarn
other than that which is spun.
(2) Properly install, use, operate, and maintain all air-cleaning
equipment authorized by this section. Bypass devices may be used
only during upset or emergency conditions and then only for so
long as it takes to shut down the operation generating the
particulate asbestos material.
(b) There are the following exceptions to paragraph (a) (1):
(1) If the use of fabric creates a fire or explosion hazard, the
District may authorize as a substitute the use of wet collectors
designed to operate with a unit contacting energy of at least
9.95 kilopascals (40 inches water gauge pressure).
(2) The District may authorize the use of filtering equipment
other than that described in paragraphs (a) (1) and (b) (1) of
this section if the owner or operator demonstrates to the
District’s satisfaction that it is equivalent to the described
equipment in filtering particulate asbestos material.
SECTION 16. REPORTING.
(a) Within 90 days after the effective date of this regulation,
each owner or operator of any existing source to which this
section applies shall provide the following information to the
District:
(1) A description of the emission control equipment used for each
process; and
(2) If a fabric filter device is used to control emissions, the
pressure drop across the fabric filter in inches water gage; and
72
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
(i) If the fabric device uses a woven fabric, the airflow
permeability in m3/Iliin/m2 and; if the fabric is synthetic,
whether the fill yarn is spun or not spun; and
(ii) If the fabric filter device uses a felted fabric, the
density is g/m2, the minimum thickness in inches, and the airflow
permeability in m3/min/1n2.
(b) For sources subject to Section 12 and 13;
(1) A brief description of each process that generates asbestos-
containing waste material; and
(2) The average weight of asbestos-containing waste material
disposed of, measured in kg/day; and
(3) The emission control methods used in all stages of water
disposal; and
(4) The type of disposal site or incineration site used
for ultimate disposal, the name of the site operator, and the name
and location of the disposal site.
(C) For sources subject to Section 14:
(1) A brief description of the site; and
(2) The method or methods used to comply with the standard, or
alternative procedures to be used.
SECTION 17. ACTIVE WASTE DISPOSAL SITES.
To be an acceptable site for disposal of asbestos—containing
waste material, an active disposal site must meet the
requirements of this section.
(a) Either there must be no visible emissions to the outside air
from any active waste disposal site where asbestos-containing
waste material has been deposited, or the requirements of
paragraph (c) or (d) of this section must be met.
(b) Unless a natural barrier adequately deters access by the
general public, either warning signs and fencing must be
installed and maintained as follows, or the requirements of
paragraph (C) (1) of this section must be met.
(1) Warning signs must be displayed at all entrances and at
intervals of 100 m (330 ft) or less along the property line of
the site or along the perimeter of the sections of the site where
asbestos-containing waste material is deposited. The warning signs must
(i) Be posted in such a manner and location that a person can
easily read the legend; and
(ii) Conform to the requirements of 51 cm x 36 cm (20” x 14”)
73
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
upright format signs specified in 29 CFR 1910. 145(d) (4) and
this paragraph; and
(iii) Display the following legend in the lower panel with letter
sizes and styles of a visibility at least equal to those
specified in this paragraph.
Legend Notation
Asbestos Waste Disposal 2.5 cm (1 inch) Sans Serif,
Gothic or Block
Do Not Create Dust 1.9 cm (3/4 inch) Sans Serif,
Gothic or Block.
Breathing Asbestos in 14 Point Gothic.
Hazardous to Your Health.
Spacing between any two lines must be at least equal to
the height of the upper of the two lines.
(2) The perimeter of the disposal site must be fenced in a manner
adequate to deter access by the general public.
(C) Rather than meet the no visible emission requirement of
paragraph (a) of this section, an active waste disposal site
would be an acceptable site if at the end of operating day, or at
least once every 24-hour period while the site is in continuous
operation, the asbestos—containing waste material which was
deposited at the site during the operating day or previous 24-
hour period is covered with either:
(1) At least 15 centimeters (6 inches) of compacted nonasbestos-
containing material, or
(2) A resinous or petroleum-based dust suppression agent that
effectively binds dust and controls wind erosion. This agent
must be used as recommended for the particular dust by the
manufacturer of the dust suppression agent. For purposes of this
paragraph, waste crankcase oil is not considered a dust
suppression agent.
(d) Rather than meet the no visible emission requirement of
paragraph (a) of this section, an active waste disposal site
would be an acceptable site if an alternative control method for
emissions that has received prior approval by the District is
used.
Adopted 6/13/79; effective 6/13/79; amended 8/15/84.
74
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
75
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 I LOSIP.1STt
REGULATION 5.05 EMISSION STANDARD FOR BERYLLIUM
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation are applicable to the following
stationary sources:
(a) Extraction plants, ceramic plants, foundries, incinerators,
and propellant plants which process beryllium ore, beryllium,
beryllium oxide, beryllium alloys, or beryllium-containing waste;
(b) Machine shops which process beryllium, beryllium oxides, or
any alloy when such alloy contains more than 5 percent beryllium
by weight.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given to them in Regulations 1.02 and 5.02.
(a) “Beryllium-containing waste” means material contaminated with
beryllium and/or beryllium compounds used or generated during any
process or operation performed by a source subject to this
regulation.
(b) “Extraction plant” means a facility chemically processing
beryllium ore to beryllium metal alloy, or oxide, or performing
any of the intermediate steps in these processes.
(C) “Foundry” means a facility engaged in the melting or casting
of beryllium metal or alloy.
(d) “Machine shop” means a facility performing cutting, grinding,
turning, honing, milling, deburring, lapping, electrochemical,
machining, etching, or other similar operations.
SECTION 3. EMISSION STANDARD
(a) Emissions to the atmosphere from stationary sources subject
to the provisions of this regulation shall not exceed 10 grams of
beryllium over a 24 hour period, except as provided in paragraph
(b) of this section.
(b) Rather than meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section, an owner or operator may request approval from the
District to meet an ambient concentration limit on beryllium in
the vicinity of the stationary source of 0.01 ug/cubic meter
averaged over a 30 day period.
(i) Approval of such requests may be granted by the District
provided that:
a. At least 3 years of data is available which in the judgment of
the District demonstrates that the future ambient concentrations
of beryllium in the vicinity of the stationary source will not
exceed 0.01 ug/cubic meter, averaged over a 30 day period. Such
3 year period shall be the 3 years ending 30 days before the
effective date of this regulation;
76
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
b. The owner or operator requests such approval in writing within
30 days after the effective date of this regulation which
includes the following information:
1. Description of sampling method including the method and
frequency of calibration.
2. Method of sample analysis.
3. Averaging technique for determining 30 day average
concentrations.
4. Number, identity, and location (address, coordinates, or
distances and heading from plant) of sampling sites.
5. Ground elevations and height above ground of sampling inlets.
6. Plant and sampling area plots showing emission points and
sampling sites. Topographic features significantly affecting
dispersion including plant building heights and locations shall
be included.
7. Information necessary for estimating dispersion including
stack height, inside diameter, exit gas temperature, exit
velocity or flow rate and beryllium concentrations.
8. A description of data and procedures (methods or models) used
to design the air sampling network (i.e., number and location of
sampling sites).
9. Air sampling data indicating beryllium concentrations in the
vicinity of the stationary source for the 3 year period specified
in section 3 (b) (1) a. of this regulation. This data shall be
presented chronologically and shall include the beryllium
concentration and location of each individual sample taken by the
network and the corresponding 30 day average beryllium
concentrations.
(ii) Within 60 days after receiving such report, the District
shall notify the owner or operator in writing whether approval is
granted or denied. Prior to denying approval to comply with the
provisions of paragraph (b) (i) of this section, the District
will consult with representatives of the air contaminant source
for which the demonstration report was submitted.
(c) The burning of beryllium and/or beryllium-containing waste,
except propellants, is prohibited except in incinerators,
emissions from which must comply with the standard specified in
this regulation.
SECTION 4. STACK SAMPLING
(a) Each owner or operator required to comply with section 3 (a)
of this regulation shall test emissions from his source as set
forth in 40 CFR 61 as follows:
77
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
(i) Within 90 days of the effective date of this regulation in
the case of an existing source or a new source which has initial
startup date and preceding the effective date of this regulation;
or
(ii) Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source which
does not have an initial startup date preceding the effective
date of this regulation.
(b) The District shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an
emission test so that it may observe the tests.
(C) Samples shall be taken over such period or periods as are
necessary to accurately determine the maximum emissions which
will occur in any 24 hour period. Where emissions depend upon the
relative frequency of operation of different types of processes,
operating hours, operating capacities, or other factors, the
calculation of maximum 24 hour period emissions shall be based on
that combination of factors which are likely to occur during the
subject period and which result in the maximum emissions. No
changes in the operation shall be made which would potentially
increase emissions above that determined by the most recent
source test until a new emission level has been estimated by
calculation and the results reported to the District.
(d) All samples shall be analyzed and beryllium emissions shall
be determined within 30 days after the source test. All
determination shall be reported to the District.
(e) Records of emission test results and other data needed to
determine total emissions shall be retained at the source and
made available for inspection by the District for a minimum of 2
years.
SECTION 5. AIR SANPLING
(a) Stationary sources subject to section 3 (b) of this
regulation shall locate air sampling sites in accordance with a
plan approved by the District. Such sites shall be located in
such a manner calculated to detect maximum coflcentrations of
beryllium in the ambient air.
(b) All monitoring sites shall be operated continuously except
for a reasonable time allowance for instrument maintenance and
calibration, for changing filters, or for replacement of
equipment needing major repair.
(c) Filters shall be analyzed and concentrations calculated
within 30 days after filters are collected. Records of
concentrations at all sampling sites and other data needed to
determine such concentrations shall be retained at the source and
made available for inspection by the District for a minimum of 2
years.
(d) Concentrations measured at all sampling sites shall be
78
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
reported to the District every 30 days.
(e) The District may at any time require changes in, or expansion
of, the sampling network.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
79
-------
PRINTED August, 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 5.06 EMISSION STANDARD FOR MERCURY
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation are applicable to those
stationary sources which process mercury ore to recover mercury,
or use mercury chioralkali cells to produce chlorine gas and
alkali metal hydroxide, or incinerate or dry wastewater treatment
plant sludge.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02 and Regulation 5.02.
(a) “Cell room” means a structure(s) housing of one or more
mercury electrolytic chlor-alkali cells.
(b) “Classification date” means:
(i) December 7, 1971 with respect to mercury ore processing
facilities and mercury cell chior-alkali plants;
(ii) October 7, 1974 with respect to sludge incineration plants,
sludge drying plants or a combination of these that process
wastewater treatment plant sludges.
(C) “Condenser stack gases” means the gaseous effluent evolved
from the stack of processes utilizing heat to extract mercury
metal from mercury ore.
(d) “Denuder” means a container which is part of a mercury chlor-
alkali cell and in which water and alkali metal amalgam are
converted to alkali metal hydroxide, mercury, and hydrogen gas in
a short-circuited, electrolytic reaction.
(e) “End box” means a container(s) located on one or both ends of
a mercury chior—alkali electrolyzer which services as a
connection between the electrolyzer and denuder for rich and
stripped alalgam.
(f) “End box ventilation system” means a ventilation system which
collects mercury pump sumps, and their water collection systems.
SECTION 3. EMISSIONS STANDARD
(a) Emissions to the atmosphere from mercury ore processing
facilities and mercury cell chior—alkali plants shall not exceed
2300 grams of mercury per 24-hour period.
(b) Emissions to the atmosphere from sludge incineration plants,
sludge drying plants, or a combination of these that process
wastewater treatment plant sludges shall not exceed 3200 grams of
mercury per 24-hour period.
SECTION 4. STACK SANPLING
80
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST”
(a) Mercury ore processing facility
(1) Each owner or operator processing mercury ore shall test
emissions from his source as set forth by EPA as follows:
a. Within 90 days of the classification date of this regulation
in the case of an existing source.
b. Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source.
(ii) The District shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an
emission test, so that it may observe the test.
(iii) Samples shall be taken over such period or periods as are
necessary to accurately determine the maximum emissions which
will occur in a 24 hour period. No changes in the operation
shall be made which would potentially increase emissions above
that determined by the most recent source test until the new
emission level has been estimated by calculation and the results
reported to and approved by the District.
(iv) All samples shall be analyzed, and mercury emissions shall
be determined within 30 days after the source test. Each
determination will be reported to the District.
(v) Records of emissions test results and other data needed to
determine total emissions shall be retained at the source and
made available for inspection by the District for a minimum of 2
years.
(b) Mercury chior-alkali plant hydrogen and end-box ventilation
gas streams.
(1) Each owner or operator employing mercury chior-alkali cell(s)
shall test emissions from its source as follows:
a. Within 90 days of the classification date of this regulation
in the case of an existing source.
b. Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source.
(ii) The District shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an
emission test, so that it may observe the test.
(iii) Samples shall be taken over such period or periods as are
necessary to accurately determine the maximum emissions which
will occur in a 24 hour period. No changes in the operation
shall be made which would potentially increase emissions above
that determined by the most recent source test until the new
emission has been estimated by calculation and the results
reported to and approved by the District.
(iv) All samples shall be analyzed, and mercury emissions shall
be determined within 30 days after the source test. All the
determinations will be reported to the District.
81
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 t LOSIP.1ST’ t
(v) Records of emission test results and other data needed to
determine total emissions shall be retained at the source and
made available for inspection by the District for a minimum of 2
years.
(C) Mercury chlor-alkali plants - cell room ventilation system.
(i) Stationary sources using mercury chior-alkali cells may test
cell room emissions in accordance with paragraph (ii) of this
subsection or demonstrate compliance with paragraph (iv) of this
subsection and assume ventilation emissions of 1,300 g/day of
mercury.
(ii) Each owner or operator shall pass all cell room air in
forced gas steams
through stacks suitable for testing as set forth by EPA as
follows:
a. Within 90 days of the classification date of this regulation
in the case of an existing source.
b. Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source.
(iii) The District shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an
emission test, so that it may observe the test.
(iv) An owner or operator may carry out approved design,
maintenance and housekeeping practices.
(d) Sludge incineration and drying plants
(i) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained from the
District, each owner or operator of a source subject to the
standard in (b) of section 3 of this regulation shall test
emissions from that source. Such tests shall be conducted in
accordance with the procedures set forth either in this
subsection or in Section 5 of this regulation.
(ii) Method 101 in Appendix B to 40 CFR 61 shall be used to test
emissions as follows:
a. The test shall be performed within 90 days of the
classification data of this regulation in the case of an existing
source.
b. The test shall be performed within 90 days of startup in the
case of a new source.
(iii) The District shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an
emission test, so that it may observe the test.
(iv) Samples shall be taken over such a period or periods as are
necessary to determine accurately the maximum emissions which
82
-------
PRINTED August .30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
will occur in a 24-hour period. No changes shall be made in the
operation which would potentially increase emissions above the
level determined by the most recent stack test until the new
emission level has been estimated by calculation and the results
reported to and approved by the District.
(v) All samples shall be analyzed, and mercury emissions shall be
determined within 30 days after the stack test. Each
determination shall be reported to the District by a certified
letter dispatched before the close of the next business day
following such determination.
(vi) Records of emission test results and other data needed to
determine total emissions shall be obtained at the source and
shall be made available for inspection by the District for a
minimum of 2 years.
SECTION 5. SLUDGE SANPLING
(a) As an alternative means for demonstrating compliance with (b)
of section 3, an owner or operator may use Method 105 of Appendix
B to 40 CFR 61 and the procedures specified in this section.
(1) A sludge test shall be conducted within 90 days of the
classification date of this regulation in the case of an existing
source.
(ii) A sludge test shall be conducted within 90 days prior to a
sludge sampling test, so that it may observe the test.
(C) Sludge shall be sampled according to paragraph (i) of this
subsection; sludge charging rate for the plant shall be
determined according to paragraph (ii) of this subsection; and
the sledge analysis shall be performed according to paragraph
(iii) of this subsection.
(1) The sludge shall be sampled after dewatering and before
incineration or drying, at a location that provides a
representative sample of the sludge that is charged to the
incinerator or dryer. Eight consecutive grab samples shall be
obtained at intervals of between 45 and 60 minutes and thoroughly
mixed into one sample. Each of the eight grab samples shall have
a volume of at least 200 ml but not more than 400 ml. A total of
three composite samples shall be obtained within an operating
period of 24 hours. When the 24-hour operating period is not
continuous, the total sampling period shall not exceed 72 hours
after the first grab sample is obtained. Samples shall not be.
exposed to any condition that may result in mercury contamination
or less.
(ii) The maximum 24-hour period sludge incineration or drying
rate shall be determined by use of a flow rate measurement device
that can measure the mass rate of sludge charged to the
incinerator or dryer with an accuracy of + - 5 percent over its
operating range. Other methods of measuring sludge mass charging
rates may be used if they have received prior approval by the
83
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
District.
(iii) The handling, preparation, and analysis of sludge samples
shall be accomplished according to Method 105 in Appendix B to
40 CFR 61.
(d) Mercury emissions shall be determined by use of the following
equation:
Ehg = (0.001) (C) (Q)
where
Ehg = Mercury emissions, g/day
c = Mercury concentration in the sludge on a dry solids
basis, ug/g (ppm)
Q = Sludge charging rate, kg/day
(e) No changes in the operation of a plant shall be made after a
sludge test has been conducted which would potentially increase
emissions above the level determined by the most recent sludge
test, until the new emission level has been estimated by
calculation and the results reported to and approved by the
District.
(f) All sludge samples shall be analyzed for mercury content
within 30 days after the sludge sample is collected. Each
determination shall be reported to the District by a certified
letter dispatched before the close of the next business day
following such determination.
(g) Records of sludge sampling, charging rate determination and
other data needed to determine mercury content of wastewater
treatment plant sludges shall be retained at the source and made
available for inspection by the District for a minimum of 2
years.
SECTION 6. MONITORING
(a) All such sources for which mercury einissi ns exceed 1600
g/day, demonstrated either by stack sampling according to section
4 of this regulation or sludge sampling according to section 5 of
this regulation, shall monitor mercury emissions at intervals of
at least once per year by use of Method 105 of Appendix B to
40 CFR 61, or the procedures specified in (C) and (d) of section . The
according to paragraphs (v) and (vi) of (d) of section 4 of this
regulation or (f) and (g) of section 5 of this regulation.
Adopted 7/14/76; effective 9/1/76; amended 6/13/79.
84
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
85
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 5.07 EMISSION STANDARD FOR BERYLLIUM ROCKET MOTOR
FIRING
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this section are applicable to rocket motor
test sites.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given to them in Regulation 1.02 and Regulation 5.02.
SECTION 3. EMISSION STANDARD
(a) Emissions to the atmosphere from rocket—motor test sites
shall not cause time-weighted atmospheric concentrations of
beryllium to exceed 75 microgram minutes per cubic meter of air
within the limits of 10 to 60 minutes, accumulated during any 2
consecutive weeks, in any area in which an effect adverse to
public health could occur.
(b) If combustion products from the firing of beryllium
propellant are collected in a closed tank, emissions from such
tank shall not exceed 2 grams per hour and a maximum of 10 grams
per day.
SECTION 4. EMISSION TESTING: ROCKET FIRING OR PROPELLANT
DISPOSAL
(a) Ambient air concentrations shall be measured during and after
firing of a rocket monitor or propellant disposal and in such a
manner that the effect of these emissions can be compared with
the standard. Such sampling techniques shall be improved by the
District.
(b) All samples shall be analyzed and results shall be calculated
within 30 days after samples are taken and before any
subsequent rocket motor firing or propellant disposal at the
given site. All results shall be reported to the District by a
certified letter dispatched before the close of the next business
day following determination of such results.
(c) Records of air sampling test results and other data needed to
determine integrated intermittent concentrations shall be
retained at the source and made available for inspection by the
District for a minimum of 2 years.
(d) The District shall be notified at least 30 days prior to an
air sampling test so that it may observe the test.
SECTION 5. STACK SAMPLING
(a) Sources subject to section 3 (b) shall be continuously
86
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
sampled during release of combustion products from the tank in
such a manner that compliance with the standards can be
determined.
(b) All samples shall be analyzed and beryllium emissions shall
be determined within 30 days after samples are taken and before
any subsequent rocket motor firing or propellant disposal at the
given site. All determinations shall be reported to the District
by a certified letter dispatched before the close of the next
business day following such determination.
(C) Records of emission test results and other data needed to
determine total emissions shall be retained at the source and
made available for inspection by the District for a minimum of 2
years.
Adopted 7/14/76; effective 9/1/76; amended 6/13/79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
87
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 5.08 EMISSION STANDARDS FOR VINYL CHLORIDE
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
(a) The provisions of this section are applicable to plants which
produce:
(i) Ethylene dichioride by reaction of oxygen and hydrogen
chloride with ethylene,
(ii) Vinyl chloride by any process, or
(iii) One.or more polymers containing any fraction of polyinerized
vinyl chloride.
(b) The provisions of this regulation are not applicable to
equipment used in research and development if the reactor used to
polymerize the vinyl chloride processed in the equipment has
capacity of no more than 0.19 in 3 (50 gal).
(c) Sections of this regulation other than 5 (b) (i), (c), (d),
and (e) do not apply to equipment used in research and
development if the reactor used to polymerize the vinyl chloride
processed in the equipment has capacity of greater than 0.19 m3
(50 gal) and no more than 4.07 in 3 (1100 gal).
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given to them in Regulation 1.02 and Regulation 5.02.
(a) “Grade of resin” means the subdivision of resin
classification which describes it as a unique resin, i.e., the
most exact description of a resin with no further subdivision.
(b) “Inprocess wastewater” means any water which during
manufacturing or processing, comes into direct contact with vinyl
chloride or polyvinyl chloride or results from the production or
use of any raw material, intermediate product, finished product,
by-product, or waste product containing vinyl chloride or
polyvinyl chloride but which has not been discharged to a
wastewater treatment process or discharged untreated as
wastewater.
(C) “In vinyl chloride service” means that a piece of equipment
contains or contacts either a liquid that is at least 10 percent
by weight vinyl chloride or a gas that is at least 10 percent by
volume vinyl chloride.
(d) “Reactor opening loss” means the emissions of vinyl chloride
occurring when a reactor is vented to the atmosphere for any
purpose other than an emergency relief discharge as defined in
section 6 (b).
(e) “Slip gauge” means a gauge which has a probe that moves
through the gas/liquid interface in a storage or transfer vessel
88
-------
PRINTED August •30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
and indicates the level of vinyl chloride in the vessel by the
physical state of the material the gauge discharges.
(f) “Stripper” includes any vessel in which residual vinyl
chloride is removed from polyvinyl chloride resin, except bulk
resin, in the slurry form by the use of heat and/or vacuum. In
the case of bulk resin, stripper includes any vessel which is
used to remove residual vinyl chloride from polyvinyl chloride
resin immediately following the polymerization step in the plant
process flow.
(g) “Type of resin” means the broad classification of resin
referring to the basic manufacturing process for producing that
resin, including, but not limited to, the suspension, latex,
bulk, and solution processes.
(h) “Wastewater treatment process” includes any process which
modifies characteristics such as SOD, COD, TSS, and ph, usually
for the purpose of meeting effluent guidelines and standards; it
does not include any process the purpose of which is to remove
vinyl chloride from water to meet requirements of this regulation.
SECTION 3. EMISSION STANDARD FOR ETHYLENE DICHLORIDE PLANTS
(a) An owner or operator of an ethylene dichioride plant shall
comply with the requirements of this section and section 6.
(b) Ethylene dichioride purification: The concentration of vinyl
chloride in all exhaust gases discharged to the atmosphere from
any equipment used in ethylene dichioride purification is not to
exceed 10 ppm, except as provided in section 6 (b). This
requirement does not apply to equipment that has been opened, is
out of operation, and met the requirements in section 6 (C)
before being opened.
(c) Oxychiorination reactor: Except as provided in section 6 (b),
emissions of vinyl chloride to the atmosphere from each
oxychiorination reactor are not to exceed 0.2 g/kg the 100
percent ethylene dichioride product from the oxychiorination
process.
SECTION 4. EMISSION STANDARD FOR VINYL CHLORIDE PLANTS
(a) An owner or operator of a vinyl chloride plant shall comply
with the requirements of this subsection and section 6.
(b) Vinyl chloride formation and purification: The concentration
of vinyl chloride in all exhaust gases discharged to the
atmosphere from any equipment used in vinyl chloride formation
and/or purification is not to exceed 10 ppm, except as provided
in section 6 (b). This requirement does not apply to equipment
that has been opened, is out of operation, and met the
requirements in section 6 (C) (vi) a, before being opened.
SECTION 5. EMISSION STANDARD FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PLANTS
89
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
(a) An owner or operator of a polyvinyl chloride plant shall
comply with the requirements of this section and section 6.
(b) Reactor: The following requirements apply to reactors:
(i) The concentration of vinyl chloride in all exhaust gases
discharged to the atmosphere from each reactor is not to exceed
10 ppm, except as provided in paragraph (b) (ii) and section
(6) (b)
(ii) The reactor opening loss from each reactor is not to exceed
0.02 g vinyl chloride/Kg (0.00002 lb vinyl chloride/lb) of
polyvinyl chloride product, with the product determined on a dry
solids basis. This requirement applies to any vessel which is
used as a reactor or as both a reactor and a stripper. In the
bulk process, the product means the gross product of
prepolymerization and postpolymerization.
(iii) Manual vent discharge: Except for an emergency manual vent
valve discharg, there is to be no discharge to the atmosphere
from any manual vent valve on a polyvinyl chloride reactor in
vinyl chloride service. An emergency manual vent valve discharge
means a discharge to the atmosphere which could not have been
voided by taking measures to prevent the discharge. Within 10
days of any discharge to the atmosphere from any manual vent
valve, the owner or operator of the source from which the
discharge occurs shall submit to the District a report in writing
containing information on the source, nature and cause of of the
discharge, the date and time of the discharge, the approximate
total vinyl chloride loss during the discharge, the method used
for determining the vinyl chloride loss, the action that was
taken to prevent the discharge, and measures adopted to prevent
future discharges.
(C) Stripper: The concentration of vinyl chloride in all exhaust
gases discharged to the atmosphere from each stripper is not to
exceed 10 ppm, except as provided in Section 6 (b). This
requirement does not apply to equipment that ias been opened, is
out of operation, and met the requirements in section 6 (C) (vi)
a. before being opened.
(d) Mixing, weighing, and holding containers: The concentration
of vinyl chloride in all exhaust gases discharged to the
atmosphere from each mixing, weighing, or holding container in
vinyl chloride service which precedes the stripper (or the
reactor if the plant has no stripper) in the plant process flow
is not to exceed 10 ppm, except as provided in section 6 (b).
This requirement does not apply to equipment that has been
opened, is out of operation, and met the requirements in section
6 (C) (vi) a. before being opened.
(e) Monomer recovery system: The concentration of vinyl chloride
90
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
in all exhaust gases discharged to the atmosphere from each
monomer recovery system is not to exceed ten (10) ppm, except as
provided in Section 6(1). This requirement does not apply to
equipment that has been opened, is out of operation, and has met
the requirement in Section 6(2)(f)l before being opened.
(5) Sources following the stripper(s): The following requirements
apply to emissions of vinyl chloride to the atmosphere from the
combination of all sources following the stripper(s) (or the
reactor(s) if the plant has no stripper(s)) in the plant process
flow including but not limited to centrifuges, concentrators,
blend tanks, filters, dryers, conveyer air discharges, baggers,
storage containers, and inprocess wastewater.
(a) In polyvinyl chloride plants using stripping technology
to control vinyl chloride emissions, the weighted average
residual vinyl chloride concentration in all grades of polyvinyl
chloride resin processed through the stripping operation on each
calendar day, measured immediately after the stripping operation
is completed, may not exceed:
1. 2,000 ppm for polyvinyl chloride dispersion resins,
excluding resins;
2. 400 ppm for all other polyvinyl chloride resins,
including latex resins, averaged separately for each type of
resin; or
(b) In polyvinyl chloride plants controlling vinyl chloride
emissions with technology other than stripping in addition to
stripping, emissions of vinyl chloride to the atmosphere may not
exceed:
1. Two (2) g/kg (0.002 lb/lb) product from the stripper(s)
(or reactor(s) if the plant has no stripper(s)) for dispersion
polyvinyl chloride resins, excluding latex resins, with the
product determined on a dry solids basis;
2. 0.4 g/kg (0.0004 lb/lb) product from the stripper(s) (or
reactor(s) if the plant has no stripper(s) for all other
polyvinyl chloride resins, including latex resins, with the
product determined on a dry solids basis.
Section 6. Emission standard for ethylene dichloride, vinyl
chloride, and polyvinyl chloride plants. An owner or operator of
an ethylene dichloride, vinyl chloride, and/or polyvinyl chloride
plant shall comply with the requirements of this section.
(1) Relief valve discharge: Except for an emergency relief
discharge, there is to be no discharge to the atmosphere from any
relief valve on any equipment in vinyl chloride service. An
emergency relief discharge means a discharge which could not have
been avoided by taking measures to prevent the discharge. Within
ten (10) days of any relief valve discharge, the owner or
operator of the source from which the relief valve discharge
occurs shall submit to the department a report in writing
containing information on the source, nature and cause of the
discharge, the date and time of the discharge, the approximate
total vinyl chloride loss during the discharge, the method used
for determining the vinyl chloride loss, the action that was
taken to prevent the discharge, and measures adopted to prevent
91
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
future discharges.
(2) Fugitive emissions sources:
(a) Loading and unloading lines: Vinyl chloride emissions
from loading and unloading lines in vinyl chloride service which
are opened to the atmosphere after each loading or unloading
operation are to be minimized as follows:
1. After each loading or unloading operation and before
opening a loading or unloading to the atmosphere, the quantity of
vinyl chloride in all parts of each loading or unloading that are
to be opened to the atmosphere is to be reduced so that the parts
combined contain no greater than 0.0038 cubic meters (0.13 cubic
feet) of vinyl chloride at standard temperature and pressure;
and,
2. Any vinyl chloride removed from a loading or unloading
line in accordance with subparagraph 1 of this paragraph is to be
ducted through a control system from which the concentration of
vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed ten(10) ppm,
or equivalent as provided in Section 7.
(b) Slip gauges: During loading or unloading operations, the
vinyl chloride emissions from each slip gauge in vinyl chloride
service are to be minimized by ducting any vinyl chloride
discharged from the slip gauge through a control system from
which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases
does not exceed ten (10) ppm, or equivalent as provided in
Section 7.
(c) Leakage from pump, compressor, and agitator seals:
1. Rotating pumps: Vinyl chloride emissions from seals on
all rotating pumps in vinyl chloride services are to be minimized
by installing sealless pumps, pumps with double mechanical seals,
or equivalent as provided in Section 7. If double mechanical
seals are used, vinyl chloride emissions from the seals are to be
minimized by maintaining the pressure between the two (2) seals
so that any leak that occurs is into the pump, by ducting any
vinyl chloride between the two (2) seals through a control system
from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust
gases does not exceed ten (10) ppm, or equivalent as provided in
Section 7.
2. Reciprocating pumps: Vinyl chloride emissions from seals
on all reciprocating pumps in vinyl chloride service are to be
minimized by installing double outboard seals, or equivalent as
provided in Section 7. If double outboard seals are used, vinyl
chloride emissions from the seals are to be minimized by
maintaining the pressure between the two (2) seals so that any
leak that occurs is into the pump, by ducting any vinyl chloride
between the two (2) seals through a control system from which the
concentration of vinyl chloride., in the exhaust gases does not
exceed ten (10) ppm, or equivalent as provided in Section 7.
3. Rotating compressors: Vinyl chloride emissions from seals
on all rotating compressors in vinyl chloride service are to be
minimized by installing compressors with double mechanical seals,
or equivalent as provided in Section 7. If double mechanical
seals are used, vinyl chloride emissions from the seals are to be
minimized by maintaining the pressure between the two (2) seals
so that any leak that occurs is into the compressor, by ducting
92
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
any vinyl chloride between the two (2) seals through a control
system from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the
exhaust gases does not exceed ten (10) ppm, or equivalent as
provided in Section 7.
4. Reciprocating compressors: Vinyl chloride emissions from
seals on all reciprocating compressors in vinyl chloride service
are to be minimized by installing double outboard seals, or
equivalent as provided in Section 7. If double outboard seals
are used, vinyl chloride emissions from the seals are to be
minimized by maintaining the pressure between the two (2) seals
that any leak that occurs is into the compressor by ductirig any
vinyl chloride between the two (2) seals through a control system
from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust
gases does not exceed ten (10) ppm, or equivalent as provided in
Section 7.
5. Agitators: Vinyl chloride emissions from seals on all
agitators in vinyl chloride service are to be minimized by
installing agitators with double mechanical seals, or equivalent
as provided in Section 7. If double mechanical seals are used,
vinyl chloride emissions from the seals are to be minimized by
maintaining the pressure between the two(2) seals so that any
leak that occurs is into the agitated vessel, by ducting any
vinyl chloride between the two (2) seals through a control system
from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust
gases does not exceed ten (10) ppm, or equivalent as provided in
Section 7.
(d) Leakage from relief valves: Vinyl chloride emissions due
to leakage from each relief valve on equipment in vinyl chloride
service are to be minimized by installing a rupture disk between
the equipment and the relief valve, by connecting the relief
valve discharge to a process line or recovery system, or
equivalent as provided in Section 7.
(e) Manual venting of gases: Except as provided in Section
5 (1) (C), all gases which are manually vented from equipment in
vinyl chloride service are to be ducted through a control system
from which the concentration of vinyl chloride in the exhaust
gases does not exceed ten (10) ppm, or equivalent as provided in
Section 7.
(f) Opening of equipment: Vinyl chloride emissions from
opening of equipment (including loading or unloading lines that
are not opened to the atmosphere after each loading or unloading
operation) are to be minimized as follows:
1. Before opening any equipment for any reason, the quantity
of vinyl chloride is to be reduced so that the equipment contains
no more than 2.0 percent by volume vinyl chloride or 0.0950
cubic meter (twenty-five (25) gallons) of vinyl chloride,
whichever is larger, at standard temperature and pressure; and
2. Any vinyl chloride removed from the equipment in
accordance with subparagraph 1 of this paragraph is to be ducted
through a control system from which the concentration of vinyl
chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed ten (10) ppm, or
equivalent as provided in Section 7.
(g) Samples: Unused portions of samples containing at least
ten (10) percent by weight vinyl chloride are to be returned to
the process, and sampling techniques are to be such that sample
93
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
containers in vinyl chloride service are purged into a closed
process system.
(h) Leak detection and elimination: Vinyl chloride emissions
due to leaks from equipment in vinyl chloride service are to be
minimized by instituting and implementing a formal leak detection
and elimination program. The owner or operator shall submit a
description of the program to the department for approval. The
program is to be submitted within forty-five (45) days of the
classification date of these regulations, unless a waiver of
compliance is granted under 4O1KAR 57:005, Section 9. If a
waiver of compliance is granted, the program is to be submitted
on a date scheduled by the department. Approval of a program
will be granted by the department provided:
1. It includes a reliable and accurate vinyl chloride
monitoring system for detection of major leaks and identification
of the general area of the plant where a leak is located. A
vinyl chloride monitoring system means a device which obtains air
samples from one (1) or more points on a continuous sequential
basis and analyzes the samples with gas chromatography or, if the
owner or operator assumes that all hydrocarbons measured are
vinyl chloride, are infrared spectrophotometry, flame ion
detection, or an equivalent or alternative method.
2. It includes a reliable and accurate portable hydrocarbon
detector to be used routinely to find small leaks and to pinpoint
the major leaks indicated by the vinyl chloride monitoring
system. A portable hydrocarbon detector means a device which
measures hydrocarbons with a sensitivity of at least ten (10) ppm
and is of such design and size that it can be used to measure
emissions from localized points.
3. It provides for an acceptable calibration and maintenance
schedule for the vinyl chloride monitoring system and portable
hydrocarbon detector. For the vinyl chloride monitoring system,
a daily span check is to be conducted with a concentration of
vinyl chloride equal to the concentration defined as a leak
according to Section 6(2)(h)6. The calibration is to be done
with either a calibration gas mixture prepared from the gases
specified in Sections 5.2.1 and 5.2.3 of Test Method 106 and in
accordance with Section 7.1 of Test Method 106 in Appendix B to
40 CFR 61, filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015, or a calibration
gas cylinder containing the appropriate concentration of vinyl
chloride. The gas composition of the calibration gas cylinder
standard is to have been certified by the manufacturer. The
manufacturer must have recommended a maximum shelf life for each
cylinder so that the concentration does not change greater than
plus or minus five (5) percent from the certified value. The
date of gas cylinder preparation, certified vinyl chloride
concentration and recommended maximum shelf life must have been
affixed to the cylinder before shipment from the manufacturer to
the buyer. If a gas chromatograph is used as the vinyl chloride
monitoring system these gas mixtures may be directly used to
prepare a chromatograph calibration curve as described in Section
7.3 of Test Method 106. The requirements in Section 5.2.3.1 and
5.2.3.2 of Test Method 106 for certification of cylinder
standards and for establishment and verification of calibration
standards are to be followed.
94
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
4. The location and number of points to be monitored and the
frequency of monitoring provided for in the program are
acceptable when they are compared with the number of pieces of
equipment in vinyl chloride service and the size and physical
layout of the plant.
5. It contains an acceptable plan of action to be taken when
a leak is detected.
6. It contains a definition of leak which is acceptable when
compared with the background concentration of vinyl chloride in
the areas of the plant to be monitored by the vinyl chloride
monitoring system. Measurements of background concentrations of
vinyl chloride in the areas of the plant to be monitored by the
vinyl chloride monitoring system are to be included with the
description of the program. The definition of leak for a given
plant may vary among the different areas within the plant and is
also to change over time as background concentrations in the
plant are reduced.
(1) Inprocess wastewater: Vinyl chloride emissions to the
atmosphere from inprocess wastewater are to be reduced as
follows:
1. The concentration of vinyl chloride in each inprocess
wastewater stream containing greater than ten (10) ppm vinyl
chloride measured immediately as it leaves a piece of equipment
and before being mixed with any other inprocess wastewater stream
is to be reduced to no more than ten (10) ppm by weight before
being mixed with any other inprocess wastewater stream which
contains less than ten (10) ppm vinyl chloride; before being
exposed to the atmosphere; before being discharged to a
wastewater treatment process; or before being discharged
untreated as a wastewater. This subparagraph does apply to water
which is used to displace vinyl chloride from equipment before it
is opened to the atmosphere in accordance with Section 5(1) (b) or
(6) (2) (f), but does not apply to water which is used to wash out
equipment after the equipment has already been opened to the
atmosphere in accordance with Section 5(l)(b)or 6 (2)(f).
2. Any vinyl chloride removed from the inprocess wastewater
in accordance with subparagraph 1. of this paragraph is to be
ducted through a control system from which the concentration f
vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does not exceed ten (10) ppm,
or equivalent as provided in Section 7.
(3) The requirements in Section 6 (2) (a) , (b) , (e), (f) , (g) and (h)
are to be incorporated into a standard operating procedure, and
made available upon request for inspection by the department.
The standard operating procedure is to include provisions for
measuring the vinyl chloride in equipment greater than or equal
to 4.75 cubic meters (1,250 gal) in volume for which an emission
limit is prescribed in Section 6(2) (f)1 prior to opening the
equipment and using Test Method 106, a portable hydrocarbon
detector, or an equivalent or alternative method. The method of
measurement is to meet the requirements in Section 8(6)(e)l and
2.
Section 7. Equivalent Equipment and Procedures. Upon written
application from an owner or operator, the department may approve
95
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
use of equipment or procedures which have been demonstrated to
its satisfaction to be equivalent in terms of reducing vinyl
chloride emissions to the atmosphere to those prescribed for
compliance with a specific section of this regulation. For an
existing source, any request for using an equivalent method as
the initial measure of control is to be submitted to the
department within thirty (30)days of the classification date.
For a new source, any request for using an equivalent method is
to be submitted to the department with the application for
approval of construction or modification required by 401 KAR
50: 035.
Section 8. Emission Test.
(1) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under 401 KAR
57:005, Section 11, the owner or operator of a source to which
this regulation applies shall test emissions from this source:
(a) Within ninety (90) days of the classification date in
the case of an existing source,
(b) Within ninety (90) days of startup in the case of a new
source.
(2) The owner or operator shall provide the department at least
thirty (30) days prior notice of an emission test to afford the
department the opportunity to have an observer present during the
test.
(3) Any emission test is to be conducted while the equipment
being tested is operating at the maximum production rate at
which the equipment will be operated and under other relevant
conditions as may be specified by the department based on
representative performance of the source.
(4) When at all possible, each sample is to be analyzed within
twenty-four(24) hours, but in no case in excess of seventy-two
(72) hours of sample collection. Vinyl chloride emissions are to
be determined within thirty (30) days after the emission test.
The owner or operator shall report the determinations to the
department by registered letter dispatched before the close of
the next business day following the determin zion.
(5) The owner or operator shall retain at the plant and make
available, upon request, for inspection by the department for a
minimum of two (2) years, records of emission test results and
other data needed to determine emissions.
(6) Unless otherwise specified, the owner or operator shall use
the tests as approved by 401 KAR 57:005, Section 12, for each
test as required by this subsection unless an equivalent method
or an alternative method has been approved by the department and
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. If the results of the
reference and equivalent or alternative methods do not agree, the
results obtained by the reference method prevail, and the
department may notify the owner or operator that approval of the
method previously considered to be equivalent or alternative is
96
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST”
withdrawn.
(a) Test Method 106 is to be used to determine the vinyl
chloride emissions from any source for which an emission limit is
prescribed in Section 3 (1) or (2); 4; 5(1) (a), (2), (3) or (4);
or from any control system to which reactor emissions are
required to be ducted in Section 5(1) (b) or which fugitive
emissions are required to be ducted in Section 6(2)(a)2, (2)(b)
and (e), (2)(f)2, and (2)(i)2.
1. For each run, one (1) sample is to be collected. The
sampling site is to be at least two (2) stack or duct diameters
downstream and one-half (1/2) diameter upstream from any flow
disturbance such as a bend, expansion, contraction, or visible
flame. For a rectangular cross section an equivalent diameter is
to be determined from the following equation:
2 (length) (width)
equivalent diameter =
length + width
The sampling point in the duct is to be at the center of the
cross section. The sample is to be extracted at a rate
proportional to the gas velocity at the same sampling point. The
sample is to be taken over a minimum of one (1) hour, and is to
contain a minimum volume of fifty(50) liters corrected to
standard conditions.
2. Each emission test is to consist of three (3) runs. For
the purpose of determining emissions, the average of results of
all runs is to apply. The average is to be computed on a time
weighted basis.
3. For gas streams containing more than ten (10) percent
oxygen, the concentration of vinyl chloride as determined by Test
Method 106 is to be corrected to ten (10) percent oxygen (dry
basis) for determination of emissions by using the equation which
is Appendix A to this regulation.
4. For those emission sources where the emission limit is
prescribed in terms of mass rather than concentration, mass
emissions in kg/lao kg product are to be determined by using the
equation which is Appendix B to this regulation.
(b) Test Method 107 is to be used to determine the
concentration of vinyl chloride in each inprocess wastewater
stream for which an emission limit is prescribed in Section
6(2) (1)1.
(C) Where a stripping operation is used to attain the
emission limit in Section 5 (5) emissions are to be determined
using Test Method 107 as follows:
1. The number of strippers and samples and the types and
grades of resin to be sampled are to be determined by the
department for each individual plant at the time of the test
based on the plant’s operation.
2. Each sample is to be taken immediately following the
stripping operation.
3. The corresponding quantity of material processed by each
stripper is to be determined on a dry solids basis and by a
method submitted to and approved by the department.
97
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST”
4. At the prior request of the department the owner or
operator shall provide duplicates of the samples required in
subparagraph 1 of this paragraph.
(d) Where control technology other than or in addition to a
stripping operation is used to attain the emission limit in
Section 5(5), emissions are to be determined as follows:
1. Test Method 106 is to be used to determine atmospheric
emissions from all of the process equipment simultaneously. The
requirements of this subsection (6) (a) of this section are to be
met.
2. Test Method 107 is to be used to determine the
concentration of vinyl chloride in each inprocess wastewater
stream subject to the emission limit prescribed in Section 5(5).
The mass of vinyl chloride of vinyl chloride in kg/lOO kg product
in each inprocess wastewater stream is to be determined by using
the equation which is Appendix C to this regulation.
(e) The reactor opening loss for which an emission limit is
prescribed in Section 5(1)(b) is to be determined. The number of
reactors for which the determination is to be made is to be
specified by the department for each individual plant at the time
of the determination based on the plant’s operation. For a
reactor that is also used as a stripper, the determination may be
made immediately following the stripping operation. Except as
provided in subparagraph 2. of this paragraph the reactor opening
loss is to be determined using the equation which is Appendix D
to this regulation.
1. If Method 106 is used to determine the concentration of
vinyl chloride the sample is to be withdrawn at a constant rate
with a probe of sufficient length to reach the vessel bottom from
the manhole. Samples a to be taken for five (5) minutes within
six(6) inches of the vessel bottom, five (5) minutes near the
vessel center, and five (5) minutes near the vessel top.
2. If the portable hydrocarbon detector is used to determine
the concentration of vinyl chloride (Cb), a probe of sufficient
length to reach the vessel bottom from the manhole is to be used
to make measurements. One(l) measurement will be made within
six(6) inches of the vessel bottom, one (1) near the vessel
center, and one (1) near the vessel top. Measurements are to be
made at each location until the reading is stabilized. All
hydrocarbons measured are to be assumed to be vinyl chloride.
3. The production rate of polyvinyl chloride (Z) is to be
determined by a method submitted to and approved by the
department.
Section 9. Emission Monitoring.
(1) A vinyl chloride monitoring system is to be used to monitor
on a continuous basis the emissions from the sources for which
emission limits are prescribed in Sections 3(1) and (2); 4;
5(l)(a), (2), (3) and (4), and for any control system to which
reactor emissions are required to be ducted in Section 5(l)(b) or
to which fugitive emissions are required to be ducted in Section
6(2)(a)2, (2)(b) and (e), (2)(f)(2) and (2)(i)2.
(2) The vinyl chloride monitoring system(s) used to meet the
98
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.]ST”
requirement in subsection(l) of this section is to be a device
which obtains air samples from one (1) or more points on a
continuous sequential basis and analyses the samples with gas
chromatography or,if the owner or operator assumes that all
hydrocarbons measured are vinyl chloride, the infrared
spectrophotometry, flame ion detection, or an equivalent or
alternative method. The vinyl chloride monitoring system used to
meet the requirements in Section 6(2)(h)l may be used to meet the
requirements of this section.
(3) A daily span check is to be conducted for each vinyl chloride
monitoring system used. For all of the emission sources listed
in subsection (1) of this section, except the one (1) for which
an emissions limit is prescribed in Section 3(2) the daily span
check is to be conducted with a concentration of vinyl chloride
equal to ten (10) ppm. For the emission source for which an
emission limit is prescribed in Section 3(2) the daily span check
is to be equivalent to the emission limit for that source based
on the emission test required by Section 8. The calibration is
to be done with either:
(a) A calibration gas mixture prepared from the gases
specified in Sections 5.2.1 and 5.2.3 of.Test Method 106 and in
accordance with Section 7.1 of Test Method 106; or
(b) A calibration gas cylinder containing the appropriate
concentration of vinyl chloride. The gas composition of the
calibration gas cylinder standard is to have been certified by
the manufacturer. The manufacturer must have recommended a
maximum shelf life for each cylinder so that the concentration
does not change greater than plus or minus five (5) percent from
the certified value. The date of gas cylinder preparation,
certified vinyl preparation, certified vinyl chloride vinyl
chloride concentration and recommended maximum shelf life must
have been affixed to the cylinder before shipment from the
manufacturer to the buyer. If a gas chromatograph is used as the
vinyl chloride monitoring system, these gas mixtures may be
directly used to prepare a chromatograph calibration curve as
described in Section 7.3 of Test Method 106. The requirements in
Section 5.2.3.1 and 5.2.3.2 of Test Method 106 for certification
of cylinder standards and for establishment and verification of
calibration standards are to be followed.
Section 10. Initial Report.
(1) An owner or operator of any source to which this regulation
applies shall submit a statement in writing notifying the
department that the equipment and procedural specifications in
Section 6(2)(a),(b),(c),(d),(e),(f),(g) and (h) are being
implemented.
(2) In the case of an existing source,the statement is to be
submitted within ninety (90) days of the classification date,
unless a waiver of compliance is granted under 401 KAR 57:005,
Section 9, along with the information required under 401 KAR
57:005, Section 8. If a waiver of compliance is granted, the
statement is to be submitted on a date scheduled by the
99
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST ”
department. In the case of a new source, the statement is to be
submitted within ninety (90) days of the initial startup date.
(3) The statement is to contain the following information:
(a) A list of the equipment installed for compliance.
(b) A description of the physical and functional
characteristics of each piece of equipment.
(C) A description of the methods which have been
incorporated into the standard operating procedures for measuring
or calculating the emissions for which emission limits are
prescribed in Section 6 (2)(a) 1 and (f)l.
(d) A statement that each piece of equipment is installed
and that each piece of equipment and each procedure is being
used.
Section 11. Semiannual Report.
(1) The owner or operator of any source to which this regulation
applies shall submit to the department on September 15 and March
15 of each year a report in writing containing the information
required by this section. The first semiannual report is to be
submitted following the first full six (6) months reporting
period after the initial report is submitted.
(2) In the case of an existing source, the first report is to be
submitted within 180 days of the classification date, unless a
waiver of compliance is granted under 401 KAR 57:005, Section 9.
If a waiver of compliance is granted, the first report is to be
submitted on a date scheduled by the department. In the case of
a new source, the first report is to be submitted within 180 days
of the initial startup date.
(3) Unless otherwise specified, the owner or operator shall use
the test methods approved by 401 KAR 57:005, Section 12, to
conduct emission tests as required by subsections (5) and (6) of
this section, unless the equivalent or alternative method has
been approved by the department and the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency. If the results of the reference and
equivalent or alternative methods do not agree, the results
obtained by the reference method prevail, and the department may
notify the owner or operator that approval of the method
previously considered to be equivalent or alternative is
withdrawn.
(4) The owner or operator shall include in the report a record
of any emissions which averaged over any hour period (commencing
on the hour) are in excess of the emission limits prescribed in
Sections 3(1) or (2); 4; or 5(1) (a), 5(2), (3) or (4), or for any
control system to which reactor emissions are required to be
ducted in Section 5 (1) (b) or to which fugitive emissions are
required to be ducted in Section 5 (1) (b) or to which fugitive
emissions are required to be ducted in Section 6(2)(a)2, (b) and
(e), (f)2, and (i)2. The emissions are to be measured in
accordance with Section 9.
100
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
(5) In polyvinyl chloride plants for which a stripping operation
is used to attain the emission level prescribed in Section 5(5),
the owner or operator shall include in the report a record of the
vinyl chloride content in the polyvinyl chloride resin. Test
Method 107 is to be used to determine vinyl chloride content as
follows:
(a) If batch stripping is used, one (1) representative
sample of polyvinyl chloride resin is to be taken from each batch
of each grade of resin immediately following the completion of
the stripping operation and identified by the resin type and
grade and the date and time the batch is completed. The
corresponding quantity of material processed in each stripper
batch is to be recorded and identified by resin type and grade
and the date and time the batch is completed.
(b) If continuous stripping is used, one(1) representative
sample of polyvinyl chloride resin is to be taken for each grade
of resin processed or at intervals of eight (8) hours for each
grade of resin which is being processed, whichever is more
frequent. The sample is to be taken as the resin flows out of
the stripper and identified by the resin type and grade and the
date and time the sample was taken. The corresponding quantity
of material processed by each stripper over the time period
represented by the sample during the eight (8) hour period, is to
be recorded and identified by resin type and grade and the date
and time it represents.
(C) The quantity of material processed by the stripper is to
be determined on a dry solids basis and by a method submitted to
and approved by the department.
(d) At the prior request of the department, the owner or
operator shall provide duplicates of the samples required in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this subsection.
(e) The report to the department by the owner or operator is
to include the vinyl chloride content found in each sample
required in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this subsection, averaged
separately for each type of resin, over each calendar day and
weighted according to the quantity of each grade of resin
processed by the stripper(s) that calendar day, according to the
equation which is Appendix E to this regulation.
(f) The owner or operator shall retain at the source and
make available for inspection by the department for a minimum of
two (2) years, record of all data needed to furnish the
information required in paragraph (e) of this subsection. The
records are to contain the following information:
1. The vinyl chloride content found in all the samples
required in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this subsection, identified
by the resin type and grade and the time and date of the sample;
and
2. The corresponding quantity of polyvinyl chloride resin
processed by the stripper(s), identified by the resin type and
grade and the time and date it represents.
(g) The owner or operator shall include in the report a
record of the emissions from each reactor opening for which an
emission limit is prescribed in Section 5(l)(b). Emissions are
to be determined in accordance with Section 8 (6) (e), except that
emissions for each reactor are to be determined. For a reactor
101
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 LOSIP.1ST”
that is also used as a stripper, the determination may be made
immediately following the stripping operation.
Section 12. Record keeping.
The owner or operator of any source to which this regulation
applies shall retain the following information at the source and
make it available for inspection by the department for a minimum
of two (2) years:
(1) A record of the leaks detected by the vinyl chloride
monitoring system, as required by Section 6(2)(h), including the
concentrations of vinyl chloride as measured, analyzed, and
recorded by the vinyl chloride detector, the location of each
measurement and the date and approximate time of each
measurement.
(2) A record of the leaks detected during the routine monitoring
with the portable hydrocarbon detector and the action taken to
repair the leaks, as required by Section 6(2)(h), including a
brief statement explaining the location and cause of each leak
detected with the portable hydrocarbon detector, the date and
time of the leak and any action taken to eliminate that leak.
(3) A record of emissions measured in accordance with Section 9.
(4) A daily operating record for each polyvinyl chloride reactor,
including pressures and temperatures.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
102
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 t1 LOSIP.1ST”
REGULATION 5.09 EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS VOLATILE ORGANIC
COMPOUND EQUIPMENT LEAKS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for the control of emissions from
equipment leaks of volatile hazardous air pollutants in 40 CFR
61, Subpart V, made effective by Federal Register 49 Fed. Reg.
23512 (1984), and as amended by Federal Register 45 Fed. Reg.
38946, (1984), and 49 Fed. Reg. 43647 (1984), is hereby adopted
and filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 61,
Subpart V, limits emissions of volatile hazardous air pollutants
from specified new and existing equipment that operates in
volatile hazardous air pollutant service (equipment that
continas or contacts a fluid that is at least ten percent by
weight a volatile hazardous air pollutant). The types of
equipment include: pumps, compressors, pressure relief devices,
sampling connecting systems, open-ended valves or line valves,
flanges and other connectors, product accumulator vessels, and
control systems as may be required. This regulation provides the
work practice, equipment, and other standards for all volatile
hazardous air pollutants.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITIONS
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District”, and “this subpart’ shall be read as “this regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
Adopted 2-19-86; effective 2-19-86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
103
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 5.10 EMISSION STANDARD FOR BENZENE EQUIPMENT LEAKS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for equipment leaks of benzene contained
in 40 CFR 61, Subpart J, made effective by Federal Register 49
FED. REG. 23512 (1984), is hereby adopted and filed herein by
reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
(a) The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR
61, Subpart J, limits emissions from certain new and existing
equipment in benzene service (equipment containing materials with
a benzene concentration of 10 percent or more by weight). The
standards shall not apply to equipment located in process units
that produce benzene or benzene mixture at coke by-product plants
or at plant sites that are designed to produce or use benzene in
quantities of 1,000 megagrams per year or less.
(b) The size limitation of 1,000 megagralns per year for
application of the benzene standards shall be based on throughput
or processing rate, rather than consumption. Throughput shall be
determined by a mass balance during the design stages of process
operations, accumulating all benzene processed in one year.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District” and “this subpart” shall be read as “this regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations and Federal Register
are available for sale from the Superintendent of Documents,
U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
Adopted 2-19-86; effective 2-19-86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
104
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 5.11 STANDARDS OF PERFORNANCE FOR EXISTING SOURCES
EMITTING TOXIC AIR POLLUTANTS
SECTION 1. KENTUCKY REFERENCES
The Kentucky regulation 401 KAR 63:021, as promulgated on
November 11, 1986, for control of air toxic emissions from
existing sources is hereby adopted and filed herein by reference.
It is not the intent of this regulation to allow the use of
taller stacks to effect compliance by application of the
correction factor in Appendix C herein. However, in certain
situations in which the requirement to control cannot be
justified, the District may permit such usage.
Further, in no event shall applications of this regulation result
in emissions of any pollutant which would exceed the emissions
allowed by an applicable standard under Regulation 5, 6, or 7.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The Kentucky regulation adopted herein by reference, 401 KAR
63:021, controls emissions of air toxic pollutants from existing
sources by specifying either an allowable emissions limit or by
requiring the application of reasonably available control
technology.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the Kentucky regulation adopted herein by reference in this
regulation, “Cabinet” shall read as “District”.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE SCHEDULES
Existing sources in Jefferson County shall fulfill their
obigations for compliance schedules and control plants, as
required by Kentucky regulation 401 KAR 63:021, by filing them
with the District.
SECTION 5. AVAILABILITY
Copies of Kentucky regulation 401 KAR 63:021 are available from
the Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Cabinet,
Division of Air Pollution, 18 Reilly Road, Frankfort, KY 40601.
Adopted 12-17-86; effective 12—17-86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
105
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
REGULATION 5.12 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW OR MODIFIED
SOURCES EMITTING TOXIC AIR POLLUTANTS
SECTION 1. KENTUCKY REFERENCES
The Kentucky regulation 401 KAR 63:022, as promulgated on
November 11, 1986, for control of air toxics emissions from new
or modified sources is hereby adopted and filed herein by
reference. It is not the intent of this regulation to allow the
use of taller stacks to effect compliance by application of the
correction factor in Appendix C herein. However, in certain
situations in which the requirement to control cannot be
justified, the District may permit such usage.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The Kentucky regulation adopted herein by reference 401 KAR
63:022, controls emissions of air toxics pollutants from new or
modified sources by specifying either an allowable emissions
limit or by requiring the application of best available control
technology.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the Kentucky regulation adopted herein by reference in this
regulation, “Cabinet” shall read as “District”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of Kentucky regulation 401 KAR 63:022 are available from
the Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Cabinet,
Division of Air Pollution, 18 Reilly Road, Frankfort, KY 40601.
Adopted 12—17—86; effective 12—17—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
106
-------
EQ 1
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989
“LOSIP. 1ST”
REGULATION 6
STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING AFFECTED FACILITIES
REGULATION 6.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
Unless specifically exempted in Regulation 2.03, the provisions
of this regulation shall apply to any affected facility not
permitted under requirements of Regulation -7.
SECTION 2. PERMITS REQUIRED
All affected facilities under this regulation must have a permit
pursuant to provisions of Regulation 2 which has been issued by
the District.
SECTION 3. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
The District may require the owner or operator to provide reports
on emissions, equipment status, process information, in-stack
emission monitoring, stack testing, fuels data and other relevant
areas relating to permitted affected facilities in accordance
with Regulation 2 and the provisions of this regulation.
SECTION 4. PERFORMANCE TESTS
The District may require affected facilities under this
regulation to perform testing in accordance with Regulation 1.04.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79, 11—
16—83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
107
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 6.02. EMISSION MONITORING FOR EXISTING SOURCES
SECTION 1.
This regulation defines the minimum requirements for continuous
emission monitoring, recording, and reporting for source
categories which are set forth. It includes the performance
specifications for accuracy, reliability, and durability of
acceptable monitoring systems and techniques to convert emission
data to units of applicable emission standards. This regulation
applies to source categories which were in.being or had a
construction permit issued by the District on or before June 29,
1979. The owner or operator of a source in a category listed
below shall:
(a) Install, calibrate, operate and maintain all monitoring
equipment necessary for continuously monitoring the pollutants
specified in this section for the applicable source category; and
(b) Complete the installation and performance tests of such
equipment and begin monitoring and recording by January 1, 1981.
(C) For continuous emission monitoring systems for which there
are no performance specifications under Appendix B of 40 CFR 60,
complete the installation and performance tests of such equipment
and begin monitoring and recording within 18 months of
promulgation of the applicable performance specifications under
Appendix B of 40 CFR 60.
SECTION 2.
The source categories and the respective monitoring requirements
are listed below:
(a) Indirect heat exchangers, as specified in paragraph (a) of
section 6 of this regulation shall be monitored for opacity,
sulfur dioxide emissions, and oxygen or carbon dioxide.
(b) Petroleum refinery affected facilities as specified in
paragraph (b) of section 6 of this regulation shall be monitored
as specified in subsection 6 (b) of this regulation.
(c) Incinerators, as specified in paragraph (C) of Section 6 of
this regulation shall be monitored for opacity.
(d) Control devices, as specified in paragraph (d) of section 6
of this regulation shall be monitored for opacity.
SECTION 3. EXEMPTION
Sources which are scheduled for retirement within 5 years after
June 29, 1979 are exempt from the requirements of this
regulation, provided that adequate evidence and guarantees are
provided that clearly show that the source will cease operating
on or before that date.
108
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
SECTION 4. EXTENSIONS
Reasonable extensions of the time provided for installation of
monitors may be allowed for sources unable to meet the ‘time-frame
prescribed in paragraph 1 (b) of this regulation, provided the
owner or operator of such facility demonstrates that good faith
efforts have been made to obtain and install such devices within
such prescribed time-frame.
SECTION 5. MONITORING SYSTEMS MALFUNCTIONS
The District may provide a temporary exexnp€ion from the
monitoring and reporting requirements of this regulation during
any period of monitoring system malfunction, provided that the
source owner or operator shows, to the District’s satisfaction,
that the malfunction was unavoidable and is being repaired as
expeditiously as practicable.
SECTION 6. MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
(a) Each indirect heat exchanger, except as provided in the
following subparagraphs, with an annual average capacity factor
of greater than 30 percent as demonstrated to the District by the
owner or operator, shall conform with the following monitoring
requirements when such facility is subject to an emission
standard for the pollutant in question. (Annual average capacity
factor means the ratio of the actual annual heat input to the
potential annual heat input based on rated capacity.)
(i) A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of opacity
which meets the appropriate performance specifications as
specified in section 7 of this regulation shall be installed,
calibrated, maintained, arid operated in accordance with the
procedures of this subsection by the owner or operator of any
such indirect heat exchanger of greater than 250 million BTU per
hour heat input except where: gaseous fuel is the only fuel
burned, or oil or a mixture of gas and oil are the only fuels
burned and the source is able to comply with the applicable
particulate matter and opacity standards without utilization of
particulate matter collection equipment, and where the source has
never been found, through any administrative or judicial
proceedings, to be in violation of any visible emission standard.
(ii) A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of sulfur
dioxide which meets the appropriate performance specifications as
specified in section 7 of this regulation shall be installed,
calibrated, maintained, and operated on any indirect heat
exchangers (except where natural gas or wood waste is burned) of
greater than 250 million BTU per hour heat input.
(iii) A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of the
percent oxygen or carbon dioxide which meets the appropriate
performance specifications as specified in section 7 of this
regulation shall be installed, calibrated, operated, and
maintained on indirect heat exchangers where measurements of
109
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
oxygen or carbon dioxide in the flue gas are required to convert
either sulfur dioxide or nitrogen oxides continuous monitoring
data, or both, to units of the emission standard.
(b) Fluid bed catalytic cracking unit catalyst regenerators at
petroleum refineries. Each catalyst regenerator for fluid bed
cracking units of greater than 8,000 barrels per day fresh feed
capacity shall install, calibrate, maintain and operate a
continuous monitoring system for the measurement of opacity which
meets the appropriate performance specifications specified in
section 7 of this regulation.
(b) Petroleum Refineries. The owner or operator of each affected
facility specified in this paragraph shall install, calibrate,
maintain, and operate continuous monitoring equipment as follows;
(C) Incinerators. Each incinerator with a charging capacity of
more than 45 metric tons per day (50 tons/day) shall install,
calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring system
for the measurement of opacity which meet the appropriate
performance specifications as specified in section 7 of this
regulation.
(d) Each control device with a concentrated discharge associated
with the affected facilities subject to regulation 6.11, shall
install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring
system for the measurement of opacity which meet the appropriate
performance specifications as specified in section 7 of this
regulation.
SECTION 7.
Except as provided in section 8 of this regulation, all owners or
operators who are required to comply with this regulation shall
demonstrate compliance with the following performance
specifications of Appendix 0 to 40 CFR 60:
(a) Continuous monitoring systems for measuring opacity shall
comply with Performance Specification 1.
(b) Continuous monitoring systems for measuring sulfur dioxide
shall comply with Performance Specification 2.
(C) Continuous monitoring systems for measuring nitrogen oxides
shall comply with Performance Specification 2.
(d) Continuous monitoring systems for measuring oxygen shall
comply with Performance Specification 3.
(e) Continuous monitoring systems for measuring carbon dioxide
shall comply with Performance Specification 3.
SECTION 8.
An owner or operator who, prior to September 11, 1974, entered a
binding contractual obligation to purchase continuous monitoring
110
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
system components or who installed continuous monitoring
equipment prior to October 6, 1975 shall comply with the
following requirements:
(a) Continuous monitoring systems for measuring opacity of
emissions shall be capable of measuring emission levels with a
- + 20 percent with a confidence level of 95 percent. The
Calibration Error Test, the Field Test for Accuracy (Relative),
and associated operating and calculation procedures set forth
in Appendix B to 40 CFR 60 shall be used for demonstrating
compliance with this specification;
(c) Owners or operators of all continuous monitoring systems
installed on an affected facility prior to October 6, 1975, may
be required to conduct tests under paragraphs (a) and/or (b) of
this section if by the District;
(d) All continuous monitoring systems referenced by this section
shall be upgraded or replaced (if necessary) with new continuous
monitoring systems, and the new or improved systems shall be
demonstrated to comply with applicable performance specifications
within 5 years of June 29, 1979.
SECTION 9. CALIBRATION GASES
For sulfur dioxide monitoring systems installed on indirect heat
exchangers the pollutant gas used to prepare calibration gas
mixtures (Section 2.1, Performance Specification 2, Appendix B
CFR 60) shall be sulfur dioxide. This gas shall also be used for
daily checks under section 13 of this regulation as applicable.
Span and zero gases certified by their manufacturer to be
traceable to National Bureau of Standards reference gases shall
be used whenever these reference gases are available. Every 6
months from dates of manufacture, span and zero gases shall be
reanalyzed by conducting triplicate analyses using the reference
methods in Appendix A, 40 CFR 60 as follows: for sulfur dioxide,
use Reference Method 6, for nitrogen dioxide use Reference Method
7, and for carbon dioxide and oxygen use Reference Method 3.
SECTION 10. CYCLING TIMES
Cycling times include the total time a monitoring system requires
to sample, analyze, and record an emission measurement.
(a) Continuous monitoring systems for measuring opacity shall
complete a minimum of one cycle of operation (sampling,
analyzing, and data recording) for each successive 10 second
period.
(b) Continuous monitoring systems for measuring oxides of
nitrogen, carbon dioxide, oxygen, or sulfur dioxide shall
complete a minimum of one cycle of operation (sampling,
analyzing, and data recording) for each successive 15 minute
period.
SECTION 11. MONITOR LOCATION
:iii
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
A continuous monitoring device shall be installed such that
representative measurements of emissions or process parameters
(i.e., oxygen or carbon dioxide) from the affected facility are
obtained. Additional guidance for location of continuous
monitoring systems to obtain representative samples are contained
in the applicable Performance Specifications of Appendix B of
40 CFR 60.
SECTION 12. COMBINED EFFLUENTS
When the effluents from two or more affected facilities of
similar design and operating characteristics are combined before
being released to the atmosphere, the District may allow
monitoring facilities to be installed on the combined effluent.
When the affected facilities are not of similar design and
operating characteristics, or when the effluent from one affected
facility is released to the atmosphere through more, than one
point, the District shall establish alternate procedures to
implement the intent of these requirements.
SECTION 13. ZERO AND SPAN DRIFT
Owners or operators of all continuous monitoring systems
installed in accordance with the requirements of this
[ sub]section shall record the zero and span drift in accordance
with the method prescribed by the manufacturer of such
instruments; shall subject the instruments to the manufacturer’s
recommended zero and span check at least once daily unless the
manufacturer has recommended adjustments at shorter intervals, in
which case the recommendations shall be followed; shall adjust
the zero and span whenever the twenty-four (24) hour zero drift
or twenty-four (24) hour calibration drift limits of the
applicable performance specifications in Appendix B of 40 CFR 60
are exceeded; and to adjust continuous monitoring systems
referenced by section 8 of this regulation whenever the twenty-
four (24) hour zero drift or twenty-four (24) hour calibration
drift exceeds a ten (10) percent of the emission standard.
SECTION 14. SPAN
Instrument span should be approximately 200 percent of the
expected instrument data display output corresponding to the
emission standard of the source.
SECTION 15. ALTERNATE PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS
The District may allow equivalent procedures and requirements
that have been approved for continuous monitoring systems under
the following conditions:
(a) Alternate monitoring requirements to accommodate continuous
monitoring systems that require corrections for stack moisture
conditions (e.g., an instrument measuring oxygen concentration on
a dry basis if acceptable methods of measuring stack moisture
conditions are used to allow accurate adjustments of the measured
112
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
sulfur dioxide concentration to a dry basis).
(b) Alternate locations for installing continuous monitoring
systems or monitoring devices when the owner or operator can
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the District that installation
at alternate locations will enable accurate and representative
measurements.
(c) Alternative procedures for performing calibration checks
(e.g., some instruments may demonstrate superior drift
characteristics that require checking at less frequent
intervals).
(d) Alternative monitoring requirements when the effluent from
two or more identical affected facilities is released to the
atmosphere through more than one point (e.g., an extractive,
gaseous monitoring system used at several points may be approved
if the procedures recommended are suitable for generating
accurate emission averages).
(e) Alternate continuous monitoring systems that do not meet the
spectral response requirements in Performance Specification 1,
Appendix B of 40 CFR 60, but adequately demonstrate a definite
and consistent relationship between their measurements and the
opacity measurements of a system complying with the requirements
in Performance Specification 1. The District may require that
such demonstration be performed for each affected facility.
SECTION 16. MINIMUM DATA REQUIREMENTS
The following paragraphs set forth the minimum data reporting
requirements. Oboth a printed summary and computer tape or cards
shall be furnished in the format specified by the District.
(a) Owners or operators of facilities required to install
continuous monitoring systems shall submit for every calendar
quarter, a written report of excess emissions and the nature and
cause of the excess emissions if known. The averaging period
used for data reporting should correspond to the averaging period
specified in the emission test method used to determine
compliance with an emission standard for the pollutant/source
category in question. The required report shall include, as a
minimum, the data stipulated in this section. All quarterly
reports shall be postmarked by the 30th day following the end of
each calendar quarter.
(b) For opacity measurements, the summary shall consist of the
magnitude in actual percent opacity of six-minute averages of
opacity greater than the opacity standard in the applicable
standard for each hour of operation of the facility. Average
values may be obtained by integration over the averaging period
or by arithmetically averaging a minimum of four equally spaced,
instantaneous opacity measurements per minute. Any time period
exempted shall be considered before determining the excess
average of opacity (e.g., whenever a regulation allows two
minutes of opacity measurements in excess of the standard, the
113
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST”
source shall report all opacity averages, in any one hour, in
excess of the standard minus the two-minute exemption). If more
than one opacity standard applies, excess emissions data must be
submitted in relation to all such standards. Opacity data need
be reported on computer cards or tape only.
(C) For gaseous measurements the sunnnary shall consist of hourly
averages in the units of the applicable standard. The hourly
averages shall not appear in the written summary, but shall be
made available from the computer tape or cards.
(d) The data and time identifying each period during which the
continuous monitoring system when inoperative, except for zero
and span checks, and the nature of system repairs or adjustment
shall be reported. Proof of continuous monitoring system
performance whenever system repairs or adjustments have been made
is required.
(e) When no excess emissions have occurred and the continuous
monitoring system(s) have been inoperative, repaired, or
adjusted, such information shall be included in the report.
(f) Owners or operators of affected facilities shall maintain a
file of all information reported in the quarterly summaries, and
all other data collected either by the continuous monitoring
system or as necessary to convert monitoring data to the units of
the applicable standard for a minimum of two years from the date
of collection of such data or submission of such summaries.
SECTION 17.
Owners or operators of affected facilities shall use the
following procedures for converting monitoring data to units of
the standard where necessary.
(a) For indirect heat exchangers the following procedures shall
be used to convert gaseous emission monitoring data in parts per
million to g/million cal (lb/million BTU) where necessary:
(1) When the owner or operator of an indirect heat exchanger
elects under subparagraph (iii) of paragraph (a) of section 6 of
this regulation to measure oxygen in the flue gases, the
measurements of the pollutant concentration and oxygen shall each
be on a dry basis and converted per the following equation:
E = CF (20.9)/(20.9 — %02)
Where E = pollutant emission, g/million cal (lb/million BTU)
C = pollutant concentration, g/dscm (lb/dscf), determined by
multiplying the average concentration (ppm) for each hourly
period by 4.16 x 10-5 g/dscm per ppm (2.64 x 10-9 M lb/dscf
per ppm) where M = pollutant molecular weight, g/g-mole
(lb/lb-mole).
M = 64 for sulfur dioxide and 46 for oxides of nitrogen.
114
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.1ST”
%02 = Oxygen volume (expressed as percent)
F = a factor representing a ratio of the volume of dry flue
gases generated to the calorific value of the fuel combusted
(F). Values of “F” are given in Regulation 7.06.
(ii) When the owner or operator elects under subparagraph (iii)
of paragraph (a) of section 6 of this regulation to measure
carbon dioxide in the flue gases, the measurement of the
pollutant concentration and the carbon dioxide concentration
shall each be on a consistent basis (wet or dry) and converted
per the following equation:
E = cFc 1001% CO 2
Where E = pollutant emission, g/million cal (lb/million BTU)
C = pollutant concentration, g/dscm (lb/dscf), determined
by multiplying the average concentration (ppm) for each hourly
period by 4.16 X 10-5 N g/dscm per ppm (2.64 X 10-9 M lb/dscf per
ppm) where M = pollutant molecular weight, g/g-mole (lb/lb-mole).
M = 64 for sulfur dioxide and 46 for oxides of nitrogen.
%C0 2 = carbon dioxide volume (expressed as percent)
Fc = a factor representing a ratio of the volume of carbon
dioxide generated to the calorific value of the fuel combusted
(Fc) respectively. Values of Fc are given in Regulation 7.06
subsection 7 (d).
(b) The District may allow data reporting or reduction procedures
varying from those set forth in this regulation if the owner or
operator of a source shows to the satisfaction of the District
that his procedures are at least as accurate as those in this
section. Such procedures may include but are not limited to the
following:
(i) Alternative procedures for computing emission averages that
do not require integration of data (e.g., some facilities may
demonstrate that the variability of their emissions is
sufficiently small to allow accurate reduction of data based upon
computing averages from equally spaced data points over the
averaging period).
(ii) Alternative methods of converting pollutant concentration
measurements to the units of the emission standards.
SECTION 18. SPECIAL CONSIDERATION
The District may provide for approval, on a case-by-case basis,
of alternative monitoring requirements different from the
provisions of this regulation if the provisions of this
regulation (i.e., the installation of a continuous emission
monitoring system) cannot be implemented by a source due to
physical plant limitations or extreme economic reasons. In such
cases, when the District exempts any source subject to this
115
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
regulation by use of this provision from installing continuous
emission monitoring systems, the District shall set forth
alternative emission monitoring and reporting requirements (e.g.,
periodic manual stack tests) to satisfy the intent of those
regulations. Examples of such special cases include, but are not
limited to the following:
(a) Alternate monitoring requirements may be prescribed when
installation of a continuous monitoring system or monitoring
device specified by this regulation would not provide accurate
determinations of emissions.
(b) Alternate monitoring requirements may be prescribed when the
affected facility is infrequently operated.
(C) Alternative monitoring requirements may be prescribed when
the District deems that the requirements of this regulation
impose an extreme economic burden on the source owner or
operator. The burden of proof for an alleged “economic burden”
is to be borne by the source.
(d) Alternative monitoring requirements may be prescribed when
the District deems that monitoring systems prescribed by this
regulation cannot be installed due to physical limitations at the
facility.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19-72; amended 11—16—83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Otiginal Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
116
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
REGULATION 6.03. CONTROL OF NUISANCES
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
SECTION 2. PROHIBITION OF NUISANCES
When dust, fumes, gases, mist, odorous matter, vapors, or any
combination thereof escape from a building or equipment in such a
manner and amount as to cause a nuisance or to violate any
regulation, the Board may order that the building or equipment in
which processing, handing, or storage are done be tightly closed
and ventilated in such a way that all air and gases and air or
gas-borne material leaving the building or equipment are treated
by removal of destruction of air contaminants before discharge to
the open air.
Adopted 4—19-72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
117
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST ”
REGULATION 6.04. CONTROL OF OBJECTIONABLE ODORS IN THE AMBIENT
AIR
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to owner or
operator of stationary and mobile sources that emit objectionable
odor, that were in being or had a construction permit on or
before the effective date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Objectionable odor” means any odor present in the ambient
air which, by itself or in combination with other odors, gases or
vapors, is offensive, foul, unpleasant, or repulsive.
SECTION 3.
(a) No person shall emit or cause to be emitted into the ambient
air any substance which creates an objectionable odor beyond his
property. An odor will be deemed objectionable when documented
investigation by the District, including as a minimum
observations on the odor’s nature, intensity, duration, and
location, establish that the odor cause injury, detriment,
nuisance, or annoyance to persons or to the public.
(b) An instrument, device or technique designated by the District
may be used in the determination of the intensity of an odor and
may be used in the enforcement of this regulation.
(c) An owner or operator of any business or any machine, device,
equipment or facility which emits into the ambient air any
odorous matter or vapors, gases, dusts, or any combination
thereof which creates objectionable odors shall provide, properly
install, and maintain in good working order and in operation such
control devices or procedures as approved by the District.
(d) Abatement or control requirements may include but not limited
to:
(i) use of catalytic incinerators, afterburners, scrubbers,
absorbers, or other methods approved by the District;
(ii) the removal and disposal of odorous materials;
(iii) the use of methods in handling and storage of odorous
materials that minimize emissions.
(e) The District may order that a building or buildings in which
processing, handling, and storage of any odorous materials are
performed be tightly closed and ventilated in such a way that all
air and gases and air or gas-borne materials leaving the
buildings are treated by incineration or other effective means
118
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.].ST”
for removal or destruction of odorous matter or other
contaminations before discharge into the open air.
(f) An owner or operator incinerating or processing gases,
vapors or gas-entrained effluents pursuant to this regulation
shall provide, properly install and maintain in good working
order and in operation, devices as approved by the District for
indicating temperatures, pressures or other operating conditions.
(g) Odor producing materials shall be stored, transported and
handled in a manner that accumulation of such materials resulting
from spillage or other escape is prevented.
SECTION 4. REPORTING ACCIDENTAL AND OTHER INFREQUENT EMISSIONS
Accidental and other infrequent discharges which cause or
contribute to objectionable odors shall be reported by telephone
to the District by the person responsible for the discharge.
Such reports shall be made within 2 hours of the discharge.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
119
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 6.05. CONTROL OF FUGITIVE PARTICULATE EMISSIONS
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Fugitive particulate matter” means any particulate matter
which is emitted into the open air from points other than a stack
outlet.
(b) “Open air” means the air outside buildIngs, structures, and
equipment.
SECTION 2. STANDARD FOR FUGITIVE PARTICULATE MATTER:
(i) Using, where possible, water or chemicals for control of dust
in the demolition of existing buildings or structures,
construction operations, the grading of roads or the clearing of
land;
(ii) Applying and maintaining asphalt, oil, water, or suitable
chemicals on roads, materials stockpiles, and other surfaces
which can create airborne dusts;
(iii) Installing and using hoods, fans, and fabric filters to
enclose and vent the handling of dusty materials; using water
sprays or other measures to suppress the dust emissions during
handling. Adequate containment methods shall be employed during
sandblasting or other similar operations:
(iv) Covering at all times, except when loading and unloading,
open bodied trucks transportation materials likely to become
airborne;
(v) Conducting agricultural practices such as tilling of land,
application of fertilizers, etc., in such manner as to not create
a nuisance to others residing in the area;
(vi) Maintaining paved roadways in a clean condition;
(vii) Removing earth or other material from paved streets which
earth or other material has been transported thereto by trucking
or earth moving equipment or erosion by water.
(b) When particulate matter escapes from a building or equipment
in such a manner and amount as to cause a nuisance or to violate
any regulation, the District may order that the building or
equipment in which processing, handling and storage are done be
tightly closed and ventilated in such a way that all air and
gases and air or gas-borne material leaving the building or
equipment are treatment by removal or destruction of air
contaminants before discharge to the open air.
1(c ) liQI OFFICIALLY SUBMITTED - No person shall cause permit
120
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
discharge of fugitive emissions in excess of 20% opacitv.1
(d) No person shall cause or permit the discharge of visible
fugitive emissions beyond the lot line of the property on which
the emissions originate.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4-19—72; amended 9—1—76, 11—28—79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
121
-------
PRINTED August .30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 6.06 CONTROL OF OPEN BURNING
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
SECTION 2. PROHIBITION OF OPEN BURNING
No person shall cause, allow, or maintain any open fire except as
follows:
(a) Fires for the cooking of food for human consumption on other
than commercial premises or fires determined by the District to
be for recreational purposes;
(b) Fires set for the purpose of:
1. General agricultural production weed abatement, disease
control, and pest prevention providing such fires are declared to
be necessary for these purposes by the District, after advisement
by the following recommendation panel: the Soil Conservation
District, the Jefferson County Agricultural Agent, and the
Jefferson County Fire Protection Department. The panel’s
recommendation will be forwarded by the Jefferson County
Extension Service to the District for their consideration;
ii. Controlling a public health hazard providing such fires are
declared to be necessary for these purposes by the Health
Department having jurisdiction with notice to the District;
(C) Fires set for prevention of a fire or safety hazard,
providing said hazard is so declared by the fire department or by
the appropriate regulatory agency having jurisdiction where said
hazard exists;
(d) Fires set for the purpose of bona fide instruction and
training of public and industrial employees in the method of
fighting fires, providing notice is given in each instance to the
District five days in advance by the official in charge;
(e) Flare stacks for the combustion of waste gases provided that
such stacks be equipped with smokeless tips.
f NOT IJ ORIGINAL SUBMITTAL
111. Fires set for the purpose of debris removal necessitated ki
acts of God ( i.e.. tornado, very severe windstorm, flood etc.)
having caused community-wide damage, which j prohibited. would
place a severe burden on other disposal methods; and declared
necessary the MaYor of Louisville , the mayor of a fourth class
city. and tJ Jefferson County Judge/Executive .
SECTION 3.
The provisions of Section 2(b) and (f) shall expire on December
31, 1987.
122
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19-72; amended 10—17—72, 9-1—76,
2—19—86, 12—17—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
123
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
REGULATION 6.07. STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING INDIRECT
HEAT EXCHANGERS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation are applicable to each indirect
heat exchanger of 1 million or more BTU per hour heat input which
was in being or under construction before April 19, 1972. The
combined total heat input capacity of all affected facilities
subject to this regulation shall be used to determine the total
allowable emissions from a source regardless of boiler or stack
configuration.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Indirect heat exchanger” means any piece of equipment,
apparatus, or contrivance used for the combustion of fuel in
which the energy produced is transferred to its point of usage
through a medium that does not come in contact with or add to the
products of combustion.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
(a) No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
section shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
affected facility any gases which contain particulate matter in
excess of the quantity specified in Table A.
(b) No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
section shall cause the emission into the open air of particulate
matter from any indirect heat exchanger which is greater than 20
percent opacity.
(C) The provisions of subsection (b) shall not apply to:
(i) Emissions into the open air of particulate matter from any
indirect heat exchanger during building a new fire, cleaning the
fire box, or blowing soot for a period or periods aggregating not
more than 10 minutes in any 60 minutes which are less than 40
percent opacity;
(ii) Emissions from waterwall spreader-stoker indirect heat
exchangers during startup operations if the emissions do not
exceed the following limits:
a. First 30 minutes - 80 percent opacity
b. Next hour - 60 percent opacity
c. Next 2 1/2 hours - 40 percent opacity;
(iii) Emissions up to 40 percent opacity from all other waterwall
indirect heat exchangers for any 30-minute period during startup
operations.
124
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
TABLE A
MN BTU/HOUR MAXIMUM PARTICULATE EMISSION RATES
HEAT INPUT POUNDS PER MILLION INPUT
10 or less 0.56
50 0.38
100 0.33
250 0.26
500 0.22
1000 0.19
2500 0.15
5000 0.13
7500 0.12
10000 0.11
Interpolation of allowable emissions for intermediate heat input
values not specified in the tables above may be accomplished by
use of the equation shown below for the appropriate fuel and heat
input range specified. In all equations X = millions of BTU per
hour heat input and Y = allowable particulate emissions in pounds
per million BTU heat input.
Y = 0.963 X —0.2356
SECTION 4. STANDARD FOR SULFUR DIOXIDE
(a) No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from
any affected facility any gases which contain sulfur dioxide in
excess of the weights listed in Table B below:
TABLE B
ALLOWABLE SULFUR DIOXIDE EMISSIONS BASED
ON HEAT INPUT CAPACITY
MM BTU/HOUR POUNDS SO 2 PER MILLION BTU HEAT INPUT
HEAT INPUT LIQUID OR GASEOUS FUEL SOLID FUEL
10 or less 1.0 4.0
50 1.0 2.2
100 1.0 1.7
150 1.0 1.4
200 0.9 1.3
250 or more 0.8 1.2
Interpolation of allowable emissions for intermediate heat input
values not specified in the table above may be accomplished by
use of the equations shown below for appropriate fuel and heat
input specified:
—0.4106
Liquid or Gaseous Fuel: Y= 7.722X
125
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
—0.3740
Solid Fuel: 1= 9.46 X
Where I = allowable sulfur dioxide emissions in pounds
per million BTU per hour heat input, and
X = millions of BTU per hour heat input capacity rating
(b) When different fuels are burned simultaneously in any
combination, the applicable standard shall be determined by
proration using the following formula:
Allowable sulfur dioxide emission in pounds per million BTU per
hour heat input =
y(a ) ± z(b )
y+ z
Where:
y is the percent of total heat input derived from liquid
fuel;
z is the percent of total heat input derived from solid
fuel;
a is the allowable sulfur dioxide emission in pounds per
million BTU heat input derived from liquid fuel; and
b is the allowable sulfur dioxide emission in pounds per
million BTU heat input derived from solid fuel.
(c) Compliance shall be based on the total heat input from all
fuels burned, including gaseous fuels.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4-19-72; amended 9-1-72, 6=13-79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
126
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 6.08. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING
INCINERATORS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this section shall apply to each incinerator in
being or under construction before April 19, 1972, which is the
affected facility.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
(a) “Auxiliary Fuel” means a substance burned in an incinerator
to supply additional heat to attain temperature sufficiently high
to dry and ignite waste material and to maintain ignition of the
waste materials but which is never in contact with the waste
material.
(b) “Day” means 24 hours.
(C) Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have
the meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
(a) No owner or operator of an incinerator shall cause to be
discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility any
gases which contain particulate matter in excess of 0.45 g/dscm
(0.2 gr/dscf) corrected to 12 percent C02 excluding the
contribution of carbon dioxide from auxiliary fuel.
(b) No owner or operator of an incinerator shall cause to be
discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility any
gases which contain particulate matter of greater than 20 percent
opacity.
SECTION 4. RECORD KEEPING
The owner or operator of any incinerator of more than 45 metric
tons per day charging rate (50 tons per day) subject to the
provisions of this regulation shall record the daily charging
rates and hours of operation.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
127
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 6.09. STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING PROCESS
OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
(a) The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each process
operation which is the affected facility not otherwise regulated
to any other portion of District Regulation 6 was in being or had
a construction permit issued by the District on or before July 2,
1975.
(b) Emissions of particulate matter which do not exit through a
control device or stack are subject to the provisions of
regulation 6.05.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “process Operation” means any method, form, action,
operation, or treatment of manufacturing or processing, and shall
include any storage or handling of materials or products, before,
during, or after manufacturing or processing.
(b) “Process Weight” means the total weight of all materials
introduced into any affected facility which may cause any
emission of particulate matter, but does not include liquid and
gaseous fuels charged, air, or uncombined water.
(c) “Process Weight Rate” means a rate established as follows:
(i) For continuous or long-run steady state operations, the total
process weight for the entire period of continuous operation or
for a typical portion thereof divided by the number of hours of
such period or portion thereof;
(ii) For cyclical or batch unit operations, or unit processes,
the total process weight for a period that covers a complete
operation or an integral number of cycles divided by the hours of
actual process operation during such a period.
Where the nature of any process operation or the design of any
equipment is such as to permit more than one interpolation of
this definition, the interpretation which results in the minimum
value for allowable emissions shall apply.
(d) “Affected Facility” as related to process operations means
the last operation preceding the emission of air contaminants
which results:
(1) In the separation of the air contaminants from the process
materials; or
(ii) In the conversion of the process materials into air
128
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
contaminants but does not include an air abatement operation.
(e) “Duplicate Operation” — means any combination of two or more
individual process operations of any size that have the same
nomenclature and are located in the same source.
(f) “Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT)” means, as
approved by the District on a case-by-case basis, the lowest
emission limit that a source is capable of meeting using control
equipment or operational practices that are available to the
source, taking into consideration technological and economic
feasibility.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
affected facility, or from any air pollution control equipment
installed on any affected facility, any gases which may contain
particulate matter which:
(i) Is equal to or greater than 20 percent opacity, or,
(ii) Is in excess of the quantity specified in Table A of this
regulation.
(a) Opacity Standard
(i) No person shall cause, suffer, allow, or permit any
continuous emission into the open air from a control device or
stack associated with any affected facility which is equal to or
greater than 20 percent opacity.
(b) Mass Emission Standard
For emissions from a control device or stack, no person shall
cause, suffer, allow, or permit the emission into the open air of
particulate matter from any affected facility which is in excess
of the quantity specified in Table A of this ,regulation.
NOT PART OF OFFICIAL SUBMITTAL - SEE 45 FT 6097
jgj An affected facility y elect to substitute the following
standards in lieu of the value given in Table j
maximum exit particulate emission concentration 0.02
grains standard cubic foot; and
( ii ) Air pollution control equipment of least . i percent
actual efficiency,
( iii) Addition of dilution air shall not constitute compliance .
(d) Fugitive emissions of particulate matter from any affected
facility shall be subject to reasonably available control
technology requirements as set forth in conditions appearing on
the operating permits.
129
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
(e) (i) The process weight rate entry to be used in Table A for
duplicate operations is the total, or combined process weight
rate of all the individual component operations.
(ii) To determine an allowable emission rate for each stack when
duplicate operations went through separate stacks, the following
formula shall be used:
Es = Et (Ps)/Pt
Where
E 5 Allowable Emission rate for the individual stack
Et= Total allowable emission rate for the duplicate
operation (from Table A)
Process weight rate for process operations vented
through individual stack
Total process weight rate for the duplicate operation
(iii) Where a single process operation is vented through multiple
stacks, the allowable emission rate for all stacks venting the
source shall be equal to the allowable emission rate as if the
source vented through a single stack.
SECTION 4. STANDARD FOR NITROGEN OXIDES
No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from
any affected facility or from any air pollution control equipment
installed on any affected facility, any NOX fumes in excess of:
(a) 300 ppm by volume, expressed as N02; or
(b) an invisible discharge.
SECTION 5. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
Performance tests used to demonstrate compliance with this
regulation shall be conducted according to regulation 1.04.
[ TABLE NOT TYPED, SEE PAGE 6-19 OF ORIGINAL REG]
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79,
11—28—79, 11—16—83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
130
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP. lST”
REGULATION 6.10. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING PROCESS GAS
STREAMS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this section shall apply to petroleum
ref ineries, by—product coke plants, and any other processes which
were in being or under construction before April 19, 1972.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Process Gas” means any gas generated by or employed in a
process operation or process unit not specifically defined
elsewhere within these regulations.
(b) “Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have
the meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR HYDROGEN SULFIDE
No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause the emission of H2S in a process gas stream to exceed
10 grains per 100 dry standard cubic feet of gas at zero percent
oxygen.
SECTION 4. STANDARD FOR SULFUR DIOXIDE
No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause the emission of sulfur dioxide in a process gas
stream to exceed 2000 parts per million by volume at zero percent
oxygen.
SECTION 5. STANDARD FOR CARBON MONOXIDE
No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause the emission of carbon monoxide in a process gas
stream unless the gases are burned at 1,300 degrees F for 0.5
seconds or greater in a direct flame afterburner or equivalent
device equipped with an indicating pyrometer which is positioned
in the working area at the operator’s eye level.
SECTION 6. COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE FOR CARBON MONOXIDE
The owner or operator of an affected facility not in compliance
as of the adopted date, shall be required to:
(a) Submit a control plan for achieving compliance no later than
September 1, 1979.
(b) Award control system contract no later than October 1, 1979.
(C) Initiate on-site construction by March 1, 1980.
131
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 tLOSIP.lSTtI
(d) Complete construction of control system by October 1, 1980.
(e) Achieve final compliance by December 1, 1980.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 6—13—79, 9—1—76,
11—1—79, 11—16—83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
132
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
REGULATION 6.11. STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING IRON AND
STEEL PLANTS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this section shall apply to each basic oxygen
process furnace or gray iron cupola and associated metallurgical
and dust handling equipment which was in being or had a
construction permit issued by the District on or before the
effective date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Basic Oxygen Process Furnace” (BOPF) means any furnace
producing steel by charging scrap steel, hot metal, and flux
materials into a vessel and introducing a high volume of oxygen-
rich gas.
(b) “Steel Production Cycle” means the operations required to
produce each batch of steel and includes the following major
functions: scrap charging preheating (when used); hot metal
charging, primary oxygen blowing, additional oxygen blowing (when
used), and tapping.
INOT CONSIDERED PART OF THE OFFICIAL SUBMITTAL, SEE 4 60971
SECTION STANDARD PARTICULATE MATTER
owner operator sublect the provisions this regulation
shall cause the emission of particulate matter in excess of . 048
grains y standard cubic foot exceed jQ percent opacity .
SECTION 4. STANDARD FOR CARBON MONOXIDE
No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this section
shall emit the carbon monoxide gases generated during the
operation of any gray iron cupola, blast furnace, or basic oxygen
steel furnace unless the gases pass through a chamber containing
a continuously burning pilot light.
Adopted 4—19-72; effective 4—19-72; amended 9-1—76.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
133
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 9,’ 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.12. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING ASPHALT
PAVING OPERATIONS
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation provides for the control of emissions
from existing asphalt paving operations.
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to all asphalt paving
operations except as provided in section 4 of this regulation, that
was in being or had a construction permit issued by the District
before the effective date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Asphalt Paving Operations” means the use of asphalt in any
paving operation, public or private, including, but not limited to:
paving of roads, paving of parking lots, maintenance operations,
application of tack coats, sealants, etc.
(b) “Asphalt” means a dark-brown to black cementitious material
(solid, semisolid, or liquid in consistency) in which the
predominating constituents are bitumens which occur in nature as
such or where are obtained as residue in refining petroleum.
(C) “Cutback asphalt” means asphalt cement which has been liquified
by blending with volatile organic compounds (diluents). Upon
exposure to atmospheric conditions the volatile organic compounds
evaporate, leaving the asphalt cement to perform its function.
(d) “Emulsified asphalt” means an emulsion of asphalt cement,
volatile organic compounds, and water which contain a small amount
of an emulsifying agent.
(e) “Maintenance operation” means patching of holes and breaks in
pavement as if necessary for safety.
(f) Penetrating prime coat” means an application of low-viscosity
liquid asphalt to an absorbent surface. It is used to prepare an
171
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 9, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
untreated base for an asphalt surface. The prime coat penetrates
the base and plugs the voids, hardens the top, and helps bind it
to the overlying asphalt course. It also reduces the necessity of
maintaining an untreated base course prior to placing the asphalt
pavement.
(g) “Unacceptable emulsion asphalt” means any emulsion asphalt
which yields more than 7 percent by volume of oil distillate when
tested according to AASHTO T 59-78, Sections 7 through 9.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
On or after April 1, 1980, no person shall use, or sell for use,
manufacture, mix or store cutback asphalts or unacceptable emulsion
asphalts for asphalt paving operations, except as exempted in
section 4 of this regulation.
SECTION 4. EXEMPTIONS
The provisions of this regulation shall not apply to the following
asphalt paving operations:
(a) Application of penetrating prime coat;
(b) Maintenance operations during the months of November, December,
January, February, and March.
Adopted 6—13—79; effective 6—13—79; amended 9—1—76, 4—20—88.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF April 27, 1989.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUN 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision JAN 19, 1989 APR 27, 1989 54 FR 18103
172
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
REGULATION 6.13. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING STORAGE
VESSELS FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility which means each storage vessel for volatile organic
compounds which was in being or had a construction permit issued
by the District before September 1, 1976, and not subject to
Regulation 7.12, and which has a storage capacity greater than
250 gallons.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in regulation 1.02.
(a) “Storage vessel” means any tank, reservoir, or container used
for the storage of volatile organic compounds, but does not
include:
(i) Pressure vessels which are designated to operate in
excess of fifteen (15) pounds per square inch gauge without
emissions to the atmosphere except under emergency conditions.
(ii) Subsurface caverns or porous rock reservoirs;
(iii) Underground tanks if the total volume of volatile
organic compounds added to and taken from a tank annually does
not exceed twice the volume of the tank;
(iv) Portable tanks of less than 500 gallons capacity which
are used for the temporary storage of a product or intermediate
product in a manufacturing process.
(b) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ammoniuni
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than 0.1 mm Hg at
conditions of 20 degrees Celsius and 760 mm of Hg.
(c) “True vapor pressure” means the equilibrium partial pressure
exerted by a volatile organic compound as determined in
accordance with methods specified by the District.
(d) “Floating roof” means a storage vessel cover consisting of a
double deck, pontoon single deck, internal floating cover or
covered floating roof, which rests upon and is supported by the
volatile organic compound being contained and is equipped with a
closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge
and tank wall.
(e) “Vapor recovery system” means a vapor gathering system
capable of collecting all volatile organic compounds discharged
from the storage vessel and a vapor disposal system capable of
136
-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.lST”
processing such volatile organic compounds so as to prevent their
emissions to the atmosphere.
(f) “Reid vapor pressure” is the absolute vapor pressure of
certain volatile organic compounds as determined by methods
specified by the District.
(g) “Submerged fill pipe” means any fill pipe the discharge of
which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is 6 inches
above the bottom of the tank; or when applied to a tank which is
loaded from the side, shall mean every fill pipe the discharge
opening of which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is 2
times the fill pipe diameter above the bottom of the tank.
(h) “Seal” means a sliding seal, either a metallic-shoe-type or a
nonmetallic resilient-type seal which prevents volatile organic
compounds from escaping around the perimeter of the floating
roof.
(i) “External floating roof” means a storage vessel cover in an
open top tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon single deck
which rests upon and is supported by the volatile organic
compound being contained and is equipped with closure seals to
close the space between the roof edge and tank shell.
(j) “Internal floating roof” means a cover or roof in a fixed
roof tank which rests upon or is floated upon the volatile
organic compound being contained, and is equipped with closure
seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank shell.
(k) “Liquid-mounted” means a primary seal mounted so that the
bottom of the seal covers the liquid surface between the tank
shell and the floating roof.
(1) “Vapor-mounted” means a primary seal and mounted so that
there is an annular vapor space underneath the seal. The annular
vapor space is bounded by the bottom of the primary seal, the
tank shell, the liquid surface, and the floating roof.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUN 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25010
2nd Revision JUL 19, 1982 JAN 11, 1984 49 FR 1341
END OF LOSIP 1ST, LOSIP.2ND STARTS HERE
137
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
[ LOSIP.2ND INCLUDES REGULATIONS FROM 6.13 THROUGH 7.11]
REGULATION 6.13. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING STORAGE
VESSELS FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility which means each storage vessel for volatile organic
compounds which was in being or had a construction permit issued
by the District before September 1, 1976, and not subject to
Regulation 7.12, and which has a storage capacity greater than
250 gallons.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in regulation 1.02.
(a) “Storage vessel” means any tank, reservoir, or container used
for the storage of volatile organic compounds, but does not
include:
(i) Pressure vessels which are designated to operate in
excess of fifteen (15) pounds per square inch gauge without
emissions to the atmosphere except under emergency conditions.
(ii) Subsurface caverns or porous rock reservoirs;
(iii) Underground tanks if the total volume of volatile
organic compounds added to and taken from a tank annually does
not exceed twice the volume of the tank;
(iv) Portable tanks of less than 500 gallons capacity which
are used for the temporary storage of a product or intermediate
product in a manufacturing process.
(b) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ainmonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than 0.1 nun Hg at
conditions of 20 degrees Celsius and 760 nun of Hg.
(C) “True vapor pressure” means the equilibrium partial pressure
exerted by a volatile organic compound as determined in
accordance with methods specified by the District.
(d) “Floating roof” means a storage vessel cover consisting of a
double deck, pontoon single deck, internal floating cover or
covered floating roof, which rests upon and is supported by the
volatile organic compound being contained and is equipped with a
closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge
and tank wall.
(e) “Vapor recovery system” means a vapor gathering system
capable of collecting all volatile organic compounds discharged
138
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
from the storage vessel and a vapor disposal system capable of
processing such volatile organic compounds so as to prevent their
emissions to the atmosphere.
(f) “Reid vapor pressure” is the absolute vapor pressure of
certain volatile organic compounds as determined by methods
specified by the District.
(g) “Submerged fill pipe” means any fill pipe the discharge of
which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is 6 inches
above the bottom of the tank; or when applied to a tank which is
loaded from the side, shall mean every fill pipe the discharge
opening of which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is 2
times the fill pipe diameter above the bottom of the tank.
(h) “Seal” means a sliding seal, either a metallic-shoe—type or a
nonmetallic resilient-type seal which prevents volatile organic
compounds from escaping around the perimeter of the floating
roof.
(i) “External floating roof” means a storage vessel cover in an
open top tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon single deck
which rests upon and is supported by the volatile organic
compound being contained and is equipped with closure seals to
close the space between the roof edge and tank shell.
(j) “Internal floating roof” means a cover or roof in a fixed
roof tank which rests upon or is floated upon the volatile
organic compound being contained, and is equipped with closure
seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank shell.
(k) “Liquid—mounted” means a primary seal mounted so that the
bottom of the seal covers the liquid surface between the tank
shell and the floating roof.
(1) “Vapor-mounted” means a primary seal and mounted so that
there is an annular vapor space underneath the seal. The annular
vapor space is bounded by the bottom of the primary seal, the
tank shell, the liquid surface, and the floating roof.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND
The owner or operator of any storage vessel to which this
regulation applies shall store organic compounds as follows:
(a) If the storage vessel has a storage capacity greater than
40,000 gallons and if the true vapor pressure of the volatile or
organic compounds as stored, is equal to or greater than 78 mm Hg
(1.5 psia) but not greater than 570 mm Hg (11.1 psia) the storage
vessel shall be equipped with a floating roof, a vapor recovery
system, or their equivalents.
(b) If the storage vessel has a storage capacity greater than
40,000 gallons and if the true vapor pressure of the volatile
organic compounds as stored is greater than 570 mm Hg (11.1
139
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
psia), the storage vessel shall be equipped with a vapor recovery
system or its equivalent.
(c) If the storage vessel has a storage capacity greater than 250
gallons, and if the true vapor pressure of the volatile organic
compound, as stored, is equal to or greater than 1.5 psia, as a
minimum it shall be equipped with a permanent submerged fill
pipe.
True vapor pressure “as stored” shall be determined on an
instantaneous basis under conditions representing expected worst
case conditions.
(d) If the storage vessel is an external floating roof tank with
a storage capacity greater than 151,400 liters (40,000 gallons),
it shall be retrofitted with a continuous secondary seal
extending from the floating roof to the tank wall (a rim-mounted
secondary) if:
(i) The tank is a welded tank, the true vapor pressure of the
contained liquid is 27.6 kilopascal (4.0 psia) or greater, and
the primary seal is one of the following:
(A) A metallic-type shoe seal, a liquid-mounted foam seal, or a
liquid-mounted liquid-filled type seal; or,
(B) Any other closure device which can be demonstrated equivalent
to the above primary seals.
(ii) The tank is a riveted tank and the true vapor of the
contained liquid is 10.3 kilopascal (1.5 psia) or greater.
(iii) The tank is a welded tank, the true vapor pressure of the
contained liquid is 10.3 kilopascal (1.5 psia) or greater and the
primary seal is vapor-mounted. If such primary seal closure
device can be demonstrated equivalent to the primary seals
described in paragraph (i) of this subsection, then the secondary
seal is required when the vapor pressure is 27.6 kilopascal (4.0
psia) or greater.
SECTION 4. OPERATING REQUIREMENTS
(a) There shall be no-visible holes, tears, or other openings in
the seal or any seal fabric; and
(b) All openings, except stub drains, shall be equipped with
covers, lids, or seals such that:
(1) The cover, lid, or seal is in the closed position at all
times except when in actual use; and
(ii) Automatic bleeder vents are closed at all times except when
the roof is floated off or landed on the roof leg supports; and
(iii) Rim vents, if provided, are set to open when the roof is
being floated off the roof leg supports or at the manufacturer’s
140
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
recommended setting.
(C) External floating roof tanks subject to this regulation meet
the additional requirements;
(i) The seals must be intact and uniformly in place around the
circumference of the floating roof between the floating roof and
the tank wall.
(ii) The gap area of gaps exceeding 0.32 cm (1/8 in) in width
between the secondary seal installed pursuant to Section 3 (d)
(1) and the tank wall shall not exceed 6.5 sq. cm./0.3 in of tank
diameter (1.0 sq. iri/ft).
(iii) All openings in the external floating roof, except for
automatic bleeder vents, rim space, and leg sleeves, are to
provide a projection below the liquid surface.
(iv) Any emergency roof drain is to be provided with a slotted
membrane cover or equivalent that covers at least ninety (90)
percent of the area of the opening.
SECTION 5. MONITORING OF OPERATIONS
(a) When a liquid having a true vapor pressure greater than 7.0
kPa (1.0 psia) is stored in an external floating roof tank with a
capacity of greater than 151,400 1 (40,000 gallons) not equipped
with a secondary seal or approved alternative control technology,
the owner or operator shall maintain a record of the average
monthly storage temperature, the type of liquid, and the Reid
vapor pressure of the liquid. The owner or operator shall retain
the record for two years after the date on which the record was
made.
(b) The true vapor pressure shall be determined by using the
average monthly storage temperature and typical Reid vapor
pressure of the contained liquid or from typical available data
on the contained liquid. Supporting analytical data shall be
requested by the District if there is a ques1 ion on the values
reported.
SECTION 6. COMPLIANCE TIME TABLE
(a) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall
demonstrate compliance as of the date of adoption of this
regulation except as provided in (b) and (C) below.
(b) An owner or operator of a storage vessel with a storage
capacity of greater than 250 gallons but less than or equal to
40,000 gallons which is associated with a bulk gasoline plant or
terminal regulated by Regulation 6.20 must adhere to the
compliance schedule therein.
(C) The following compliance schedule applies to those affected
facilities subject to the standards and operating requirements in
141
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989
“LOSIP. 2ND”
Sections 3(d) and 4(c). The owner or operator of an affected
facility shall be required to complete the following:
(i) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with
this regulation no later than April 15, 1981.
(ii) Award the control device contract no later than June 15,
1981.
(iii) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emissions
control equipment no later than December 1; 1981.
(iv) On—site construction or installation of emission control
equipment shall be completed no later than December 1, 1982.
(v) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than December 31,
1982.
SECTION 7. EXEMPTIONS
Any of the following types of external floating roof tanks
storing liquid petroleum shall be exempt from the provisions of
Section 3 (d) as follows:
(a) A metallic-type shoe seal in a welded tank which has
secondary seal from the top of the shoe seal to the tank wall (a
shoe-mounted secondary).
(b) External floating roof tanks storing waxy, heavy pour crudes.
(c) External floating roof tanks with a closure or other devices
which can be demonstrated to the District to be equivalent to the
seals required in Section 3 (d) (i) of this regulation.
Adopted 4—19-72; effective 4—19—72; amended 10—17—72, 9-1—76,
2—19—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 11, 1984
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUN 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25010
2nd Revision JUL 19, 1982 JAN 11, 1984 49 FR 1341
142
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
SECTION 6.14. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR SELECTED EXISTING
PETROLEUM REFINING PROCESSES AND EQUIPMENT
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility which was in being or had a construction permit issued
by the District before the effective date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined therein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means vacuum producing systems and
process unit turnarounds associated with a petroleum refinery.
(b) “Vacuum producing systems” means equipment which produces a
partial vacuum in a vessel.
(C) “Process unit turnaround” means the shutting down,
depressurization, and purging of a process unit or vessel.
SECTION 3. STANDARD OF HYDROCARBONS
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install,
operate, and maintain all equipment necessary to accomplish the
following:
(a) Vacuum producing systems. All gaseous hydrocarbons emitted
from condensors, hot wells, vacuum pumps, and accumulators shall
be collected and vented to a firebox, flare, or other control
device or equivalent efficiency as determined by the District.
(b) Process unit turnaround. The gaseous hydrocarbons purged
from a process unit or vessel shall be vented to a firebox,
flare, or other control device of equivalent efficiency as
determined by the District until the pressure in the process unit
is less than five psig.
SECTION 4. MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
(a) The owner or operator shall:
(i) Keep a record of each process unit turnaround.
(ii) Record the approximate hydrocarbon concentration when the
hydrocarbons were first discharged to the atmosphere.
(iii) Record the approximate total quantity of hydrocarbons
emitted to the atmosphere.
(b) The owner or operator shall retain these records for at least
two years and submit them to the District upon request.
143
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE TIME TABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall be required
to complete the following:
(a) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with
this regulation no later than September 1, 1979.
(b) Award the control device contract no later than December 1,
1979.
(C) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emissions
control equipment no later than July 1, 1980.
(d) On—site construction or installation of emission control
equipment shall be completed no later than February 1, 1981.
(e) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than May 1, 1981.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79,
5—20—81, 4—21—82.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
144
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.15. STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR GASOLINE TRANSFER
TO EXISTING SERVICE STATION STORAGE TANKS (STAGE I VAPOR
RECOVERY)
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this section shall apply to the transfer of
volatile organic compounds from transport vehicle tanks into
storage tanks at service stations which were in being or had a
construction permit issued by the District before June 13, 1979.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means the gasoline storage tanks at a
service station.
(b) “Service station” means the gasoline storage tanks at a
service station.
(C) “Vapor balance system” means a system which transfers vapors
from storage tanks during filling operations to the storage
compartment of the transport vehicle delivering fuel.
(d) “Vent line restriction” means:
(1) An orifice of one-half to three-quarter inch inside diameter
in the vent line, or
(ii) A pressure-vacuum relief valve which opens at not less than
eight ounces per square inch pressure and not less than one-half
(1/2) ounces per square inch vacuum unless a different vacuum
relief setting is required by safety or fire authorities, or
(iii) A vent shut-off valve which is activated by connection of
the vapor return hose.
(e) “Interlock system” means devices which either prevent fuel
delivery or keep the storage tank sealed unless the vapor return
hose is connected.
(f) “Submerged fill pipe” means any fill pipe the discharge of
which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is six (6)
inches above the bottom of the tank; or when applied to a tank
which is loaded from the side, shall mean any fill pipe the
discharge opening of which is entirely submerged when the level
is two (2) times the fill pipe diameter above the bottom of the
tank.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR GASOLINE TRANSFER
(a) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install,
maintain and operate the following devices on the storage tanks:
145
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
(i) Submerged fill pipe
(ii) If the gasoline storage tank is equipped with a separate
gauge well, a gauge well drop shall be installed which extends to
within six (6) inches of the bottom of the tank.
(iii) Vent line restriction(s) on the affected facility.
(iv) Vapor balance system with an interlock system and vapor
tight connections on the liquid fill and vapor return hoses. The
cross-sectional area of the vapor return hqse must be at least 50
percent of the liquid fill hose, and free of flow restrictions to
achieve acceptable recovery. The type, size and design of the
vapor balance system are subject to the approval of the District.
(b) The owner or operator may elect to use an alternate control
system provided it can be demonstrated to the District’s
satisfaction to achieve an equivalent control efficiency.
(C) The owner or operator shall not allow delivery of fuel to the
storage tanks until the vapor balance system is properly
connected to the transport vehicle and the affected facility.
SECTION 4. STANDARD FOR TRANSPORT VEHICLE
No owner or operator of transport vehicle shall make delivery of
gasoline unless the transport vehicle’s tank has been checked for
leaks at the loading terminal per Regulation 6.21. A suitable
record of the leak tests or checks shall be maintained and kept
in the vehicle’s cab for inspection by District personnel at any
time.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
(a) The owner or operator of a service station with an annual
thruput greater than or equal to 250,000 gallons shall be
required to complete the following:
(i) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with
this regulation no later than September 1, 1979.
(ii) Award the control device contract no later than November 1,
1979.
(iii) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emission
control equipment no later than April 1, 1980.
(iv) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment shall be completed no later than November 1, 1980.
(v) Final compliance shall be established by equipment inspection
by District personnel on or before February 1, 1981.
(b) The owner or operator of a service station with an annual
thruput of less than 250,000 but more than 100,000 gallons shall
146
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
be required to complete the following:
(i) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with
this regulation no later than September 1, 1979.
(ii) Award the control device contract no later than November 1,
1980.
(iii) Initiate on—site construction or installation of emission
control equipment no later than April 1, 1981.
(iv) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment shall be completed no later than November 1, 1981.
(v) Final compliance shall be established by equipment inspection
by District personnel on or before February 1, 1982.
Adopted 6/13/79; effective 6/13/79; amended 11/16/83
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
147
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.16. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING LARGE
APPLIANCE SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility which was in being or had a construction permit issued
by the District before the effective date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means a coating line for large appliances
including but not limited to: doors, cases, lids, panels, and
interior support parts of residential and commercial washers,
dryers, ranges, refrigerators, freezers, water heaters, dish
washers, trash compactors, and air conditioners.
(b) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating, including but not limited to dipping or spraying.
(c) “Flash off area” means the space between the applicator and
the oven.
(d) “Prime coat” means the first film of coating applied in a
multi-coat operation.
(e) “Topcoat” means the final film of coating applied in a two-
coat operation or the coatings which are applied after the prime
coat in a multi-coat operation.
(f) “Single coat” means a single film coating applied directly to
the metal substance omitting the prime coat.
(g) “Coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure any prime, topcoat or single coatings
containing volatile organic compounds. This shall include, but
is not limited to:
(i) Mixing operations;
(ii) Process storage;
(iii) Applicators;
(iv) Drying operations including flash of f area operation, oven
drying, baking, curing, and polymerization;
(v) Clean up operations;
(vi) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(vii) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds.
148
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LCSIP.2ND”
(viii) For the purpose of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of
which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile
organic compound it receives from or distributes to each coating
line.
(ix) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to section 6 of this
regulation, then that portion shall be considered to be a
separate coating line.
(h) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ainmonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than 0.1 imu of Hg
at conditions of 20 degrees Celsius and 760 mm of Hg.
(1) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, and other containers which contain surface
coatings, volatile organic compounds or recovered volatile
organic compounds, but does not mean storage tanks which are
subject to Regulation 6.13.
(j) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total amount
of volatile organic compounds input to the affected facility
minus the amount of volatile organic compounds are not emitted to
the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that are prevented
from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of control
devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the purposes
of determining volatile organic compound net input. When the
nature of any operation or design or equipment is such as to
permit more than one interpretation of this definition, the
interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable
emission shall apply.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
No person shall cause, allow or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than 15 percent by weight of
the volatile organic compounds input into the affected facility.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE
(a) In all cases the design of any control device is subject to
approval by the District.
(b) Compliance with the standard in section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases which
the District determines that a material balance is not possible.
For those cases where a material balance is not possible,
compliance will be determined by the District, based upon an
engineering analysis of: the control system design, control
device efficiency, control system capture efficiency, and any
other factors that could influence the performance of the system.
149
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
If requested by the District, performance tests as specified by
the District shall be conducted in order to determine the
efficiency of the control system or any part of the system.
(c) With the prior approval of the District, the owner or
operator may elect to effect such changes in the affected
facility as are necessary to qualify for an exemption under
section 6 of this regulation.
(d) Whenever deemed necessary by the District, the District shall
obtain samples of the coating used as an affected facility to
verify that the coating meets the requirements in section 6 of
this regulation. The following methods of analysis for coatings
shall be used as applicable except in those cases where the
District determines that other methods are more appropriate:
(i) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A.
(ii) ASTM D 1465—60 (74)
(iii) ASTM D 2369—73, or
(iv) Federal Standard 141 a, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall be required
to complete the following:
(a) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with
this regulation no later than October 1, 1979.
(b) Award the control device contract no later than January 1,
1980.
(C) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emissions
control equipment no later than March 1, 1980.
(d) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment shall be completed no later than October 1, 1981.
(e) Final compliance shall be shown no later than January 1,
1982.
SECTION 6. EXEMPTIONS
(a) Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
section 3 of this regulation if the volatile organic compound
content of the coating is less than 0.34 kilograms per liter of
coating (2.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to
the applicators associated with the prime, single or topcoat
coating line.
(b) Repair coating operations for the purpose of repairing
scratches and nicks that occur during assembly shall be exempt
150
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
from the provision of section 3 of this regulation.
(C) Any affected facility using this section may elect to use an
arithptetic average of the coatings used in this particular
coating line involved. If such average meets the exemption, then
all the coatings will be considered to meet the exemption.
(d) The exemptions specified in this section may be achieved by:
(i) Use of a low solvent coating, and/or
(ii) Any other emission reduction process or equipment shown to
the District’s satisfaction to be as effective.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
151
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.17 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING AUTOMOBILE
AND LIGHT DUTY TRUCK SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility which was in being or had a construction permit issued
by the district before June 13, 1979.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this section not defined herein, shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means a coating line for automobile and
light duty truck frames, small parts, wheels, and main body parts
at an assembly plant, except any exemptions in section 6 of this
regulation.
(b) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating, including but not limited to dipping and spraying.
(C) “Automobile” means all passenger cars or passenger car
derivatives capable of seating 12 or fewer passengers.
(d) “Coating line” means one or more apparatus and/or operations
comprised of all applicators, flash-off areas, and ovens where a
surface coating containing volatile organic compounds is applied,
dried, or cured. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(i) Mixing operations;
(ii) Process storage;
(iii) Applicators;
(iv) Drying operations including but not limited to flash-off
area evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and
polymerization.
(v) Clean-up operations;
(vi) Leaks, spills, and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(vii) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds.
(viii) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of
which it is a part proportionately to the throughput of volatile
organic compound it receives from or distributes to each coating
line.
(e) “Final repair coating line” means the repainting of any
152
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
coatings which are damaged during vehicle assembly.
(f) “Flash—off area” means the space between the application area
and the oven.
(g) “Light—duty truck” means any motor vehicle rated at 3864
kilograms (8500 pounds) gross vehicle weight or less which is
designated primarily for purposes of transportation of property
or is derivatives of such vehicle (including but not limited to,
pickups, vans, and window fans).
(h) “Prime coat coating line” means a coating line for the first
coating which is responsible for protecting the surface from
corrosion and providing for good adhesion of the topcoat.
(i) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, drums,
or other containers which contain surface coatings, volatile
organic compounds or recovered volatile organic compounds, but
does not mean storage tanks which are subject to Regulation 6.13.
(j) “Surfacer” means the spray application of prime to touch-up
areas on the surfaces not adequately covered during
electrodeposition.
(k) “Topcoat coating line” means a coating line for the coating
of the surface to obtain desired aesthetic effects.
(1) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ammonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than 0.1 mm of Hg
at conditions of 20 degrees Celsius and 760 mm of Hg.
(iii) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total amount
of volatile organic compounds input to the affected areas minus
the amount of volatile organic compounds that are not emitted
into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that are
prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic com und net input. When
the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such as to
permit more than one interpretation of this definition, the
interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable
emission shall apply.
(n) “Electrophoretic deposition” means a process of applying a
coating by dipping the component in a coating bath with an
electrical potential difference between the component and the
bath.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
No person shall cause, allow or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than 15 percent by weight of
the volatile organic compounds input into the affected facility.
153
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE
(a) 1n all cases the design of any control device is subject to
approval by the District.
(b) Compliance with the standard in section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases which
the District determines that a material balance is not possible.
For those cases where a material balance is not possible,
compliance will be determined based upon an engineering analysis
by the District of the system. If so requested by the District,
performance tests as specified by the District shall be conducted
in order to determine the efficiency of the control system or any
part of the system.
(C) With prior approval of the District, the owner or operator
may elect to effect such changes in the affected facility as are
necessary to qualify for an exemption under section 6.
(d) Whenever deemed necessary by the District, the District shall
obtain samples of the coatings used at an affected facility to
verify that the coatings meet the requirements in section 6 of
this regulation. The following methods of analysis for coatings
shall be used as applicable except in those cases where the
District determines that other methods would be more
appropriate:
(i) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
(ii) ASTM D 1475—60 (74);
(iii) ASTM D 2369—73; or
(iv) Federal Standard 141a, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall be required
to complete the following:
(a) Prime coating lines which are presently using electrophoretic
deposition shall be in compliance as of the effective date of
this regulation.
(b) Prime coating lines which are not presently electrodeposition
[ and final repair coating lines] shall comply with the following
timetable.
(i) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with
this regulation no later than 3/1/80.
(ii) Award the control system contract and/or the exempt coatings
contracts no later than 3/1/81.
(iii) Initiate on—site construction or installations of emission
154
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 ‘ t LOSIP.2ND”
control equipment and/or process changes for exempt coatings no
later than 6/1/81.
(iv) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment and/or process changes for exempt coatings shall be
completed no later than 7/31/82.
(v) Final compliance shall be shown no later than 1/1/83.
(C) Topcoat and repair coating systems with the following
timetable:
(i) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with
this regulation no later than 7/1/80.
(ii) Award the control system contract and/or the exempt coating
contracts and purchase orders no later than 3/1/83.
(iii) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emission
control equipment and/or process changes for exempt coatings no
later than 6/1/83.
(iv) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment and/or process changes for exempt coatings shall be
completed no later than 7/31/86.
(v) Final compliance shall be shown no later than 1/1/87.
SECTION 6. EXEMPTIONS
(a) Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
section 3 of this regulation if the volatile organic compound
content of the coating as delivered to the applicator(s) is:
(i) Prime coating line: 1.2 pounds per gallon of coating,
excluding water, which shall be applied by electrophoretic
deposition;
(ii) Surfacer: 2.8 pounds per gallon of coating, excluding water,
or 55 percent solids by volume, as applied, for volatile organic
compounds reduced coating spray applied with a minimum 65%
transfer efficiency;
(iii) Topcoat coating line: 4.8 pounds per gallon of coating as
applied at a minimum of 52% transfer efficiency from 1/1/85 to
1/1/87; 2.8 pounds per gallon of coating as applied excluding
water, or 55% solids by volume for volatile organic compounds
reduced coating applied with a minimum of 50% transfer efficiency
by the final compliance date;
(iv) Repair coating line: 4.8 pounds per gallon of coating as
applied, excluding water.
(b) Any affected facility using this section of this regulation
may elect to use an arithmetic average of the coatings used in
the particular coating line involved. If such average meets the
155
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
exemption then all the coatings will be considered to meet the
exemptions.
(C) •The exemptions specified in this section may be achieved by:
(i) Use of a low solvent coating, and/or
(ii) Any other emission reduction process or equipment shown to
be as effective.
(d) Certain coatings operations which are exempted from this
regulation are:
(i) underbottom - sound deadener coatings
(ii) zinc rich anti-rust and weld line anti-rust prime coatings
(iii) adhesive coatings or mastics
(iv) flexible coatings
(v) plastic body fillers or caulks
(vi) interior coatings which are applied after upholstery and
interior plastic parts are attached to the body.
Adopted 6/13/79; effective 6/13/79; amended 6/15/83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
156
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.18. STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING SOLVENT
METAL CLEANING EQUIPMENT
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility which was in being or had a construction permit issued
by the District on or before June 13, 1979.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means cold cleaners, open top vapor
degreasers, and conveyorized degreasers which utilize volatile
organic compounds to remove soluble impurities from metal
surfaces.
(b) “Volatile Organic Compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ammonium carbonate
which have a vapor pressure greater than 0.1 mm of Hg at
conditions of 20 degrees Celsius and 760 mm of Hg.
(c) “Freeboard height” means, for a cold cleaner, the distance
from the liquid solvent level in the degreaser tank to the lip of
the tank. For a vapor degreaser it is the distance from the
solvent vapor level in the tank to the lip of the tank.
(d) “Freeboard ratio” means the freeboard height divided by the
width of the degreaser.
(e) “Refrigerated chiller” means a second set of freeboard
condenser coils which create a cold air blanket about the vapor
zone and are located slightly above the primary condenser coils.
(f) “Cold cleaner” means a batch—loaded degreaser whose solvent
is kept below its boiling point.
(g) “Open top vapor degreaser” means a batch loaded degreaser
whose solvent is heated to its boiling point creating a solvent
vapor zone.
(h) “Conveyorized degreasers” means a degreaser which is
continuously loaded by means of a conveyor system. Its solvent
may be boiling or nonboiling.
(i) “Solvent” means, in the regulation, volatile organic
compounds.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
The owner or operator of an affected facility to which this
regulation applies shall install, maintain and operate the
157
-------
PRINTED AUGUST .30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
control equipment and observe at all times the operating
requirements which apply to his type of degreaser as specified in
sections 4, 5, and 6 of this regulation.
SECTION 4. COLD CLEANERS
(a) Control Equipment
(i) The cleaner shall be equipped with a cover. If the volatile
organic compound volatility is greater than 15 nun Hg measured at
100 degree F or if the volatile organic compound is agitated or
heated, then the cover shall be designed so that it can be easily
operated with one hand.
(ii) The cleaner shall be equipped with a drainage facility such
that volatile organic compound that drains of f parts removed from
the cleaner will return to the cleaner. If the volatile organic
compound volatility is greater than 32 mm Hg measured at 100
degree F then the drainage facility shall be internal so that
parts are enclosed under the cover while draining. The drainage
facility may be external if the District determines that an
internal type cannot fit into the cleaning system.
(iii) A permanent, conspicuous label, summarizing the operating
requirements specified in paragraph (b) of section 4 shall be
installed on or near the cleaner.
(iv) If used, the volatile organic compound spray shall be a
fluid stream (not a fine, atomized or shower type spray) at a
pressure which does not cause excessive splashing.
(v) If the volatile organic compound volatility is greater than
32 mm Hg measured at 100 degree F or if the volatile organic
compound is heated above 120 degrees F, then one of the following
control devices shall be used:
a. Freeboard that gives a freeboard ratio greater than or equal
to 0.7.
b. Water cover (volatile organic compound must be insoluble in
and heavier than water).
c. Other systems of equivalent control, such as a refrigerated
chiller or carbon absorption.
(b) Operating Requirements
(1) Do not dispose of waste volatile organic compound or transfer
it to another party, such that greater than 20 percent by weight
of the waste volatile organic compound can evaporate into the
atmosphere. Store waste volatile organic compound only in
covered containers.
(ii) Close degreaser cover whenever not handling a part in the
cleaner.
158
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
(iii) Drain cleaner parts until dripping ceases (fifteen seconds
is usually necessary).
SECTION 5. OPEN TOP VAPOR DEGREASERS
(a) Control Equipment
(i) The degreaser shall be equipped with a cover that can be
opened and closed easily without disturbing the vapor zone.
(ii) The degreaser shall be equipped with the following safety
switches.
a. Condenser flow switch and thermostat to shut of f sump heat if
condenser coolant either is not circulating or is too warm.
b. Spray safety switch to shut off spray pump if the vapor level
drops more than 4 inches below the bottom condenser coil in order
to prevent spraying above the vapor level.
c. Vapor level control thermostat which shuts of f sump heat if
the vapor zone rises above the design level.
d. Equivalent safety systems as approved on a case-by-case basis
by the District.
(iii) The degreaser shall be equipped with at least one of the
following major control devices:
a. Freeboard ratio greater than or equal to 0.75, and degreaser
opening greater than ten square feet, the cover shall be powered
or mechanically assisted.
b. Refrigerated chiller.
c. Enclosed design such that the cover or door opens only when
the dry part is actually entering or existing the degreaser.
d. Carbon absorption system, with ventilation greater than or
equal to 50 cfm/square foot of air/vapor int :face area (when
cover is open), and exhausting less than 25 ppm by volume
volatile organic compound averaged over one complete absorption
cycle.
e. Control system demonstrated to the District’s satisfaction to
have control efficiency equivalent to or better than any of the
above.
(iv) A permanent, conspicuous label, summarizing the operating
procedures specified in paragraph (b) of this section shall be
installed on or near the degreaser.
(b) Operating Requirements
(i) Keep the cover closed at all times except when processing
work loads through the degreaser.
159
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
(ii) Minimize volatile organic compound carry-out by the
following measures:
a. Rack parts so that entrainment of volatile organic compound is
avoided and full drainage is accomplished.
b. Move parts in and out of the degreaser at vertical speed less
than 11 ft./min.
c. Degrease the work load in the vapor zone until condensation
ceases.
d. Tip out any pools of volatile organic compound on the cleaned
parts before removal.
e. Allow part to dry within the degreaser above the vapor zone
until visually dry.
(c) Do not degrease porous or absorbent materials such as cloth,
leather, wood, or rope.
(d) Work load should not occupy more than half of the degreaser’s
open top area.
(e) The vapor level should not drop more than 4 inches when the
work load enters or leaves the vapor zone.
(f) Never spray above the vapor level.
(g) Repair volatile organic compound leaks immediately or shut
down the degreaser.
(h) Do not dispose of waste volatile organic compound or transfer
it to another party such that greater than 20 percent by weight
of the waste volatile organic compound can evaporate into the
atmosphere. Store waste volatile organic compound only in closed
containers.
(1) Exhaust ventilation should not exceed 65 cfm per square foot
of degreaser area unless necessary to meet OSHA requirements or
control device requirements. Ventilation fans should not be used
near the degreaser opening.
(j) Water should not be visually detectable in the volatile
organic compound exiting the water separator.
SECTION 6. CONVEYORIZED DEGREASERS
(a) Control Equipment
(i) A conveyorized degreaser shall be enclosed (such that in-
plant air movement does not impinge upon the internal atmosphere
of the degreaser) except for work load entrances and exits.
160
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
(ii) The degreaser shall be equipped with a drying tunnel or
another means such as rotating baskets sufficient to prevent
cleaned parts from carrying out volatile organic compound liquid
or vapor.
(iii) Minimized openings: entrances and exits shall silhouette
work loads so that the average clearance between the largest part
and the edge of the degreaser opening is either less than 4
inches or less than 10 percent of the width of the opening.
(iv) Down-time covers: the degreaser shall be equipped with
covers for closing off the entrance and exit during shutdown
hours.
(v) If the degreaser has an air/volatile organic compound
interface area or an air/vapor interface area equal to or greater
than 20 square ft, it shall be equipped with at least one of the
following major devices:
a. Refrigerated chiller.
b. Carbon absorption system with ventilation greater than or
equal to 50 cfm/square foot of air/vapor interface area (when
down-time covers are open) and exhausting less than 25 ppm of
volatile organic compound by volume averaged over a complete
absorption cycle.
c. A system demonstrated to the District’s satisfaction to have a
control efficiency equivalent to or better than either of the
above.
(vi) If the degreaser is a vapor type, it shall be equipped with
the following safety switches:
a. Condenser flow switch and thermostat which will shut off the
sump heat if coolant is either not circulating or is too warm.
b. Spray safety switch which will shut of f the spray pump or
conveyor if the vapor level drops more than 4 inches below the
bottom condensor coil in order to prevent spraying above the
vapor level.
c. Vapor level control thermostat which will shut of f sump heat
if the vapor level rises above the design level.
d. Equivalent safety systems as approved on a case-by-case basis
by the District.
(vii) A permanent, conspicuous label, summarizing the operating
requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section shall be
installed on or near the cleaner.
(b) Operating Requirements
(i) Exhaust ventilation should not exceed 65 cfin per square foot
161
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 LOSIP.2ND”
of degreaser opening unless necessary to meet OSHA requirements
or control device requirements. Work place fans should not be
used near the degreaser opening.
(ii) Minimize volatile organic compound carry-out by the
following measures:
a. Rack part so that entrainment of volatile organic compound is
avoided and full drainage is accomplished.
b. Maintain vertical conveyor speed at less than 11 ft/mm.
(iii) Do not dispose of waste volatile organic compound or
transfer it to another party such that greater than 20 percent by
weight of the waste volatile organic compound only in closed
containers.
(iv) Repair volatile organic compound leaks immediately or shut
down the degreaser.
(v) Water should not be visually detectable in the volatile
organic compound exiting the water separator.
(vi) Down-time covers shall be placed over entrances and exits of
the degreaser immediately after the conveyor and exhaust are shut
down and removed just before they are started up.
SECTION 7. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility subject to this
regulation shall demonstrate compliance [ according to the
following schedule:
(a) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with the
regulation no later than September 1, 1979.
(b) Award the control system contract no later than November 1,
1979.
(C) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emissions
control equipment no later than July 1, 1980.
(d) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment shall be completed no later than May 1, 1981.
(e) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than July 1,
1981.
Adopted 6/13/79; effective 6/13/79; amended 11/16/83.
162
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 t SIp2NDtI
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Subi itted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
163
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 9,. 1991 “LOSIP. 2ND’
REGULATION 6.19. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING METAL
FURNITURE SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation provides for the control of emissions
from surface coating operations at existing metal furniture
manufacturing facilities.
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility which was in being or had a construction permit issued by
the District on or before the effective date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation but not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means a coating line for indoor and/or
outdoor metal furniture.
(b) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating, including but not limited to, dipping, spraying, or
flow-coating.
(C) “Flash off area” means the space between the applicator and the
oven.
(d) “Prime coat” means the first film of coating applied in a
multi-coat operation.
(e) “Topcoat” means the final film of coating applied in a two-
coat operation or the coatings which are applied after the single
coat in a multi-coat operation.
(f) “Single coat” means a single film coating applied directly to
the metal substrate omitting the prime coat,
(g) “Coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure any prime, topcoat or single coatings
containing volatile organic compounds. This shall include, but is
not limited to:
202
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 9, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
(i) Mixing operations;
(ii) Process storage;
(iii) Applicators;
(iv) Drying operations including flash off area evaporation, oven
drying, baking, curing, and polymerization;
(v) Clean up operations;
(vi) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(vii) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds;
(viii) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of which
it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile organic
compound it receives from or distributes to each coating line.
(ix) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to section 6 of this regulation,
then that portion shall be considered to be a separate coating
line.
(h) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and other
tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface coatings,
volatile organic compounds or recovered volatile organic compounds,
but does not mean storage tanks which are subject to Regulation
6.13.
(i) “Metal furniture” means household and business items including
but not limited to: tables, chairs, wastebaskets, beds, desks,
lockers, benches, shelving, file cabinets, lamps and room dividers.
(j) “Volatile organic compounds net input’ means the total amount
of volatile organic compounds input to the affected facility minus
the amount of volatile organic compounds that are not emitted into
the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that are prevented from
being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of control devices shall
not be subtracted from the total for the purposes of determining
volatile organic compound net input. When the nature of any
operation or design of equipment is such as to permit more than one
interpretation of this definition, the interpretation that results
in the minimum value for allowable emission shall apply.
203
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 9, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
No person shall cause, allow or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than 15 percent by weight of the
volatile organic compounds input into the affected facility.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE
(a) In all cases the design of any control device is subject to
approval by the District.
(b) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 of this regulation
shall be demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases
which the District determines that a material balance is not
possible. For those cases where a material balance is not
possible, compliance will be determined based upon an engineering
analysis by the District of: the control system design, control
device efficiency, control system capture efficiency, and any other
factors that could influence the performance of the system. If so
requested by the District, performance tests as specified by the
District shall be conducted in order to determine the efficiency
of the control system or any part of the system.
(c) With the prior approval of the district, the owner or operator
may elect to effect such changes in the affected facility as are
necessary to qualify for an exemption under section 6 of this
regulation.
(d) Whenever deemed necessary by the District, the District shall
obtain samples of the coatings used at an affected facility to
verify that the coatings meet the requirements in section 6 of this
regulation. The following methods of analysis for coatings shall
be used as applicable except in those cases where the District
determines that other methods are appropriate.
(i) ASTM D 1644—75 Method A,
(ii) ASTM D 1475—60 (74),
(iii) ASTM D 2369—73, or
(iv) Federal Standard 141 a, Method 4082.1
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall be required to
complete the following:
(a) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with this
regulation no later than September 1, 1979.
204
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 9, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
(b) Award the control system contract or the exempt coatings and
any accompanying process changes no later than January 1, 1980.
(C) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emissions
control equipment or process changes for exempt coatings no later
than May 1, 1980.
(d) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment or process changes for exempt coatings shall be completed
no later than May 1, 1981.
(e) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than August 1,
1981.
SECTION 6. EXEMPTIONS
Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
section 3 of this regulation if the volatile organic compound
content of the coating is less than 0.36 kilograms per liter of
coating (3.0 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the
applicators associated with the prime, single or topcoat coating
line.
Adopted 6/13/79; effective 6/13/79; amended 4/20/88.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULPLTION AS OF April 27, 1989.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUN 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision JAN 19, 1989 APR 27, 1989 54 FR 18103
205
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP2ND”
REGULATION 6.20. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING BULK
GASOLINE PLANTS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility which was in being or had a construction permit issued
by the District on or before June 13, 1979.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means a bulk gasoline plant.
(b) “Bulk gasoline plant” means a facility for the storage and
dispensing of gasoline that employs tank trucks, trailers, or
other mobile non-marine vessels for both incoming and outgoing
gasoline transfer operations.
(C) “Gasoline” means any petroleum distillate having a Reid vapor
pressure of 4.0 pounds per square inch or greater used as a fuel
for internal combustion engines.
(d) “Bottom fill systems” means a system of filling transport
vehicle tanks through an opening that is flush with the bottom of
the transport vehicle tank.
(e) “Vapor Balance System” means a combination of pipes or hoses
which create a closed system between the vapor spaces of an
unloading tank and a receiving tank such that vapors displaced
from the receiving tank are transferred to the tank being
unloaded.
(f) “Submerged fill tube system” means a fill tube the discharge
of which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is six (6)
inches above the bottom of the transport vehicle tank.
(g) “Transport Vehicle” means a tank truck [ s], trailer [ s], or
railroad tank car [ s].
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (HYDROCARBONS)
(a) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install,
maintain, and operate:
(i) Stationary storage tank control devices according to the
provisions of Regulation 6.13 or 7.12.
(ii) A vapor balance system for:
a. filling of stationary storage tanks from transport vehicle
tanks, and
168
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
b. filling of transport vehicle tanks from stationary storage
tanks.
(iii) For loading into transport vehicle tanks either:
a. A submerged fill tube system, or
b. A bottom fill system.
(b) The vapor balance system shall be equipped with fittings
which are vapor tight and will automatically close upon
disconnection so as to prevent the release of organic material.
(c) The cross-sectional area of the vapor return hose must be at
least 50 percent of the cross-sectional area of the liquid fill
line and free of flow restrictions.
(d) The vapor balance system must be equipped with interlocking
devices which prevent transfer of gasoline until the vapor return
is connected.
(e) Transport vehicle tank hatches shall be closed at all times
during loading operations.
(f) There shall be no leaks from the pressure/vacuum relief
valves and hatch covers of the stationary storage tanks or
transport vehicle tanks during loading.
(g) The pressure relief valves on storage vessels and tank trucks
or trailers shall be set to release at no less than 0.7 psig
unless a lower setting is required by applicable fire codes.
(h) The owner or operator shall load gasoline into any transport
vehicle or receive gasoline from any transport vehicle which does
not have proper fittings for connection of the vapor balance
system, nor shall the owner or operator load or receive gasoline
unless the vapor balance system is properly connected and in good
working order. Except as provided in subsection (1) of this
section, the fittings on the transport vehicle tanks must be
vapor tight and automatically close upon disconnection so as to
prevent the release of organic material.
(i) [ When using the vapor balance system,) The following shall
apply to the loading of a transport vehicle tank by means of a
submerged fill tube system:
(i) When inserted into the tank, the submerged fill tube
system must form a vapor tight seal with the tank.
(ii) Tank hatches are to be opened only for the minimum time
necessary to insert or remove the submerged fill tube system.
(j) No owner or operator shall permit gasoline to be spilled,
discarded in sewers, stored in open containers, or handled in any
169
-------
PRINTED AUGUST .30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
other manner than would result in evaporation.
(k) The owner or operator may elect to use an alternative control
system if it can be demonstrated to the District’s satisfaction
that the alternative system will achieve equivalent control
efficiency.
(1) The owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant in Jefferson
County shall allow loading of a tank truck or trailer unless the
following provisions are met:
(1) The tank truck or trailer has a valid Kentucky pressure—
vacuum test sticker as required by Regulation 6.37 attached and
visibly displayed;
(ii) The vapor balance system and associated equipment are
designed and operated to prevent gauge pressure in the delivery
vehicle from exceeding 450 mm water (18 inches water) and prevent
vacuum from exceeding 150 mm water (6 inches water);
(iii) A pressure tap or any equivalent system as approved by the
District is installed on the vapor balance system so that a
liquid manometer, supplied by the owner or operator, can be
connected to the tap in order to determine compliance with
paragraph (ii) of this subsection. The pressure tap shall be
installed by the owner or operator as close as possible to the
connection with the tank truck or trailer, and shall consist of a
1/4 inch tubing connector which is compatible with a 3/16 inch
inside diameter plastic tubing;
(iv) During loading operations there is no reading greater than
or equal to 100% of the lower explosive limit (LEL, measured as
propane), at a distance of 2.5 centimeters (one inch) from the
potential leak source associated with the vapor balance system of
a bulk gasoline plant, as detected by a combustible gas detector
using the test procedure referenced in subsection (v); and
(v) On or after April 1, 1983, the test procedure as defined in
Appendix B to “Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks from
Gasoline Tank Truck and Vapor Collection Systems” (OAQPS 1.2 119
U. S. EPA, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards), or an
equivalent procedure approved by the District, shall be used to
determine compliance with the standard prescribed in Section 3
(1) (iv) during inspections conducted pursuant to KRS 77.165 or
KRS 224.033 (10).
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
(a) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall be
required to achieve compliance no later than May 1, 1981.
(b) The owner or operator of a bulk plant subject to this
regulation shall achieve final compliance with Section 3 (1) by
December 1, 1982.
170
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
Adopted 6/13/79; effective 6/13/79; amended 11/16/83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
171
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.21 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING GASOLINE
LOADING FACILITIES AT BULK TERMINALS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility which was in being or had a construction permit issued
by the District before June 13, 1979.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means the facilities at a bulk gasoline
terminal for loading gasoline into tank trucks, trailers,
railroad tank cars or other mobile, non-marine vessels.
(b) “Bulk gasoline terminals” means a facility for the storage
and dispensing of gasoline where incoming gasoline loads are
received by pipeline, marine tanks or barge (solely or in
combination with tank trucks, trailers, railroad tank cars, or
other mobile, non-marine vessels) and where outgoing gasoline
loads are transferred by tank trucks, trailers, railroad tank
cars, or other mobile non-marine vessels.
(c) “Gasoline” means any petroleum distillate used as a fuel for
internal combustion engines and having a Reid vapor pressure of
4.0 pounds per square inch or greater.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
(a) No owner or operator of any loading facility shall load
gasoline unless such facility is equipped with a vapor control
system which is in good working order and in operation.
(b) Loading shall be accomplished in such a manner that all
displaced vapor and air will be vented only to the vapor
collection system. Measures shall be taken to prevent liquid
drainage from the loading device when it is not in use or to
accomplish complete drainage before the loading device is
disconnected.
(C) No owner or operator shall permit the volatile organic
compound emissions from vapor control device to exceed 80
milligrams per liter of gasoline loaded.
(d) No owner or operator shall open tank hatches or allow hatches
to be opened at any time during loading operations if bottom-fill
is practiced. If top-submerged fill is practiced, the hatch is
to be opened the minimum time necessary to install and remove the
submerged fill pipe and associated vapor collection equipment.
[ THE FOLLOWING UNDERLINED TEXT NOT j flL ORIGINAL SUBMITTAL1
owner operator shall permit gasoline to be spilled ,
172
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
discarded in sewers, stored in open containers , handled
other manner that would result in evaporation .
j J - No owner or operator of a bulk gasoline terminal subject
this regulation shall allow loading on or after April 1983
unless the following provisions are met:
The vapor control system and associated equipment are
designed and operated to prevent gauge pressure .jj the tank truck
or trailer from exceeding 450 mm water j inches water )
prevent vacuum from exceeding 150 mm water j inches water).
( ii ) A pressure ta equivalent system as approved the
District installed n the vapor collection system that
liquid manometer, supplied y owner operator. can
connected to the p in order to determine compliance with
paragraph jj) of this subsection . The pressure p shall
installed the owner or operator as close as possible to the
connection with the tank truck or trailer , n4 shaliconsist
.1L4. inch tubing connector which is compatible with the use of
3/16 inch inside diameter plastic tubing;
( iii) During loadincT operations there is no reading greater than
or equal to 100 percent of the lower explosive limit ( LELI
measured propane ) distance 2.5 centimeters ( one inch)
from the potential leak source associated with the vapor
collection system of a bulk gasoline terminal as detected a
combustible g detector using the test procedure referenced in
Section • ( d) ;
( iv ) The tank truck or trailer has a valid Kentucky pressure-
vacuum test sticker as required j Regulation 6.37 attached and
visibly displayed .
SECTION 4. MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
The owner or operator shall conduct such monitoring of operations
and submit records as specified by the District.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE
(a) The design of the vapor control system is subject to the
approval of the District,
(b) Method(s) specified by the District shall be used to
determine compliance with the standard in section 3 of this
regulation, except as required in subsections (c) and (d) which
follow.
[ THE UNDERLINED TEXT IS NOT IN THE ORIGINAL SUBMITTAL1
The test procedure . as defined in Appendix A to “ Control Q.
Hydrocarbons from Tank Truck Gasoline Loading Terminals,”
EPA—450/2—77—026. ( OAQPS 1.2—082 . EPA, Office
Quality Planning and Standards), shall be used to determine
compliance with the standard in Section ( f). Each bulk
gasoline terminal subiect this regulation shall use leaktight
173
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
tank trucks for the compliance test . For purposes of testing.
using Appendix A “Control Hydrocarbons from Tank Truck
Gasoline Loading Terminals (EPA-450/2-77-026ü , leaktight tank
truck is one that during loading has no reading greater than or
equal to 100 percent of the lower explosive limit ( LEL. measured
as propane) , at a distance of 2.5 centimeters ( one inch) from the
potential leak source associated with the gasoline tank truck
trailer and its vapor collection system , as detected ky
combustible gp detector using the test procedure referenced in
subsection j J this section .
j j The test procedure , as defined in Appendix B to “ Control of
Volatile Organic Compound Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and
Vapor Collection Systems; ( OAQPS 1.2-119 . XL.. EPA. Office
Quality Planning Standards) , equivalent procedure
approved by the District, shall be used to determine compliance
with the standard prescribed in Section 3 fl ( iii) during
inspections conducted pursuant to KRS 77.165 or S 224.033 ( 10 )
and with the requirements subsection j çj this section .
SECTION 6. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
(a) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall be
required to complete the following:
(i) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with
this regulation no later than September 1, 1979,
(ii) Award the control system contract no later than January 1,
1980,
(iii) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emission
control equipment no later than July 1, 1980.
(iv) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment shall be completed no later than March 1, 1981.
(v) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than May 1, 1981.
(b) The owner or operator of a gasoline bulk terminal subject to
this regulation shall achieve final compliance with Section 3 (f)
by April 1, 1983.
Adopted 6/13/79; effective 6/13/79; amended 11/16/83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
174
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 94 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.22 STANDARD OF PERFORNANCE FOR EXISTING VOLATILE
ORGANIC MATERIALS LOADING FACILITIES
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation provides for the control of organic
material emissions from existing loading facilities.
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this section shall apply to each loading facility
which loads more than 200 gallons in any one day of volatile
organic materials into tank trucks, trailers, or railroad tank cars
which was commenced before the effective date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Organic materials” means any organic compound which
participates in atmospheric photochemical reactions; or which is
measured under the applicable regulation by a reference method, an
equivalent method, an alternative method, or which is determined
by procedures specified in the applicable regulation. Compounds
which do not participate in atmospheric photochemical reactions or
which are not considered to be organic compounds are methane,
ethane, methylene chloride, 1,1,1-trichioroethane (methyl
chloroform), trich].orof luoromethane (CFC—11),
dichiorodifluoromethane (CFC-12), chlorodifluoromethane (CFC-22),
trifuoromethane (FC-23), tricylorotrifuoroethane (CFC-113),
dichiorotetrafluoroethane (CFC- 114), chloropentafuoroethane (CFC-
115), carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic
carbides, and ammonium carbonate.
(b) “Volatile organic material” means any organic material which
has a true vapor pressure of 78 mm Hg (1.5 psia) or greater under
actual storage conditions.
(C) “True vapor pressure” means the equilibrium partial pressure
exerted by organic material as determined in accordance with
methods specified by the District.
(d) “Vapor recovery system” means a vapor gathering system capable
214
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 9, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
of collecting 90% by weight of all hydrocarbon vapors and gases
discharged and a vapor disposal system capable of processing such
hydrocarbon vapors and gases so as to prevent their emission to the
atmosphere.
(e) “Submerged fill pipe means any fill pipe the discharge of
which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is 6 inches
above the bottom of the tank; or when applied to a tank which is
loaded from the side, shall mean every fill pipe the discharge
opening of which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is 2
times the fill pipe diameter above the bottom of the tank.
SECTION 3. CONTROL OF VOLATILE ORGANIC MATERIALS
(a) No owner or operator of any loading facility from which more
than 200 gallons but less than 20,000 gallons of volatile organic
materials are loaded in any one day shall load any volatile organic
materials into any tank, truck, trailer, or railroad car from any
loading facility unless such loading is accomplished by submerged
fill, bottom loading, or equivalent method(s) approved by the
District. Pneumatic, hydraulic, or other mechanical means shall
be provided to prevent liquid organic compounds drainage from the
loading device when it is removed from the hatch, or to accomplish
complete drainage before such removal.
(b) No owner or operator of any loading facility from which 20,000
gallons or more of volatile organic materials are loaded in any one
day shall load such materials unless such facility is equipped with
a device which reduces the emissions of all hydrocarbon vapors and
gases by at least 90 percent by weight, and which is properly
installed, in good working order, and in operation, loading shall
be accomplished in such a manner that all displaced vapor and air
will be vented only to the vapor recovery system. Measures shall
be taken to prevent liquid drainage from the loading device when
it is not in use or to accomplish complete drainage before the
loading device is disconnected.
SECTION 4. EXE1 TIONS
Gasoline loading facilities are exempt from this section.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall demonstrate
compliance by the adoption date of this regulation.
Adopted 6/13/79; effective 6/13/79; amended 9/1/76, 4/20/88.
215
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 9,. 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF April 27, 1989.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUN 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision JAN 19, 1989 APR 27, 1989 54 FR 18103
216
-------
REGULATION 6.23 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING DRY
CLEANING FACILITIES
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions in this regulation not defined herein shall have
the meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Fluorocarbon” means any of the family of saturated or
partially saturated carbon compounds containing fluorine.
(b) “Petroleum Solvent t means any carbon compound used for
cleaning clothes, except fluorocarbons or perchloroethylene.
(C) “Dry Cleaning System” means a series of equipment and/or
operation which includes, but is not limited to: washer, dryer,
filter and purification systems, holding tanks, pumps, and
attendant piping and valves used for the purpose of commercial
dry cleaning of fabrics.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
For perchioroethylene plants the owner or operator of an affected
facility shall install, maintain, and operate the control
equipment such that the following requirements are met:
(a) There shall be no liquid leakage of volatile organic
compounds from the system.
(b) The entire dryer exhaust shall be vented through a properly
functioning carbon absorber or equally effective control device.
(C) The maximum organic solvent concentration in the vent from
the dryer control device shall not exceed 100 ppm before
dilution.
(d) Combined filter and distillation wastes shall not contain
more than 25 kilograms of solvent per 100 kilograms of wet waste
material.
(ii) The residue from a solvent still shall not contain more than
60 kg of solvent per 100 kg of wet waste mat ria1.
(iii) Filtration cartridges shall be drained in the filter
housing for at least 24 hours before being discarded. The
drained cartridges shall be dried in the dryer tumbler after
draining.
(iv) Any other filtration or distillation system can be used if
equivalency to these requirements is demonstrated. Any system
reducing waste losses below 1 kg solvent per 100 kg clothes
cleaned will be considered equivalent.
SECTION 4. EXEMPTIONS
177
-------
Section 3 (a) (iii) and (iv) are not applicable to plants where an
adsorber cannot be accommodated because of inadequate space or
plants where no or insufficient steam capacity is available to
desorb adsorbers.
SECT EON 5. LABELING OF EQUIPMENT
All drycleaning equipment subject to this section shall have an
easily readable label in a conspicuous place which details proper
operating instructions.
SECTION 6. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility subject to this
regulation shall demonstrate compliance according to the
following timetable:
For perchloroethylene plants
(a) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with
this regulation no later than September 1, 1979.
(b) Award the control system contract no later than January 31,
1980.
(C) Initiate on-site construction no later than May 1, 1980.
(d) On—site construction or installation of emission control
equipment shall be completed no later than December 31, 1981.
(e) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than March 1,
1982.
Adopted 5/20/81; effective 5/20/81; amended 4/21/82.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
178
-------
REGULATION 6.24. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING SOURCES
USING ORGANIC MATERIALS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
(a) The provisions of this regulation shall apply to any affected
facility using any organic materials which was in being or had a
construction permit issued by the District prior to the effective
date of this regulation except when a specific regulation exists
for the source.
(i) Those portions of any series of affected facilities designed
for processing a continuous web, strip, or wire which emit
organic materials shall be taken collectively to determine
compliance with this regulation.
(ii) Emissions of organic materials resulting from air or heated
drying of products for the first 12 hours after their removal
from an affected facility shall be included in determining
compliance with this regulation.
(iii) Emissions of organic materials to the atmosphere from the
cleanup with organic materials of any affected facility shall be
included with other emissions of organic materials from that
affected facility for determining compliance with this
regulation.
(b) The provisions of this regulation shall not apply to:
(1) The use of equipment for which other requirements are
specified by Regulation 6 for existing sources or which are
exempt from air pollution control requirements by said
regulation;
(ii) The spraying or other employment of insecticides,
pesticides, or herbicides;
(iii) The employment, application, evaporation, or drying of
saturated halogenated hydrocarbons or perchioroethylene;
(iv) The use of any material in any affected facility described
in ]. (a) above if the volatile content of the material prior to
application consists only of Class III solvent and a solid
content comprising not less than 70 percent by volume of the
material applied; or
(v) The use of any material in any affected facility described in
1 (a) above if the volatile content of the material prior to
application consists only of water and Class III solvent and the
organic solvent comprises not more than 20 percent of said
volatile content by volume as applied.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
179
-------
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected Facility” means any article, machine, equipment, or
other contrivance used for employing or applying any organic
material.
(b) “Organic materials” means organic compounds which are used as
dissolvers, reaction media, viscosity reducers, cleaning agents,
reactants, diluents, or thinners, except that such materials
which have a vapor pressure less than 0.5 mm Hg at 220 degrees
Fahrenheit shall not be considered to be included unless exposed
to temperatures exceeding 2220 degrees Fahrenheit.
(C) “Class I Solvent” means any organic material which comes into
contact with flame or is baked, heat-cured, or heat-polymerized
in the presence of oxygen, unless it can be demonstrated to the
District’s satisfaction that no new compounds are created through
such contact.
(d) “Class II Solvent” means any organic material except
perchioroethylene, which has an aggregate of more than 20 percent
of its total volume composed of the chemical compounds classified
below or which exceeds any of the following individual percentage
composition limitations referred to the total volume of organic
materials:
(i) A combination of hydrocarbons having an olefinic or
cycloolefinic type of unsaturation, 5 percent;
(ii) A combination of aromatic compounds with 8 or more carbon
atoms to the molecule except ethylbenzene, 8 percent;
(iii) A combination of ethylbenzene, ketones having branched
hydrocarbon structures, trichioroethylene, or toluene, 20
percent;
When any organic material or constituent of an organic material
may be classified by its chemical structure into more than one of
the above groups of organic compounds, it shall be considered as
a member of the most reactive chemical group, that is that group
having the least allowable percent of the total volume of organic
materials.
(e) “Class III Solvent” means any organic material which is not
classified as a Class I or Class II solvent.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR ORGANIC MATERIALS
(a) No owner or operator subject to the provision of this
regulation shall discharge into the atmosphere more than 15
pounds of organic materials in any one day, or more than 3 pounds
in any one hour, from any existing affected facility in which any
Class I solvent is used unless said discharge has been reduced by
at least 85 percent by weight.
(b) No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
180
-------
regulation shall discharge into the atmosphere more than 40
pounds of organic materials in any one day, nor more than 8
pounds in any one hour, from any existing affected facility in
which any Class II solvent is used unless said discharge has been
reduced by at least 85 percent by weight.
(C) No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall discharge into the atmosphere more than 3000
pounds of organic materials in any one day, nor more than 450
pounds in any one hour, from any existing affected facility in
which any Class III solvent of any material containing such
solvent is employed or applied unless said discharge has been
reduced by at least 85 percent by weight.
(d) If incineration is the control method used to achieve
compliance with section 3 (a), (b), or (C), then 90 percent of
the carbon in the organic material must be oxidized to carbon
dioxide.
SECTION 4. MONITORING AND REPORTING
(a) Any person controlling the emission of organic materials
pursuant to this regulation shall provide, properly install, and
maintain in calibration, in good working order and in operation
devices as specified in the permit to construct or the permit to
operate, or as specified by the District, for indicating
temperatures, pressures, rates of flow and other operating
conditions necessary to determine the degree and effectiveness of
air pollution control.
(b) Any person using organic materials or any material containing
organic materials shall supply the District, upon request and in
the manner and form prescribed, written evidence of the chemical
composition, physical properties, and amount consumed for each
organic material used.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE
(a) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the District.
(b) Compliance with the standard in section 3 shall be
demonstrated by material balance except in those cases where the
District determines a material balance is not possible. For
those cases where a material balance is not possible, compliance
will be determined based upon an engineering analysis of: the
control system design, control device efficiency, control system
capture efficiency and any other factors that could influence the
performance of the system. If so requested by the District,
performance tests as specified by the District shall be conducted
in order to determine the efficiency of the control device.
SECTION 6. EXEMPTION
Facilities which manufacture surface coatings for other
facilities, which use or apply surface coatings and which are in
181
-------
compliance with an applicable emission standard exemption in
Regulation 6 or 7, are exempted from the standards in section 3
of this regulation for the manufacture of those particular
coatings.
SECTION 7. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The affected facility shall be in compliance as of the effective
date of this regulation.
Adopted 6/13/79; effective 6/13/79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
182
-------
REGULATION 6.25. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING SANITARY
LANDFI LLS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this section shall apply to all sanitary
landfills located in Jefferson county which commenced operation
on or before the effective date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. REGISTRATION
The owner or operator of each affected sanitary landfill shall
register with the District on forms provided by the District.
SECTION 3. REPORTS
The District may require the owner or operator of a sanitary
landfill to submit reports containing information relating to the
nature of fill, size of operation, and the extent of any expected
or actual gaseous or particulate emissions from its operation.
SECTION 4. CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
The District may require the owner or operator of any sanitary
landfill to install and operate by-product gas venting and
particulate control measures to the extent that public health is
protected when emissions occur during and after the life of
landfill. These measures may include but are not limited to:
(a) Injections
(b) Venting equipment
(C) Incineration of Hazardous Emissions
(d) Flow and emission control devices
(e) Inert fill applications
(f) Dust control measures
SECTION 5. TESTING REQUIREMENTS
The District may require the owner or operat r to conduct
emissions testing of vent gases for purposes of determining the
nature of the relative concentrations of the components of such
gases.
Adopted 6/13/79; effective 6/13/79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION ASOF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
183
-------
REGULATION 6.26 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING VOLATILE
ORGANIC COMPOUND WATER SEPARATORS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this section shall apply to any compartment of
any vessel or device operated for the recovery of volatile
organic compounds which contains 200 gallons a day or more of any
volatile organic compounds front any equipment which processes,
refines, stores, or handles hydrocarbons with a Reid vapor
pressure of 0.5 psia or greater which was in being or under
construction prior to the effective date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Volatile organic compound water separator” means any tank,
box, sump, or other container in which any volatile organic
compound or product thereof, floating on or entrained or
contained in water entering such tank, box, sump, or other
container, is physically separated and removed from such prior to
outfall, drainage, or recovery of such water.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR HYDROCARBONS
The emissions of all hydrocarbon vapors and gases shall be
reduced by at least 90 percent by weight.
All gauges and sampling devices shall be gas tight except when
gauging and/or sampling is taking place.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
Any affected facility shall be in compliance on or before the
effective date of this regulation.
Adopted 6-13—79; effective 6—13-79; amended 9-1-76.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
184
-------
REGULATION 6.27 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING LIQUID
WASTE INCINERATORS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
This section is applicable to these facilities disposing of waste
solvents, chemicals, and other flammable material by incineration
which are in existence or have a construction permit issued by
the District before the effective date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Liquid waste” means any material in a liquid form which has
no commercial value other than recovery of its recyclable
components, or has been transferred to a facility for disposal.
(b) “Liquid waste incinerator” is a device for incineration of
liquid waste.
(c) “Exit gas temperature t ’ means the temperature of the products
of combustion measured at the end of the incinerator and prior to
any air pollution control device.
(d) “residence time” means the time required for the products of
combustion to travel from the liquid waste burner to the exit of
the incinerator while maintaining the average gas temperature
associated with the residence time.
(e) “auxiliary fuel” means natural gas, propane, butane,
distillate fuel oil or other fuel free of toxic compounds and
containing not more than 0.5% incombustible particulate.
(f) “Combustible liquid waste” means any liquid waste with a heat
input greater than 10,000 BTU/lb or capable of sustaining
combustion in an incinerator without auxiliary fuel.
(g) “Partially combustible liquid waste” means any liquid waste
with a heat content greater than 5000 BTU/lb and less than 10,000
BTU/lb requiring auxiliary fuel for sustained combustion.
(h) “Average gas temperature” is the mean temperature of the
products of combustion while in the incinerator and prior to any
spray chamber of air pollution control device.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
The owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall not cause the emission of particulate matter
from a liquid waste incinerator to exceed:
(a) 0.2 gr/scf corrected to 12% C02 excluding the contribution of
carbon dioxide from auxiliary fuel, and
185
-------
(b) 20% opacity.
SECTION 4. EQUIPMENT STANDARDS
(a) Incineration of partially combustible liquids shall be
accomplished in an incinerator equipped with means for firing
sufficient auxiliary fuel to sustain combustion at temperatures
as required by this regulation. No auxiliary fuel shall be
required for incineration of combustible liquids unless otherwise
required by the District.
(b) Incineration of liquid wastes with a viscosity of 750 SSU or
greater shall be accomplished in a burner equipped with steam or
air atomization.
(C) Incineration of halogenated liquid wastes shall be
accomplished in an incinerator equipped with wet scrubber.
(d) Incineration of liquid wastes containing inorganic salts
shall be accomplished in an incinerator equipped with a
particulate control device of sufficient efficiency to meet the
emission standard specified in section 3 (a) and (b) of this
regulation.
(e) The incinerator shall be capable of maintaining an average
gas temperature of 1600 degrees F with a residence time as
determined by the District to provide complete combustion of the
liquid waste.
(f) The incinerator shall be equipped with a fail-safe device
designed to interrupt the delivery of liquid waste to the burner
in the event of:
(i) Fire or flame reaching the line delivering waste to the
burner and
(ii) Loss of burner flame.
(g) The delivery pipe to the liquid waste burner shall be
equipped with a flow indicator capable of measuring the maximum
demand of the burner.
(h) The incinerator shall be equipped with an indicating
pyrometer or thermometer to measure the exit gas temperature.
SECTION 5. RECORDKEEPING
The owner or operator of any liquid waste incinerator subject to
the provisions of this regulation shall record the following
information:
(a) Daily operating hours of liquid waste incinerator,
(b) Daily log of liquid waste received and specifying:
186
-------
(i) The amount received;
(ii) A general description of the waste;
(iii) The source from whom the waste was received;
(iv) A designation of whether the waste contains material toxic
to humans.
SECTION 6. TIMETABLE FOR COMPLIANCE
(a) Compliance with the provisions of section 4 of this
regulation shall occur on or before February 1, 1980.
(b) Compliance with all other provisions of this regulation shall
occur as of the effective date of this regulation.
Adopted 6/13/79; effective 6/13/79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
187
-------
REGULATION 6.28 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING HOT AIR
ALUMINUM ATOMIZATION PROCESSES
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each hot air
aluminum atomization process which was in being or had a
construction permit issued by the District on or before July 2,
1975.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Hot Air Aluminum Atomization Process” means a process for
producing fine aluminum powder wherein molten aluminum is reduced
to a fine spray by the use of compressed air (or an inert gas)
which has been heated to a temperature of 600 degrees F or above.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
affected facility, or from any air pollution control equipment
installed on any affected facility, any gases which may contain
particulate matter which:
(a) Is equal to or greater than 20 percent opacity; or,
(b) Is in excess of 13.76 pounds per ton of aluminum powder
atomized.
Adopted 5/20/81; effective 5/20/81.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF MAR 8, 1982
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: MAY 18, 1981 MAR 8, 1982 47 FR 9833
188
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 9, 1991. “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.29. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING GRAPHIC ARTS
FACILITIES USING ROTOGRAVURE AND FLEXOGRAPHY
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation provides for the control of volatile
organic compound emissions from existing graphic arts facilities
which use rotogravure and flexography.
SECTION 1.. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced before February 4, 1981.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means a printing line for packaging,
rotogravure, publication rotogravure, specialty rotogravure, and
flexographic printing.
(b) “Applicator’ means the mechanism or device used to apply the
ink.
(C) “Flashoff area” means the space between the applicator and the
oven.
(d) “Printing line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure, any inks containing volatile organic
compounds. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(i) Mixing operations;
(ii) Process storage;
(iii) Applicators;
(iv) Drying operations including, but not limited to, flashoff area
evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and polymerization;
(v) Clean up operations;
230
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 9 1991 “LOSIP.2ND ”
(vi) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(vii) Processing and handling of recovered organic compounds;
(viii) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
a part or more than one (1) printing line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each printing line of which
it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile organic
compounds it receives from or distributes to each printing line;
(ix) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to Section 6, then that portion
shall be considered to be a separate printing line;
(x) All units in a machine which has both coating and printing
units will be considered as performing a printing operation.
(e) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and other
tanks, drums, or other containers which contain inks, volatile
organic compounds, or recovered volatile organic compounds; but
does not mean storage tanks which are subject to Regulation 6.13.
(f) “Printing” means the formation of words, designs, and pictures,
usually by a series of application rolls each with only partial
coverage. It applies to flexographic and rotogravure processes
as applied to publication, specialty, and packaging printing.
(g) “Coating” means the application of a uniform layer of material
across the entire width of a web.
(i) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total
amount of volatile organic compounds input to the affected
facility minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that
are not emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic
compounds that are prevented from being emitted to the
atmosphere by the use of control devices shall not be
subtracted from the total for the purposes of determining
volatile organic compounds net input. When the nature of any
operation or design of equipment is such as to permit more
than one interpretation of this definition, the interpretation
that results in the minimum value for allowable emission shall
apply.
(h) “Packaging rotogravure printing” means rotogravure printing
upon paper, paper board, metal foil, plastic film, and other
substrates, which are, in subsequent operations, formed into
packaging products and labels for articles to be sold.
(i) “Publication rotogravure printing” means rotogravure printing
upon paper which is subsequently formed into books, magazines,
231
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 9, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
catalogues, brochures, directories, newspaper supplements, and
other types of printed materials.
(j) “Flexographic printing” means the application of words, designs
and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing techniques
in which the pattern to be applied is raised above the printing
roll and the image carrier is made of rubber or other elastomeric
materials.
(k) “Rotogravure printing” means the application of words, designs,
and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing technique
which involves intaglio or recessed image areas in the form of
cells.
(1) “Roll Printing” means the application of words, designs and
pictures to a substrate usually by means of a series of hard rubber
or steel rolls each with only partial coverage.
(m) “Specialty rotogravure printing” means all rotogravure printing
except packaging rotogravure and publication rotogravure printing.
It includes, but is not limited to, rotogravure printing on paper
cups and plates, patterned giftwrap, wallpaper, and floor
coverings.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
(a) No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility
for publication rotogravure printing to discharge into the
atmosphere more than 25 percent by weight of the volatile organic
compounds net input into the affected facilities.
(b) No person shall cause, allow or permit an affected facility for
packaging rotogravure printing or specialty rotogravure printing
to discharge into the atmosphere more than 35 percent by weight of
the volatile organic compounds net input into the affected
facility.
(c) No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility
for flexographic printing to discharge into the atmosphere more
than 40 percent by weight of the volatile organic compounds net
input into the affected facility.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE
(a) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the District.
(b) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 shall be demonstrated
by a material balance except in those cases where the District
determines that a material balance is not possible. For those
232
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
cases where a material balance is not possible, compliance will be
determined based upon an engineering analysis by the District of:
the control system design, control device efficiency, control
system capture efficiency, and any other factors that could
influence the performance of the system. If so requested by the
District, performance tests as specified by the District shall be
conducted in order to determine the efficiency of the control
device.
(C) With the prior approval of the District, the owner or operator
may elect to effect such changes in the affected facility as are
necessary to qualify for an exemption under Section 6.
(d) Whenever deemed necessary by the District, the District shall
obtain samples of the inks used at an affected facility to verify
that the inks meet the requirements in Section 6. The following
methods of analyses for inks shall be used as applicable except in
those cases where the District determines that other methods would
be more appropriate:
(i) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
(ii) ASTM D 1475—60(74):
(iii) ASTM D 2369—73—73; or
(iv) Federal Standard 14 La, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall be required to
complete the following:
(a) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with this
regulation no later than April 15, 1981.
(b) Award the control system contract or the exempt inks and any
accompanying process change contracts no later than June 15, 1981.
(c) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emission
control equipment or process changes for exempt inks no later than
December 1, 1981.
(d) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment or process changes for exempt inks shall be completed no
later than December 1, 1982.
(e) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than December 31,
1982.
SECTION 6. EXEMPTION
Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provision of Section
3 if the printing systems:
233
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND°
(a) Utilize a water-borne ink whose volatile portion consits of 75
volume percent water and 25 volume percent organic solvent (or a
lower volatile organic content) in all printing units:
(b) Achieve a 70 percent overall reduction of solvent usage
(compared to all solvent-borne ink usage); or
(C) Utilize inks which, excluding water, contain 60 percent volume
percent or more non-volatile material as applied to the substrate.
SECTION 7. DEVIATIONS
Deviation with the standard and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information, will
be considered by the District on a case-by-case basis to allow for
technological or economic circumstances which are unique to a
source.
Adopted 5—20—82; effective 5—20-82; amended 4—21—82, 11—16—83,
2—19—86, 4—20—88.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF April 27, 1989.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUN 09, 1982 47 FR 25011
1st Revision JAN 19, 1989 APR 27, 1989 54 FR 18103
234
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.30 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING FACTORY
SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS OF FLAT WOOD PANELING
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation provides for the control of surface
coating emissions from existing wood panel facilities.
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced before May 20, 1981.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given to them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means a coating line for the factory
surface coating of interior flat wood paneling.
(b) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device to apply to coating
including but not limited to: roll coaters, curtain coaters, sprays
and brushes.
(C) “Flashoff area” means the space between the applicator and the
oven.
(d) “Coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure any coatings containing volatile
organic compounds. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(i) Mixing operations;
(ii) Process storage;
(iii) Applicators;
(iv) Drying operations including, but not limited to, flashoff area
evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and polymerization;
(v) Clean up operations;
(vi) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
235
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
(vii) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds;
(viii) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of which
it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile organic
compound it receives from or distributes to each coating line;
(ix) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to Section 6, then that portion
shall be considered to be a separate coating line.
(e) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and other
tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface coatings,
volatile organic compounds; but does not mean storage tanks which
are subject to Regulation 6.13.
(f) “Interior flat wood paneling” means printed interior wall
panels made of hardwood plywood and thin particleboard, natural
finish hardwood plywood panels, or hardboard paneling with Class
II finishes.
(g) “Printed panels” means panels whose grain or natural surface
is obscured by fillers and basecoats upon which a simulated grain
or decorative pattern is printed.
(h) “Hardwood plywood” means plywood surface layer is a veneer of
hardwood.
(1) “Particleboard” means a manufactured board made of individual
wood particles which have been coated with a binder and formed into
flat sheets by pressure. Thin particleboard has a thickness of 1/4
inch or less.
(j) “Natural finish hardwood plywood panels” means panels whose
original grain pattern is enhanced by essentially transparent
finishes frequently supplemented by fillers and toners.
(k) “Hardboard” means a panel manufactured primarily from inter—
felted lignocellulosic fibers which are consolidated under heat and
pressure in a hot-press.
(1) “Class II hardboard paneling finishes” means finishes which
meet the specifications of Voluntary Standard PS-59-73, filed by
reference in 401 KAR 50:015, as approved by the American National
Standards Institute.
236
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
(m) “Classification date” means the effective date of this
regulation.
(n) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total amount
of volatile organic compounds input to the affected facility minus
the amount of volatile organic compounds that are not emitted into
the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that are prevented from
being emitted to the atmosphere by use of control devices shall not
be subtracted from the total for the purposes of determining
volatile organic compounds net input. When the nature of any
operation or design of equipment is such to permit more than one
interpretation or design of equipment is such as to permit more
than one interpretation of this definition, the interpretation that
results in the minimum value for allowable emission shall apply.
SECTION 3 STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
No person shall cause, allow or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than 15 percent by weight of the
volatile organic compounds net input into the affected facility.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE
(a) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the District.
(b) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 shall be demonstrated
by a material balance except in those cases where the District
determines that a material balance is not possible. For those
cases where a material balance is not possible, compliance will be
determined based upon an engineering analysis by the District of:
the control system design, control device efficiency, control
system capture efficiency, and any other factors that could
influence the performance of the system. If so requested by the
District, performance tests as specified by the District shall be
conducted in order to determine the efficiency of the control
device.
(C) With the prior approval of the District, the owner or operator
may elect to effect such changes in the facility as are necessary
to qualify for an exemption under Section 6.
(d) Whenever deemed necessary by the District, the District shall
obtain samples of the coatings used at an affected facility to
verify that the coatings meet the requirements in Section 6. The
following methods of analyses for coatings shall be used as
applicable except in those cases where the District determines that
other methods would be more appropriate:
(i) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
237
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
(ii) ASTM D 1475—60 (74);
(iii) ASTM D 2369—73; or
(iv) Federal Standard 141 a, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall be required to
complete the following:
(a) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with this
regulation no later than April 15, 1981.
(b) Award the control system contract or the exempt coatings and
any accompanying process change contracts no later than June 15,
1981.
(C) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emission
control equipment or process changes for exempt coatings no later
than December 1, 1981.
(d) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment or process changes for exempt coatings shall be completed
no later than December 1, 1982.
(e) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than December 31,
1982.
SECTION 6. EXEMPTION
Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provision of Section
3 if the total volatile organic content of all the coatings applied
to a specific area of finished paneling product is:
(a) Less than 2.9 kg of volatile organic compounds per 100 sq m of
coated surface (6.0 lb/bOO sq ft) for printed interior wall panels
made of hardwood plywood and thin particleboard;
(b) Less than 5.9 kg of volatile organic compounds per 100 sq m of
coated surface (12.0 lb/bOO sq ft) for natural finish hardwood
plywood panels; or
(C) Less than 4.9 kg of volatile organic compounds per 100 sq m of
coated surface (10.0 lb/bOO sq ft) for Class II finishes ior
hardboard paneling.
SECTION 7. DEVIATIONS
238
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
Deviations with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information, will
be considered by the District on a case-by-case basis to allow for
technological or economic circumstances which are unique to a
source.
Adopted 5/20/82; effective 5/20/82; amended 4/21/82, 4/20/88.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULA TION AS OF APRIL 27, 1989.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 29, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25010
1ST Revision JAN 19, 1989 APR 27, 1989 54 FR 18103
239
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 1 , 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.31. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING MISCELLANEOUS
METAL PARTS AND PRODUCTS SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation provides for the control of emissions
from surface coating operations at existing metal parts and
products manufacturing.
SECTION ].. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced before May 20, 1981.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall have
the meaning given to them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means a coating line located at job shops
and original equipment manufacturing industries which apply
coatings on metal substrate not elsewhere subject to regulation in
this chapter.
(b) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating, including but not limited to: dipping, spraying, or
flow—coating.
(C) “Flashoff area” means the space between the applicator and the
oven.
(d) Nsingle coat” means only one film of coating is applied to the
metal substrate.
(e) “Prime coat” means the first of two or more films of coating
applied in an operation.
(f) “Topcoat” means the final film or series of films of coating
applied in two coat (or more) operation.
(g) “Coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure any prime, topcoat or single coatings
containing volatile organic compounds. This shall include, but is
not limited to:
240
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
(i) Mixing operations;
(ii) Process storage;
(iii) Applicators;
(iv) Drying operations including, but not limited to, flashoff area
evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and polymerization;
(v) Clean up operations;
(vi) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(vii) Processing and handling of volatile organic compounds;
(viii) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of which
it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile organic
compound it receives from or distributes to each coating line;
(ix) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to Section 6, then that portion
shall be considered to be a separate coating line.
(h) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and other
tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface coatings,
volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile organic
compounds; but does not mean storage tanks which are subject to
Regulation 6.13 or 7.12.
(i) “Miscellaneous metal parts and products” means items including
but not limited to:
(i) Large farm machinery (harvesting, fertilizing and planting
machines, tractors, combines, etc.);
(ii) Small farm machinery (lawn and garden tractors, lawn mowers,
rototillere, etc.);
(iii) Small appliances (fans, mixers, blenders, crock pots,
dehuinidifiers, vacuum cleaners, etc.);
(iv) Commercial machinery (computers and auxiliary equipment,
typewriters, calculators, vending machines, etc.);
(v) Industrial machinery (pumps, compressors, conveyor components,
fans, blowers, transformers, etc.);
241
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 199]. “LOSIP.2ND”
(vi) Fabricated metal products (metal covered doors, frames, etc.);
and
(vii) Any other industrial category not otherwise subject to
regulation in this chapter which coats metal parts or products.
(j) “Heat sensitive material” means materials which cannot be
exposed to temperatures greater than (82 to] 93 degrees C
(180 degrees -] 200 degrees F.
(k) “Air or forced air-dried items” means parts that are too large
or too heavy for practical size ovens; parts to which heat
sensitive materials are attached; parts which are sensitive to
heat; or equipment assembled prior to top coating for specific
performance or quality standards.
(1) “Outdoor or harsh exposure or extreme environmental conditions”
means exposure to any of the following: year round weather
conditions, temperatures consistently above 95 degrees Celsius,
detergents, scouring solvents, corrosive atmospheres and similar
environmental conditions.
(m) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total amount
of volatile organic compounds input to the affected facility minus
the amount of volatile organic compounds that are not emitted into
the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that are prevented from
being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of control devices shall
not be subtracted from the total for the purposes of determining
volatile organic compound net input. When the nature of any
operation or design equipment is such as to permit more than one
interpretation of this definition, the interpretation that results
in the minimum value for allowable emissions shall apply.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than 15 percent by weight of the
volatile organic compounds net input into the affected facility.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE
(a) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the District.
(b) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 shall be demonstrated
by a material balance except in those cases where the District
determines that a material balance is not possible. For those
cases where a material balance is not possible, compliance will be
determined based upon an engineering analysis by the District of:
242
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
the control system design, control device efficiency, control
system capture efficiency, and any other factors that could
influence the performance of the system. If so requested by the
District, performance tests as specified by the District shall be
conducted in order to determine the efficiency of the control
device.
(C) With the prior approval of the District, the owner or operator
may elect to effect such changes in the affected facility as are
necessary to qualify for an exemption under Section 6.
(d) Whenever deemed necessary by the District, the District shall
obtain samples of the coatings used at an affected facility to
verify that the coatings meet the requirements in Section 6. The
following methods of analyses for coatings shall be used as
applicable except in those cases where the District determines that
other methods would be appropriate;
(i) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
(ii) ASTM D 1475—60(74);
(iii) ASTM D 2369—73; or
(iv) Federal Standard 141 a, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall be required to
[ complete the following:
(a) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with this
regulation no later than April 15, 1981.
(b) Award the control system contract or the exempt coatings and
any accompanying process change contracts no later than June 15,
1981.
(C) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emission
control equipment or process changes for exempt coatings no later
than December 1, 1981.
(d) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment or process changes for exempt coatings shall be completed
no later than December 1, 1982.
(e) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than December 31,
1982.
243
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
SECTION 6. EXEMPTIONS
(a) Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provision of
Section 3 if the volatile organic compound content of the coating
is:
(i) Less than 0.52 kg/l of coating (4.3 lb/gal), excluding water,
delivered to applicators associated with clear coat;
(ii) Less than 0.42 kg/i of coating (3.5 lb/gal), excluding water,
delivered to applicators with air or forced air-dried items or
items subject to outdoor or harsh exposure or extreme environmental
conditions;
(iii) Less than 0.36 kg/i of coating (3.0 lb/gal), excluding water,
delivered to applicators associated with color coat or first coat
on untreated ferrous substrate; or
(iv) Less than 0.05 kg/i of powder coating (0.4 lb/gal) delivered
to applicators associated with no or infrequent color change, or
a small number of colors applied.
(b) The surface coating of the following metal parts and products
are exempt from this regulation:
(i) The exterior of airplanes and marine vessels, but not parts for
the exterior of airplanes and marine vessels that are coated as a
separate manufacturing or coating operation;
(ii) Automobile refinishing; and
(iii) Customized top coating of automobile and trucks, if
production is less than 35 vehicles per day.
(C) Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
Section 3 if the total volatile organic compound emissions from all
affected facilities subject to this regulation ar less than or
equal to 5 tons per year.
SECTION 7. DEVIATIONS
Deviation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information, will
be considered by the District on a case-by-case basis to allow for
technological or economic circumstances which are unique to a
source.
Adopted 5—20—82; effective 5—20—82; amended 4—21—82, 11—16—83,
4—20—88.
244
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF APRIL 27, 1989.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 29, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25010
let Revision JAN 19, 1989 APR 27, 1989 54 FR 18103
245
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.32 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR LEAKS FROM EXISTING
PETROLEUM REFINERY EQUIPMENT
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation provides for the control of leakage
from equipment at existing petroleum refineries.
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced before May 20, 1981.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not herein shall have the meaning
given to them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means each individual component within a
petroleum refinery complex that could potentially leak volatile
organic compounds to the atmosphere.
(b) “Component” means equipment or apparatus which includes, but
is not limited to, pump seals, compressor seals, seal oil degassing
vents, pipeline valves, flanges and other connections, pressure
relief devices, process drains, and open-ended pipes that could
potentially leak volatile organic compounds to the atmosphere.
(c) “A petroleum refinery complex” means any facility engaged in
producing gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel
oils, lubricants, or other products through distillation of
petroleum or through redistillation, cracking, rearrangement or
reforming or unfinished petroleum derivatives.
(d) “Leak” means the presence of a volatile organic compound
concentration exceeding 10,000 ppm when tested in the manner
referenced in Section 5.
(e) “Gas service” means that the volatile organic compound is
gaseous at conditions that prevail in the component during normal
operations.
246
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall:
(a) When any affected facility within the petroleum refinery
complex is found to be leaking, repair the leak within fifteen
days. A component recheck shall be made after repair. If the leak
is still present or a new leak is created by the repair, further
maintenance shall be performed until the volatile organic compound
emission drops below the screen value (10,000 ppm).
(b) Any time a valve is located at the end of a pipe or line
containing volatile organic compounds, seal the end of the line
with a second valve, a blind flange, a plug or a cap. This
requirement does not apply to safety pressure relief valves.
SECTION 4. MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
The owner or operator shall conduct such monitoring of affected
facilities and submit records as specified below:
(a) The refinery operator shall perform component monitoring using
the method referenced in Section 5 as follows:
(i) Monitor with a portable volatile organic compound detection
device one time per year (annually): pump seals, pipeline valves
in liquid service, and process drains.
(ii) Monitor with a portable volatile organic compound detection
device four times per year (quarterly): compressor seals, pipeline
valves in gas service, and pressure relief valves in gas service.
(iii) Monitor visually fifty-two times per year (weekly): pump
seals.
(iv) No individual monitoring is necessary for pressure relief
valves in liquid service and pipeline flanges.
(b) Pipeline valves and pressure relief valves for gas service
shall be marked or noted so that their location is readily obvious
to both the refinery operator performing the monitoring and the
District.
(C) Whenever liquids are observed dripping from a pump seal, the
seal shall be checked immediately with a portable detector to
determine if a leak of volatile organic compounds is present.
(d) Whenever a relief valve operates and venting to the atmosphere
occurs, the operator shall monitor such valve immediately.
Pressure relief devices which are tied in to either a flare header
247
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
or vapor recovery device shall be exempted from the monitoring
requirements.
(e) When a leak is located, a weatherproof and readily visible tag
bearing an identification number and the date the leak is located
shall be affixed to the leaking component. The location, tag
number, date and stream composition of the leak shall also be noted
on a survey log. When the leak is repaired, the date of repair and
date and instrument reading of component recheck after maintenance
shall be entered in the survey log and the tag discarded. The
operator shall retain the survey log for two years after the
inspection is completed.
(f) After a quarterly monitoring has been performed, the refinery
operator shall submit a report to the District listing all leaks
that were located but not repaired within the 15 day limit and a
signed statement attesting to the fact that all monitoring has been
performed as stipulated in the control plan. Leaks that cannot be
repaired within 15 days shall be repaired during the next scheduled
turn-around, or if unable to be brought into compliance, a
deviation shall be requested and obtained on an individual basis.
SECTION 5. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Except as provided for in Regulation 1.04, the test methods as
defined in Appendix B to “Control of Volatile Organic Compound
Leaks from Petroleum Refinery Equipment (OAQPS 1.2-111, U. S. EPA,
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards), shall be used to
determine compliance with the standard prescribed in Section 3 and
monitoring requirements in Section 4.
(b) The owner or operator may elect to use alternate monitoring
methods if it can be demonstrated to the District’s satisfaction
that the alternate methods will achieve equivalent control
efficiency.
SECTION 6. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall be required to
complete the following:
(a) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with this
regulation no later than April 1, 1981.
(b) Award the control system contract no later than May 15, 1981.
(C) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emission
control equipment no later than July 15, 1981.
(d) On-site construction or installation of emission control
248
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 LOSIP.2ND”
equipment shall be completed no later than July 15, 1981.
(e) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than January 1,
1982.
SECTION 7. DEVIATION AND MODIFICATION
(a) If, after at least two complete annual checks, the refinery
operator determines that modifications of the monitoring
requirements are in order, he may request in writing to the
District that a revision be made. The submittal shall include data
that have been developed to justify any modifications in the
monitoring schedule.
(b) If the District finds an excessive number of leaks during an
inspection, or if the refinery operator found an excessive number
of leaks in any given area during scheduled monitoring, the
District shall increase the required frequency of operator
inspections for that part of the facility.
(C) Deviation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information will
be considered by the District on a case-by-case basis to allow for
technological or economic circumstances which are unique to a
source.
Adopted 5—20—82; effective 5—20—82; amended 4—21—82, 4—20—88.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF APRIL 27, 1989.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 29, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25010
1st Revision JAN 19, 1989 APRIL 27, 1989 54 FR 18103
249
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.33 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING SYNTHESIZED
PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCT MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation provides for the control of emissions
from existing pharmaceurtical manufacturing operations.
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced before May 20, 1981.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given to them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means operations involved in the
manufacture of pharmaceutical products by chemical synthesis, but
does not include fermentation, extraction, or formulation and
packaging.
(b) “Extraction” means the manufacture of botanical and biological
products by the extraction of organic chemicals from vegetative
materials or animal tissues.
(C) “Fermentation” means the production and separation of medicinal
chemicals such asantibiotics and vitamins from microorganisms.
(d) “Formulation and packaging” means the formulation of bulk
pharmaceuticals into various dosage forms such as tablets,
capsules, injectable solutions, ointments, etc., that can be taken
by the patient immediately and an accurate amount.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
The owner or operator of an affected facility for which this
regulation applies shall install, maintain and operate the control
equipment and observe at all times the following operating
requirements:
(a) (i) Each vent from reactors, distillation operations,
crystallizers, centrifuges, and vacuum dryers that emit 6.8 kg/day
250
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP. 2ND’
(15 lb/day) or more of volatile organic compounds shall be equipped
with surface condensers or other methods of control which ‘provide
emission reductions equivalent to the use of surface condensers
which meet the requirements in paragraph (ii) of this subsection.
(ii) If surface condensers are used, the condenser outlet gas
temperature shall not exceed the following temperatures (degrees
Celsius) when condensing volatile organic compounds with the
respective minimum vapor pressures (kilopascals). All vapor
pressures are measured to (20) degrees Celsius.
(A) Negative 25 degrees C; 40 kPa (5.8 psi);
(B) Negative 15 degrees C; 20 kPa (2.9 psi);
(C) 0 degrees C;
10 kPa (1.5 psi);
(D) 10 degrees C;
7 kPa (1.0 psi); and,
(E) 25 degrees C;
3.5 kPa (0.5 psi).
(b) (i) For air dryers and production equipment exhaust systems
that emit 150 kg/day (330 lb/day) or more of volatile organic
compounds, emissions shall be reduced 90 percent.
(ii) For air dryers and production equipment exhaust systems that
emit less than 150 kg/day (330 lb/day), emissions shall be reduced
to 15 kg/day (33 lb/day).
(C) (i) For storage tanks storing volatile organic compounds with
a vapor pressure greater than 28 kPa (4.21 psi) at 20 degrees C,
1 liter of displaced vapor shall be allowed to be released to the
atmosphere for every 10 liters transferred (i.e., a 90 percent
effective vapor balance or equivalent) or truck/rail car delivery
to all tanks greater than 7,500 liters (2,000 gab capacity except
where tanks are equipped with floating roofs, vapor recovery
systems, or their equivalent. This requirement does not apply to
transfer of volatile organic compounds from one in-plant location
to another.
(ii) For tanks storing volatile organic compounds with a vapor
pressure greater than 10 kPa (1.5 psi) at 20 degrees C,
pressure/vacuum conservation vents shall be Bet at plus or minus
0.2 kPa, except where more effective air pollution control is used.
(d) All centrifuges containing volatile organic compounds, rotary
vacuum filters processing liquid containing volatile organic
compounds and any other filters having an exposed liquid surface
251
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
where the liquid contains volatile organic compounds shall be
enclosed. This applies to liquids exerting a total volatile
organic compounds vapor pressure of 3.5 kPa (0.5 psi) or more at
20 degrees C.
(e) All in-process tanks containing volatile organic compound at
any time shall have covers which shall be closed except for short
periods when production, sampling, maintenance, or inspection
procedures require operator access.
(f) For liquids containing volatile organic compounds, all leaks
in which liquid can be observed to be running or dripping from
vessels and equipment (for example: pumps, valves, flanges) shall
be repaired within 15 days. A visual recheck shall be made after
repair. If the leak is still present or a new leak is created by
the repair, further maintenance shall be performed until the
volatile organic compound emission drops below the screening value
(observed to be running or dripping). Leaks that cannot be
repaired within 15 days shall be repaired during the next scheduled
turnaround, or if unable to be brought into compliance a deviation
shall be requested and obtained on an individual basis. Leak
detection/maintenance and repair procedures shall include
maintaining a log identifying when the leak occurred and reporting
every 90 days those leaks not repaired after 15 days. The operator
shall retain the survey log for two years after the inspection is
completed.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall be required to
complete the following:
(a) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with this
regulation no later than April 15, 1981.
(b) Award the control system contract no later than June 15, 1981.
(C) Initiate on—site construction or installation of emissions
control equipment no later than December 1, 1981.
(d) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment shall be completed no later than December 1, 1982.
(e) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than December 31,
1982.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES
Compliance will be determined based upon an engineering analysis
by the District of: the control system design, control device
252
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
efficiency, control system capture efficiency, and any other
factors that could influence the performance of the system. If so
requested by the District, performance tests as specified by the
District shall be conducted in order to determine the efficiency
of the control device.
SECTION 6. MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
When absorbers, condensers, incinerators, or scrubbers are used to
achieve compliance with Section 3, the following monitoring devices
shall be an integral part of the control device:
(a) For carbon absorbers, a monitoring device connected to an alarm
device, which indicates carbon bed breakthrough;
(b) For condensers, a temperature sensing device located in the
exit gas stream;
(C) For incinerators, temperature sensing devices located in the
combustion chamber for thermal incinerators and in the catalyst
pre-heat chamber for catalytic incinerators; and,
(d) For scrubbers, flow meters for measuring flow rate of scrubbing
medium or pressure drop measuring devices indicating back pressure
and pressure drop across the scrubber.
SECTION 7. DEVIATION
Deviation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information, will
be considered by the District on a case-by-case basis to allow for
technological or economic circumstances which are unique to a
source.
Adopted 5—20—82; effective 5—20—82; amended 4—20—82, 4—20—88.
ThIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF APRIL 27, 1989.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 29, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25010
1st Revision JAN 19, 1989 APR 27, 1989 54 FR 18103
253
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.34 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING PNEUMATIC
RUBBER TIRE MANUFACTURING PLANTS
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation provides for the control of emissions
from existing rubber tire manufacturing facilities.
SECTION 1.. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced before May 20, 1981.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given to them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means undertread cementers, tread end
cenlenters, bead dip tanks, and green tire spray booths associated
with the manufacture of pneumatic rubber tires.
(b) “Manufacture of pneumatic rubber tires” means the mass
production of pneumatic rubber tires.
(C) “Pneumatic rubber tires” means agricultural, airplane,
industrial, mobile home, light and medium duty truck, and passenger
vehicle tires of bead diameter up to .51 m (20 in) and
cross-sectional dimension up to .33 m (12.8 in).
(d) “Water-based sprays” means release compounds, sprayed on the
inside and outside of green tires, in which solids, water, and
emulsifiers have been substituted for organic solvents.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install,
maintain and operate capture and control equipment to achieve the
following:
(a) Emission from undertread cementers, tread end cementers and
bead dip tanks shall be reduced by at least 76 percent; and
(b) Emissions from green tire spray booths shall be reduced by at
254
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
least 81 percent. This requirement is not applicable to green tire
spray booths using water based sprays.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE
Compliance will be determined based upon an engineering analysis
by the District of: the control system design, control device
efficiency, control system capture efficiency and any other factors
that could influence the performance of the system. If so
requested by the District, performance tests as specified by the
District shall be conducted in order to determine the efficiency
of the control device.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall be required to
complete following:
(a) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with this
regulation no later than April 15, 1981.
(b) Award the control system contract no later than June 15, 1981.
(c) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emission
control equipment no later than December 1, 1981.
(d) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment shall be completed no later than December 1, 1982.
(e) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than December 31,
1982.
SECTION 6. DEVIATION
Deviation with the standards and limitation contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information, will
be considered by the District on a case-by-case basis to allow for
technological or economic circumstances which are unique to a
source.
Adopted 5—20—82; effective 5—20—82; amended 4—21—82, 4—20—88.
255
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF APRIL 27, 1989.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 29, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25010
1st Revision JAN 19, 1989 APR 27, 1989 54 FR 18103
256
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.35 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING FABRIC, VINYL
AND PAPER SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT OF JEFFERSON COUNTY
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
PURSUANT TO: KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
NECESSITY AND FUNCTION: KRS 77.180 provides that the air pollution
control board make and enforce all needful orders, rules and
regulations necessary or proper to accomplish the purposes of KRS
Chapter 77. This regulation provides for the control of emissions
from existing fabric, vinyl and paper surface coating operations.
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced before June 13, 1979.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given to them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means a coating line for fabric, vinyl, or
paper.
(b) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating including but not limited to: roll, knife, or rotogravure
coater.
(C) “Flashoff area” means the space between the applicator and the
oven.
(d) “Coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure any coatings containing volatile
organic compounds. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(i) Mixing operations;
(ii) Process storage;
(iii) Applicators;
(iv) Drying operations including, but not limited to, flashoff area
evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and polymerization;
(v) Clean up operations;
(vi) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
257
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
(vii) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds;
(viii) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one coating line, its volatile compound
emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of which it is a
part proportionally to the throughput of volatile organic compounds
it receives from or distributes to each coating line;
(ix) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to Section 6, then that portion
shall be considered to be a separate coating line.
(x) An affected facility which is capable of performing both paper
coating and paper printing will be considered as performing a paper
printing operation subject to Regulation 6.29.
(e) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and other
tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface coatings,
volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile organic
compounds; but does not mean storage tanks which are subject to
Regulation 6.13 or 7.12.
(f) “Fabric coating” means the coating of a textile substrate to
impart properties that are not initially present, such as strength,
stability, water or acid repellancy, or appearance.
(g) “Vinyl coating” means the coating of vinyl coated fabric or
vinyl sheets which includes decorative or protective topcoats or
printing.
(h) “Paper coating” means the application of a uniform layer of
material across the entire width of a’ web of paper, pressure
sensitive tapes regardless of substrate, related web coating
processes on plaStic film such as typewriter ribbons, photographic
film, magnetic tape, and decorative coatings on metal foil such as
gift wrap and packaging, but does not include the printing of
paper.
(i) “Knife coating” means the application of a coating material to
a substrate by means of drawing the substrate beneath a knife that
spreads the coating evenly over the full width of the substrate.
(j) “Roll coating” means the application of a coating material to
a substrate by means of hard rubber or steel rolls.
(k) “Rotogravure coating” means the application of a uniform layer
of material across a substrate by means of a roll coating technique
in which the entire coating roll is uniformly etched with recessed
258
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 1.0, 199]. “LOSIP.2ND”
cells and no pattern or design is present. The coating material is
picked up in these recessed cells and is transferred to the
substrate.
(1) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total amount
of volatile organic compounds input to the affected facility minus
the amount of volatile organic compounds that are not emitted into
the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that are prevented from
being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of control devices shall
not be subtracted from the total for the purposes of determining
volatile organic compounds net input. When the nature of any
operation or design of equipment is such as to permit more than one
interpretation of this definition, the interpretation that results
in the minimum value for allowable emission shall apply.
(m) “Printing” means the formation of words, designs and pictures,
usually by a series of application rolls each with only partial
coverage. It applies to flexographic and rotogravure processes as
applied to publication, specialty, and packaging printing as
defined in Regulation 6.29.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than 15 percent by weight of the
volatile organic compounds net input into the affected facility.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE
(a) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the District.
(b) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 shall be demonstrated
by a material balance except in those cases where the District
determines that a material balance is not possible. For those
cases where a material balance is not possible, compliance will be
determined upon an engineering analysis by the District of: the
control system design, control device efficiency, control system
capture efficiency, and any other factors that could influence the
performance of the system. If so requested by the District,
performance tests as specified by the District shall be conducted
in order to determine the efficiency of the control device.
(c) With the prior approval of the District, the owner or operator
may elect to effect such changes in the affected facility as are
necessary to qualify for an exemption under Section 6.
(d) Whenever deemed necessary by the District, the District shall
obtain samples of the coatings used at an affected facility to
verify that the coatings meet the requirements in Section 6. The
259
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
following methods of analyses for coatings shall be used as
applicable except in those cases where the District determines that
other methods would be more appropriate:
(i) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
(ii) ASTM D 1475—60 (74);
(iii) ASTM D 2369—73; or,
(iv) Federal Standard 141 a, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall be required to
complete the following:
(a) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with this
regulation no later than September 1, 1979.
(b) Award the control system contract or the exempt coatings and
any accompanying process change contracts no later than May 1,
1980.
(C) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emissions
control equipment or process changes for exempt coatings no later
than November 1, 1980.
(d) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment or process changes for exempt coatings shall be completed
no later than August 1, 1981.
(e) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than December 1,
1981.
SECTION 6. EXEMPTIONS
(a) Any affected facility coating fabric or paper shall be exempt
from the provisions of Section 3 if the volatile organic compound
content of the coating is less than 0.35 kg/l of coating (2.9
lb/gal), excluding water, delivered to the applicators associated
with the coating line.
(b) Any affected facility coating vinyl shall be exempt from the
provisions of Section 3 if the volatile organic compound content
of the coating is less than 0.45 kg/l of Coating (3.8 lb/gal)
excluding water, delivered to the applicators associated with the
coating line.
260
-------
PRINTED JANUARY 10, 1991 “LOSIP.2ND”
SECTION 7. DEVIATION
Deviation with the standards and limitation contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information, will
be considered by the District on a case-by-case basis to allow for
technological or economic circumstances which are unique to a
source.
Adopted 5—20—82; effective 5—20—82; amended 4—21—82, 11—16—83,
4—20—88.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF APRIL 27, 1989.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: NOV 17, 1981 APR 13, 1982 47 FR 15788
1ST Revision JAN 19, 1989 APR 27, 1989 54 FR 18103
261
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.36 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING METAL PARTS
AND PRODUCTS SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS AT AUTO AND TRUCK
MANUFACTURING PLANTS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility which was in being or had a construction permit issued
by the District before the effective date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this section not defined herein, shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means a coating line located at
automobile, light truck, and heavy duty truck manufacturing
industries which apply coatings on metal substrates not subject
to Regulation 6.17.
(b) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating, including but not limited to: dipping, spraying, or
flow-coating.
(C) “Flashoff area” means the space between the applicator and
the oven.
(d) “Single coat” means only one film of coating is applied to
the metal substrate.
(e) “Prime coat” means the first of two or more films of coating
applied in an operation.
(f) “Topcoat” means the final film or series of films of coating
applied in a two coat (or more) operation.
(g) “Coating line” means one or more apparatus and/or operations
comprised of all applicators, flash—off areas, and ovens wherein
a surface coating containing volatile organic compounds is
applied, dried, or cured. This shall include, but is not limited
to:
(i) applicators;
(ii) drying operations including but not limited to flash-off
area evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing and polymerization;
(iii) leaks, spills, and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(iv) processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds.
(v) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of
216
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
which it is a part proportionately to the throughput of volatile
organic compounds it receives from or distributes to each coating
line.
(vi) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to section 6, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate coating line.
(h) “Heavy—duty truck” means any motor vehicle rated at greater
than 8500 pounds gross vehicle weight which is designated
primarily for purposes of transportation of products.
(1) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total amount
of volatile organic compounds input to the affected facility
minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are not
emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that are
prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compound net input.
When the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such
as to permit more than one interpretation of this definition, the
interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable
emission shall apply.
(j) “Final Repair” means the repainting of damaged top coatings
which resulted during vehicle assembly.
(k) “Regular production order (RPO) topcoats” means coatings
which are included in routine production for any given model
year, and are used in such volume that they are continuously
supplied to the spray booth.
(1) “Dealers Special Order (DSO) topcoats” means coatings other
than RPO coatings which are used for individualized orders on a
limited production basis and in such volume that they are
intermittently supplied to the spray booth by means of portable
paint pots.
(in) “Customized topcoating” means the application of unique
coating materials or the application of DSO coatings in a unique
way requiring special taping and/or masking between coats.
(n) “Air or forced air-dried items” means part that are too large
or too heavy for practical size ovens, parts that are sensitive
to heat, parts to which heat sensitive materials are attached, or
equipment assembled prior to top coating for specific performance
or quality standards.
(o) “Outdoor or harsh exposure or extreme environmental
condition” means exposure to any of the following: year round
weather conditions, temperatures consistently above 95 degrees
Celsius, detergents, scouring, solvents, corrosive atmospheres,
and similar environmental conditions.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
217
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
(a) No person shall cause, allow or permit an affected facility
to discharge into the atmosphere more than 15 percent by weight
of the volatile organic compounds input into the affected
facility.
(b) For Heavy Duty Truck Manufacturing Plants: The owners or
operators must meet the requirements of (a) above or limit the
total volatile organic compound emissions from all affected
facilities to 9.0 pounds per unit produced or less.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE
(a) In all cases the design of any control device is subject to
approval by the District.
(b) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases which
the District determines that a material balance is not possible.
For those cases where a material balance is not possible,
compliance will be determined based upon an engineering analysis
by the District of the system. If so requested by the District,
performance tests as specified by the District shall be conducted
in order to determine the efficiency of the control system or an
part of the system.
(C) With prior approval of the District, the owner or operator
may elect to effect such changes in the affected facility as are
necessary to qualify for an exemption under section 6.
(d) Whenever deemed necessary by the District, the District shall
obtain samples of the coatings use at an affected facility to
verify that the coatings meet the requirements in section 6 of
this regulation. The following methods of analysis for coatings
shall be used as applicable except in those cases where the
District determines that other methods would be more appropriate:
(1) ASTM D 1644—75 Method A;
(ii) ASTM D 1475—60 (74) ;
(iii) ASTM D 2369—73; OR
(iv) Federal Standard 141 a, Method 4082.1
(v) EPA reference method 24 or an equivalent or alternative
method approved by the District. Manufacturer’s formulation data
is approvable as an alternative to Method 24.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of any affected facility shall be required
to complete the following:
(a) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with
this regulation no later than April 15, 1982.
218
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
(b) For all affected facilities except those associated with
topcoats and final repair:
(i) Award the control system contract or the exempt coatings and
any accompanying process change contracts no later than June 15,
1982.
(ii) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emission
control equipment or process changes for exempt coatings no later
than December 1, 1982.
(iii) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment or process changes for exempt coatings shall be
completed no later than December 1, 1983.
(iv) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than December
31, 1983.
(c) For all affected facilities associated with topcoats and
final repair:
(i) Award the control system contract or the exempt coatings and
an accompanying process change contract no later than June 15,
1985.
(ii) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emission
control equipment or process changes for exempt coatings no later
than December 31, 1985.
(iii) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment or process changes for exempt coatings shall be
completed no later than December 31, 1986.
(iv) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than December
31, 1986.
SECTION 6. EXEMPTION
(a) Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
section 3 of this regulation if the volatile organic compound
content of the coating as delivered to the applicator(s) is:
(i) Less than 0.52 kg/i of coating (4.3 lb/gal) excluding water,
delivered to applicators associated with clear coat;
(ii) Less than 0.42 kg/i of coating (3.5 lb/gal), excluding
water, delivered to applicators associated with air or forced
air-dried items or items subject to outdoors or harsh exposure or
extreme environmental conditions;
(iii) Less than 0.36 kg/l of coating (3.0 lb/gal), excluding
water, delivered to applicators associated with color coat or
first coat on untreated ferrous substrate;
(iv) Less than 0.14 kg/i (1.2 lbs/gal) for prime coatings applied
219
-------
PRINTED AUGUST •30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
by electrophoretic deposition;
(v) Less than 0.58 kg/i of coating (4.8 lb/gal), excluding water,
delivered to applicators associated with final repair coating;
(vi) Less than 0.43 kg/i 1 of coating (3.6 lb/gal), excluding
water, delivered to applicators associated with regular
production order topcoats for heavy-duty truck exterior surfaces
of main body components, hood, and fenders.
(vii) Less than 0.58 kg/i of coating (4.8 lb/gal), excluding
water, delivered to applicators associated with DSO topcoats for
heavy-duty truck exterior surfaces of main body components, hood
and fenders.
(b) Any affected facility using this section of this regulation
may elect to use the instantaneous arithmetic average of the
coatings used in the particular coating line involved. If such
average meets the exemption, then all the coatings will be
considered to meet the exemption.
(C) The exemptions specified in this section may be achieved by:
(i) use of a low solvent coating, and/or
(ii) any other emission reduction process or equipment shown to
be as effective.
(d) The surface coating of the following metal parts and products
are exempt from this regulation:
(i) Customized top coating of automobiles and trucks, if product
is less than 35 vehicles per day;
(ii) A part consisting of both metallic and nonmetallic
components provided that a demonstration is made to the District
that the limits of this rule cannot be met due to the presence of
nonmetallic components.
(e) Certain coatings operations which are exempted from this
regulation are:
(i) Zinc rich weld-through primer;
(ii) Heat resistant anti-corrosion coating.
(iii) Adhesive coatings or mastics.
(iv) Anti-corrosion wax.
(v) Plastic body fillers and caulks.
(vi) Sound deadeners.
(vii) Interior coatings which are applied after upholstery and
220
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
interior plastic parts are attached to the body.
(f) Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
section 3 if the total surface coating formulations, containing
volatile organic compounds, are applied at a rate not in excess
of 1 gallon per hour.
(g) Any affected facility which achieves compliance with the
requirements of this regulation by use of a natural gas-fired
afterburner and/or incinerator may discontinue use of such
afterburner during the period between November 1 and March 31, if
this will not result in a violation of any other administrative
rule of the District.
Adopted 5—20—82; effective 5—20-82; amended 4-21—82.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUN 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 29, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25010
221
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.38 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING AIR
OXIDATION PROCESSES IN SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING
INDUSTRIES
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each air
oxidation process reactor and associated product recovery system
for sources within the synthetic organic chemical manufacturing
industry (SOCMI) which was in being or had a construction permit
issued by the District before the effective date of this
regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Air oxidation facility” means any product recovery system
and all reactors in which air is used is an oxidizing agent to
produce an organic chemical.
(b) “Product recovery system” means any equipment used to collect
volatile organic compounds for beneficial use, reuse, sale or
recycling (such as absorbers, adsorbers, condensers, and ammonia
or hydrochloric acid recovery units) which discharge directly
into the atmosphere or dishcarge back to the recovery system.
(c) “Total Resource Effectiveness index value” (TRE) means the
measure of the supplemental total resource requirement per unit
VOC reduction associated with VOC control by thermal oxidation as
calculated using the formula and coefficients presented in Table
A of this regulationl
TABLE 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
The owner or operator of each air oxidation process vent stream
shall either use a combustion device which reduces total organic
compound emissions (minus methane and ethane) by 98 percent by
weight or to 20 ppm by volume (ppmv), whichever is less
stringent, or maintain a TRE index value greater than 1.0.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall be required
to complete the following:
(a) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with
this regulation no later than March 1, 1987.
(b) Award the control system contract no later than May 1, 1987.
(C) Initiate on-site construction or installation of emission
control equipment no later than June 1, 1987.
(d) Complete on-site construction or installation of emission
control equipment no later than November 30, 1987.
222
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
(e) Demonstrate final compliance no later than December 31, 1987.
SECTION 5. EXEMPTION
An air oxidation facility which uses a combustion device for
control of VOC5 as of the effective date of this regulation is
exempt from Section 3 until the combustion device is replaced or
upgraded.
Adopted 12—17—86; effective 12—17—86.
TABLE A
TRE INDEX CALCULATION
The Total Resource Effectiveness index value is calculated using
the following equation:
TRE = a+b (FLOW)0.88 + c(FLOW) + d(FLOW) (HT) + e(FLOW X HT)0.88
+f(FLOW) 0.5 [ REFER TO REG FOR PROPER SYMBOLS]
H. T.
where:
TRE = Total Resource Effectiveness index value.
H.E. = Hourly emissions reported in kg/hr measured at full
operating flowrate .
FLOW = Vent stream flowrate (scm/mm) at a standard temperature of
20 degrees C*, **.
H = Vent streamed net heating value (MJ/scm), where the net
enthalpy per mole of offgas is based on combustion at 25 degrees
C and 760 mm Hg, but the standard temperature for determing the
volume corresponding to one mole is 20 degrees C, as in the
definition of FLOW.
a, b, C, d, e, and f are coefficients. The set of coefficients
which apply to a process vent stream can be obtained from Table B.
* Use Appendix H of publication EPA 450/3-84—015 for reference
methods and procedures.
** For a Category E stream, the last stream of the equation
should be replaced by:
f (FLOW X HT) 0.5/3.6
[ SEE TABLE b (p. 6.38.4 of LOSIP text)
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF FEB 24, 1989.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: MAR 20, 1987 FEB 25, 1989 54 FR 7930
223
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 ‘ t LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 6.39 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR EQUIPMENT LEAKS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new synthetic organic chemical
manufacturing industry equipment leaks contained n 40 C.F.R. Part
60, Subpart VV, made effective by 48 Fed. Reg. 48335 (1983), and
as amended by Federal Register 49 Fed. Reg. 22607 (1984), and 49
Fed. Reg. 26738 (1984) is hereby adopted and filed herein by
reference, except this regulation shall only apply to sources
commenced construction on or before January 5, 1981.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart VV, limits emissions of volatile organic chemicals from
equipment leaks in the synthetic organic chemical manufacturing
industry. Synthetic organic chemical manufacturing industry is
defined to be the industry that produces, as intermediates or
final products, one or more of the chemicals listed in 40 CFR
Part 60, Subpart VV, Section 60.489. For the provisions of this
regulation, methyl tert-butyl ether, polyethylene, polypropylene,
and polystrene shall be added to this list.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District”, and “this subpart” shall be read as “this
regulation”. However, such readings shall not be construed so as
to abrogate the administrator’s authority: “District” is not
hereby substituted for “Administrator” insofar as equivalency
determinations are concerned as defined under the Clean Air act
section 111(n) (3).
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documetns, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 12—17—86; effective 12—17—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF FEB 24, 1989.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: MAR 20, 1987 FEB 25, 1989 54 FR 7930
224
-------
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 ‘ t LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 7
STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW AFFECTED FACILITIES
REGULATION 7.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
Unless specifically exempted in Regulation 2.02, the provisions
of this section shall apply to any affected facility the
construction, modification, or reconstruction of which is
commenced on or after the effective date of an applicable
standard of performance in this regulation.
SECTION 2. PERMITS REQUIRED
Unless specifically exempted in this regulation, all affected
facilities under this regulation must obtain a permit issued by
the District pursuant to provisions of Regulation 2.
SECTION 3. REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING
Notwithstanding the provisions of this regulation for specific
sources, or Regulation 2
(a) Any owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall furnish the District written notification as
follows:
(i) A notification of the anticipated date of initial startup of
a new affected facility not more than 60 days or less than 30
days prior to such dates;
(ii) A notification of the actual date of initial startup of a
new affected facility within 15 days after such date.
(b) Any owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall maintain for a period of 2 years a record of the
occurrence and duration of any startup, shutdown, or malfunction
in operation of any affected facility.
(C) A written report of excess emissions as defined in applicable
subsections shall be submitted to the District by each owner or
operator for each calendar quarter. The report shall include the
magnitude of excess emissions as measured by the required
monitoring equipment reduced to the units of the applicable
standard, the date, and time of commencement and completion of
each period of excess emissions. Periods of excess emissions due
to startup, shutdown, and malfunction shall be specifically
identified. The nature and cause of any malfunction (if know),
and corrective action taken, or preventive measures as adopted
shall be reported. Each quarterly report is due by the 30th day
following the end of the calendar quarter. Reports are not
required for any quarter unless there have been periods of excess
emissions.
225
-------
PRINTED AUGUST .30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
(d) Any owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall maintain a file of all measurements, including
monitoring and performance testing measurements, and all other
reports and records required by all applicable subsections. Any
such measurements, reports, and records shall be retained for at
least 2 years following the date of such measurements, reports,
and records.
(e) An owner or op rator of an affected facility subject to the
provisions of this regulation shall furnish the District, as
requested, with all reports on emissions, equipment status,
process information, in-stack emission monitoring, stack testing,
fuels data, and other relevant areas relating to permitted
affected facilities in accordance with Regulation 2 and the
provisions of this regulation.
SECTION 4. PERFORNANCE TESTS
(a) Within 60 days after achieving the maximum production rate at
which the affected facility will be operated, but not later than
180 days after initial startup of such facility and at such other
times as may be required by the District, the owner or operator
of any affected facility except those affected facilities
specified below shall conduct performance test(s) according to
Regulation 1.04 and furnish the District a written report of the
results of such performance test(s).
(i) Process operation with a process weight rate of less than 100
tons per hour;
(ii) Indirect heat exchanger of 250 million BTU heat input per
hour or less;
(iii) Incinerator with a charging rate of 45 metric tons per day
(50 tons/day) or less;
(iv) Affected facilities specified in Regulations 7.09, 7.12,
7.14. 7.15. 7.16. 7.18, 7.19. 7.20, 7.21. 7.22. 7.23, 7.35, 7.36.
7.52, 7.53, 7.54, 7.57, 7.58, 7.59, 7.60, 7.61 . [ NOT SANE AS JUN
29, 1979 SUBMITTAL “N”]
(b) The District may require the owner or operator of any
affected facility including those specified in paragraphs (a) (i)
through (a) (iv) of this section to conduct performance test(s)
according to Regulation 1.04 and furnish a written report of the
results of such perform&nce test(s).
SECTION 5. NOTIFICATION AND RECORDKEEPING
Nothing in this section shall relieve the owner or operator from
the responsibility of obtaining the appropriate permits required.
(a) Any owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation furnish the District written notification as follows:
226
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
(i) The data of construction, reconstruction, or modification of
an affected facility is commenced, postmarked no later than 30
days after such date;
(ii) The anticipated date of initial startup of an affected
facility postmarked not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days
prior to such date;
(iii) The actual date of initial startup of an affected facility
postmarked within 15 days after such date;
(iv) Any modification of any affected facility. This notice
shall be postmarked 60 days, or as soon as practicable before the
change is commenced, and shall include information describing the
precise nature of the change, present and proposed emission
control systems, productive capacity of the facility before and
after the change, and the expected completion date of the change.
The District may request additional relevant information
subsequent to this notice;
(v) The date upon which demonstration of the continuous
monitoring system performance test commences in accordance with
(c) of section 6 of this regulation. Notification shall be
postmarked not less than 30 days prior to such date.
(b) Any owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall maintain records of the occurrence and duration
of any startup, shutdown, or malfunction in the operation of an
affected facility; any malfunction of the air pollution control
equipment; or any periods during which a continuous monitoring
system or monitoring device is inoperative.
(C) Each owner or operator is required to install a continuous
monitoring system shall submit for every calendar quarter a
written report of excess emissions (as defined in applicable
sections) to the District. Both a printed report and computer
tape or cards shall be furnished in the format specified by the
District. All quarterly reports shall be postmarked by the 30th
day following the end of each calendar quarter and shall include
the following information:
(i) The magnitude of excess emissions computed in accordance with
section 6 of this regulation, any conversion factor(s), and the
date and time of commencement and completion of each time period
of excess emissions;
(ii) All hourly averages shall be reported for sulfur dioxide and
nitrogen oxides monitors. The hourly averages shall be made
available on computer tape or cards.
(iii) Specific identification of each period of excess emissions
that occurs during startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions of the
affected facility. The nature and cause of any malfunction (if
known), the corrective action taken or preventative measures
227
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
adopted;
(iv) The date and time identifying each period during which the
continuous monitoring system was inoperative except for zero and
span checks and the nature of the system repairs or adjustments;
(v) When no excess emissions have occurred or the continuous
monitoring system(s) have not been inoperative, repaired, or
adjusted, such information shall be stated in the report.
(d) Any owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall maintain a file of all measurements, including
continuous monitoring system, monitoring device, and performance
testing measurements; all continuous monitoring system
performance evaluations; all continuous monitoring system or
monitoring device calibration checks; and all other information
required by this regulation recorded in a permanent form suitable
for inspection. The file shall be retained for at least two
years following the date of such measurements, maintenance,
reports and records.
SECTION 6. MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
(a) Unless otherwise approved by the District or specified in
applicable sections, the requirements of this section shall apply
to all continuous monitoring systems required under this
regulation.
(b) All continuous monitoring systems and monitoring devices
shall be installed and operational prior to conducting
performance tests under section 4 of this regulation.
Verification of operational status shall, as a minimum, consist
of the following:
(i) For continuous monitoring systems referenced in paragraph (c)
(i) of this section, completion of the conditioning period
specified by applicable requirements in Appendix B to 40 CFR 60;
(ii) For continuous monitoring systems referenced in paragraph
(c) (ii) of this section, completion of seven days of operation;
(iii) For monitoring devices referenced in applicable
regulations, completion of the manufacturer’s written
requirements or recommendations for checking the operation of the
device.
(c) During any performance tests required under section 4 of this
regulation or within 30 days thereafter and at such other times
as may be required by the District, the owner or operator of any
affected facility shall conduct continuous monitoring system
performance evaluations and furnish the District within 60 days
thereof copy of a written report of the results of such tests.
These continuous monitoring system performance evaluations shall
be conducted in accordance with the following specifications and
procedures:
228
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
(i) Continuous monitoring systems listed within this subparagraph
except as provided in subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph shall
be evaluated in accordance with the requirements and procedures
contained in the applicable performance specifications of
Appendix B to 40 CFR 60 as follows:
(a) Continuous monitoring systems for measuring opacity of
emissions shall comply with Performance Specifications 1;
(b) Continuous monitoring systems for measuring nitrogen oxides
emissions shall comply with Performance Specification 2;
(C) Monitoring systems for measuring sulfur dioxide emissions
shall comply with Performance Specification 2;
(d) Continuous monitoring systems for measuring the oxygen
content of carbon dioxide content of effluent gases shall comply
with Performance Specification 3.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 9—1—76; amended 11-16—83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
229
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 7.02. CONTROL OF NUISANCES
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
SECTION 2. PROHIBITION OF NUISANCES
When dust, fumes, gases, mist, odorous matter, vapors, or any
combination thereof escape from a building or equipment in such a
manner and amount as to cause a nuisance or to violate any
regulation, the Board may order that the building or equipment in
which processing, handling, or storage are done tightly closed
and ventilated in such a way that all air and gases and air or
gas-borne material leaving the building or equipment are treated
by removal or destruction of air contaminants before discharge to
the open air.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 9—1-76.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
230
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 7.04. CONTROL OF FUGITIVE PARTICULATE EMISSIONS
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Fugitive particulate matter” means any particulate matter
which is emitted into the open air from points other than a stack
outlet.
(b) topen air” means the air outside buildings, structure, and
equipment.
SECTION 2. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
(a) On and after the effective date of this regulation, no person
shall cause, allow, or permit any materials to be handled,
transported, or stored; or a building, its appurtenances to be
constructed, altered, used, repaired, or demolished or a road to
be used without taking reasonable precautions to prevent
particulate matter from becoming airborne beyond the work site.
Such precautions shall include, where applicable, but not limited
to the following:
(i) Use, where possible, of water or chemicals for control of
dust in the demolition of existing buildings or structures,
construction operations, the grading of roads or the clearing of
land;
(ii) Application and maintenance of asphalt, oil, water, or
suitable chemicals on roads, materials stockpiles, and other
surfaces which can create airborne dusts;
(iii) Installation and use of hoods, fans and fabric filters to
enclose and vent the handling of dusty materials, or the use of
water sprays or other measures to suppress the dust emissions
during handling. Adequate containment methods shall be employed
during sandblasting or other similar operations;
(iv) Covering, at all times, except when loading or unloading,
open-bodied trucks transporting materials likely to become
airborne.
(v) Conduct of agricultural practices such as tilling of land,
application of fertilizers, etc., in such a manner as to not
create a nuisance to others residing in the area;
(vi) The maintenance of paved roadways in a clean condition;
(vii) The removal of earth or other material from a paved Street
which earth or other material has been transported thereto by
trucking or earth-moving equipment or erosion by water.
(b) When particulate matter escapes from a building or
231
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
equipment in such a manner and amount as to cause a nuisance or
to violate any regulation, the District may order that the
building or equipment in which processing, handling and storage
are done, be tightly closed and ventilated in such a way that all
air and gases and air or gas-borne material leaving the building
or equipment, are treated by removal or destruction of air
contaminants before discharge to the open air.
jQj No person shall cause or permit the discharge of fugitive
emissions jj excess p 2..Qi opacity . [ NOT OFFICIALLY SUBMITTED IN
THE JUNE 29, 1979 SUBMITTAL]
(d) No person shall cause or permit the discharge of visible
fugitive emissions beyond the 1 t line of the property on which
the emissions originate.
SECTION 3. NEW UNPAVED ROADS AND UNPAVED PARKING AREAS
(a) No person shall construct a new unpaved road, or construct
and/or operate a new unpaved parking area unless a plan therefore
has been submitted to the District.
(b) Exceptions:
(i) Any new road or parking area which, after demonstration to
the District, will not exceed an average daily count of 10
vehicles averaged over any consecutive 3-day period.
(ii) Any new road or parking area associated solely with housing
project of a family dwelling units or less.
(iii) Temporary roads or parking area used in the construction
processes. Abatement and preventive measures shall be
implemented as set forth in section 8.
(C) The District may require the person owning or maintaining any
new unpaved road to supply traffic count information on a regular
basis to the District as necessary to determine if additional
abatement ad preventive measures or changes in the implementation
time schedule are required of the person by the District as set
forth in section 8 of this regulation.
SECTION 4. NEW ROADS AND NEW PARKING AREAS
(a) Any person(s) constructing or contracting to construct a new
road or parking area which is to be had surfaced (concrete or
bituminous binder and rock, for example), shall within 5 days of
start of construction submit to the District, on forms supplied
by the District, a plan and time schedule. The plan shall
include the nature, size, and location of the hard surfaced
project and the dates on which the road or parking area
construction project is to start and is to be completed. The
plan shall include abatement and preventive measures to be used
during construction, as set forth in section 8. New sources
regulated in this paragraph must notify by writing District prior
to breaking ground.
232
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
SECTION 5. EARTH AND CONSTRUCTION-MATERIAL MOVING AND EXCAVATING
ACTIVITIES
(a) No land developer or an owner of a new construction or land
development project shall throughout the duration of the project
disturb by grading, excavating or depositing on land unless
abatement and preventive measures are being met continually. New
sources regulated in this paragraph must notify by writing the
District prior to breaking ground.
SECTION 6. OPEN MINING ACTIVITIES
(a) No developer or owner of a new open mining activity shall
throughout the duration of the operation, disturb or contract to
disturb by grading, excavating, blasting, or depositing on more
total surface area than (1) acre of land (in the aggregate)
unless the provisions of section 8 are being met continuously.
New open mining activities must notify by writing the District
prior to operation. Open mining shall mean the mining of natural
mineral deposits, limestone, coal, and gravel, and quarry
aggregate, by removing the overburden lying above such deposits
thereby exposed. The term includes, but is not limited to, such
practices as open out mining, open pit mining, strip mining,
quarrying, and dredging.
SECTION 7. OTHER ACTIVITIES
A plan must be submitted at the District’s request on forms
provided by the District which includes the following
information:
(a) A description of the nature and scope of the activity and the
existing or new sources of fugitive dust including but not
limited to the following:
athletic fields
borrow pits
campgrounds
cleaning
construction
crushing
demolition
detonation of explosives
drying
earth moving
excavating
fairgrounds
feed & grain handling-loading and unloading
feed lots
handling
landfills
land leveling
mining activities
mixing
processing of sand, gravel and rock
233
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
quarrying
repair or alteration
sandblasting
screening
site preparation
storage
transportation
unpaved parking areas
unpaved roads
vehicle movement
waste disposal
(b) Fugitive dust abatement and preventive measures to be
implemented, and
(C) A description of any monitoring or sampling methods used for
recording and reporting data to the District.
SECTION 8. ABATEMENT AND PREVENTIVE MEASURES
(a) Unpaved roads and unpaved parking areas
(i) Abatement and preventive measures shall be approved by the
District and may include but shall not be limited to frequent
watering, addition of palliatives, detouring, paying, closure,
speed control, or other means such as surface treatment with
penetration chemicals (lignisulfonates, oil, water, etc.) or
methods of equal or greater effectiveness in reducing the air
contaminants produced as demonstrated to the District.
(b) Demolition, wrecking, explosive detonations, earth and
construction material moving, mining, and excavation activities.
(i) Abatement and preventive fugitive dust control measures shall
be approved by the District and may include, but shall not be
limited to: wetting down, including pre-watering; landscaping and
replanting vegetation; covering, shielding or enclosing the area;
paving, temporary or permanent; treating, the use of dust
palliatives and chemical stabilization; detouring; restriction of
the speed of vehicles on sites; prevention of the deposit of dirt
and mud on improved streets and roads and other such effective
means of dust control as the District may deem necessary;
disturbing less topsoil and reclaiming as soon as possible.
(ii) Sequential blasting shall be employed whenever or wherever
feasible to reduce the amounts of unconfined particulate matter.
(iii) Such dust control strategies as re-vegetation, delay on
surface opening until demanded, or surface compaction and
dealing, shall be applied.
(iv) Handling equipment shall be washed or wetted down, treated,
or covered when necessary to minimize the amount of dust emitted
in transit and in loading. This section shall apply to the source
facility or permanent installation for the production and
distribution of construction materials or supplies.
234
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 SIJJJSI P.2NDII
Adopted 7-14-76; effective 9-1-76.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
tO EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
235
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 7.05. CONTROL OF OPEN BURNING
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
Terms in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
SECTION 2. PROHIBITION OF OPEN BURNING
No person shall cause, allow, or maintain any open fire except as
follows:
(a) Fires for the cooking of food for human consumption on other
than commercial premises or fires determined by the District to
be for recreational purposes;
(b) Fires set for the purpose of:
i. General agricultural production for weed abatement, disease
control, and pest prevention providing such fires are declared to
be necessary for these purposes by the District, after advisement
by the following recommendation panel: the Soil Conservation
District, the Jefferson County Agricultural Agent, and the
Jefferson County Fire Protection Department. The panel’s
recommendation will be forwarded by the Jefferson County
Extension Service to the District for its consideration;
ii. Controlling a public health hazard providing such fires are
declared to be necessary for these purposes by the Health
Department having jurisdiction, with notice to the District;
(c) Fires set for prevention of a fire or safety hazard,
providing said hazard is so declared by the fire department or by
the appropriate regulatory agency having jurisdiction where said
hazard exists;
(d) Fires set for the purpose of bona fide instruction and
training of public and industrial employees in the methods of
fighting fires, providing notice is given in each instance to the
District five days in advance by the official in charge;
j j Fire stacks for the combustion of waste gases provided that
such stacks be equipped with smokeless tips which prevent
emission into the open air of particulate matter of greater than
20% opacity for more than 3 minutes in 24-hour period .
[ -NOT OFFICIALLY SUBMITTED IN JUN 29, 1979 SUBMITTAL]
(f) Fires set for the purpose of debris removal necessitated by
acts of God (i.e., tornado, very severe windstorms, floods, etc.)
having caused community-wide damage, which, if prohibited, would
place a severe burden on other disposal methods and declared
necessary by the Mayor of Louisville, the mayor of a fourth class
city or the Jefferson County Judge/Executive.
SECTION 3.
236
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
The provisions of Section 2 (b) and (f) shall expire on December
31, 1987.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 9—1—76; amended 11—28—79, 4—21—82,
2—19—86, 12—17—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
237
-------
PRINTED AUGUST .30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 7.06 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW INDIRECT HEAT
EXCHANGERS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced after the applicable classification date
defined below.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means an indirect heat exchanger having
input capacity of more than one million BTU per hour.
(b) “Indirect heat exchanger” means any piece of equipment,
apparatus or contrivance used for the combustion of fuel in which
the energy produced is transferred to its point of usage through
a medium that does not come in contact with or add to the
products of combustion.
(c) “Classification date” means:
(i) August 17, 1971 for affected facilities with a capacity of
more than 250 million BTU per hour heat with respect to
particulate emissions, sulfur dioxide emissions and (if fuels
other than lignite are burned) nitrogen oxide emissions;
(ii) April 9, 1972 for affected facilities with a capacity of 250
million BTU per hour heat input or less with respect to
particulate emissions and sulfur dioxide emissions;
(iii) December 22, 1976 for affected facilities with a capacity
of more than 250 million BTU per heat input with respect to
nitrogen oxides if lignite is the fuel burned.
(d) “Fossil fuel” means natural gas, petroleum, coal, and any
form of solid, liquid, or gaseous fuel derived from such
materials for the purpose of creating useful heat.
(e) “Coal” means all solid fuels classified as anthracite,
bituminous, sub-bituminous or lignite by A. S. T. M. designation
D388—66.
(f) “Coal refuse” means waste products of coal mining, cleaning,
and coal preparation operations, which contain coal, matrix
material, clay, and other materials.
(g) “Wood residue” means bark, sawdust, slabs, chips, shaving,
mill trim, and other wood products derived from wood processing
and forest management operations.
SECTION 3. METHOD FOR DETERMINING ALLOWABLE EMISSION RATES
238
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
(a) The total rated heat input capacity of all affected
facilities within a source, including those for those which an
application to construct, modify or reconstruct has been
submitted to the District, shall be used as specified in sections
4 and 5 of this regulation to determine the allowable emission in
terms of pounds per million BTU input.
(b) At such times as any affected facility is assigned an
allowable emission rate by the District; at no time thereafter
shall that rate be changed due to inclusion or shutdown of any
affected facility at the source.
SECTION 4. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
No owner or operator of an affected facility subject to the
provisions of this regulation shall cause to be discharged into
the atmosphere from that affected facility, particulate matter in
excess of that specified below:
(a) Four sources having a total heat input capacity, as
determined by section 3 (a) of this regulation which are:
(i) 10 million BTU per hour or less, the standard is 0.56 pounds
per million BTU actual heat input;
(ii) 250 million BTU per hour or more, the standard is 0.10
pounds per million BTU actual heat input;
(iii) If the affected facility subject to this regulation
commenced before the effective date of this regulation, for heat
input values between (i) and (ii) above, the standard in pounds
per million BTU actual heat input, is equal to : 0.9634 times
that quality obtained by raising the total heat input capacity
(in millions of BTU per hour) to the -0 21356 power;
(iv) If the affected facility subject to this regulation
commenced on or after the effective date of this regulation, for
heat input values between (i) and (ii) on previous page, the
standard in pounds per million BTU actual heat input, is equal
to: 1.919 times that quantity obtained by raised the total heat
input capacity (in millions of BTU per hour) to the - 0.535
power;
(b) Emissions which exhibit greater than 20 percent opacity
except:
(i) That, for indirect heat exchangers with a heat input capacity
of less than 250 million BTU/hr, a maximum of 40 percent opacity
shall be permissible for not more than 2 consecutive minutes in
any 60 consecutive minutes;
(ii) That, for indirect heat exchangers with heat input capacity
of less than 250 million BTU/hr, a maximum of 40 percent opacity
shall be permissible for not more than 6 consecutive minutes in
any 60 consecutive minutes during cleaning the fire box or
239
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
blowing soot.
(iii) For emissions from an indirect heat exchanger during
building a new fire for the period required to bring the boiler
up to operating conditions provided the method used is that
recommended by the manufacturer and the time does not exceed the
manufacturer’ s recommendations.
SECTION 5. STANDARD FOR SULFUR DIOXIDE
No owner or operator of an affected facility subject to the
provisions of this regulation shall cause to be discharged into
the atmosphere from that affected facility, any gases which
contain sulfur dioxide in excess of that specified below:
(a) For sources which have a total heat input capacity, as
determined by section 3 (a) of this regulation:
(i) The standard is 1.0 pound per million BTU actual heat input
for combustion of liquid and gaseous fuels if the source has a
total heat input capacity of 145 million BTU per hour or less.
The standard is 4.0 pounds per million BTU actual heat input for
combustion of solid fuels if the source has a total heat input
capacity of 10 million BTU per hour or less;
(ii) If the source has a total heat input capacity of 250 million
BTU per hour or more, the standard is 0.8 pound per million BTU
actual heat input for combustion of liquid and gaseous fuels and
1.2 pounds per million BTU actual heat input for combustion of
solid fuels:
(iii) For heat input values between (i) and (ii) above, the
standard in pounds per million BTU actual heat input, is equal
to:
a. For combustion of liquid and gaseous fuels, 7.7223 times that
quantity obtained by raising the total heat input capacity (in
millions of BTU per hour) to the -0.4106 power;
b. for combustion of solid fuels, 9.46 times that quantity
obtained by raising the total heat input capacity (in millions of
BTU per hour) to the -0.3740 power.
(b) When different fuels are burned simultaneously in any
combustion, the applicable standard shall be determined by
proration using the equation given in Appendix A of this
regulation.
(c) Compliance shall be based on the total heat input from all
fuels burned, including gaseous fuels.
SECTION 6. STANDARD FOR NITROGEN OXIDES
(a) No owner or operator of an affected facility with a heat
input capacity of 250 million BTU per hour or more discharge
240
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP..2ND”
subject to the provisions of this regulation shall cause to be
discharged into the atmosphere any gases which contain nitrogen
oxides expressed as nitrogen dioxide in excess of:
(1) 0.20 lb. per million heat input (0.36 g. per million gal)
derived from gaseous fuel;
(ii) 0.30 lb. per million BTU heat input (0.54 g. per million
cal) derived from liquid fuel;
(iii) 0.70 lb. per million BTU heat input (1.26 g. per million
cal) derived from solid fuel (except lignite);
(iv) 0.60 lb. per million BTU heat input (1.08 g. per million
cal) derived from lignite fuel.
(b) When different fuels are burned simultaneously in any
combination, the applicable standard shall be determined by
proration using the equation given to Appendix B to this
regulation.
SECTION 7. EMISSION AND FUEL MONITORING
The provisions of this section shall apply to any affected
facility of more than 250 million BTU per hour rated heat input
capacity.
(a) Each owner or operator shall install, calibrate, maintain,
and operate continuous monitoring systems for measuring the
opacity of emissions, sulfur dioxide emissions, nitrogen oxides
emissions and either oxygen or carbon dioxide except as provided
in (b) of this section.
(b) Certain of the continuous monitoring system requirement under
(a) of this section do not apply to owners or operators under the
following conditions:
(i) For an indirect heat exchanger that burns only gaseous fuel,
continuous monitoring systems for measuring the opacity of
emissions are not required;
(ii) For an indirect heat exchanger that burns only natural gas,
continuous monitoring systems for measuring sulfur dioxide
emissions are not required;
(iii) Notwithstanding section 6 (b) of Regulation 7.01,
installation of a continuous monitoring system for nitrogen
oxides may be delayed until after the initial performance tests
under section 4 of Regulation 7.01 have been conducted. If the
owner or operator demonstrates during the performance test that
emissions of nitrogen oxides are less than 70 percent of the
applicable standards in section 6 of this regulation, a
continuous monitoring system for measuring nitrogen oxides s
emissions is not required. If the initial performance results
show that nitrogen oxide emissions are greater than 70 percent of
241
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
the applicable standard, the owner or operator shall install a
continuous monitoring system for nitrogen oxides within one year
after the date of the initial performance tests under section 4
of Regulation 7.01 and comply with all other applicable
monitoring requirements under these regulations.
(iv) If an owner or operator does not install any continuous
monitoring systems for sulfur dioxides and nitrogen oxides, as
provided under paragraphs (b) (i) and (b) (ii) or paragraphs
(b) (ii) and (b) (iii) of this section, a continuous monitoring
system for measuring either oxygen or carbon dioxide is not
required.
(v) For an indirect heat exchanger that does not use a flue gas
desulfurization device, a continuous monitoring system for
measuring sulfur dioxide emissions is not required if the owner
or operator monitors sulfur dioxide emissions by fuel sampling
and analysis.
(C) For performance evaluations under section 6 (C) of this
Regulation 6.01 and calibration checks under section 6 (d) of
Regulation 7.01, the following procedures shall be used:
(1) Reference Method 6 or 7, as applicable, shall be used for
conducting performance evaluations of sulfur dioxide and nitrogen
oxides continuous monitoring systems;
(ii) Sulfur dioxide or nitric oxide, as applicable, shall be used
for preparing calibration gas mixtures under Performance
Specifications 2 of Appendix 8 to 40 CFR 60;
(iii) For affected facilities burning fossil fuel, the span value
for a continuous monitoring system measuring the opacity of
emissions shall be 80, 90, or 100 percent and for a continuous
monitoring system measuring sulfur oxides or nitrogen oxides the
span value shall be determined as shown in Appendix C of this
regulation;
(iv) All span values computed under paragraph (C) (iii) of this
section for burning combinations of fuels shall be rounded to the
nearest 500 ppm;
(v) For an indirect heat exchanger that simultaneously burns
fossil fuel and nonfossil fuel, the span value of all continuous
monitoring systems shall be used to the District’s approval.
(d) A continuous monitoring system for measuring either oxygen or
carbon dioxide in the flue gases shall be installed, calibrated,
maintained and operated by the owner or operator.
(e) For any continuous monitoring system installed under
paragraph Cd) of this section, the following conversion
procedure shall be used to convert the continuous monitoring data
into units of the applicable standards (ng/J, lb/million BTU);
(i) When a continuous monitoring system for measuring oxygen is
242
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 LOSIP.2NDtt
selected, the measurement of the pollutant concentration and
oxygen concentration shall each be on a consistent basis (wet or
dry). Alternative procedures approved by the District shall be
when measurements are on a wet basis. When measurements are on a
dry basis, the following conversion procedure shall be used:
E = (20.9CF)/(20.9 - % oxygen)
Where:
E, C, F and % oxygen are determined under paragraph (f) of
this section.
(ii) When an continuous monitoring system for measuring carbon
dioxide is selected, the measurement of a pollutant concentration
and carbon dioxide concentration shall each be on a consistent
basis (wet or dry) and the following conversion procedure shall
be used:
E = (100 CFc)/(% carbon dioxide)
Where:
E, C, Fc and % carbon dioxide are determined under paragraph
(f) of this section.
(f) The values used in the equations under paragraphs (e) (1) and
(e) (ii) of this section are derived as follows:
(i) E = Pollutant emission, g/million cal (lb/million BTU).
(ii) C = Pollutant concentration, g/dscm (lb/dscf), determined by
multiplying the average concentration (ppm) for each one-hour
period by .0000415 N g/dscm per ppm (2.59 times 10 raised to the
minus 9 power times M lb/dscf per ppm) where M = pollutant
molecular weight, g/g-mole (lb/lb-mole).
M = 64.07 for sulfur dioxide and 46.01 for nitrogen oxides.
(iii) F, Fc = a factor representing a ratio of the volume of dry
flue gases generated to the calorific value of the fuel combusted
(F), and a factor representing a ration of the volume of carbon
dioxide generated to the calorific value of the fuel combusted
(Fc), respectively, as follows:
a. For anthracite coal, as classified according to A.S.T.M.
D388—66(72), F = 1.139 dscm/million cal (10150 dscf/mil].ion BTU)
and Fc = 0.222 scm C02/inillion cal (1980 scf C02/million BTU.)
b. For sub-bituminous and bituminous coal as classified according
to ASTM—D388=66 (72), F = 1.103 dscm/million cal (9820
dscf.xnillion BTU) and Fc = 0.203 scm C02/million cal (1810 scf
C02/million BTU).
c. For liquid fossil fuels including crude, residual, and
243
-------
PRINTED AUGUST -30, 1989 IILOSIP.2NDtI
distillate oils, F = 9220 dscf/million BTU and Fc = 1430 scf
C02/inillion BTU.
d. For gaseous fossil fuels, F = 0.982 dscm/niillion cal (8740
dscg/inillion BTU). For natural gas, propane and butane fuels, Fc = 0.11
natural gas; 0.135 scm C02/million cal (1200 scf C02/million BTU)
for propane; and 0.142 scm C02/million cal (1260 scf C02/million
BTU) for butane.
e. For bark, F = 0.450 dscm/million BTU cal (9575 dscf/inillion
BTU) and Fc = 0.091 scm C02/million BTU). For wood residue other
than bark, F = 0.434 dscm/million cal (9233 dscf/million BTU) and
Fc = 0.086 scm C02/million cal (1842 scf C02/million BTU).
(iv) The owner or operator may use the equation given in Appendix
D of this regulation to determine an F factor (dscm/million cal,
or dscf/million BTU) on a dry basis (if it is desired to
calculate F on a wet basis, consult with the District or Fc
factor scf of the F or Fc factors specified in paragraph (f)
(iii) or this section.
a. H, C, S, N, and 0 are content by weight of hydrogen carbon,
sulfur, nitrogen, and oxygen (expressed as percent),
respectively, as determined on the same basis as GCV by ultimate
analysis of the fuel fired using A.S.T.M. methods D1137—53(75),
D1945—64(73), D1946—67(72) (gaseous fuels) as applicable.
b. GCV is the gross calorific value (cal/g, BTU/lb) of the fuel
combusted determined by A.S.T.M. test methods D2015-66(72) for
solid fuels and D1826—64(70) for gaseous fuels as applicable.
(v) For affected facilities firing combinations of fuels, the F
or Fc factors determined by paragraphs (f) (iii) and (f) (iv) of
this section shall be prorated in accordance with applicable
formula as given in Appendix E of this regulation.
(g) For the purpose of reports required under section (5) (C) of
Regulation 7.01, periods of excess emissions that shall be
reported are defined as follows:
(i) Opacity. Excess emissions are defined as any six—minute
period during which the average opacity of emissions exceeds 20
percent opacity, except that one six-minute average per hour of
up to 27 percent opacity need not be reported.
(ii) Sulfur dioxide. Excess emissions for affected facilities
are defined as any 3 hour period during which the average
emissions (arithmetic average of 3 contiguous one hour periods)
of sulfur dioxide as measured by a continuous monitoring system
exceed the applicable standard under section 5 of this
regulation.
(iii) Nitrogen oxides. Excess emissions for affected facilities
using a continuous monitoring system for measuring nitrogen
oxides are defined as any 3 hour period during which the
244
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
average emissions (arithmetic average of 3 contiguous one hour
periods) exceed the applicable standards under section 6 of this
regulation.
(h) The District may requi re for any indirect heat exchanger unit
of 250 million BTU per hour heat input or less, any or all of the
emission and fuel monitoring required by this section.
SECTION 8. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(a) The reference methods in Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 except as
provided in Regulation 1.04 shall be used to determine compliance
with the standards as prescribed in sections 4, 5, and 6 of this
regulation as follows:
(i) Method 1 for selection of sampling site and sample traverses;
(ii) Method 3 for gas analysis to be used when applying Reference
Methods 5, 6, and 7;
(iii) Method 5 for concentration of particulate matter and the
associated moisture content;
(iv) Method 6 for concentration of sulfur dioxide;
(v) Method 7 for concentration of nitrogen oxides.
(b) For Method 5, Method 1 shall be used to select the sampling
site and the number of traverse sampling points. The sampling
time for each run shall be at least 60 minutes and the minimum
sampling volume shall be 0.85 dscm (30 dscf) except that smaller
process variables or other factors, may be approved by the
District. The probe and filter holder heating systems in the
sampling train shall be set to provide a gas temperature no
greater than 160 degrees C (320 degrees F).
(C) For Methods 6 and 7, the sampling site shall be the same as
that selected for Method 5. The sampling point in the duct shall
be at the centroid of the cross section or at a point no closer
to the walls than 1 in (3.28 ft). For Method 6, the sample site
shall be extracted at a constant rate of 1.0 liter/mm.,
approximately.
(d) For Method 6, minimum sampling time shall be 20 minutes and
the minimum sampling volume shall be 0.02 decin (0.71 dscf) for
each sample. The arithmetic mean of 2 samples shall constitute 1
run. Samples shall be taken at approximately 30 minute
intervals.
(e) For Method 7, each run shall consist of at least 4 grab
samples taken at approximately 15 minute intervals. The
arithmetic mean of the samples shall constitute the run value.
(f) For each run using the methods specified by paragraphs (a)
245
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
(i), (a) (ii), and (a) (iii) of this section, the emissions
expressed in g/million cal (lb/million BTU) shall be determined
by the following procedure:
E = (20.9 CF)/20.9 - % oxygen)
Where:
(1) E = pollutant emission g/inillion cal (lb/million BTU)
(ii) C = pollutant concentration, g/dscm (lb/dscf), determined by
Method 5, 6, or 7.
(iii) % oxygen = oxygen content by volume (expressed as
percent), dry basis. Percent oxygen shall be determined by using
the integrated or grab sampling and analysis procedures of the
Method 3 as applicable. The sample shall be obtained as follows:
a. For determination of sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides
emissions, the oxygen sample shall be obtained simultaneously at
the same point in the duct as used to obtain the samples for
Methods 6 and 7 determinations respectively. For Method 7, the
oxygen sample shall be obtained using the grab sampling and
analysis procedures of Method 3.
b. For determination of Particulate emissions, the oxygen sample
shall be obtained simultaneously by traversing the duct at the
same sampling location used for each run of Method 5 under
paragraph (b) of this section. Method 1 shall be used for
selection of the number of traverse points except that no more
than 12 sample points are required.
(iv) F = a factor as determined in paragraphs (f) (iii), (f)
(iv), or (f) (v) of section 7 of this regulation.
(g) When combination of fossil fuels are fired, the heat input,
expressed in cal/hr (BTU/hr), shall be determined during each
testing period by multiplying the gross calorific value of each
fuel fired by the rate of each fuel burned. Gross calorific
value shall be determined in accordance with A.S.T.M. methods
D2015—66(72) (solid fuels) D240—76 (liquid fuels), or Dl826—
64(70) (gaseous fuels) as applicable. The rate of fuels burned
during each testing period shall be determined by suitable
methods and shall be confirmed by a material balance over the
steam generation system.
Adopted 7—14-76; effective 9-1—76; amended 4-21—82.
APPENDIX A TO REGULATION 7.06
DETERMINATION OF ALLOWABLE SULFUR
DIOXIDE EMISSION
Allowable sulfur dioxide emission in pounds per million BTU per
246
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
hour heat input =
y(a) + z(b)
y+ z
Where:
y = the percent of total input derived from liquid or
gaseous fuel.
z = the percent of total heat input derived from solid fuel.
a = the allowable sulfur dioxide emission in pounds per
million BTU heat input derived from liquid or gaseous fuel, and
b = the allowable sulfur dioxide emission in pounds per
million BTU heat input derived from solid fuel.
APPENDIX B TO REGULATION 7.06
DETERMINATION OF ALLOWABLE NITROGEN
DIOXIDE EMISSION
Allowable nitrogen dioxide emission in pounds per million
BTU/hour input:
x(0.20) + y(O.30) + z(O.70) + w(O.60)
x+y+z+w
Where:
x = the percent of total heat input derived from gaseous
fuel and,
y = the percent of total heat input derived from liquid fuel
and,
z = the percent of total heat input derived from solid fuel
(except lignite),
w = the percent of total heat input derived from lignite.
247
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
APPENDIX C TO REGULATION 7.06
DETERMINATION OF SPAN VALUE
(in parts per million)
Span value for Span value for
Fossil fuel sulfur dioxide nitrogen oxides
gas (1) 500
Liquid 1,000 500
Solid 1,500 500
combinations 1,000y + 1,500z 500(x+y)+l,00z
(1) Not applicable
Where:
x = the fraction of total heat input derived from gaseous
fuel, and
y = the fraction of total heat input derived from liquid
fossil fuel, and
z = the fraction of total heat input derived from solid
fossil fuel.
APPENDIX D TO REGULATION 7.06
DETERMINATION OF F OR Fc FACTOR 7.06
F = [ 227.2(%H) [ 95.5(%C)+35.6(%S)+8.7(%N)—28.7(%0)] 10
(metric units)
G CV
F = 106 (3.64(%H)+1.53(%C)+0.57(%S)+0.14(%N)—0.46(%))
GCV
Fc=2.OxlO (%C)
GCV (metric units)
Fc = 321 x 10 3 (%C) (English units)
Where:
H, C, S, N and 0 are content by weight of hydrogen, carbon,
sulfur, nitrogen, and oxygen (expressed as percent) respectively,
as determined on the same basis as GVC by ultimate analysis of
248
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
the fuel fire, using A.S.T.M. method D3178—73 or D3176—74 (solid
fuels) or computed from results using A.S.T.M. methods D1137-
53(75), D19545—64(73), or D19476—67(72) (gaseous fuels) as
applicable.
GVC is the gross calorific value (cal/g, BTU/lb) of the fuel
coinbusted, determined by A.S.T.M. test methods D2015-66(72) for
solid fuels and D1826—64(70) for gaseous fuels as applicable:
APPENDIX E TO REGULATION 7.06
DETERMINATION OF F OR Fc FACTOR
FOR FIRING COMBINATIONS
F = xF + yF + 2!
1 2 3
Where:
x, y, z = the fraction of total heat input derived from
gaseous, liquid, and solid fuel, respectively.
Fl, F2, F3 = the value of F for gaseous, liquid, and solid fuels
respectively under subparagraphs (iii) and (iv) of paragraph (f)
of 7 of this regulation.
(EQUATION CANNOT BE TYPED--see p.7-23 OF APPENDIX N.]
Where:
x i = the function of total heat input derived from each
type fuel (e.g., natural gas, butane, crude bituminous coal,
etc.)
(Fc) i = the applicable Fc factor for each fuel type determined
in accordance with paragraphs (iii) and (iv) of paragraph (f) of
section 7 of this regulation.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
249
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 7.07. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW INCINERATORS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each incinerator
commenced on or after April 19, 1972, which is the affected
facility.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Incinerator” means any furnace used in the process of
burning waste for the purpose of reducing the volume of the waste
by removing combustible matter.
(b) “Auxiliary fuel” means a substance burned in an incinerator
to supply additional heat to attain temperature sufficiently high
to dry and ignite waste material and to maintain ignition of the
waste material, but which is never in contact with the waste
material.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
(a) No owner or operator of any affected facility shall cause,
suffer, allow, or permit the emission produced by the
incineration of any substance to have greater than 20 percent
opacity.
(b) No owner or operator of an affected facility of 500 lb/hr up
to and including 45 metric tons per day charging rate (50
tons/day) shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from
any affected facility any gases which contain particulate matter
in excess of 0.23 g/dscm (0.1 gr/dscf) corrected to 12 percent
carbon dioxide excluding the contribution of carbon dioxide from
auxiliary fuel.
(On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by Regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or
operator of an affected facility of more than 45 metric tons per
day charging rate (50 tons/day) shall cause to be discharged into
the atmpsphere from any affected facility any gases which contain
particulate matter in excess of 0.18 g/dscm (0.08 gr/dscf)
corrected to 12 percent carbon dioxide excluding the contribution
of carbon dioxide from auxiliary fuel.
SECTION 4. MONITORING OF OPERATIONS
The owner or operator of an affected facility of more than 45
metric tons per day charging rate (50 tons per day) shall record
the daily charging rates and hour of operation.
SECTION 5. NAMEPLATE
250
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
All affected facilities shall have a nameplate installed in a
conspicuous place on the unit giving the manufacturer’s model
number, rated capacity, and the types of waste material for which
the unit is designed.
SECTION 6. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(a) The reference methods as defined in Regulation 1.04 shall be
used to determine compliance with the standard prescribed in
section 3 of this regulation.
(b) The sampling time for each run shall be at least 60 minutes
and the minimum sample volume shall be 0.85 dscm (30.0 dscf)
except that smaller sampling times or sample volumes, when
necessitated by process variables or other factors, may be
approved by the District.
(C) If a wet scrubber is used, the gas analysis sample shall
reflect flue gas conditions after the scrubber, allowing the
carbon dioxide absorption by sampling the gas on the scrubber
inlet and outlet sides according to either the procedure under
paragraph (i) through (v) of this section or the procedure under
section 7 of this regulation.
(i) The outlet sampling site shall be the same as for the
particulate matter measurement.
(ii) Randomly select 9 sampling points within the cross section
at both the inlet and outlet sampling sites. Use the first set
of 3 points for the first run, the second set for the second run,
and the third set for the remaining set for the third run.
(iii) Simultaneously with each particulate matter run, extract
and analyze for carbon dioxide, an integrated gas sample
traversing the 3 sample points and sampling at each point for
equal increments of time. Conduct the runs at both inlet and
outlet sampling sites.
(iv) Measure the volumetric flow rate at the inlet during each
particulate matter run using the full number of traverse points.
For the inlet make 2 full velocity traverses approximately 1 hour
apart during each run and average the results. The outlet
volumetric flow rate may be determined from the particulate
matter run.
(v) Calculate the adjusted carbon dioxide percentage using the
equation in Appendix A of this regulation.
SECTION 7. ALTERNATIVE PROCEDURES
Alternatively, the following procedures may be substituted for
the procedures under paragraphs (iii), (iv), and (v) of paragraph
(C) of section 6.
(a) Simultaneously with each particulate matter run, extract and
analyze for carbon dioxide, oxygen, and carbon monoxide an
251
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
integrated gas sample traversing the 3 sample points and sampling
for equal increments of time at each point. Conduct the runs at
both the inlet and outlet sampling sites.
(b) After completing the analysis of the gas sample, calculate
the percentages of excess air for both the inlet and outlet
sampling sites.
(C) Calculate the adjusted carbon dioxide percentage using the
equation in Appendix B of this regulation.
(d) Particulate matter emissions, expressed in g/dscm, shall be
corrected to 12 percent carbon dioxide by using the formula in
Appendix C of this regulation.
SECTION 8. EMISSION MONITORING
A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of opacity of
emissions discharged into the atmosphere from each incinerator
with a charging capacity of more than 45 metric tons per day (50
tons/day) shall be installed, calibrated, maintained, and
operated by the owner or operator subject to the provisions of
this regulation. This requirement does not apply to those
incinerators using wet scrubbers.
Adopted 7—14=76; effective 9-1-76; amended 11—16—83.
[ APPENDICES A AND B OMITTED FROM THIS PRINTOUT - SEE PAGE 7-26 OF
APPENDIX N (GREEN BINDER SUBMITTED 1979)]
APPENDIX C TO REGULATION 7.07
PARTICULATE EMISSIONS CORRECTION CALCULATION FOR
INCINERATORS, ALTERNATE PROCEDURE
Cl2 = 12 Cp
% C02
where:
C12 = the concentration of particulate matter corrected to
12 percent carbon dioxide,
Cp = the concentration of particulate matter and,
%C02 = the percentage of measured carbon dioxide or when
applicable, the adjusted outlet carbon dioxide percentage as
determined by Appendix B to this regulation.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
252
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 7.08. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW PROCESS
OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this section shall apply to each process
operation which is the affected facility not otherwise regulated
by other sections of this regulation and which commenced
construction after September 1, 1976.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Process operation” means any method, form, action,
operation, or treatment of manufacturing or processing, and shall
include any storage or handling of materials or products, before,
during, or after manufacturing or processing.
(b) “Process weight” means the total weight of all materials
introduced into any affected facility which may cause any
emission of particulate matter, but does not include liquid and
gaseous fuels charged, air, or uncoinbined water.
(c) “Process weight rate” means a rate established as follows:
(i) For continuous or long-run steady state operations, the total
process weight for the entire period of continuous operation or
for a typical portion thereof divided by the number of hours of
such period or portion thereof;
(ii) For cyclical or batch unit operations, or unit processes,
the total process weight for a period that covers a complete
operation or an integral number of cycles divided by the hours of
actual process operation during such a period.
Where the nature of any process operation or the design of any
equipment is such as to permit more than one interpretation of
this definition, the interpretation which results in the minimum
value for allowable emission shall apply.
(d) “Affected facility” as related to process operations means
the last operation preceding the emission of air contaminants
which results:
(i) In the separation of the air contaminant from the process
materials; or
(ii) In the conversion of the process materials into air
contaminants, but does not include an air abatement operation.
(e) “Duplicate operation” means any combination of two or more
individual process operations of any size that are of the same
nature and are located in the same source.
253
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
(a) No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere form
any affected facility, or from any air pollution control
equipment installed on any affected facility, any gases which may
contain particulate matter which:
(1) is equal to or greater than 20 percent opacity; or,
(ii) is in excess of the quantity specified in Table A of this
regulation.
(b)
(i) The process weight rate entry to be used in table A for
dupliàate new process operations is the total, or combined
process weight rate of all the individual component operations.
(ii) In the event of any process or duplicate operations which
were in existence or under construction as of September 1, 1976,
by the addition of a new process or new duplicate operation, the
total allowable emission rate for all process or duplicate
operations shall be determined by the following equation:
F= B+ D - E
Where:
A = Total process weight for those process operations in
existence or under construction as of September 1, 1976.
B = Allowable emission rate for existing operations
determined by entering A into table A of regulation 6.09.
C = Total process weight for both the new and existing
process operations.
D = Allowable emission rate that would be obtained if the
new and existing process operations were treated as new
operations determined by entering C into table A of this section.
E = Allowable emission rate that would be obtained if the
existing operations were treated as new operations determined by
entering A into table A of this section.
F = Total allowable emission rate for new and existing
process operations.
(iii) To determine an allowable emission rate for each stack when
duplicate operations vent through separate stacks, the following
formula shall be used:
Es = Et (Ps)
Pt
where: Es = allowable emission rate for the individual stack
254
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 ULOSIP.2NDtI
Et = total allowable emission rate for the duplicate
operation (from table A)
Ps = Process weight rate for process operations vented
through individual stack
Pt = Total process weight rate for the duplicate
operation
(iv) Where a single process operation is vented through multiple
stacks, the allowable emission rate for all stacks venting the
source shall be equal to the allowable emission rate as if the
source vented through a single stack.
SECTION 4. STANDARD FOR NITROGEN OXIDES
No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
affected facility or from any air pollution control equipment
installed on any affected facility, any NOx fumes in excess of:
(a) 300 ppm by volume, expressed as N02; or
(b) an invisible discharge.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 9—1—76; amended 11—16—83.
ALLOWABLE RATE OF PARTICULATE EMISSION
BASED ON PROCESS WEIGHT
FOR NEW AFFECTED FACILITIES
[ TABLE A OMITTED - SEE TEXT, P 7-29]
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
255
-------
PRINTED AUGUST .30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 7.09. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW PROCESS GAS
STREAMS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility, which means any process gas stream, which:
(a) is not elsewhere subject to a standard of performance within
these regulations with respect to hydrogen sulfide, sulfur
dioxide, or carbon monoxide; and
(b) commenced on or after April 19, 1972.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Process gas stream” means any gas stream emitted from any
process including, but not limited to petroleum refineries, by-
products coke plants, grey iron cupolas, blast furnace, and basic
oxygen steel furnaces.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR NITROGEN SULFIDE
No person shall cause, suffer, allow or permit the emission or
combustion of hydrogen sulfide in a process gas stream to exceed
10 grains per dscf at zero percentage oxygen.
SECTION 4. STANDARD FOR SULFUR DIOXIDE
No person shall cause, suffer, allow or permit the emission or
combustion of hydrogen sulfide in a process gas stream to exceed
28.63 grains per 100 dscf (250 ppm) at zero percent oxygen.
SECTION 5. STANDARD FOR CARBON MONOXIDE
(a) No person shall emit carbon monoxide gases from a process or
waste gas stream unless they are burned at 1,300 degrees F for
0.5 seconds or greater in a direct flame afterburner or
equivalent device equipped with an indicating pyrometer which is
positioned in the working area at the operator’s eye level.
(b) No person shall emit a carbon monoxide waste gas stream from
any catalyst regeneration of a petroleum cracking system,
petroleum fluid coker, or other petroleum process into the
atmosphere, unless the waste gas stream is burned at 1,300
degrees F for 0.5 seconds or greater in a direct flame
afterburner, or equivalent, equipped with an indicating pyrometer
which is positioned in the working area at the operator’s eye
level.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 9—1—76.
256
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 tLO5Ip2NDII
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
257
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 7.10 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR STEEL PLANTS USING
NEW BASIC OXYGEN PROCESS FURNACES
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
Provisions of this regulation are applicable to the following
affected facilities (associated with steel plants) commenced on
or after June 11, 1973: basic oxygen process furnaces, associated
metallurgical equipment, and dust-handling equipment.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Basic oxygen process furnaces (BOPF)” means any furnace
producing steel by charging scrap steel, hot metal and flux
materials into a vessel and introducing a high volume of an
oxygen-rich gas.
(b) “Dust-handling equipment” means any equipment used to handle
particulate matter collected by the control device and located at
or near the control device for a BOPF and/or associated
equipment subject to this regulation.
(C) “Control device” means the air pollution control equipment
used to remove from the effluent gas stream, particulate matter
generated by a BOPF and/or associated equipment.
(d) “Capture system” means the equipment (including ducts, hoods,
fans, dampers, etc.) used to capture or transport particulate
matter generated by a BOPF and associated equipment to the air
pollution control device.
(e) “Steel production cycle” means the operations required to
produce each batch of steel and includes the following major
functions; scrap preheating, scrap charging, hot metal charging,
primary oxygen blowing and tapping.
(f) “Charge” means the addition of steel scrap or other materials
into a BOPF followed by molten pig iron.
(g) “Tap” means the pouring of molten steel from a BOPF.
(h) “Startup” means the setting into operation for the first
steel production cycle of a reline BOPF, or a BOPF which has been
out of production for a minimum continuous time period of 8
hours.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by section 4 of Regulation 7.01 is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall discharge or cause to be discharged into the atmosphere
from a basic oxygen process furnace and/or associated
258
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
metallurgical equipment located in the same shop any games which:
(a) Exit from a control device and contain particulate matter in
excess of .022 gr/dscf.
(b) Exit from a control device and exhibit opacity of
(i) 10 percent or more, except that an opacity of greater than 10
percent but less than 20 percent may occur once per steel
production cycle.
(ii) 20 percent or more from a sealed, concentrated exhaust.
SECTION 4. MONITORING OF OPERATIONS
(a) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall maintain
a single time-measuring instrument which shall be used in
recording daily the time and duration of each steel production
cycle and the time and duration of each diversion of exhaust
gases from the main stack serving the BOPF.
(b) The owner or operator of any affected facility that uses
venturi scrubber emission control equipment shall install,
calibrate, maintain and continuously operate monitoring devices
as follows:
(i) A monitoring device for the continuous measurement of the
pressure loss through the venturi construction of the control
equipment. The monitoring device is to be certified by the
manufacturer to be accurate within +-250 Pa (+- one inch water).
(ii) A monitoring device for the continuous measurement of the
water supply pressure to the control equipment. The monitoring
device is to be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate
within a +- 5 percent of the design water supply pressure. The
monitoring device’s pressure sensor or tap must be located close
to the water discharge point. The Department may be consulted
for approval of alternative locations for the pressure sensor or
tap.
(iii) All monitoring devices shall be synchronized each day with
the time-measuring instrument used under paragraph (a) of this
section. The chart recorder error directly after synchronization
shall not exceed 0.08 cm (one-thirty-second of an inch).
(iv) All monitoring devices shall use chart recorders which are
operated at a minimum chart speed of 3.8 cm/hr (1.5 in/hr).
(v) All monitoring devices are to be recalibrated annually, and
at other times as the District may require, in accordance with
the manufacturer’s recommended procedures.
(vi) Any owner or operator subject to requirements under
paragraph (b) of this section shall report for each calendar
quarter all measurements over any three-hour period that average
more than 10 percent below the average levels maintained during
259
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
the most recent performance test conducted under Section 5 in
which the affected facility demonstrated compliance with the
standard under Section 3. The accuracy of the respective
measurements not to exceed the values specified in paragraph
(b) (i) and (ii) of this action may be taken into consideration
when determining the measurement results that must be reported.
SECTION 5. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Reference methods in Appendix A of 40 CFR 60, except as
provided under regulation 1.04, shall be used to determine
compliance with the standards prescribed under section 3 of this
regulation as follows:
(i) Method 5 for concentration of particulate matter and
associated moisture content;
(ii) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;
(iii) Method 2 for volumetric flow rate;
(iv) Method 3 for gas analysis; and
(v) Method 9 for visible emissions.
For the purpose of this regulation, opacity observations taken
at 15 second intervals immediately before and after a diversion
of exhaust gases from the stack may be considered to be
consecutive for the purpose of computing an average opacity for a
6 minute period. Observations taken during a diversion shall not
be used in determining compliance with the opacity standard.
(b) For Reference 5, the sampling for each run shall continue for
an integral number of cycles with total duration of at least 60
minutes. The sampling rate shall be at least 0.9 dscm/hr (0.53
dscf/min) except that shorter sampling times when necessitated by
process variables or other factors, may be approved by the
District. A cycle shall start at the beginning of either the
scrap preheat or the oxygen blow and shall terminate immediately
prior to tapping.
(C) Sampling of flue gases during each steel production cycle
shall be discontinued whenever all flue gases are diverted from
the stack and shall be resumed after each diversion period.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 9—1—76.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
260
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
REGULATION 7.11. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW ASPHALT CONCRETE
PLANTS AND ASPHALT PAVING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to all asphalt
paving operations (except as provided in section 5 of this
regulation) and to each asphalt concrete plant commenced on or
after June 11, 1973. For the purpose of this regulation an
asphalt concrete plant is comprised of any combination of the
following: dryers; systems for screening, handling, storing, and
weighing aggregate; systems for loading, transferring, and
storing mineral filler; systems for mixing asphalt concrete; and
the loading, transfer and storage systems associated with
emission control systems.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Asphalt Paving Operations” means the use of asphalt in any
paving operation, public or private, including, but not limited
to: paving of roads, paving of parking lots, maintenance
operations, application of top coats, sealants, etc.
(b) “Asphalt” means a dark-brown to black cementitious material
(solid, semi-solid, or liquid in consistency) in which the
predominant constituents are bitumens which occur in nature as
such or which are obtained as residue in refining petroleum.
(c) “Cutback asphalt” means asphalt cement which has been
liquefied by blending with volatile organic compounds (diluents).
Upon exposure to atmospheric conditions the volatile organic
compounds evaporate, leaving the asphalt cement to perform its
function.
(d) “Emulsified asphalt” means an emulsion of asphalt cement,
volatile organic compounds, and water which contains a small
amount of an emulsifying agent.
(e) “Maintenance Operation” means patching of holes and breaks in
pavement as is necessary for safety.
(f) “Penetrating Prime Coat” means an application of low-
viscosity liquid asphalt to an absorbent surface. It is used to
prepare an untreated base for an asphalt surface. The prime coat
penetrates the base and plugs the voids, hardens the top, and
helps bind it to the overlying asphalt course. It also reduces
the necessity of maintaining an untreated base course prior to
placing the asphalt pavement.
(g) “Unacceptable emulsion asphalt” means any emulsion asphalt
which yields more than 7 percent by volume of oil distillate when
tested according to AASHTO T 59—78, Section 7 through 9.
(h) “Asphalt concrete plant” means any facility used to
manufacture asphalt concrete by heating and drying aggregate and
261
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 ULOSIP.2NDII
mixing with asphalt cements.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
(a) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by Regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
discharge or cause the discharge into the atmosphere from any
affected facility any gases which:
(i) Contain particulate matter in excess of 90 mg/dscm (0.04
gr/dscf).
(ii) Exhibit 20 percent opacity, or greater. Where the presence
of uncombined water is the only reason for failure to meet the
requirements of this section, such failure shall not be a
violation.
SECTION 4. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
On or after April 1, 1980, no person shall use, or sell for use,
manufacture, mix, or store cutback asphalt or unacceptable
emulsion asphalts for asphalt paving operations except as noted
in Section 5 of this regulation.
SECTION 5. EXEMPTIONS
The provisions of this regulation shall not apply to the
following asphalt paving operations:
(a) Application of penetrating prime coat; or
(b) Maintenance operations during the months of November,
December, January, February, and March.
SECTION 6. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(a) The reference methods specified below from Appendix A of
40 CFR 60 shall be used to determine compliance with the
standards prescribed in section 3, unless an equivalent or
alternative method has been approved by EPA.
(i) Method 5 for the concentration of particulate matter and the
associated moisture content.
(ii) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses.
(iii) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate, and
(iv) Method 3 for gas analysis.
(b) For determination of concentration of particulate matter, the
sampling time for each run shall be at least 60 minutes and the
sampling rate shall be at least 0.9 dscm/hr (0.53 dscf/min),
except those shorter sampling times (when necessitated by
process variable or other factors) which are approved by the
262
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
District.
Adopted 7—14-76; effective 9-1-76.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Subii itted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
263
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.2ND”
264
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.12 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW STORAGE VESSELS
FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility which means each new storage vessel for volatile organic
compounds that commences construction or modification on or after
April 9, 1972, and has a storage capacity greater than 250
gallons.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Storage vessel” means tank, reservoir, or container used for
the storage of volatile organic compounds, but does not include:
(1) Pressure vessels which are designed to operate in excess of
15 pounds per square inch gauge without emissions to the
atmosphere except under emergency conditions.
(ii) Subsurface caverns or porous rock reservoirs,
(iii) Underground tanks if the total volume of volatile organic
compounds added to and taken from a tank annually does not exceed
twice the volume of the tank, or
(iv) Portable tanks of less than 500 gallons capacity which are
used for the temporary storage of a product or intermediate
products in a manufacturing process.
(b) “Volatile organic compounds” (VOC) means chemical compounds
of carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbonic
acid, metallic carbides, and ammonium carbonate) which have a
vapor pressure greater than 0.1 m i i i Hg at conditions of 20 degrees
Celsius and 760 mm Hg.
(C) “True vapor pressure” means the equilibrium partial pressure
exerted by a volatile organic compound liquid as determined in
accordance with methods specified by the District.
(d) “Floating roof” means a storage vessel cover consisting of a
double deck, pontoon single deck, internal floating cover or
covered floating roof, which rests upon and is supported by the
volatile organic compound being contained and is equipped with a
closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge
and tank wall.
(e) “Vapor recovery system” means a vapor gathering system
capable of collecting all volatile organic compounds discharged
from the storage vessel and a vapor disposal system capable of
processing such volatile organic compounds so as to prevent their
263
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
emission to the atmosphere.
(f) “Reid vapor pressure” is the absolute vapor pressure of
certain volatile organic compounds as determined by methods
specified by the District.
(g) “Submerged fill pipe” means any fill pipe the discharge of
which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is 6 inches
above the bottom of the tank; or when applied to a tank which is
loaded from the side, shall mean every fill pipe the discharge
opening of which is entirely submerged when the liquid level
level is 2 times the fill pipe diameter above the bottom of the
tank.
(h) “External floating roof” means a storage vessel cover in an
open top tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon single deck
which rests upon and is supported by the volatile organic liquid
being contained and is equipped with seals to close the space
between the roof edge and tank shell.
(i) “Internal floating roof” means a cover or roof in a fixed
roof tank which rests upon or is floated upon the volatile
organic liquid being contained, and is equipped with seals to
close the space between the roof edge and tank shell.
(j) “Liquid-mounted seal” means a foam or liquid-filled primary
seal mounted in contact with the liquid between the tank wall and
the floating roof continuously around the circumference of the
tank.
(k) “Vapor-mounted seal” means a foam-filled primary seal mounted
continuously around the circumference of the tank so there is an
annular vapor space underneath the seal. The annular vapor space
is bounded by the bottom of the primary seal, the tank wall, the
liquid surface, and the floating roof.
(1) “Metallic shoe seal” includes but is not limited to a metal
sheet held vertically against the tank wall by springs or
weighted levers and is connected by braces to the floating roof.
A flexible coated fabric (envelope) spans the annular space
between the metal sheet and the floating roof.
(m) “Custody transfer” means the transfer of volatile organic
compounds and/or condensate, after processing and/or treating in
the producing operations, from storage tanks or automatic
transfer facilities to pipelines or any other form of
transportation.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
The owner or operator of any storage vessel to which this
regulation applies shall store volatile organic compounds as
follows:
(a) If the storage vessel has a storage capacity greater than
40,000 gallons and if the true vapor pressure of the volatile
264
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 ‘ t LOSIP.3RD”
organic compounds, is equal to or greater than 78 mm Hg (1.5
psia) but not greater than 570 nun Hg (11.1 psia) the storage
vessel shall be equipped with a floating roof, a vapor recovery
system, or their equivalents. If the vessel is equipped with an
external floating roof, the vessel shall have a double seal
according to provisions of subsection (d) (i).
(b) If the storage vessel has a storage greater than 40,000
gallons and if the true vapor pressure of the volatile organic
compounds as stored is greater than 570 nun Hg (11.1 psia), the
storage vessel shall be equipped with a vapor recovery system or
its equivalent.
(C) If the storage vessel has a storage capacity greater than 250
gallons but less or equal to 40,000 gallons and the vapor
pressure of volatile organic compounds, as stored, is equal to or
greater than 78 mm Hg (1.5 psia) but not greater than 570 mm Hg
(11.1 psia) shall equip the vessel with 1 of the following:
(i) An external floating roof, consisting of a pontoon-type or
double-deck-type cover that rests on the surface of the liquid
contents and is equipped with a closure device between the tank
wall and the roof edge. Except as provided in the subparagraph
below, the closure device is to consist of 2 seals, 1 above the
other. The lower seal is referred to as the primary seal and the
upper seal is referred to as the secondary seal. Each seal is to
meet the following requirements:
a. The primary seal is to be either a metallic shoe seal, a
liquid-mounted seal, or a vapor-mounted seal.
b. The secondary seal is to be installed above the primary seal
so that it completely covers the space between the roof edge and
the tank wall except as provided in Section 4 (c) (iii).
c. The owner or operator is exempted from the requirements for
secondary seals and the secondary seal gap criteria when
performing gap measurements or inspections of the primary seal.
(ii) A fixed with an internal floating type cover equipped with a
continuous closure device between the tank wall and the cover
edge.
(iii) A vapor recovery system which collects all VOC vapors and
gases discharged from the storage vessel, and a vapor return or
disposal system which is designed to process such VOC vapors and
gases so as to reduce their emissions to the atmosphere by at
least 95 percent by weight.
(iv) A system equivalent to those described in paragraph (i) to
(iii) of this subsection as determined by the District with EPA
concurrence.
(e) The owner or operator of each storage vessel commenced on or
after Nay 19, 1978 with a storage capacity greater than 40,000
265
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD’ t
gallons which contains a volatile organic liquid which, as
stored, has a true vapor pressure greater than 570 mm Hg (11.1
psia), shall equip the storage vessel with a vapor recovery
system which collects all VOC vapors and gases discharged from
the storage vessel, and a vapor return or disposal system which
is designed to process such VOC vapors and gases so as to reduce
their emission to the atmosphere by at least 95 percent by
weight.
SECTION 4. OPERATING REQUIREMENTS
(a) There shall be no visible holes, tears, or other openings in
the seal, any seal fabric, shoe, or seal envelope.
(b) All openings, except stub drains, automatic bleeder-vents,
rim space vents, and leg sleeves, shall be equipped with covers,
lids, or seals such that:
(i) the cover, lid, or seal is in the closed position at all
times (i.e., no visible gap) except when in actual use; and
(ii) automatic bleeder vents are closed at all times except when
the roof is floated off or landed on the roof leg supports; and
(iii) rim vents, if provided, are set to open when the roof is
being floated of f the roof leg supports or at the manufacturer’s
recommended setting.
(c) External and internal floating roof tanks commenced on or
after May 19, 1978 shall meet the additional requirements:
(i) The roof is to be floating on the liquid at all times (i.e.,
off the roof leg supports) except during initial fill and when
the tank is completely emptied and subsequently refilled. The
process of emptying and refilling when the roof is resting on the
leg supports shall be continuous and shall be accomplished in the
minimum time necessary.
(ii) For each primary seal associated with an external floating
roof tank the accumulated area of gaps between the tank wall and
the metallic shoe seal or the liquid-mounted seal shall not
exceed 10.0 sq. in/ft of tank diameter and the width of any
portion of any gap shall not exceed 1.5 inches.
(iii) For each primary and each secondary seal associated with an
external floating roof tank the accumulated area of gaps between
the tank wall and the vapor-mounted primary seal or between the
tank wall and the secondary seal, used in combination with a
metallic shoe or liquid-mounted primary seal, shall not exceed
1.0 sq. in/ft of tank diameter and the width of any portion of
any gap shall not exceed 1/2 inch. There shall be no gaps
between the tank wall and the secondary seal used in combination
with a vapor mounted primary seal.
(iv) One end of the metallic shoe associated with an external
266
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
floating roof tank shall extend into the stored liquid and the
other end shall extend a minimum vertical distance of 24 in.
above the stored liquid surface.
(vi) Each emergency roof drain associated with an external
floating roof tank is to be provided with a slotted membrane
fabric cover that covers at least 90 percent of the area of the
opening.
SECTION 5. MONITORING OF OPERATIONS
(a) The owner or operator of any storage vessel with a capacity
greater than 40,000 gallons to which this regulation applies
shall, for each such storage vessel, maintain a file of each type
of volatile organic compound stored, and of the maximum true
vapor pressure of that liquid during the respective storage
period.
(b) Available data on the typical Reid vapor pressure and maximum
expected storage temperatures of the stored product may be used
to determine the maximum true vapor pressure as specified by the
District, unless the District specifically requests that the
liquid be sampled, the actual storage temperature determined, and
the Reid vapor pressure determined from the sample(s).
(C) The true vapor pressure of each type of crude oil with a Reid
vapor pressure less than 2.0 psia or whose physical properties
preclude determination by the recommended method is to be
determined from available data and recorded if the estimated true
vapor pressure is greater than 1.0 psia.
(d) The following are exempt from the requirements of this
section:
(i) Each owner or operator of each storage vessel storing a
volatile organic liquid with a Reid vapor pressure of less than
1.0 psia provided the maximum true vapor pressure does not exceed
1.0 psia.
(ii) Each owner or operator of each storage vessel equipped with
a vapor recovery and return or disposal system in accordance with
the requirements of Section 3 (a) and (b), (a) (iii) and (e) of
this regulation.
SECTION 6. TESTING AND PROCEDURES
Compliance with the requirements prescribed in Section 3 (d) and
(e) and 4 (c) of this regulation shall be determined as follows
or in accordance with an equivalent procedure as approved by the
District. The owner or operator of each storage vessel to which
this section applies which has an external floating roof shall
meet the following requirements:
(a) Determine the gap areas and maximum gap widths between the
primary seal and the tank wall, and the secondary seal and the
tank wall according to the following frequency and furnish the
District with a written report of the results within 60 days of
267
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
performance of gap measurements.
(1) For pri.mary seals, gap measurements shall be performed within
60 days of the initial fill with volatile organic liquid and at
least once every 5 years thereafter. All primary seal inspections
or gap measurements which require the removal or dislodging of
the secondary seal shall be accomplished in the minimum time
necessary and the secondary seal shall be replaced immediately.
(ii) For secondary seals, gap measurements shall be performed
within 60 days of the initial fill with volatile organic liquid
and at least once every year thereafter.
(iii) If any storage vessel is out of service for a period of one
year or more, subsequent refilling with volatile organic liquid
shall be considered initial fill for the purposes of paragraphs
(i) and (ii) of this subsection.
(b) Determine gap widths in the primary and secondary seals
individually by the following procedures:
(i) Measure seal gaps, if any, at one or more floating roof
levels when the roof is floating of f the roof leg supports.
(ii) Measure seal gaps around the entire circumference of the
tank in each place where a 1/8 inch diameter uniform probe passes
freely (without forcing or binding against seal) between the seal
and the tank wall and measure the circumferential distance of
each such location.
(iii) The total surface area of each gap described in paragraph
(ii) of this subsection shall be determined by using probes of
various widths to accurately measure the actual distance from the
tank wall to the seal and multiplying each such width by its
respective circumferential distance.
(C) Add the gap surface area of each gap location for the primary
seal and the secondary seal individually. Divide the sum for
each seal by the nominal diameter of the tank and compare each
ratio to the appropriate ratio in the standard in Section 4 (C)
(ii) and (iii).
(d) Provide the District 30 days prior notice of the gap
measurement to afford the District the opportunity to have an
observer present.
SECTION 7. COMPLIANCE
The new affected facility shall comply with the requirements of
this regulation on startup.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 7—14—76; amended 5—20—81, 4—21—82,
11—16—83, 2—19—86.
268
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 11, 1984.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUN 9, 1982 47 FR 25010
1st Revision: JUL 19, 1982 JAN 11, 1984 49 FR 1341
269
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “ SIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.13 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW PETROLEUM
REFINERIES
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
(a) The provisions of this regulation are applicable to the
following affected facilities in petroleum refineries: fluid
catalytic cracking unit catalyst regenerators, fuel gas
combustion devices, and all Claus sulfur recovery plants except
Claus plants of 20 long tons per day (LTD) or less associated
with a small petroleum refinery. THe Clause sulfur recovery
plant need not be physically located within the boundaries of a
petroleum refinery to be an affected facility, provided it
processes gases produced within a petroleum refinery.
(b) Any fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst regenerator or
fuel gas combustion device under paragraph (a) which commences on
or after the classification date defined in section 2 (n) or any
Claus sulfur recovery plant under paragraph (a) of this
subsection which commences on or after the classification date
defined in section 2 of this regulation is subject to the
requirements of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Petroleum refinery” means any facility engaged in producing
gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel oils,
lubricants, or other products through distillation of petroleum
or through redistillation, cracking or reforming of unfinished
petroleum derivatives.
(b) “Petroleum” means the crude oil removed from the earth and
the oils derived from tar sands, shale and coal.
(c) “Process gas” means any gas generated by a petroleum refinery
process unit, except fuel gas and process upset gas as defined in
this section.
(d) “Fuel gas” means any gas which is generated by a petroleum
refinery process unit and which is combusted, including any
gaseous mixture of natural gas and fuel gas which is combusted.
(e) “Process upset gas” means any gas generated by a petroleum
refinery process unit as a result of startup, shutdown, upset or
malfunction.
(f) “Refinery process unit” means any segment of the petroleum
refinery in which a specific processing operation is conducted.
(g) “Fuel gas combustion device” means any equipment, such as
process heaters, boilers and flares used to combust fuel gas, but
does not include fluid coking unit and fluid catalytic cracking
unit incinerator-waste heat boilers, facilities combusting coke
270
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
oven gas in a by-product coke manufacturing plant, or facilities
in which gases are combusted to produce sulfur or sulfuric acid.
(h) “Coke burn-off” means the coke removed from the surface of
the fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst by combustion in the
catalyst regenerator. The rate of coke burn-off is calculated by
the formula specified in Appendix A of this regulation.
(i) “Claus sulfur recovery plant” means a process unit which
recovers sulfur from hydrogen sulfide by a vapor-phase catalytic
reaction of sulfur dioxide and hydrogen sulfide.
(j) “Oxidation control system” means an emission control system
which reduces emissions from sulfur recovery plants by converting
these emissions to sulfur dioxide.
(k) “Reduction control system” means an emission control system
which reduces emissions from sulfur recovery plants by converting
these emissions to hydrogen sulfide.
(1) “Reduced sulfur compounds” means hydrogen sulfide, carbonyl
sulfide and carbon disulfide.
(m) “Small petroleum refinery” means a petroleum refinery which
has a crude oil processing capacity of 50,000 barrels per stream
day or less, and which is owned or controlled by a refinery with
a total combined crude oil processing capacity of 137,500 barrels
per stream day or less.
(n) “Classification date” means June 11, 1983 for any fluid
catalytic cracking unit catalyst regenerator or fuel gas
combustion device and October 4, 1976 for any Claus recovery
plant.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
(a) On and after the data on which the performance test required
to be conducted by Regulation 7.0]. is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
discharge or cause the discharge into the atmosphere from any
fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst regenerator:
(i) Particulate matter in excess of 1.0 kg/bOO kg (1.0 lb/1000
ib) of coke burn-off in the catalyst regenerator.
(ii) Gas exhibiting greater than 30 percent opacity, except for
one six minute average opacity reading in any one hour period.
(b) Where the gases discharged by the fluid catalytic cracking
unit catalyst regenerator pass through an incinerator or waste
heat boiler in which auxiliary or supplemental liquid or solid
fossil fuel is burned, particulate matter in excess of that
permitted by paragraph (a) (i) of this section may be emitted to
the atmosphere, except that the incremental rate of particulate
matter emissions shall not exceed 43.0 g/MJ (0.3.0 lb/million BTU)
271
-------
PRINTED AUGUST .30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
of heat input attributable to such liquid or solid fossil fuel.
SECTION 4. STANDARD FOR CARBON MONOXIDE
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by Regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
discharge or cause the discharge into the atmosphere from the
fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst regenerator any gases
which contain carbon monoxide in excess of 0.050 percent by
volume.
SECTION 5. STANDARD FOR SULFUR DIOXIDE
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by Regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall:
(a) Burn in any fuel gas combustion device any fuel gas which
contains hydrogen sulfide in excess of 230 mg/dscrn (0.10
gr.dscf), except that the gases resulting from the combustion of
fuel gas may be treated to control sulfur dioxide emissions
provided the owner or operator demonstrates to the satisfaction
of the District that this is as effective in preventing sulfur
dioxide emissions to the atmosphere as restricting the hydrogen
sulfide concentration in the fuel gas to 230 mg/dscm or less.
The combustion in a flare of process upset gas, or fuel gas which
is released to the flare as a result of relief valve leakage, is
exempt from this paragraph.
(b) Discharge or cause the discharge of any gases into the
atmosphere from any Claus sulfur recovery plant containing in
excess of:
(i) 0.025 percent by volume of sulfur dioxide at zero percent
oxygen on a dry basis if emissions are controlled by an oxidation
control system, or a reduction control system followed by
incineration; or
(ii) 0.030 percent by volume of reduced sulfur compounds and
0.0010 percent by volume of hydrogen sulfide calculated as sulfur
dioxide at zero percent oxygen on a dry basis if emissions are
controlled by a reduction control system not followed by
incineration.
SECTION 6. EMISSION MONITORING
(a) Continuous monitoring systems shall be installed, calibrated,
maintained, and operated by the owner or operator as follows:
(i) A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of the
opacity of emissions discharged into the atmosphere from the
fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst regenerators. The
continuous monitoring system shall be spanned at 60, 70 or 80
percent opacity.
(ii) An instrument for continuously monitoring and recording the
272
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
concentration of carbon monoxide in gases discharged into the
atmosphere from fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst
regenerators. The span of this continuous monitoring system
shall be 1,000 ppm.
(iii) A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of
sulfur dioxide in the gases discharged into the atmosphere from
the combustion of fuel gases (except where a continuous
monitoring system for the measurement of hydrogen sulfide is
installed under paragraph (iv) of this section). The pollutant
gas used to prepare calibration gas mixtures under Performance
Specification 2 of 40 CFR 60 and for calibration checks shall be
sulfur dioxide. The span shall be set at 100 ppm. For
conducting monitoring system performance evaluations, Reference
Method 6 shall be used.
(iv) An instrument for continuously monitoring and recording
concentrations of hydrogen sulfide in fuel gases burned in any
fuel gas combustion device, if compliance with section 5 (a) is
achieved by removing hydrogen sulfide from the fuel gas before it
is burned; fuel gas combustion devices having a common source of
fuel gas may be monitored at one location, if monitoring at this
location accurately represents the concentration of hydrogen
sulfide in the fuel gas burned. The span of this continuous
monitoring system shall be 300 ppm.
(v) An instrument for continuously monitoring and recording
concentrations of sulfur dioxide in the gases discharged into the
atmosphere from any Claus sulfur recovery plant if compliance
with Section 5 (b) is achieved through the use of an oxidation
control system or a reduction control system followed by
incineration. The span of this continuous monitoring system
shall be set at 500 ppm.
(vi) An instrument(s) for continuously monitoring and recording
the concentration of hydrogen sulfide and reduced sulfur
compounds in the gases discharged into the atmosphere from any
Claus sulfur recovery plant if compliance with section (5)is
achieved through the use of a reduction control system not
followed by incineration. The span(s) of this continuous
monitoring system(s) shall be set at 20 ppm tor monitoring and
recording the concentration of hydrogen sulfide and 600 ppm for
monitoring and recording the concentration of hydrogen sulfide
and 600 ppm for monitoring and recording the concentration of
reduced sulfur compounds.
(b) The average coke burn-off rate (thousands of kilogram/hr) and
hours of operation for any fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst
regenerator subject to section 3 or 4 shall be recorded daily.
(C) For any fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst regenerator
which is subject to section 3 and which utilizes an incinerator-
waste heat boiler to combust the exhaust gases from the catalyst
regenerator, the owner or operator shall record daily the rate of
combustion of liquid or solid fossil fuels (liters/hr or
kilograms/hr) and the hours of operation during which liquid or
273
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
solid fossil fuels are combusted in the incinerator-waste heat
boiler.
(d) For the purpose of reports under Regulation 7.05, periods of
excess emissions that shall be reported are defined as follows:
(1) Opacity. All one-hour periods which contain 2 or more 6—
minute periods during which the average opacity as measured by
the continuous monitoring system exceeds 30 percent.
(ii) Carbon monoxide. All hourly periods during which the
average carbon monoxide concentration in the gases discharged
into the atmosphere from any fluid catalytic cracking unit
catalyst regenerator subject to section 4 exceeds 0.050 percent
by volume.
(iii) Sulfur dioxide:
a. Any 3—hour period during which the average concentration of
hydrogen sulfide in any fuel gas coinbusted in any fuel gas
combustion device subject to section 5 (a) exceeds 230 mg/dscm
(0.10 gr/dscf), if compliance is achieved by removing hydrogen
sulfide from the fuel gas before it is burned; or any three hour
period during which the average concentration of sulfur dioxide
in the gases discharged into the atmosphere from any fuel gas
combustion device subject to section 5 (a) exceeds the level
specified in section 5 (a) if compliance is achieved by removing
sulfur dioxide from the combusted fuel gases.
b. Any 12-hour period during which the average concentration of
sulfur dioxide in the gases discharged into the atmosphere from
any Claus sulfur recovery plant subject to section 5 (b) excess
250 ppm at zero percent oxygen on a dry basis if compliance with
section 5 (b) (ii) is achieved through the use of an oxidation
control system or a reduction control system followed by
incineration; or any 12-hour period during which the average
concentration of hydrogen sulfide or reduced sulfur compounds in
the gases discharged into the atmosphere of any Claus sulfur
plant subject to section 5 (b) exceeds 10 ppm or 300 ppm,
respectively, at zero percent oxygen and on a dry basis if
compliance is achieved through the use of a reduction control
system not followed by incineration.
c. Any 6-hour period during which the average emissions
(arithmetic average of 6 contiguous one hour periods) of sulfur
dioxide as measured by a continuous monitoring system exceed the
standard under section 5.
SECTION 7. TEST METHOD AND PROCEDURES
(a) The reference methods in Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 shall be
used to determine compliance with the provisions in section 3, 4
and 5 as follows:
(i) For gases released to the atmosphere from the fluid catalytic
cracking unit catalyst regenerator:
274
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
Method 5 for the concentration of particulate matter and moisture
content;
Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses; and
Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate.
(ii) For Method 5, the sampling time for each run shall be at
least 60 minutes and the sampling rate shall be at least 0.015
dscm/min (0.53 dscf/min), except that shorter sampling times may
be approved by the District when process variables or other
factors preclude sampling for at least 60 minutes.
(iii) For exhaust gases from the fluid catalytic cracking unit
catalyst regenerator prior to the emission control system; the
integrated sample techniques of Method 3 and Method 4 for gas
analysis and moisture content, respectively; Method 1 for
velocity traverses; and Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow
rate.
(iv) Coke burn-off rate shall be determined by the formula in
Appendix A of this regulation.
(v) Particulate emissions shall be determined by the equation in
Appendix B of this regulation.
(vi) For each run emissions expressed in kg/bOO kg (lb/1000 ib)
of coke burn-off in the catalyst regenerator shall be determined
by the equation in Appendix C of this regulation.
(vii) In those instances in which auxiliary liquid or solid
fossil fuels are burned in an incinerator-waste heat boiler, the
rate of particulate matter emissions emitted under section 3 (b)
must be determined. Auxiliary fuel heat input, expressed in
millions of cal/hr (!‘IN BTU/hr) shall be calculated for each run
by fuel flow rate measurement and analysis of the liquid or solid
auxiliary fossil fuels. For each run, the rate of particulate
emissions permitted under section 3 (b) shall be calculated from
the equation in Appendix D of this regulation.
(b) For the purpose of determining compliance with section 4, the
integrated sample technique of Method 10 shall be used. The
sample shall be extracted at a rate proportional to the gas
velocity at a sampling point near the centroid of the duct. The
sampling time shall not be less than 60 minutes.
(C) For the purpose of determining compliance with section 5 (a),
Method 11 shall be used to determine the concentration of
hydrogen sulfide and Method 6 shall be used to determine the
concentration of sulfur dioxide.
(1) If Method 11 is used, the gases sampled shall be introduced
into the sampling train at approximately atmospheric pressure.
Where refinery fuel gas lines are operating at pressures
275
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
substantially above atmosphere, this may be accomplished with a
flow control valve. If the line pressure is high enough to
operate the sampling train without a vacuum pump, the pump may be
eliminated from the sampling train. The sample shall be drawn
from a point near the centroid of the fuel gas line. The minimum
sampling time shall be 10 minutes and the minimum sampling volume
0.01 dscm (0.35 dscf) for each sample. The arithmetic average of
two samples of equal sampling time shall constitute one run.
Samples shall be taken at approximately one hour intervals. For
most fuel gases, sample times exceeding 20 minutes may result in
depletion of the collecting solution, although fuel gases
containing low concentrations of hydrogen sulfide may necessitate
sampling for longer periods of time.
(ii) If Method 6 is used, Method 1 shall be used for velocity
traverses and Method 2 for determining velocity and volumetric
flow rate. The sampling site for determining in sulfur dioxide
concentration by Method 6 shall be the same as for determining
volumetric flow rate by Method 2. The sampling point in the duct
for determining sulfur dioxide concentration by Method 6 shall be
at the centroid of the cross section if the cross sectional area
is less than 5 square meters (54 ft. squared) or at a point no
closer to the walls than one meter (39 inches) if the cross
sectional is 5 square meters or more and the centroid is more
than one meter from the wall. The sample shall be extracted at a
rate proportional to the gas velocity at the sampling point. The
minimum sampling time shall be 10 minutes and the minimum
sampling volume 0.01 dscm (0.35 dscf) for each sample. The
arithmetic average of two samples of equal sampling time shall
constitute one run. Samples shall be taken at approximately one
hour intervals.
(d) For the purpose of determining compliance with section 5 (b),
Method 6 shall be used to determine the concentration of sulfur
dioxide and Method 15 shall be used to determine the
concentration of sulfur dioxide and reduced sulfur compounds.
(i) If Method 6 is used, the procedure outline in paragraph (C)
(ii) of this section shall be followed except that each run shall
span a minimum of 4 consecutive hours of continuous sampling. A
number of separate samples may be taken for each run, provided
the total sampling time of these samples adds up to a minimum of
4 consecutive hours. Where more than one sample is used, the
average sulfur dioxide concentration for the run shall be
calculated as the time weighted average of the sulfur dioxide
concentration for each sample according to the formula in
Appendix E of this regulation.
(ii) If Method 15 is used, each run shall consist of 16 samples
taken over a minimum of three hours. The sampling point shall be
at the centroid of the cross section of the duct if the cross
sectional area is less than 5 square meters (54 square feet) or
at a point no closer to the walls than one meter (39 inches) if
the cross sectional area is 5 square meters or more and the
centroid is more than one meter from the wall. To insure minimum
276
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
residence time for the sample inside the sample lines, the sample
rate shall be at least 3 liters/minute (0.1 cfm). The sulfur
dioxide equivalent for each run shall be calculated as the
arithmetic average of the sulfur dioxide equivalent of each
sample during the run. Reference Method 4 shall be used to
determine the moisture content of the gases. The sampling point
for Method 4 shall be adjacent to the sampling point for Method
15. The sample shall be extracted at a rate proportional to the
gas velocity at the sampling point. Each run shall span a
minimum of 4 consecutive hours of continuous sampling. A number
of separate samples may be taken for each run provided the total
sampling time of these samples adds up to a minimum of 4
consecutive hours. Where more than one sample is used, the
average moisture content for the run shall be calculated as the
time weighted average of the moisture content of each sample
according to the formula in Appendix F of this regulation.
(e) An owner or operator of an affected facility may request the
District to determin’e opacity of emissions from the affected
facility during any performance test.
Adopted 7-14—76; effective 9-1-76.
APPENDIX A TO REGULATION 7.13
- Formula for Coke Burn-off Rate
Rc = 0.2982 Q RE(%C02 + %CO) + 2.088 Q PA - 0.09940 RE (%CO +
%C02 + %02)
2
(metric units)
Rc = 0.0186 Q RE (%C02 + %CO) + 0.1303 Q PA -0.0062 Q RE (%CO +
% C02 + %02)
2
(English units)
Where:
Rc = coke burn-off rate, kg/hr (lb/hr)
0.2982 = metric units material balance factor divided by 100
kg-min/hr-m3.
0.0186 = English units material balance factor divided by 100,
lb-min/hr-ft3.
QRE = fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst exhaust gas flow
rate before entering the emission control system, as determined
by Method 2, dscm/min (dscf/inin).
%C02 = percent carbon dioxide by volume, dry basis, as determined
by 2method 3.
%CO = percent carbon monoxide by volume dry basis, as determined
by Method 3.
277
-------
PRINTED AUGUST .30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
%02 = percent oxygen by volume, dry basis, as determined by
Method 3.
2.088 = metric units material balance factor divided by 100,
kg-min/hr-m3.
0.1303 = English units material balance factor divided by 100,
lb-inin/hr-ft3.
QRA = air rate to fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst
regenerator, as determined from fluid catalytic cracking unit
control room instrumentation, dscm/min (dscf/min).
0.0994 = metric units material balance factor divided by 100,
kg-min/hr-m3.
0.0062 = English units material factor divided by 100,
lb-min/hr-ft3.
APPENDIX B TO REGULATION 7.13
Equation to Determine Particulate Emissions
RE = (60 x 10 -6) Q RV Cs (metric units)
RE = (8.57 x 10 —3) Q RV Cs (English units)
or
RE = particulate emission rate, kg/hr (lb/hr)
Where:
60 x 10 -6 = metric units conversion factor, mm-kg/hr-mg.
8.57 x 10 -3 = English units conversion factor, min-lb/hr-gr.
Q RV = volumetric flow rate of gases discharged into the
atmosphere
from the fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst regenerator
following the emission control system, as determined by Method 2,
dscmn/mnin (dscf/min).
Cs = particulate emission concentration discharged into the
atmosphere, as determined by Method 5, mg/dscm (gr/dscf).
APPENDIX C TO REGULATION 7.13
Equation to Determine Emissions (expressed in kg/bOO kg
of coke burn-off) in the catalyst regenerator
Rs = 1000 Re (metric or English units)
Rc
Where:
278
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP3RD”
Rs = particulate emission rate, kg/bOO kg (lb/l000 lb) of
coke burn—off in the fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst
regenerator.
1000 = conversion factor, kg to 1000 kg (lb to 1000 ib).
Re = particulate emission rate, kg/hr (lb/hr).
Rc = coke burn-off rate, kg/hr (lb/hr).
APPENDIX D TO REGULATION 7.13
Equation for particulate emissions of auxiliary heat input
expressed in millions of cal/hr (English units: millions of
BTU/hr)
Rs = 1.0 + 0.18 H (metric units)
Rc
or
Rs = 1.0 + 0.10 H (English units)
Rc
Where:
Rs = allowable particulate emission rate, lg/b000 kg (lb/l000
ib)
1.0 = emission standard, 1.0 kg/bOO kg (1.0 lg/b000 ib) of
coke burn-off in the fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst
regenerator.
0.18 = metric units maximum allowable incremental rate of
particulate emissions, g/million cal.
0.10 = English units maximum allowable incremental rate of
particulate emissions, lb/million BTU.
H = heat input from solid or liquid fossil fuel, million cal/hr
(million BTU/hr).
Rc = coke burn-off rate, kg/hr (lb/hr).
APPENDIX E TO REGULATION 7.13
Equation for time weighted average of S02 concentration
N
CR = CSi tSi
1
Where:
CR = S02 concentration for the run.
N = Number of samples.
279
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
CSi = S02 concentration for sample i.
tSi = Continuous sampling time of sample i.
T = Total continuous sampling time of all N samples.
APPENDIX F TO REGULATION 7.13
Equation for the time weighted average of the moisture content
N
Bwo = Bsi tsi
T
1
Where:
Bwo = proportion by volume of water volume in the gas stream
for the run.
N = number of samples
Bsi = proportion by volume of water vapor in the gas steam
for the sample 1.
tsi = continuous sampling time for sample i.
T = total continuous sampling time of all N samples.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUN 9, 1982 47 FR 25010
1st Revision: JUL 19, 1982 JAN 11, 1984 49 FR 1341
280
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.14
STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR SELECTED NEW PETROLEUM REFINING
PROCESSES AND EQUIPMENT
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after the effective date of this
regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means vacuum producing systems and
process unit turnarounds associated with a petroleum refinery.
(b) “Vacuum producing systems” means equipment which produces a
partial vacuum in a vessel.
(C) “Process unit turnaround” means the shutting down,
depressurization, and purging of a process unit or vessel.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR HYDROCARBONS
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install,
operate, and maintain all equipment necessary to accomplish the
following:
(a) Vacuum producing systems. All gaseous hydrocarbons emitted
from condensers, hot wells, vacuum pumps, and accumulators shall
be collected and vented to a firebox, flare or other control
device of equivalent efficiency as determined by the District.
(b) Process unit turnaround. The gaseous hydrocarbons purged
from a process unit or vessel shall be vented to a firebox,
flare, or other control device of equivalent efficiency as
determined by the District until the pressure in the process unit
is less than 5 psig.
SECTION 4. MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
(a) The owner or operator shall:
Ci) Keep a record of each process unit turnaround.
(ii) Record the appropriate hydrocarbon concentration when the
hydrocarbons were first discharged to the atmosphere, and
(iii) Record the approximate total quantity of hydrocarbons
emitted to the atmosphere.
(b) The owner or operator shall retain these records for at least
two years and submit them to the District upon request.
281
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 6—13—79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Subniitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
282
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.15. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR GASOLINE TRANSFER TO
NEW SERVICE STATION STORAGE TANKS (STAGE 1 VAPOR RECOVERY)
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this section shall apply to the transfer of
volatile compounds from transport vehicle tanks into storage
tanks at new service stations constructed after June 13, 1979.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this section not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means the gasoline storage tanks at a
service station.
(b) “Service station” means any public or private establishment
which dispenses gasoline into vehicle fuel tanks.
(C) “Vapor balance system” means a system which transfers vapors
from storage tanks during filling operations to the storage
compartment of the transport vehicle delivering fuel.
(d) “Vent line restriction” means:
(i) an orifice of one-half to three-quarter inch inside diameter
in the vent line, or
(ii) a pressure-vacuum relief valve which opens at not less than
eight ounces per square inch pressure and not less than one half
(1/2) ounce per square inch vacuum unless a different vacuum
relief setting is required by safety or fire authorities, or
(iii) a vent shut-off valve which is activated by connection of
the vapor return hose.
(e) “Interlock system” means devices which either prevent fuel
delivery or keep the storage tank sealed unless the vapor return
hose is connected.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR GASOLINE TRANSFER
(a) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install,
maintain and operate the following devices on the storage tanks:
(i) Submerged fill pipe.
(ii) If the gasoline storage tank is equipped with a separate
gauge well, a gauge well drop tube shall be installed which
extends to within six (6) inches of the bottom of the tank.
(iii) Vent line restriction(s) on the affected facility.
(iv) Vapor balance system with an interlock system and vapor
tight connections on the liquid fill and vapor return hoses. The
cross-sectional area of the vapor return hose must be at least 50
283
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
percent of the liquid fill hose, and free of flow restrictions to
achieve acceptable recovery. The type, size and design of the
vapor balance system are subject to the approval of the District.
(b) The owner or operator may elect to use an alternate control
system provided it can be demonstrated to the District’s
satisfaction to achieve an equivalent control efficiency.
(C) The owner or operator shall not allow delivery of fuel to the
storage tanks until the vapor balance system is properly
connected to the transport vehicle and the affected facility.
SECTION 4. STANDARD FOR TRANSPORT VEHICLE TANKS
No owner or operator of a transport vehicle shall make delivery
of gasoline unless the transport vehicle’s tank has been leak
checked at the loading terminal per Regulation 7.21. A leak test
acceptable to the District and performed within the last 6
months, may be substituted for the preceding requirement. A
suitable record of the leak tests or checks shall be maintained
and kept in the vehicle’s cab for inspection by District
personnel at any time.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE
Equipment at new service stations shall be in compliance with
this regulation at startup and this will be verified by
inspections performed by District personnel.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 6-13-79; amended 11—16—83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
284
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.16. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW LARGE APPLIANCE
SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new large appliance surface coating
operations contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart SS, as published in
the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53 to 80, July
1, 1983 is hereby adopted and filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart SS, limits emissions of volatile organic compounds from
new large appliance surface coating operations that commenced
construction, modification or reconstruction after December 24,
1980. Coating operations at manufacturers of the following metal
products are subject to the standard: ranges, ovens (conventional
and microwave), refrigerators, freezers, washers, dryers,
dishwashers, water heaters and trash compactors. The standards
represent best demonstrated technology for this coating industry.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District” and “this subpart” shall be read as “this regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6—13—79; effective 6—13-79; amended 2-19—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg; JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
285
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.17. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW AUTOMOBILE AND
LIGHT DUTY TRUCK SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after the effective date of the
regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” menas a coating line for automobile and
light duty truck frames, small parts, wheels, and main body parts
at an assembly plant, except any exemptions in section 6 (d) of
this regulation.
(b) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating, including, but not limited to dipping and spraying.
(C) “Automobile” means all passenger cars or passenger car
derivatives capable of seating 12 or fewer passengers.
(d) “Coating line” means one or more apparatus and/or operations
comprised of all applictors, flash—off areas, and ovens wherein a
surface coating containing volatile organic compounds is applied,
dried, or cured. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(1) mixing operations;
(ii) process storage;
(iii) applicators;
(iv) drying operations including but not limited to flash off
area evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and
polymerization;
(v) clean up operations;
(vi) leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(vii) processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds.
(viii) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coaitng line of
which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile
organic compound it receives from or distributes to each coating
line.
28 6
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(ix) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to section 5, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate coating line.
(e) “Final repair coating line” means the repainting of any
coatings which are damaged during vehicle assembly.
(f) “Flashoff area” means the space between the application area
and the oven.
(g) “Light-duty truck” means any motor vehicle rated at 3864
kilograms (8500 pounds) gross vehicle weight or less which are
designated primarily for purposes of transportation of property
or are derivatives of such vehicles. (Including, but not limited
to, pickups, vans, and window vans.)
(h) “Prime coat coating line” means a coating line which is
responsible for protecting the surface from corrosion and
providing for good adhesion of the topcoat.
(i) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface
coatings, volatile organic compounds or recovered volatile
organic compounds, but does not mean storage tanks which are
subject to Regulation 7.12.
(j) “Topcoat coating line” means a coating line for the coating
of the surface to obtain desired aesthetic effects.
(k) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ammonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than 0.1 mm Hg at
conditions of 20 degrees Celsius and 760 mm of Hg.
(1) “Surfacer” means the spray application of prime to touch-up
areas on the surface not adequately covered during
electrodeposition.
(m) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total amount
of volatile organic compounds input to the affected facility
minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are not
emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that are
prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compound net input. When
the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such as to
permit more than one interpretation of this definition, the
interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable
emission shall apply.
(n) “Electrophoretic deposition” means a process of applying a
coating by dipping the component in a coating bath with an elect-
rical potential difference between the component and the bath.
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
No person shall cause, allow or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than 15 percent by weight of
the volatile organic compounds input into the affected facility.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE
(a) In all cases the design for any control device is subject to
approval by the District.
(b) Compliance with the standard in section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases which
the District determines that a material balance is not possible.
For those cases where a material balance is not possible,
compliance will be determined based upon an engineering analysis
by the District of the system. If requested by the District,
performance tests as specified by the District shall be conducted
in order to determine the efficiency of the control system or any
part of the system.
(C) With the prior approval of the District, the owner or
operator may elect to effect such changes in the affected
facility as are necessary to qualify for an exemption under
section 5.
(d) Whenever deemed necessary by the District, the District shall
obtian samples of the coatings used at an affected facility to
verify that the coatings meet the requirements in section 5 of
this regulation. The following methods of analysis for coatings
shall be used as applicable except in those cases where the
Distirct determines that other methods would be more appropriate.
(i) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
(ii) ASTM D 1475—60 (74) ;
(iii) ASTM D 2369—73; or
(iv) Federal Standard 141a, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. EXEMPTIONS
(a) Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
section 3 of this regulation if the volatile organic compound
content of the coating as delivered to the applicator(s) is:
(1) Prime coating line: 1.2 pounds per gallon of coating,
excluding water, which shall be applied by electrophoretic
deposition.
(ii) Surfacers: 2.8 pounds per gallon of coating, excluding
water, or 55 percent solids by volume, as applied, for volatile
organic compounds reduced coating spray applied with a minimum
cSI)
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
65% transfer efficiency.
(iii) Topcoat coating line: 2.8 pounds per gallon of coating as
applied excluding water, or 50% solids by volume for volatile
organic compounds reduced coating applied with a minimum of 65%
transfer efficiency.
(iv) Repair coating line: 4.8 pounds per gallon of coating as
applied, excluding water, applied with a minimum of 65% transfer
efficiency.
(b) Any affected facility using this section of this regulation
may elect to use an arithmetic average of the coatings used in
the particular coating line involved. If such average meets the
exemption then all the coatings will be considered to meet the
exemption.
(C) The exemption specified in this section may be achieved by:
(i) use of a low solvent coating, and/or
(ii) any other emission reduction process or equipment shown to
be as effective.
(d) Certain coatings operations which are exempted from this
regulation are:
(i) underbottom - sound deadener coatings
(ii) zinc rich anti-rust and weld line anti-rust prime coatings
(iii) adhesive coatings or inastics
(iv) flexible coatings
(v) plastic body fillers or caulks
(vi) interior coatings which are applied after upholstery and
interior plastic parts are attached to the body.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-------
PRINTED AUGUST .30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD ”
REGULATION 7.18 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW SOLVENT METAL
CLEANING EQUIPMENT
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each new
affected facility which commences operation after the effective
date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation but not defined herein shall have
the meaning given them in Regulation 1.02
(a) “Affected facility” means cold cleaners, open vapor
degreasers, and conveyorized degreasers which utilize volatile
organic compounds to remove soluble impurities from metal
surfaces.
(b) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ammonium carbonate
which have a vapor pressure greater than 0.1 mm Hg conditions of
20 degrees Celsius and 760 mm Hg.
(c) “Freeboard height” means, for a cold cleaner, the distance
from the liquid solvent level in the degreaser tank to the lip of
the tank. For a vapor solvent, it is the distance from the
solvent vapor level in the tank to the lip of the tank.
(d) “Freeboard ratio” means the freeboard height divided by the
width of the degreaser.
(e) “Refrigerated chiller” means a second set of freeboard
condenser coils which create a cold air blanket above the vapor
zone and are located slightly above the primary condenser coils.
(f) “Cold cleaner” means a batch-loaded degreaser whose solvent
is kept below its boiling point.
(g) “Open top vapor degreaser” means a batch loaded degreaser
whose solvent is heated to its boiling point creating a solvent
vapor zone.
(h) “Conveyorized degreasers” means a degreaser which is
continuously loaded by means of a conveyor system. Its solvent
may be boiling or non-boiling.
(1) “Solvent” means volatile organic compounds.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
The owner or operator of an affected facility to which this
regulation applies shall install, maintain, and operate the
control equipment and observe at all times the operating
requirements which apply to his type of degreaser as specified in
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
sections 4, 5, and 6 of this regulation.
SECTION 4. COLD CLEANERS
(a) Control Equipment
(i) The cleaner shall be equipped with a cover. If the volatile
organic compound volatility is greater than 15 mm Hg measured at
100 degrees F or if the volatile organic compound is agitated or
heated, then the cover shall be designed so that it can be easily
operated with one hand.
(ii) The cleaner shall be equipped with a drainage facility such
that any volatile organic compound that drains of f parts removed
from the cleaner will return to the cleaner. If the volatile
organic compound volatility is greater than 32 nun Hg measured at
100 degrees F then the drainage facility shall be internal so
that parts are enclosed under the cover while draining. The
drainage facility may be external if the District determines that
an internal type cannot fit into the cleaning system.
(iii) A permanent, conspicuous label, summarizing the operating
requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section shall be
installed on or near the cleaner.
(iv) If used, the volatile organic compound spray shall be a
fluid stream (not a fine, atomized or shower type spray) and at a
pressure which does not cause excessive splashing.
(v) If volatile organic compound volatility is greater than 32 mm
Hg measured at 100 degrees F or if the volatile organic compound
is heated above 120 degrees F, then one of the following control
devices shall be used:
a. Freeboard that gives a freeboard ratio greater than or equal
to 0.7.
b. Water cover (volatile organic compound must be insoluble in
and heavier than water).
c. Other systems of equivalent control, such as a refrigerated
chiller or carbon adsorption.
(b) Operating Requirements
(i) Do not dispose of waste volatile organic compound or transfer
it to another party such that greater than 20 percent by weight
of the waste volatile organic compound can evaporate into the
atmosphere. Store waste volatile organic compound only in
covered containers.
(ii) Close degreaser cover whenever not handling parts in the
cleaner.
(iii) Drain cleaned parts until dripping ceases (15 seconds is
usually necessary).
. 2-8-6d
p29/
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
SECTION 5. OPEN TOP VAPOR DEGREASER
(a) Control Equipment
(1) The degreaser shall be equipped with a cover that can be
opened and closed easily without disturbing the vapor zone.
(ii) The degreaser shall be equipped with the following safety
switches.
a. Condensers flow switch and thermostat to shut off sunip heat if
condenser coolant either is not circulating or is too warm.
b. Spray safety switch to shut of f spray pump if the vapor level
drops more than 4 inches below the bottom condenser coil in order
to prevent spraying above the vapor level.
c. Vapor level control thermostat which shuts of f pump heat if
the vapor zone rises above the design level.
d. Equivalent safety systems as approved by the District on a
case-by-case basis.
(iii) The degreaser shall be equipped with at least one of the
following major control devices:
a. Freeboard ratio greater than or equal to 0.75, and if the
degreaser opening is greater than 10 square feet, the cover shall
be powered or mechanically assisted.
b. Refrigerated chiller.
c. Enclosed design such that the cover or door opens only when
the dry part is actually entering or-exiting the degreaser.
d. Carbon adsorption system, with ventilation greater than or
equal to 50 cfm/square foot of air/vapor interface area (when
cover is open), and exhausting less than 25 ppm by volume
volatile organic compound averaged over •one complete adsorption
cycle.
e. Control system demonstrated to the District’s satisfaction to
have control efficiency equivalent to or better than any of the
above.
(iv) A permanent, conspicuous label, summarizing the operating
procedures specified in paragraph (b) of this section shall be
installed on or near the degreaser.
(b) Operating Requirements
(i) Keep the cover’ closed at all times except when processing
work loads through the degreaser.
(ii) Ninimize volatile organic compound carry-out by the
2 6
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
following measures:
a. Rack parts so that entrainment of volatile organic compound is
avoided and full drainage is accomplished.
b. Move parts in and out of the degreaser at less than 11 ft/mm.
c. Degrease the work load in the vapor zone until condensation
ceases (30 seconds or more is usually necessary).
d. Tip out any pools of volatile organic compound on the cleaned
part before removal.
e. Allow parts to dry within the degreaser above the vapor zone
until visually dry (15 seconds is usually necessary).
(iii) Do not degrease porous or absorbent materials such as
cloth, leather, wood, or rope.
(iv) Work load should not occupy more than half of the
degreaser’s open top area.
(v) The vapor level should not drop more than 4 inches when the
work load enters or leaves the vapor zone.
(vi) Never spray above the vapor level.
(vii) Repair volatile organic compound leaks immediately or shut-
down the degreaser.
(viii) Do not dispose of waste volatile organic compound or
transfer it to another party such that greater than 20 percent by
weight of the waste volatile organic compound can evaporate into
the atmosphere. Store waste volatile organic compound only in
closed containers.
(ix) Exhaust ventilation should not exceed 65 cfm per square foot
of degreaser area unless necessary to meet OSHA requirements or
control device requirement. Ventilation fans should not be used
near the degreaser opening.
(x) Water should not be visually detectable in the volatile
organic compound exiting the water separator.
SECTION 6. CONVEYORIZED DEGREASERS
(a) Control Equipment
(i) A conveyorized degreaser shall be enclosed (such as that in-
plant air movement does not impinge upon the internal atmosphere
of the degreaser) except for work load entrances and exits.
(ii) The degreaser shall be equipped with a drying tunnel or
another means such as rotating baskets sufficient to prevent
cleaned parts from carrying out volatile organic compound liquid
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
or vapor.
(iii) Minimized openings: entrances and exits shall silhouette
work loads so that the average clearance between the largest
parts and the edge of the degreaser opening is either less than 4
inches or less than 10 percent of the width of the opening.
(iv) Down-time covers: The degreaser shall be equipped with
covers for closing of f the entrance and exit during the shutdown
hours.
(v) If the degreaser has an air/volatile organic compound
interface area or an air/vapor interface area equal to or greater
than 20 square feet, it shall be equipped with at least one of
the following major control devices:
a. Refrigerated chiller.
b. Carbon adsorption system with ventilation greater than or
equal to 50 cfm/square foot of air/vapor interface area (when
downtime covers are open) and exhausting less than 25 ppm of
volatile organic compound by volume averaged over a complete
adsorption cycle.
c. A system demonstrated to the District’s satisfaction to have a
control efficiency equivalent to or better than either of the
above.
(iv) If the degreaser is a vapor type, it shall be equipped with
the following safety switches:
a. Condenser flow switch and thermostat which will shut off the
sunip heat if coolant is either not circulating or is too warm.
b. Spray safety switch which will shut off the spray pump or
conveyor if the vapor level drops more than 4 inches below the
bottom condenser coil in order to prevent spraying above the
vapor level.
c. Vapor level control thermostat which will shut off sump heat
if the vapor level rises above the design level.
d. Equivalent safety systems as approved by the District on a
case-by-case basis.
(vii) A permanent, conspicuous label summarizing the operating
requirement specified in paragraph (b) of this section shall be
installed on or near the cleaner
(b) Operating Requirements
(i) Exhaust ventilation should not exceed 65 cfxn per square foot
of degreaser opening unless necessary to meet OSHA requirements
or control device requirements. Work place fans should not be
used near the degreaser opening.
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(ii) Minimize volatile organic compound carryout by the following
measures:
a. Rack parts so that entrainment of volatile organic compound is
avoided and full drainage is accomplished.
b. Maintain vertical conveyor speed at less than 11 ft/mm.
(iii) Do not dispose of waste volatile organic compound or
transfer it to another party such that greater than 20 percent by
weight of the waste volatile organic compound can evaporate into
the atmosphere. Store waste volatile organic compound only in
closed containers.
(iv) Repair volatile organic compound leaks immediately or
shutdown the degreaser.
(v) Water should not be visually detectable in the volatile
organic compound exiting the water separator.
(vi) Down-time covers shall be placed over entrances and exits of
the degreaser immediately after the conveyor and exhaust are
shutdown and removed just before they are started up.
SECTION 7. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The new affected facility shall comply with the requirements of
the regulation on start-up.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 6—13—79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-7 c/$_
-------
PRINTED AUGUST -30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD ”
REGULATION 7.19. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW METAL FURNITURE
SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new metal furniture surface coating
operations contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart EE, as published in
the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53 to 80, July
1, 1983, is hereby adopted and filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart EE, limits emissions of volatile organic compounds from
all new metal furniture surface coating operations that commenced
construction, modification, or reconstruction after November 28,
1980. A metal furniture surface coating operation is defined to
be the system used to apply and dry or cure an organic coating on
the surface of the metal furniture part or product. The surface
coating operation may be a prime coat or a top coat operation and
includes the coating application station, flash-off area, and
curing oven. The standards in the federal regulation represent
the best demonstrated technology for the industry.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District”, and “this subpart” shall be read as “this
regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6—13-79; effective 6-13—79; amended 2-19-86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
C-
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.20. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW GASOLINE
LOADING FACILITIES AT BULK PLANTS.
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each new
affected facility which is commenced after the June 13, 1979.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means a bulk gasoline plant.
(b) “Bulk gasoline plant” means a facility for the storage and
dispensing of gasoline that employs tank trucks, trailers,
railroad cars, or other mobile non—marine vessels for both
incoming and outgoing gasoline transfer operations.
(C) “Gasoline” means any petroleum distillate having a Reid vapor
pressure of 4.0 pounds per square inch or greater used as a fuel
for internal combustion engine.
(d) “Bottom fill system” means a system of filling transport
vehicle tanks through an opening that is flush with the bottom of
the transport vehicle tank.
(e) “Vapor balance system” means a combination of pipes or hoses
which create a closed system between the vapor spaces of an
unloading tank and a received tank such that vapors displaced
from the receiving tank are transferred to the tank being
unloaded.
(f) “Submerged fill tube system” means a fill tube the discharge
of which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is 6 inches
above the bottom of the transport vehicle tank.
(g) “Transport vehicle” means tank trucks, railroad tank cars, or
barges.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COM1 3UNDS
(a) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install,
maintain, and operate:
(1) Stationary storage tank control devices according to the
provisions of regulation 7.12 or 6.13.
(ii) A vapor balance system for:
a. filling of stationary storage tanks from transport vehicle
tanks and
b. filling of transport vehicle tanks from stationary storage
tanks.
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(iii) For loading into transport vehicle tanks either:
a. a submerged fill tube system or
b. a bottom fill system
(b) The vapor balance system shall be equipped with fittings
which are vapor tight and will automatically close upon
disconnection so as to prevent the release of organic material.
(C) The cross-sectional area of the vapor return hose must be at
least 50 percent of the cross-sectional area of the liquid fill
line and free of flow restrictions.
(d) The vapor balance system must be equipped with interlocking
devices which prevent transfer of gasoline until the vapor return
hose is connected.
(e) Transport vehicle tank hatches shall be closed at all times
during loading operations.
(f) There shall be no leaks from the pressure/vacuum relief
valves and hatch covers of the stationary storage tanks [ or
transport vehicle tanks] during loading.
(g) The pressure relief valves on storage vessels and tank trucks
or trailers shall be set to release at no less than 0.7 psig
unless a lower setting is required by applicable fire codes.
(h) The owner or operator shall not load gasoline into any
transport vehicle or receive gasoline from any transport vehicle
which does not have proper fittings for connections of the vapor
balance system, nor shall the owner or operator load or receive
gasoline unless the vapor balance system is properly connected
and in good working order. Except as provided in paragraph (i)
of this section, the fittings on the transport vehicle tanks must
be vapor tight and automatically close upon disconnection so as
to prevent the release of organic material.
(i) The following shall apply to the loading of a transport
vehicle tank by means of a submerged fill tube system:
(i) When inserted into the tank, the submerged fill tube system
must form a vapor tight seal with the tank.
(ii) Tank hatches are to be opened for the minimum time necessary
to insert or remove the submerged fill tube system.
(j) No owner or operator shall permit gasoline to be spilled,
discarded in sewers, stored in open containers, or handled in any
other manner that would result in evaporation.
(k) On or after December 31, 1982, no owner or operator of a bulk
gasoline to this regulation shall allow loading of a tank truck
unless the following provisions are met:
o PJ
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(1) The tank truck has a valid Kentucky pressure-vacuum test
sticker as required by Regulation 6.37 attached and visibly
displayed;
(ii) The vapor balance system and associated equipment are
designed and operated to prevent gauge pressure in the tank truck
from exceeding 18 inches of water and prevent vacuum from
exceeding 6 inches of water;
(iii) A pressure tap or any equivalent system as approved by the
District is installed on the vapor balance system so that a
liquid manometer, supplied by the District, can be connected by
an inspector to the tap in order to determine compliance with
paragraph (ii) of this subsection. The pressure tap shall be
installed by the owner or operator as close as possible to the
connection with the delivery tank, and shall consist of a 1/4
inch tubing connector which is compatible with the use of 3/16
inch inside diameter plastic tubing; and
(iv) During loading there is not reading greater than or equal to
100 percent of the lower explosive limit (LEL, measured as
propane) at a distance of 2.5 centimeters around the perimeter of
a potential leak source associated with the vapor balance system
of a bulk gasoline plant as detected by a combustible gas
detector using the test procedure referenced in Section 5.
SECTION 4.
The owner or operator may elect to use an alternate control
system if it can be demonstrated to the District’s satisfaction
that the alternate system will achieve equivalent control
efficiency.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE
(a) The new affected facility shall comply with the requirements
of this regulation or startup.
(b) On or after December 31, 1982, the test procedure as defined
in Appendix b to “Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks from
Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems” (OAQPS 1.2-
119, U. S. EPA, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards), or
an equivalent procedure approved by the District, shall be used
to determine compliance with the standard prescribed in Section
3(k) during inspections conducted pursuant to KRS 77.165 or KRS
224.033 (10).
Adopted 7—14-76; effective 6-13-76; amended 11—16-83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.21. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW GASOLINE LOADING
FACILITIES AT BULK TERMINALS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each facility
which means loading facilities commencing after the effective
date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means the facilities at a bulk gasoline
terminal for loading gasoline into tank trucks, trailers,
railroad tank cars or other mobile, non-marine vessels.
(b) “Bulk gasoline terminals” means a facility for the storage
and dispensing of gasoline where incoming gasoline loads are
received by pipeline, marine tanks or barge (solely or in
combination with tank trucks, trailers, railroad tank cars, or
other mobile, non-marine vessels) and where outgoing gasoline
loads are transferred by tank trucks, trailers, railroad tank
cars, or other mobile non-marine vessels.
(C) “Gasoline” means any petroleum distillate used as a fuel for
internal combustion engines and having a Reid vapor pressure of
4.0 pounds per square inch or greater.
SECTION 3. STANDARD OF HYDROCARBONS
(a) No owner or operator of any loading facility shall load
gasoline unless such facility is equipped with a vapor control
system which is in good working order and in operation.
(b) Loading shall be accomplished in such a manner that all
displaced vapor and air will be vented only to the vapor
collection system. Measures shall be taken to prevent liquid
drainage from the loading device when it is not in use or to
accomplish complete drainage before the loading device is
disconnected.
(c) No owner or operator shall permit the hydrocarbon emissions
from the vapor control device to exceed 80 milligrams per liter
of gasoline loaded.
(d) No owner or operator shall open tank hatches or allow hatches
to be opened at any time during loading operations if bottom-fill
is practiced. If top-submerged fill is practiced, the hatch is
to be opened the minimum time necessary to install and remove the
submerged fill pipe and associated vapor collection equipment.
(e) No owner or operator shall permit any leak in the railroad
cars, barges, trailers, tank trucks, pressure relief valves, or
3 o
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
associated vapor collection. A leak is defined as a reading of
10 percent of the lower explosive limit as propane on the
portable hydrocarbon detector (explosimeter) with the probe 1
centimeter from the source.
(f) No owner or operator shall permit petroleum liquids to be
spilled, discarded in sewers, stored in open containers, or
handled in any other manner that would result in evaporation.
SECTION 4. MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
The owner or operator shall conduct such monitoring of operations
and submit records as specified by the District.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE
(a) The design of the vapor control system is subject to the
approval of the District.
(b) Method(s) specified by the District shall be used to
determine compliance with the standard in section 3 of this
regulation.
(C) The new affected facility shall comply with the requirements
of this regulation on start-up.
Adopted 7—14-76; effective 6—13-79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
301
-------
PRINTED AUGUST .30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.22. STANDARD OF PERFORNANCE FOR NEW VOLATILE
ORGANIC MATERIALS LOADING FACILITIES
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this section shall apply to each loading
facility which loads more than 200 gallons in any one day of
volatile organic materials into tank trucks, trailers, or
railroad tank cars commencing on or after the effective date of
this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Organic materials” means chemical compounds of carbon;
excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide,
carbonic acid, metallic carbonates and ammonium carbonate.
(b) “Volatile organic material” means any organic material which
has a true vapor pressure of 78 mm Hg (1.5 psia) or greater under
actual storage conditions.
(c) “True vapor pressure” means the equilibrium partial pressure
exerted by organic material as determined in accordance with
methods specified by the District.
(d) “Vapor recovery systemt means a vapor gathering system
capable of collecting 90% by weight of all hydrocarbon vapors and
gases discharged and a vapor disposal system capable of
processing such hydrocarbon vapors and gases so as to prevent
their emission to the atmosphere.
(e) “Submerged fill pipe” means any fill pipe the discharge of
which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is 6 inches
above the bottom of the tank; or when applied to a tank which is
loaded from the side, shall mean every fill pipe the discharge
opening of which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is 2
times the fill pipe diameter above the bottom of the tank.
SECTION 3. CONTROL OF VOLATILE ORGANIC MATERIALS
(a) No owner or operator of any loading facility from which more
than 200 gallons but less than 20,000 gallons of volatile organic
materials are loaded in any one day shall load any volatile
organic materials into any tank, truck, trailer, or railroad car
from any loading facility unless such loading is accomplished by
submerged fill, bottom loading, or equivalent method(s) approved
by the District. Pneumatic, hydraulic or other mechanical means
shall be provided to prevent liquid organic compounds drainage
from the loading device when it is removed from the hatch, or to
accomplish complete drainage before such removal.
(b) No owner or operator of any loading facility from which
20,000 gallons or more of volatile organic materials are loaded
302
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD°
in any one day shall load such materials unless such facility is
equipped with a device which reduces the emissions of all
hydrocarbon vapors and gases by at least 90 percent by weight,
and which is properly installed, in good working order, and in
operation. Loading shall be accomplished in such a manner that
all displaced vapor and air will be vented only to the vapor
recovery system. Measures shall be taken to prevent liquid
drainage from the loading device when it is not in use or to
accomplish complete drainage before the loading device is
disconnected.
SECTION 4. EXEMPTIONS
Gasoline loading facilities are exempt from this section. (See
the specific gasoline loading section.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 6—13—79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
3o
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.23 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW PERCHLOROETHYLENE
DRY CLEANING SYSTEMS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after May 20, 1981.
(a) The provisions of this regulation are applicable to the
following affected facilities located at a petroleum dry cleaning
plant with a total manufacturers’ rated dryer capacity equal to
or greater than 38 kilograms (84 pounds); Petroleum solvent dry
cleaning dryers, washers, filters, stills, and settling tanks.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms not defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in
Regulation 1.02.
(a) tiAffected facility” means dry cleaning systems which use
perchiorethylerie.
(b) “Dry cleaning system’ means a series of equipment and/or
operations which includes, but is not limited to: washer, dryer,
filter and purification systems, waste disposal systems, holding
tanks, pumps, and attendant piping and valves used for the
purpose of commercial cleaning of fabrics.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
The owner or operator or an affected facility shall install,
maintain and operate the control equipment such that the
following requirements are met:
(a) There shall be no liquid leakage of organic solvents from the
system.
(b) The entire dryer exhaust shall be vented through a properly
functioning carbon adsorber or equally effective control device.
(C) The maximum organic solvent concentration in the vent from
the dryer control device shall not exceed 100 ppm before
dilution.
(d) Filter and distillation wastes;
(i) The residue from any diatomaceous earth filter shall be
cooked or treated so that wastes shall not contain more than 25
pounds of solvent per 100 pounds of wet waste material.
(ii) The residue from a solvent still shall not contain more than
60 pounds of solvent per 100 pounds of wet waste material.
(iii) Filtration cartridges shall be drained in the filter
housing for at least 24 hours before being discarded. The
drained cartridges shall be dried in the dryer tumbler after
3&-t
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
draining.
(iv) Any other filtration or distillation system can be used if
equivalency to these requirements is demonstrated. Any system
reducing waste losses below one pound solvent per 100 pounds
clothes cleaned will be considered equivalent.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE
(a) Liquid leakage shall be determined by visual inspection of
the following sources:
(i) Hose connections, unions, couplings and valves;
(ii) Machine door gasket and heating;
(iii) Filter head gasket and seating;
(iv) Pumps;
(v) Base tanks and storage containers;
(vi) Water separators;
(vii) Filter sludge recovery operations;
(viii) Distillation units;
(ix) Divertor valves;
(x) Saturated line fron lint basket; and
(xi) Cartridge filters.
(b) Dryer exhaust concentration shall be determined by the proper
installation, operation, and maintenance of approved equipment as
determined by the District or by performance tests specified by
the District.
(c) The amount of solvent in filter and distllation wastes shall
be determined by ASTM D 322-67 (77), and substituting collector C
from ASTM E 123-78.
SECTION 5. EXEMPTIONS
Perchioroethylene dry cleaning facilities which are coin—operated
shall be exempt from this regulation.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 12—14—82; amended 4—21—82.
; O,S
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
2-8 d
3c
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.24 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW GENERAL SURFACE
COATING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced after the effective date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means a coating line which has an input
of more than 2000 pounds of volatile organic compounds per year
which is not subject to any other standard of performance with
respect to volatile organic compounds under these regulations.
(b) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ainmonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than 0.1 mm of Hg
at conditions of 20 degrees Celsius and 760 mm of Hg.
(c) “Coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply surface coatings containing volatile organic
compounds. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(i) Mixing operations;
(ii) process storage;
(iii) applicators such as spray booths, dip tanks, printers and
roller coaters;
(iv) drying operations including, but not limited to, flash off
evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and polymerization;
(v) clean up operations;
(vi) leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(vii) processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds.
(viii) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be part of more than one coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall, be assigned to each coating line of
which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile
organic compound it receives from or distributes to each coating
line.
(ix) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
quality for an exemption according to section 5 of this
aa6d— .
3 c- 7
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
regulation, then that portion shall be considered to be a
separate coating line.
(d) “Surface coating” includes, but is not limited to, the
following materials: paints of all types, primers; printing inks;
adhesives; solvents; cements; lubricants; weatherproof coatings;
varnishes; coating thinners; natural or synthetic rubbers; fabric
and textile coatings; and paper coatings.
(e) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface
coatings, volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile
organic compounds but does not mean organic compounds but does
not mean storage tanks which are subject to Regulation 7.12.
(f) “High—solids coating” means a coating with a volatile content
of not more than 45 percent by volume of the coating as applied.
(g) “Water-borne coating” means a coating with its volatile
organic content consisting of water and volatile organic
compounds, the volatile organic compounds comprising not more
than 20 percent by volume of the volatile content as applied.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND
No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than 15 percent by weight of
the volatile organic compounds input into the affected facility.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE
(a) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the District.
(b) Compliance with the standard in section 3 of this regulation
shall be demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases
where the District determines that a material balance is not
possible. For those cases where a material balance is riot
possible, compliance will be determined based upon an engineering
analysis by the District of: the control sys em design, control
device efficiency, control system capture efficiency, and any
other factors that could influence the performance of the system.
If so requested by the District, performance tests as specified
by the District shall be conducted in order to determine the
efficiency of the control device.
(C) With the prior approval of the District, the owner or
operator may elect to effect such change in the affected facility
as are necessary to qualify for an exemption under section 5 of
this regulation.
(d) Whenever deemed necessary, the District shall obtain samples
of the coatings used at an affected facility to verify that the
coatings meet the requirements in section 5 of this regulation.
The following methods of analysis for coatings shall be used as
2 8-6d -
3 C ?
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
applicable except in those cases where the District determines
that other methods would be more appropriate:
(1) ASTM D 1644-59 Method A,
(ii) ASTM D 1475—60,
(iii) ASTM D 2369—73, or
(iv) Federal Standard l4la, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. EXEMPTIONS
Any affected facility which utilizes only high-solid coatings
and/or water-borne coatings shall be exempt from the provisions
of section 3 of this regulation.
Adopted 7-14-76; effective 6-13-79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.25. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW SOURCES USING
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility not elsewhere regulated and which commences after the
effective date of this regulation.
(a) Those portions of any series of affected facilities designed
for processing a continuous web, strip, or wire which emit
volatile organic compounds shall be taken collectively to
determine compliance with this regulation.
(b) Emissions of volatile organic compounds resulting from air or
heated drying of products for the first 12 hours after their
removal from an affected facility shall be included in
determining compliance with this regulation.
(C) Emissions of volatile organic compounds to the atmosphere
from the cleanup with volatile organic compounds of any affected
facility shall be included with other emission of volatile
organic compounds from that affected facility for determining
compliance with this regulation.
(d) The provisions of this section shall not apply to the
spraying or other use of insecticides, pesticides or herbicides.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means any equipment, machine, and other
device which uses volatile organic compounds and which has the
potential to emit greater than 5 tons of volatile organic
compounds per year.
(b) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ammonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than 0.1 mm Hg at
conditions of 20 degrees Celsius and 760 mm Hg.
(c) “Potential emissions” means the emissions that will result if
the equipment, machine, or other device is operated 8,760 hours
per year unless limited by permit condition at maximum actual
capacity and without any emissions controls or vapor recovery
systems.
(d) “Vapor recovery system” means a vapor gathering system
capable of collecting and disposing of 90% by weight of all
volatile organic compounds discharged from the affected facility
in such a manner as to prevent their emission to the atmosphere.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
IC
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(a) No owner or operator shall cause, allow or permit an affected
facility to discharge into the atmosphere more than 15 percent by
weight of the volatile organic compounds input into the affected
facility.
(b) If an incinerator vapor recovery system is used to achieve
compliance with paragraph (a) of this section then 90 percent of
the carbon in the volatile organic compounds must be oxidized to
carbon dioxide.
(C) The owner or operator may obtain an exemption by means of a
process change which can be as effective in reducing volatile
organic compounds emissions as an acceptable vapor recovery
system. However, a reduction in production rate resulting in
decreased emission of volatile organic compounds shall not
constitute an acceptable process change unless the annual input
of volatile organic compounds is sufficiently reduced so that the
coating line can no longer be considered an affected facility.
SECTION 4. MONITORING AND REPORTING
(a) Any person controlling the emission of volatile organic
compounds pursuant to this section shall provide, properly
install, calibrate, maintain in good working order and in
operation, devices as specified in the permit to construct or the
permit to operate, or as specified by the District, for
indicating temperatures, pressures, rates of flow or other
operating conditions necessary to determine the degree and
effectiveness of air pollution control equipment.
(b) Any person using volatile organic compounds or any material
containing volatile organic compounds shall supply the District,
upon request and in the manner and form prescribed, written
evidence of the chemical composition, physical properties, and
amount consumed for each volatile organic compound used.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE
The new affected facility shall comply with the requirements of
this regulation or startup.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 6—13—79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
3 Il
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.26 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW SANITARY
LAN DFI LLS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this section apply to all sanitary landfills
located in Jefferson County which commenced operation after the
effective date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. REGISTRATION
The owner or operator of each affected sanitary landfall shall
register with the District on forms provided by the District.
SECTION 3. REPORTS
The District may require the owner or operator of a sanitary
landfill to submit reports containing information relating to the
nature of fill, size of operation, and the extent of any expected
or actual gases or particulate emissions from its operation.
SECTION 4. CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
The District may require the owner or operator of any sanitary
landfill to install and operate by-product gas venting and
particulate control measures to the extent that public health is
protected when emissions occur during and after the life of the
landfill. These measures may include but are not limited to:
(a) Injections;
(b) Venting equipment;
(C) Incineration of hazardous emissions;
(d) Flow and emission control devices;
(e) Inert file applications;
(f) Dust control measures.
SECTION 5. TESTING REQUIREMENTS
The requirements may require the owner or operator to conduct
emissions testing of vent gases for purposes of determining the
nature of and relative concentrations of the components of such
gases.
Adopted 6—13-79; effective 6-13—79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Peg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
2 -
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.27 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW PORTLAND CEMENT
PLANTS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of the regulation shall apply to the following
affected facilities in Portland cement plants commenced on or
after April 19, 1792: kiln, clinker cooker, raw mill system,
finish mill system, raw mill dryer, raw material storage, clinker
storage, finished product storage, conveyor transfer points,
bagging and bulk loading and unloading systems.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) Itportland cement plant” means any facility manufacturing
Portland cement by either the wet or dry process.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
(a) On or after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by Regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall cause
to be discharged into the atmosphere from any kiln any gases
which:
(i) Contain particulate matter in excess of 0.5 kg per metric ton
of feed (dry basis) to the kiln (0.30 lb per ton).
(ii) Exhibit greater than 20 percent opacity.
(b) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by Regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall cause
to be discharged into the atmosphere from any clinker cooler any
gases which:
(i) Contain particulate matter in excess of 0.050 kg per metric
ton of feed (dry basis) to the kiln (0.10 lb. per ton).
(ii) Exhibit 10 percent opacity, or greater.
(C) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by Regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall cause
to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility
other than the kiln and clinker cooler any gases which exhibit 10
percent opacity, or greater.
SECTION 4. MONITORING OR OPERATIONS
The owner or operator of any Portland cement plant subject to the
provisions of this regulation shall record the daily production
rates and kiln feed rates.
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 °LOSIP.3RD”
SECTION 5. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(a) The reference method as defined in Regulation 1.04 shall be
used to determine compliance with the standards prescribed in
section 3 of this regulation.
(b) For determination of particulates, the minimum sampling time
and minimum sample volume for each run (except when process
variables or other factors justify otherwise to the satisfaction
of the District) shall be as follows:
(i) 60 minutes and 0.85 dscm (30.0 dscf) for the kiln.
(ii) 60 minutes and 1.15 dscni (40.0 dscf) for the clinker cooler.
(C) Total kiln feed rate (except fuels), expressed in metric tons
per hour on a dry basis, shall be determined during each testing
period by suitable methods, and shall be confirmed by a material
balance over the production system.
(d) For each run, particulate matter emissions, expressed in
g/rrietric ton of kiln feed, shall be determined by dividing the
emission rate in g/hr by the kiln feed rate. The emission rate
shall be determined by the equation, g/hr = (Qs) (C), where
Qs = volumetric flow rate of the total effluent in dscrn/hr, and
c = particulate concentration g/dscni.
Adopted 7-14—76; effective 9—1-76.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-2 €4
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.28 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW NITRIC ACID
PLANTS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each nitric acid
production unit commenced on or after April 19, 1972, which is
the affected facility.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Nitric acid production unit” means any facility producing
weak nitric acid by either the pressure or atmospheric process.
(b) “Weak acid production unit” means acid which is 30 to 70
percent in strength.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR NITROGEN OXIDES
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by Regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall cause
to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility
any gases which:
(a) Contain nitrogen oxides, expressed as nitrogen dioxide, in
excess of 1.5 kg per metric ton of acid produced (3.0 lb per
ton), the production being expressed as 100 percent nitric acid.
(b) Exhibit 10 percent opacity, or greater.
SECTION 4. EMISSION MONITORING
(a) A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of
nitrogen oxides shall be installed, calibrated, maintained and
operated by the owner or operator. The pollutant gas used to
prepare calibration gas mixtures under paragraph 2.1, Performance
Specification 2 of Appendix B of 40 CFR 60 and for calibration
checks under paragraph (4) of section 6 of Regulation 7.01 shall
be nitrogen dioxide. The span shall be set at 500 ppm of
nitrogen dioxide. Reference Method 7 of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60
shall be used for conducting monitoring system performance
evaluations under paragraph (3) of section 6 of Regulation 7.01.
(b) The owner or operator shall establish a conversion factor for
the purpose of converting monitoring data into units of the
applicable standard (kg/metric ton, lb/ton). The conversion
factor shall be established by measuring emissions with the
continuous monitoring system concurrently with measuring
emissions with the applicable reference method tests. Using only
that portion of the continuous monitoring emission data that
represents emission measurements concurrent with the reference
test periods, the conversion factor shall be determined by
C-
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
dividing the reference method test data averages by the
monitoring data averages to obtain a ratio expressed in units of
the applicable standard to units of the monitoring data, i.e.
kg/metric ton per ppm (lb/ton per ppm). The conversion factor
shall be re—established during any performance test under
Regulation 7.01 or any continuous monitoring system performance
evaluation under paragraph (3) of section 6 of Regulation 7.01.
(C) The owner or operator shall record the daily production rate
and hours of operation.
(d) For the purpose of reports required under section 5 of
Regulation 7.01, periods of excess emissions that shall be
reported are defined as any three-hour period which the average
nitrogen oxides emissions (arithmetic average of three contiguous
one—hour periods) as measured by a continuous monitoring system
exceed the standard under section 3 of this regulation.
SECTION 5. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(a) The reference methods as defined in Regulation 1.04 shall be
used to determine compliance with the standard prescribed in
section 3 of this regulation.
(b) The sampling point shall be the center of cross-sectional
area of the stack or duct or at a point no closer to the walls
than 1 in (3.28 ft). Each run shall consist of at least 4 grab
samples taken at approximately 15 minutes intervals. The
arithmetic mean of the samples shall constitute the run value. A
velocity traverse shall be performed once per run.
(C) Acid production rate, expressed in metric tons per hour of
100 percent nitric acid, shall be determined during each testing
period by suitable methods and shall be confirmed by a material
balance over the production system.
(d) For each run, nitrogen oxides, expressed in g/inetric ton of
100 percent nitric acid, shall be determined by dividing the
emission rate in g/hr by the acid production rate. The emission
rate shall be determined by the equation:
g/hr = (Qs) (c)
Where
Qs = volumetric flow rate of the effluent in dscm/hr
and
c = nitrogen oxides (NOx) concentration in g/dscm.
Adopted 7-14-76; effective 9-1-76.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD ’ t
REGULATION 7.29 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW SULFURIC ACID
PLANTS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this section shall apply to each sulfuric acid
production unit conuuenced on or after April 19, 1972, which is
the affected facility.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Sulfuric acid production unit” means any facility producing
sulfuric acid by the contact process by burning elemental sulfur,
alkylation acid, hydrogen sulfide, organic sulf ides and
mercaptans, or acid sludge but does not include facilities where
conversion to sulfuric acid is utilized primarily as a means of
preventing emissions to the atmosphere of sulfur dioxide or other
sulfur compounds.
(b) “Acid mist” means sulfuric acid mist, as measured by Method 8
of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 or an equivalent or alternate method.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR SULFUR DIOXIDE
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be required to be conducted by Regulation 7.01 is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
affected facility any gases which contain sulfur dioxide in
excess of 2 kg per metric ton of acid produced (4 lb per ton),
the production being expressed as 100 percent sulfuric acid.
SECTION 4. STANDARD FOR ACID MIST
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by Regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or
operator of any affected facility shall allow to be discharged
into the atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which:
(a) Contain acid mist in excess of 0.075 kg per metric ton of
acid produced (0.15 lb per ton), the production being expressed
as 100 percent sulfuric acid.
(b) Exhibit 10 percent opacity, or greater.
SECTION 5. EMISSION MONITORING
(a) A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of sulfur
dioxide shall be installed, calibrated, maintained, and operated
by the owner or operator. The pollutant gas used to prepare
calibration gas mixture under paragraph 2.1, Performance
Specification 2 of Appendix B to CFR 60 and for calibration
checks under paragraph (3) of section 6 of Regulation 7.01 shall
be sulfur dioxide. Reference Method S shall be used for
conducting monitoring system performance evaluations under
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
paragraph (3) of section 6 of Regulation 7.01 except that only
the sulfur dioxide portion of the Method 8 results shall be used.
The span shall be set at 1000 ppm of sulfur dioxide.
(b) The owner or operator shall establish a conversion factor for
the purpose of converting monitoring data into units of the
applicable standard (kg/metric ton, lb/ton). The conversion
factor shall be determined, as a minimum, three times daily by
measuring the concentration of sulfur dioxide entering the
converter using suitable methods (e.g. the Reich test) and
calculating the appropriate conversion factor for each eight-hour
period as follows:
CF = k (1.000 — 0.015 r)
r— 5
Where:
CF = conversion factor (kg/metric ton per ppm, lb/ton per
ppm)
k = constant derived from material balance. For
determining CF in metric units, k = 0.0653. For determining CF
in English units, k = 0.1306.
r = Percentage of sulfur dioxide by volume entering the gas
converter. Appropriate corrections must be made for air
injection for plants subject to the District’s approval.
s = percentage of sulfur dioxide by volume in the emissions
to the atmospnere determined by the continuous monitoring system
required under section 5(a) of this regulation.
(d) Reserved.
(e) For the purpose of reports under paragraph (3) of section 3
of Regulation 7.01, periods of excess emissions shall be all
three-hour periods (or the arithmetic average of 3 consecutive
one hour periods) during which the integrated average sulfur
dioxide exceed the applicable standards under section 3 of this
section.
SECTION 6. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(a) The appropriate reference methods as defined in 1.04 shall be
used to determine compliance with the standards prescribed in
sections 3 and 4 of this regulation as follows:
(1) Method 8 for the concentrations of sulfur dioxide and acid
mist;
(ii) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;
(iii) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate; and
-------
PRINTED AUGUST3O, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(iv) Method 3 for gas analysis.
(b) The moisture content can be considered to be zero. For
determination of sulfur dioxide and acid mist the sampling time
for each run shall be at least 60 minutes and the minimum sample
volume shall be 1.15 dscm (40.6 dscf) except that smaller
sampling times or sample volumes, when necessitated by process
variables or other factors, may be approved by the District.
(c) Acid production rate, expressed in metric tons per hour of
100 percent sulfuric acid, shall be determined during each
testing period suitable methods and shall be confirmed by a
material balance over the production system.
(d) Acid mist and sulfur dioxide emissions, expressed in g/metric
ton of 100 percent sulfuric acid, shall be determined by dividing
the emission rate in g/hr by the acid production rate. The
emission rate shall be determined by the equation:
g/hr = (Qs) (C)
Where:
Qs = volumetric flow rate of the effluent in dscm/hr, and
c = acid mist and sulfur dioxide concentrations in g/dscm
as determined in accordance with subparagraph (a), subsection (i)
of this section.
Adopted 7-14-76; effective 9-1-76.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1960.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
3
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD’ t
REGULATION 7.30 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW SECONDARY LEAD
SMELTERS
SECTION 1. Applicability.
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to the following
affected facilities in secondary lead smelters which commenced
on or after June 11, 1973: Pot furnaces of more than 250 kg (550
ib) charging capacity, blast (cupola) furnaces, and reverberatory
furnaces.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Reverberatory furnace” includes the following types of
reverberatory furnaces: stationary, rotating, rocking and
tilting.
(b) “Secondary lead smelter” means any facility producing lead
from a lead-bearing scrap material by smelting to the metallic
form.
(C) “Lead” means elemental lead or alloys in which the
predominant component is lead.
SECTION 3. Standard for Particulate Matter.
(1) On or after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by Regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
discharge or cause the discharge into the atmosphere from a blast
(cupola) or reverberatory furnace any gases which:
(1) contain particulate matter in excess of fifty (50) mg/dscm
(0.022 gr/dscf).
(ii) Exhibit twenty (20) percent opacity or greater.
(b) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by Regu1at on 7.01 is comp1e ed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
discharge or cause the discharge into the atmosphere from any pot
furnace any gases which exhibit ten (10) percent opacity or
greater.
SECTION 4. Test Methods and Procedures.
(a) The reference methods as defined Regulation 1.04, shall be
used to determine compliance with the standards prescribed in
Section 3 as follows:
(b) For determining the concentrations of particulate matter and
associated moisture content, the sampling time for each run shall
be at least sixty (60) minutes and the sampling rate shall be at
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
least 0.9 dscxn (0.53 dscf/min) except that shorter sampling
times, when necessitated by process variables or other factors,
may be approved by the department. Particulate sampling shall be
conducted during representative periods of furnace operation,
including charging and tapping.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 9—1—76
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.31. STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW SECONDARY
BRASS AND BRONZE INGOT PRODUCTION PLANTS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new secondary brass and bronze
production plants that commenced construction, modification, or
reconstruction on or after June 11, 1973. The affected
facilities in a secondary brass and bronze production are:
reverberatory and electric furnaces of 1,000 kg (2,205 ib) or
greater production capacity and blast (cupola) furnaces of 250
kg/hr (550 lb/hr) or greater production capacity.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District”, and “this subpart” shall be read as “this
regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6-13-79; effective 6—13—79; amended 2-19-86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSiP.Jl
-------
k’kUP iLu ItUL,UO.L JIj-, •j, ;i
of plus or minus five percent over its operating range .
- [ THE ABOVE SECTION IS IN THE KY REGS BUT NOT IN THE LOUISVILLE
REGS) - RRG
SECTION 5. Test Methods and Procedures.
(a) The reference methods, as defined in Regulation 1.04, shall
be used to determine compliance with the standards prescribed in
Section 3 as follows:
(b) For determining the concentration of particulate matter and
associated moisture content, the sampling time for each run shall
be at least sixty (60) minutes and the sampling rate shall be at
least 0.015 dscm/min (0.53 dscf/min), except that shorter
sampling times, when necessitated by process variables or other
factors may be approved by the District.
(C) Dry sludge charging rate shall be determined as follows:
(i) Determine the mass (Sm) or volume (Sv) of sludge charged
to the incinerator during each run using a flow measuring device
meeting the requirements of Section 4(1). If total input during
a run is measured by a flow measuring device, such readings shall
be used. Otherwise, record the flow measuring device readings at
five (5) minute intervals during a run. Determine the quality
charged during each interval by averaging the flow rates at the
beginning and end of the interval and then multiplying the
average for each interval by the time for each interval. Then
add the quantity for each interval to determine the total
quantity charged during the entire run, (Sm) or
(ii) Collect samples of the sludge charged to the incinerator
in non—porous collecting jars at the beginning of each run and at
approximately one (1) hour intervals thereafter until the test
ends, and determine for each sample the dry sludge content (total
solids reside) in accordance with the method specified by the
District.
(iii) Determine the quantity of dry sludge per unit sludge
charged in terms of either average quantity of dry sludge per
unit sludge charged in terms of either average quantity of dry
sludge per volume of sludge charged to the incinerator, or
average ratio of quantity of dry sludge to quantity of sludge
charged to the incinerator.
1. If the volume of sludge charge used , equation in
Appendix A to this regulation shall be used to determine
quantity of dry sludge p unit sludge charged .
2. If the mass of sludge charged is used , the equation jfl
Appendix B to this regulation shall be used to determine the
quantity of y sludge p unit sludge charaed .
[ NOT IS LOUVILLE REGS BUT ARE IN THE KY REGS - RRG]
(d) Particulate emission rate shall be determined by a formula
specified by the District.
-------
(e) Compliance with Subparagraph i of section 3 of this
regulation shall be determined by the formula specified by the
District.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
2-8 6 d-
.2 s
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.33. STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW KRAFT PAPER
MILLS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to the following
affected facilities in kraft pulp mills, which are commenced on
or after September 24, 1976: digester system, brown stock washer
system, multiple-effect evaporator systems and black liquor
oxidation system, recovery furnace smelt dissolving tank, lime
kiln and condensate stripper system. In pulp mills, where kraft
pulping is combined with neutral sulfite semicheinical pulping,
the provisions of this regulation are applicable when any portion
of the material charged to an affected facility is produced by
the kraft pulping operation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Kraft pulp mill” means any stationary source which produces
pulp from wood by cooking (digesting) wood chips in a water
solution of sodium hydroxide and sodium sulfide (white liquor) at
a high temperature and pressure. Regeneration of the cooking
chemicals through a recovery process is part of the kraft pulp
mill.
(b) “Neutral sulfite semichemical operation” means any operation
in which pulp is produced from wood by cooking wood.chips in a
solution of sodium sulfite and sodium bicarbonate, followed by
mechanical defibrating (grinding).
(C) “Total reduced sulfur (TRS)” means the sum of the sulfur
compounds, hydrogen sulfide, methyl mercaptan, dimethyl sulfide
and dimethyl disulfide, that are released during the kraft
pulping operation.
(d) “Digester syster ” means each continuous digester or batch
digester used for cooking wood in white liguc’r and associated
flash tanks, below tans, chap steamers and condensers.
(e) “Brown stock washer system” means brown stock washers and
associated knotters, vacuum pumps, and filtrate tanks that are
used to wash the pulp following the digester system.
(f) “Multiple—effect evaporator system” means the multiple-effect
evaporators and associated condensers and hotwells used to
concentrate the spent cooking liquid that is separated from the
pulp (black liquor).
(g) “Black liquor oxidation system” means the vessels used to
oxidize the black liquor, and associated tanks.
(h) “Recovery furnace” means either a straight kraft recovery
-s- d-
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
furnace or a cross recovery furnace, and includes the direct—
contact evaporator for a direct-contact furnace.
(i) “Straight kraft recovery furnace” means a furnace used to
recover chemicals consisting primarily of sodium and sulfur
compounds by burning black liquor, which, on a quarterly basis,
contains 7 percent by weight or less of the total pulp solids
from the neutral sulfide seinichemical process or has a green
liquor sulfidity of 28 percent or less.
(j) “Cross-recovery furnace” means a furnace used to recover
chemicals consisting primarily of sodium and sulfur compounds by
burning black liquor which, on a quarterly basis, contains more
than 7 percent by weight of the total pulp solids from the
neutral sulfite semichemical process or has a green liquor
sulfidity of 28 percent or less.
(k) “Black liquor solids” means the dry weight of solids which
enter the recovery furnace in the black liquor.
(1) “Green liquor sulfidity” means the sulfidity of the liquor
which leaves the smelt dissolving tank.
(m) “Smelt dissolving tank” means a vessel used for dissolving
the smelt collected from the recovery furnace.
(n) “Lime kiln” means a unit used to calcine lime mud, which
consists primarily of calcium carbonate, into quicklime (calcium
oxide).
(0) “Condensate stripper system” means a column, and associated
condensers, used to strip, with air or steam, TRS compounds from
condensate streams from the various processes within a kraft pulp
mill.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
On and after the date on which the performance test, required by
Regulation 1.04, is completed, no owner or operator subject to
this regulation, shall cause to be discharged into the
atmosphere:
(a) From a recovery furnace any gases which:
(i) Contain particulate matter in excess of 0.10 g/dscm (0.44
gr/dscf) corrected to 8 percent oxygen.
(ii) Exhibit 20 percent opacity or greater
(b) From any smelt dissolving tank any gases which contain
particulate matter in excess of 0.1 g/kg (0.2 lbs/ton) of black
liquor solids (dry weight).
(c) From any lime kiln any gases which contain particulate matter
in excess of:
3 ; ;‘
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(i) 0.15 g/dscin (0.067 gr/dscf) corrected to 10 percent oxygen,
when gaseous fossil fuel is burned.
(ii) 0.30 g/dscni (0.13 gr/dscf) corrected to 10 percent oxygen,
when liquid fossil fuel is burned.
SECTION 4. STANDARD FOR TOTAL REDUCED SULFUR (TRS)
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by Regulation 7.01, is completed, no owner or
operator, subject to this regulation, shall cause to be
discharged into the atmosphere:
(a) From any digester system, brown stock washer system,
multiple-effect evaporator system, black liquor system, or
condensate stripper system, any gases which contain TRS in excess
of 5 ppm by volume (dry basis), corrected to 10 percent oxygen
unless the following conditions are met:
(1) The gases are combusted in a lime kiln subject to the
provisions of paragraph (e) of this section; or
(ii) The gases are combusted in a recovery furnace subject to the
provisions of paragraph (b) and (c) of this section; or
(iii) The gases are combusted with other waste gases in an
incinerator or other device, or combusted in a lime kiln or
recovery furnace not subject to the provisions of this section,
and are subjected to a minimum temperature of 1200 degrees F for
at least 0.5 seconds; or
(iv) It has been demonstrated to the District’s satisfaction, by
the owner or operator, that incinerating the exhaust gases from a
new, modified or reconstructed black liquor oxidation or brown
stock washer system in an existing facility in an existing
facility is technologically or economically not feasible. Any
exempt system will become facility is changed so the gases can be
incinerated.
(v) The gases from the digester system, brown stock washer,
condensate stripper syst em, or black liquor oxidation system are
controlled by a device other than combustion. In this case,
these systems shall not discharge any gases to the atmosphere
which contain TRS in excess of 5 ppm by volume (dry basis),
corrected to the actual content of the untreated gas stream.
(b) From any straight kraft recovery furnace any gases which
contain TRS in excess of 5 ppm by volume (dry basis), corrected
to 8 percent oxygen.
(C) From any cross recovery furnace any gases which contain TRS
in excess of 25 ppm by volume (dry basis), corrected to 8 percent
oxygen.
(d) From any smelt dissolving tank, any gases which contain TRS
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 ttLosIp.3RDtt
in excess of 0.0084 g/kg. (0.0168 lbs/ton), black liquor solids
(dry weight).
(e) From any lime kiln, any gases which contain TRS in excess of
8 ppm by volume (dry basis), corrected to 10 percent oxygen.
SECTION 5. MONITORING OF EMISSIONS AND OPERATIONS
Any owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate the
following continuous monitoring systems and devices:
(a) A continuous monitoring system to monitor and recover the
opacity of the gases discharged into the atmosphere from any
recovery furnace. The span of the system shall be set at 70
percent opacity.
(b) Continuous monitoring systems to monitor and record the
concentration of TRS emissions (dry basis) and the percent oxygen
by volume (dry basis) in the gases discharged into the atmosphere
from any lime kiln, recovery furnace, digester system, brown
stock washer system, or condensate stripper system except where
the provisions of section 4(a) apply. These systems shall be
located down-stream of the control device(s) and the span(s) of
these continuous monitoring system(s) shall be set:
(1) At a TRS concentration of 30 ppm for the TRS continuous
monitoring system, except that for any cross recovery furnace the
span shall be set at 50 ppm.
(ii) At 20 percent oxygen for the continuous oxygen monitoring
system.
(C) A monitoring device which measures the combustion temperature
at the point of incineration of effluent gases which are emitted
from any digester system, brown stock washer system, or
condensate stripper system where the provisions of section 4(a)
apply. The monitoring device is to be certified by the
manufacturer to be accurate within -+1 percent of the temperature
being measured.
(d) For a lime kiln or smelt dissolving tank using a scrubber
emission control device:
(I) A monitoring device for continuous measurement of the
pressure loss of the gas stream through the control equipment.
The monitoring device is to be certified by the manufacturer to
be accurate within a gauge pressure of -+ 500 pascals (—+ 2
inches water)
(ii) A monitoring device for the continuous measurement of the
scrubbing liquid supply pressure to the control equipment. The
monitoring device is to be certified by the manufacturer to be
accurate with -+ 15 percent of the design scrubbing liquid
pressure. The pressure sensor or tap is to be located close to
the scrubber liquid discharge point. The District may be
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
consulted for alternate locations.
SECTION 6. RECORDKEEPING
Any owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall, except where the provisions of paragraph (a)
and (d) of section 4 apply.
(a) Calculate and record on a daily basis 12—hour average TRS
concentrations for the 2 consecutive periods of each operating
day. Each 12-hour average shall be determined as the arithmetic
mean of the appropriate 12 continuous 1—hour average TRS
concentrations provided by each continuous monitoring system
installed under paragraph (b) of section 5.
(b) Calculate and record on a daily basis 12—hour averages oxygen
concentrations for the 2 consecutive periods of each operating
day for the recovery furnace and lime kiln. These 12-hour
averages shall correspond to the 12—hour average TRS
concentrations in subsections (a) of this section, and shall be
determined as an arithmetic mean of the appropriate 12 contiguous
1-hour average system installed under paragraph (b) of section 5.
(C) Correct all 12-hour TRS concentrations to 10 percent by
volume oxygen, except that 12-hour average TRS concentrations
from a recovery furnace shall be corrected to 8 percent by volume
using the equation in Appendix A of this regulation.
SECTION 7. EMISSIONS REPORT
Any owner or operator shall report periods of excess emissions as
follows:
(a) For emissions from any recovery furnace, periods of excess
emissions are:
(i) All 12-hour averages of TRS concentrations above 5 ppm by
volume for straight kraft recovery furnaces and above 25 ppm by
volume for cross recovery furnaces.
(ii) All 6—minutes average opacities that exceed 20 percent.
(b) For emissions from lime kiln, periods of excess emissions are
all 12-hour TRS concentrations above 8 ppm by volume.
(c) For emissions from digester system, brown stock washer
system, multiple-effect evaporator system, black liquor oxidation
system, or condensate stripper system, periods of excess
emissions are:
(i) All 12-hour average TRS concentrations above 5 ppm by volume
unless the provisions of subsections (a) of section 5 apply; or
(ii) All periods in excess of 5 minutes and their duration which
the combustion temperature is less than 1200 degrees F.
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD’ t
SECTION 8. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(a) The reference methods in Appendix A of 40 CFR 60, except as
provided in Regulation 1.04, shall be used to determine
compliance with the standards as prescribed in sections 3 and 4
of this regulation as follows:
(1) Method 5 for the concentration of particulate matter and the
associated moisture content.
(ii) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses.
(iii) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate.
(iv) Method 3 for gas analysis when applying reference methods
5 (or 17) and 16.
(v) Method 16 for the concentration of TRS.
(vi) Method 9 for visible emissions.
(b) For Method 5, the sampling time for each run shall be at
least 60 minutes and the sampling rate shall be at least 0.85
dscm/hr (0.53 dscf/min) except that shorter sampling times, when
necessitated by process variables or other factors, may be
approved by the District. Water shall be used as a cleanup
solvent instead of acetone in the sample recovery procedure
outlined in Method 5.
(c) Method 17 (in stack filtration) may be used as an alternate
method for Method 5 for determining compliance of recovery
furnaces provided that a constant value of 0.009 g/dscin) (0.004
gr/dscf) is added to the result of Method 17 and the stake
temperature is not greater than 205 degrees C (400 degrees F).
Water shall be used as a cleanup solvent instead of acetone in
the sample recovery procedure outlined in Method 17.
(d) When determining compliance with section 4, use the results
of Method 2, Method 16, and the black liquor solids feed rate in
the TRS emissions’ equation in appendix B of this regulation.
(e) When determining whether a furnace is a straight kraft or a
cross recovery furnace, TAPPI Method T.624 shall be used to
determine sodium sulfide, sodium hydroxide, and sodium carbonate.
These determinations shall be made 3 times daily from the green
liquor, and the daily average values shall be converted to sodiun
oxide (Na2 0), and entered into the equation in Appendix C of
this regulation to determine the green liquor sulfidity.
(f) All concentrations of particulate matter and TRS required to
be measured by this regulation, from lime kilns or i ncinerators
shall be corrected to 10 percent by volume oxygen, and those
concentrations from recovery furnaces shall be made in the manner
specified in paragraph (C) of section 6.
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 9—1—76.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.34 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW SULFITE PULP
MILLS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility which:
(a) Is associated with a sulfite pulp mill;
(b) Is not subject to another standard of performance within
these regulations with respect to sulfur oxides;
(C) Commenced on or after April 19, 1972.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Ternis used in this regulation shall have the meaning given them
in Regulation 1.02.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR SULFUR OXIDES EMISSIONS
No person shall cause or permit sulfur oxides emissions from blow
pits, washer vents, storage tanks, digester relief, recovery
system, etc., to exceed 9.0 lb. per air dried ton of pulp
produced.
Adopted 7—14-76; effective 9—1-76.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
3
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.35 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW ETHYLENE
PRODUCING PLANTS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility which means each waste gas stream of any ethylene
producing plant commenced on or after April 19, 1972.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS.
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall
have the meaning given them Regulation 1.02.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR HYDROCARBONS.
No person shall emit into the atmosphere a waste gas stream from
any ethylene producing plant unless the waste gas stream is
subjected to 1,300 degrees Fahrenheit for 0.3 seconds or greater
in a direct—flame afterburner or equally effective catalytic
vapor incinerator. Either device must be equipped with an
indicating pyrometer which is positioned in the working area at
the operator’s eye level.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 6-13-79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.36 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW VOLATILE ORGANIC
COMPOUND WATER SEPARATORS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility which means each oil-effluent water separator which
recovers 200 gallons a day or more of any volatile organic
compound from any equipment which processes, refines, stores, or
handles hydrocarbons with a Reid vapor pressure of 0.5 pounds or
greater commenced on or after the effective date of this
regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Volatile organic compound water separator” means any tank,
box, sump, or other container in which any volatile organic
compound or product thereof, floating on or entrained or
contained in water entering such tank, box, sump, or other
container, is physically separated and removed from such water
prior to outfall, drainage, or recovery of such water.
(b) “Enclosed container” means a vessel which entirely encloses
the content except for pressure relief vents.
(C) “Floating roof” means a vessel cover consisting of double
dec .’:, pontoon single deck, internal floating cover or covered
floating roof, which rests upon and is supported by the liquid
being contained, and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to
close the space between the roof edge and vessel wall.
(d) “Vapor recovery system” means a vapor gathering system
capable of collecting all hydrocarbon vapors and gases discharged
from a vessel and a vapor disposal system capable of processing
such hydrocarbon vapors and gases so as to prevent their emission
to the atmosphere.
(e) “Submerged fill pipe” means any fill pipe the discharge of
which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is 6 inches
above the bottom of the vessel; or when applied to a vessel which
is loaded from the side, shall mean any fill pipe the discharge
opening of which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is
two times the fill pipe diameter above the tank.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR HYDROCARBON
The emissions of all hydrocarbon vapors and gases shall be
reduced 90 percent by weight. All gauging & sampling devices
shall be gas tight except when gauging and/or sampling is in
progress. Standards may be met by employing one or more of the
following features: floating roof, submerged fill pipes, or a
vapor recovery system.
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE
Any affected facility shall be in compliance on start up.
Adopted 7-14-76; effective 6-13-76.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.37 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW PRIMARY COPPER
SMELTERS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation are applicable to the following
facilities in primary copper smelters: dryer, roaster, smelting
furnace, and copper converter, commenced on or after the
classification date defined below.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) tPrimary copper smelter” means any installation or any
intermediate process engaged in the production of copper from
copper sulfide ore concentrates through the use of
pyroinetallurgical techniques.
(b) “Dryer” means any facility in which a copper sulfide ore
concentrate charge is heated in the presence of air to eliminate
a portion of the moisture from the charge, provided less than
five (5) percent of the sulfur contained in the charge is
eliminated in the facility.
(C) “Roaster” means any facility in which a copper sulfide ore
concentrate charge is heated in the presence of air to eliminate
a significant portion (5 percent or more) of the sulfur contained
in the charge.
(d) “Calcine” means the solid materials produced by a roaster.
(e) “Smelting” means processing techniques for the melting of a
copper sulfide ore concentrate or calcine charge leading to the
formation of separate layers of molten slag, molten copper and/or
copper matte.
(f) “Classification date” means October 16, 1974.
(g) “Smelting furnace” means any vessel in which the smelting of
copper ore concentrates or calcines is performed and in which the
heat necessary for smelting is provided by an electric current,
rapid oxidation of a portion of the sulfur contained in the
concentrate as it passes through an oxidizing atmosphere, or the
combustion of a fossil fuel.
(h) “Copper converter” means any vessel to which copper matte is
charged and oxidized to copper.
(1) “Sulfuric acid plant” means any facility producing sulfuric
acid by the contact process.
(j) “Fossil fuel” means natural gas, petroleum, coal, and any
forri of solid, liquid, or gaseous fuel derived from such
materials for the purpose of creating useful heat.
2-8-&d-.
. ‘ ‘
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(k) “Reverberatory smelting furnace” means any vessel in which
the smelting of copper sulfide ore concentrates or calcines is
performed and in which the heat necessary for smelting is
provided primarily by combustion of a fossil fuel.
(1) “Total smelter charge” means the weight (dry basis) of all
copper sulfides ore concentrates processed at a primary copper
smelter, plus the weight of all other solid materials introduced
into the roasters and smelting furnaces at a primary copper
smelter, except calcine, over a one (1) month period.
(m) “High level of volatile impurities” means a total smelter
charge containing more than 0.2 weight percent arsenic, 0.1
weight percent antimony, 4.5 weight percent lead or 5.5 weight
percent zinc, on a dry basis.
SECTION 3. Standard for Particulate Matter.
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by Section 4 of Regulation 7.01 is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any dryer
any gases which contain particulate matter in excess of fifty
(50) ing/dscm (0.022 gr/dscf).
SECTION 4. Standard for Sulfur Dioxide.
(1) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by Section 4 of Regulation 7.01 is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this section shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any roaster,
smelting furnace or copper converter any gases which contain
sulfur dioxide in excess of 0.065 percent by volume, except as
provided in subsections (2) and (3)of this section.
(2) Reverberatory smelting furnaces shall be exempted from
subsection (1) of this section during periods when the total
smelter charge at the primary copper smelter contains a high
level of volatile impurities.
(3) A change in the fuel combusted in a reverberatory furnace
shall not be considered a modification under this regulation.
SECTION 5. Standard for Visible Emission.
(a) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by Section 4 of Regulation 7.01 is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any dryer
any visible emissions which exhibit greater than twenty(20)
percent opacity.
(b) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by section 4 of Regulation 7.01 is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this section shall
2S&d-
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected area
facility that uses a sulfuric acid plant to comply with the
standard set forth in Section 4, any visible emissions which
exhibit greater than twenty (20) percent opacity.
SECTION 6. Monitoring of Operations.
(a) The owner or operator of any primary copper smelter subject
to paragraph (b) of section 4 shall keep a monthly record of the
total smelter charge and weight percent (dry basis) of
arsenic,antimony, lead and zinc contained in this charge. The
analytical methods and procedures employed to determine the
weight of the total smelter charge and the weight percent of
arsenic, antimony, lead and zinc shall be approved by the
department and shall be accurate to within plus or minus ten (10)
percent.
(b) The owner or operator of any primary copper smelter subject
to the provisions of this regulation shall install and operate:
(i) A continuous monitoring system to monitor and record the
opacity of gases discharged into the atmosphere from any dryer;
(ii) A continuous monitoring system to monitor and record sulfur
dioxide emissions discharged into the atmosphere from any
roaster, smelting furnace or copper converter subject to Section
4(1). The span of this system shall be set at a sulfur dioxide
concentration of 0.20 percent by volume.
a. The continuous monitoring system performance evaluation
required under paragraph (C) of section 6 of Regulation 7.01
shall be completed prior to the initial performance test required
under section 4 of Regulation 7.01. During the performance
evaluation, the span of the continuous monitoring system may be
set at a sulfur dioxide concentration of 0.15 percent by volume
if necessary to maintain the system output between the twenty
(20) percent and ninety (90) percent of full scale. Upon
completion of the continuous monitoring system performance
evaluation, the span of the continuous monitoring system shall be
set at a sulfur dio>:ide concentration of 0.20 percent by volume.
b. For the purpose of the continuous monitoring systen
performance evaluation required under paragraph (c) of section
6 of Regulation 7.01, the reference method referred to under the
Field Test for Accuracy (Relative) in Performance Specification 2
of Appendix B of 40 CFR 60 shall be Reference Method 6. For the
performance evaluation each concentration measurement shall be of
one (1) hour duration. The pollutant gas used to prepare the
calibration gas mixture required under paragraph 2.1, Performance
Specification 2 of Appendix B of 40 CFR 60, and the calibration
checks under paragraph (d) of section 6 of Regulation 7.01 shall
be sulfur dioxide.
(c) Six—hour average sulfur dioxide concentrations shall be
calculated and recorded daily for the four (4) consecutive six
(6) hour periods of each operating day. Each six (6) hour
average shall be determined as the arithmetic mean of the
appropriate six (6) continuous one (1) hour average sulfur
dioxide concentrations provided by the concentrations provided by
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
the continuous monitoring system installed under subparagraph (ii)
of this subsection.
(d) For the purpose of reports required under Regulation 1.06,
periods of excess emissions that shall be reported as defined as
follows:
(i) Opacity. Any six (6) minute period during which the
average opacity, measured by the continuous monitoring system
installed under subsection (2) of this section, exceeds the
standard under Section 5.
(ii) Sulfur dioxide. Any six-hour period as described in
paragraph (C) of this section, during which the average emissions
of sulfur dioxide, as measured by the continuous monitoring
system installed under paragraph (b) of this section, exceeds the
standard under Section 4 of this regulation.
SECTION 7. Test Methods and Procedures.
(1) The reference methods as defined in Regulation 1.06, except
as provided for in Regulation 1.04, shall be used to determine
compliance with the standards prescribed in Sections 3, 4, and 5
as follows:
(i) Reference Method 5 for the concentration of particulate
matter and the associated moisture content;
(ii) Sulfur dioxide concentrations shall be determined using the
continuous monitoring system installed in accordance with Section
6(2). One (1) six (6) hour average period shall constitute one
(1) run. The monitoring system drift during any run shall not
exceed two (2) percent of span.
(2) For Reference Method 5, Reference Method 1 shall be used fc.r
selecting the sampling site and the number of traverse points,
Reference Method 2 for determining velocity and volumetric flow
rate and Reference Method 3 for determining the gas analysis.
The sampling time for each run shall be at least 60 minutes and
the minimum sampling volume shall be 0.85 dscm (thirty (30) dscf)
except that smaller times or volumes, when necessitated by
process variables or other factors may be approved by the
District.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 6-13—79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF 1 JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.38 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW PRIMARY ZINC
SMELTERS
SECTION 1 APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation are applicable to the following
affected facilities in primary zinc smelters - for roasters and
sintering machines, which commenced on or after the
classification date defined below.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) t primary zinc smelters” means any installation engaged in
the production, or any intermediate process in the production, of
zinc or zinc sulfide ore concentrates through the use of
pyroinetallurgical techniques.
(b) “Roaster” means any facility in which a zinc sulfide ore
concentrate charge is heated in the presence of air to eliminate
a significant portion (more than ten (10) percent) of the sulfur
contained in the charge.
(c) “Classification date” means October 16, 1974.
(d) “Sintering machine” means any furnace in which calcines are
heated in the presence of air to agglomerate the calcines into a
hard porous mass called “sinter.”
(e) “Sulfuric acid plant” means any facility producing sulfuric
acid by the contact process.
SECTION 3. Standard for Particulate Matter.
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by section 4 of Regulation 7.01 is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
sintering machine any gases which contain particulate matter in
excess of fifty(50) mg/dscf (0.022 gr/dscf).
SECTION 4. Standard for Sulfur Dioxide.
(a) On or after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by section 4 of Regulation 7.01 is completed, no
o ’ner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any roaster
any gases which contain sulfur dioxide in excess of 0.065 percent
by volume.
(b) Any sintering machine which eliminates more than ten (10)
percent of the sulfur initially contained in the zinc sulfide ore
concentrates will be considered as a roaster under subsection (1)
of this section.
‘L /
‘, ft
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
SECTION 5. Standard for Visible Emissions.
(a) On or after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by section 4 of Regulation 7.0]. is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
sintering machine any visible emissions which exhibit greater
than twenty (20) percent opacity.
(b) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by section 4 of Regulation 7.01 is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
affected facility that uses a sulfuric acid plant to comply with
the standard set forth in Section4 any visible emissions which
exhibit greater than twenty (20) percent opacity.
SECTION 6. Monitoring of operations.
(a) The owner or operator of any primary zinc smelter subject to
the provisions of this regulation shall install and operate:
(i) A continuous monitoring system to monitor and record the
opacity of gases discharged into the atmosphere from any
sintering machine. The span of this system shall be set at
eighty (80) to 100 percent opacity;
(ii) A continuous monitoring system to monitor and record
sulfur dioxide emissions discharged into the atmosphere from any
roaster subject to Section 4. The span of this system shall be
set at a sulfur dioxide concentrate of 0.20 percent by volume.
a. The continuous monitoring system performance evaluation
required under paragraph (C) of section 6 if Regulation 7.01
shall be completed prior to the initial performance test required
under section 4 of Regulatic. 7.01. During the performance
evaluation, the span of the continuous monitoring system may be
set at a sulfur dioxide concentration of 0.15 percent by volume
if necessary to maintain the system output between twenty (20)
percent by volume if necessary to maintain the system output
between twenty (20) percent and ninety (90) percent of full
scale. Upon completion of the continuous monitoring system
performance evaluation, the span of the span of the continuous
monitoring system shall be set at a sulfur dioxide concentration
of 0.20 percent by volume.
b. For the purpose of the continuous monitoring system
performance evaluation required under section 6 of Regulation
7.01, the reference method referred to under the Field Test for
Accuracy (Relative) in Performance Specification 2 of Method 6 of
Appendix B of 40 CFR 60 shall be reference method 6. For the
performance evaluation, each concentration measurement shall be
of one (1) hour duration. The pollutant gas used to prepare the
calibration gas mixtures required under paragraph 2.1,
Performance Specification 2 of Appendix B of 40 CFR 60, and for
calibration checks under paragraph (d) of section 6 of Regulation
7.01 shall be sulfur dioxide.
(2) Two (2) hour average sulfur dioxide concentrations shall be
2-&6d--
-------
PRINTED AUGUST-30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
calculated and recorded daily for the twelve (12) consecutive two
(2) hour periods of each operating day. Each two (2) hour
average shall be determined as the arithmetic mean of the
appropriate two (2) continuous one (1) hour average sulfur
dioxide concentrations provided by the continuous monitoring
system installed under subsection (a) of this section.
(C) For the purpose of reports required under section 5 of
Regulation 7.01, periods of excess emissions that shall be
reported are defined as follows:
(i) Opacity. Any six (6) minute period during which the
average opacity, as measured by the continuous monitoring system
installed under paragraph (a) of section 5 of this regulation.
(ii) Sulfur dioxide. Any two (2) hour period,as described in
subsection (2) of this section, during which the average
emissions of sulfur dioxide, as measured by the continuous
monitoring system installed under paragraph (a) of this
subsection, exceeds the standard under Section 4 or this
regulation.
SECTION 7. Test Methods and Procedures.
The reference methods in Appendix A to 40 CFR 60, except as
provided for in Regulation 1.04 shall be used to determine
compliance with the standards prescribed in Sections 3, 4, and 5
as follows:
(1) Reference Method 5 for the concentration of particulate
matter and the associated moisture content.
(2) Sulfur dioxide concentrations shall be determined using the
continuous monitoring system installed in accordance with Section
6(1). One (1) two (2) hour average period shall constitute one
(1) run.
(3) For Reference Method 5, Reference Method 1 shall be used for
selecting the sampling site and the number of traverse points,
Reference Method 2 for determining velocity and volumetric flow
rate, and Reference Method 3 for determining the gas analysis.
The sampling time for each run shall be at least sixty(60)
minutes and the minimum sampling volume shall be 0.85 dscin
(thirty (30) dscf) except that smaller times or volumes, when
necessitated by process variables or other factors, may be
approved by the department.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(1) “Primary lead smelter” means any installation of any
intermediate process engaged in the production of lead from lead
sulfide ore concentrates through the use of pyroinetallurgical
techniques.
(2) “Sintering machine” means any furnace in which a lead sulfide
ore concentrate charge is heated in the presence of air to
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
eliminate sulfur contained in the charge and to agglomerate the
charge into a hard porous mass called “sinter.”
(3) “Sinter bed” means the lead sulfur ore concentrate charge
within a sintering machine.
(4) “Siritering machine discharge end” means any apparatus which
receives sinter as it is discharged from the conveying grate of a
sintering machine.
(5) “Blast furnace” means any reduction furnace to which sinter
is charged and which forms separate layers of molten slag and
lead bullion.
(6) “Dross reverberatory furnace” means any furnace used for the
removal or refining of impurities from lead bullion.
(7) “Electric smelting furnace” means any furnace in which the
heat necessary for smelting of the lead sulfide ore concentrate
charge is generated by passing an electric current through a
portion of the molten mass in the furnace.
(8) “Converter” means any vessel to which lead concentrate or
bullion is charged and refined.
(9) “Sulfuric acid plant” means any facility producing sulfuric
acid by the contact process.
(10) “classification date” means October 16, 1974.
SECTION 3. Standard for Particulate Matter.
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by Regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall cause
to be discharged into the atmosphere from any blast furnace,
dross reverberatory furnace, or sintering machine discharge end
any gases which contain particulate matter in excess of fifty—
nine (59) mg/dscm (0.022 gr/dscf).
SECTION 4. Standard for Sulfur Dioxide.
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by Regulati: n 7.01 is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall cause
to be discharged into the atmosphere from any sintering machine,
electric smelting furnace, or converter gases which contain
sulfur dioxide in excess of 0.065 percent by volume.
SECTION 5. Standard for Visible Emissions.
(a) On or after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by Regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any blast
furnace, dross reverberatory furnace, or sintering machine
-2-8 d
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
discharge and any visible emissions which exhibit greater than
twenty (20) percent opacity.
(b) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by Regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall cause
to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility
that uses a sulfuric acid plant to comply with the standard set
forth in Section 4, any visible emissions which exhibit greater
than twenty (20) percent opacity.
SECTION 6.
Monitoring of Operations.
The owner or operator of any primary lead smelter subject to the
provisions of this regulation shall install and operate:
(a) A continuous monitoring system to monitor and record the
opacity of gases discharged into the atmosphere from any blast
furnace or sintering machine discharge end. The span of this
system shall be set at 100 percent opacity.
(ii) A continuous monitoring system to monitor and record sulfur
dioxide emissions discharged into the atmosphere from any
sintering machine, electric furnace, or converter subject to
Section 4. The span of this system shall be set at a sulfur
dioxide concentration of 0.20 percent by volume.
(a) The continuous monitoring system performance evaluation
required under paragraph (C) of section 6 of Regulation 7.01,
shall be completed prior to the initial performance test required
under Regulation 7.01 section 4. During the performance
evaluation, the span of the continuous monitoring system may be
set at a sulfur dioxide concentration of 0.15 percent by volume
if necessary to maintain the system output between twenty(20)
percent and ninety (90) percent of full scale. Upon completion
of the continuous monitoring system performance evaluation, the
span of the continuous monitoring system shall be set at a
sulfur dioxide concentration of 0.20 percent by volume.
SECTION 7. Test Methods and Procedures.
(a) The reference methods in Appendix A to 40 CFR 60, except as
provided for in Regulation 1.04, shall be used to determine
compliance with the standards prescribed in Sections 3, 4, and 5
as follows:
(a) Reference Method 5 for the concentration of particulate
matter and the associated moisture content;
(b) Sulfur dioxide concentrations shall be determined using the
continuous monitoring system installed in accordance with Section
6(1). One (1) two(2) hour average period shall constitute one
(1) run.
(2) For Reference Method 5, Reference Method 1 shall be used for
selecting the sampling site and the number of traverse points,
Reference Method 2 for determining velocity and volumetric flow
ae
2 /S
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
rate, and Reference Method 3 for determining the gas analysis.
The sampling time for each run shall be at least sixty (60)
minutes and the minimum sampling volume shall be 0.85 dscin
(thirty (30) dscf) except that smaller times or volumes, when
necessitated by process variables or other factors may be
approved by the department.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.40. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW PRIMARY ALUMINUM
REDUCTION PLANTS
SECTION 1 APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility which means each potroom group and anode bake plant
(within a primary aluminum reduction plant) commenced on or after
the classification date defined below.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning shall have the meaning given them in 401 KAR
50: 010.
(1) “Primary aluminum reduction plant” means any source
manufacturing aluminum by electrolytic reduction.
(2) “Anode bake plant” means any affected facility which produces
carbon anodes for use in a primary aluminum reduction plant.
(3) “Potroom” means a building unit which houses a group of
electrolytic cells in which aluminum is produced.
(4) “Potroom group” means an uncontrolled potroom, a potroom
which is controlled individually, or a group of potrooms or
potroom segments ducted to a common control system.
(5) “Roof monitor” means that portion of the roof of a potrooin
where gases not captured at the cell exit from the potroom.
(6) “Aluminum equivalent” means an amount of aluminum which can
be produced from a ton of anodes produced by an anode bake plant.
(7) “Total fluorides” means elemental fluorine and all fluoride
compounds, as measured by reference methods specified in Section
6 or equivalent or alternative methods.
(8) “Primary control system” means an air pollution control
system designed to remove gaseous and particulate fluorides from
exhaust gases which are captured at the cell.
(9) “Prebake plant” means any primary aluminum reduction plant
whose electrolytic reduction cells utilize carbon anodes
manufactured in an anode bake plant.
(10) “Vertical stud soderberg plant” means any primary aluminum
reduction plant whose electrolytic reduction cells utilize an
anode consisting of a rectangular container, open at the top and
bottom, suspended above the cell, into which carbon paste is fed
at intervals, becoming baked by the heat of the cell as it
gradually descends into the container. Current carrying studs
project vertically into the anode through the unbaked paste and
into the baked portion of the anode.
(11) “Horizontal stud soderberg plant” means any primary aluminum
‘r /
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
reduction plant whose electrolytic reduction cells utilize an
anode consisting of a rectangular container open at the top and
bottom, suspended above the cell, into which carbon paste is fed
at intervals becoming baked by the heat of the cell as it
gradually descends into the container. Rows of studs in channel
assemblies project laterally into the paste and move with the
anode.
(12) “secondary control system” means an air pollution control
system designed to remove gaseous and particulate fluorides which
escape by the primary control system.
(13) “Applicable affected facility” means each potroom group and
anode bake plant within a primary aluminum reduction plant.
(14) “Classification date” means October 23, 1974.
SECTION 3. Standard for Visible Emissions.
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by 401 KAR 59:005 is completed, no owner or operator
subject to the provisions of this regulation shall cause to be
discharged into the atmosphere:
(1) From any potroom group any gases which exhibit ten (10)
percent opacity or greater;
(2) From any anode bake plant any gases which exhibit twenty (20)
percent opacity or greater.
SECTION 4. Standard for Fluorides.
(1) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by 401 KAR 59:005 is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall cause
to be discharged into the atmosphere gases which contain total
fluorides in excess of:
(a)One (1) kg/metric ton (two (2) lb/ton) of aluminum produced
for potroom groups at soderberg plants: except that emissions
between 1.0 kg/metric ton and 1.3 kg/metric ton (2.6 lb/ton) will
be considered in compliance if the owner or operator demonstrates
to the department’s satisfaction that exemplary operation and
maintenance procedures were used with respect to the emission
control system and that proper control equipment was operating at
the affected facility during the performance tests;
(b) 0.95 kg/metric ton (1.9 lb/ton) of aluminum produced for
potropm groups at prebaked plants: except that emissions between
0.905 kg/metric ton and 1.25 kg/metric ton (2.5 lb/ton) will be
considered in compliance if the owner or operator demonstrates to
the department’s satisfaction that exemplary operation and
maintenance procedures were used with respect to the emission
control system and that proper control equipment was operating at
the affected facility during the performance test; and
(c) 0.05 kg/metric ton (0.]. lb/ton) of aluminum equivalent for
anode bake plants.
(2) Within thirty (30) days of any performance test which
3 11
-------
PRINTED AUGUST3O, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
reveals emissions which fall between the 1.0 kg/metric ton and
1.3 kg/metric ton levels in subsection (l)(a) of this section or
between the 0.95 kg/metric ton and 1.25 kg/metric ton levels in
subsection (1) (b) of this section,the owner or operator shall
submit a report indicating whether all necessary control devices
were on-line and operating properly indicating whether all
necessary control devices were on-line and operating properly
during the performance test, describing the operation and
maintenance procedures followed, and setting forth any
explanation for the excess emissions to the department.
SECTION 5. Monitoring of Operations.
(1) The owner or operator of any applicable affected facility
subject to the provisions of this regulation shall install,
calibrate, maintain, and operate monitoring devices which can be
used to determine daily the weight of the aluminum and anode
produced. The weighing devices shall have an accuracy of plus
or minus five (5) percent over their operating range.
(2) The owner or operator of any applicable affected facility
shall maintain a record of daily production rates of aluminum and
anodes, raw material feed rates, and cell or potline voltages.
(3) The owner or operator of any affected facility shall
install, use, and maintain ambient air monitoring equipment in
accordance with such methods as the department shall prescribe;
establish and maintain records of same; and make periodic
emission reports at intervals prescribed by the department.
SECTION 6. Test Methods and Procedures.
(1) Following the initial performance test as required under 401
KAR 59:005, an owner or operator shall conduct a performance test
at least once each month during the life of the affected
facility, except where malfunctions prevent representative
sampling, as determined by the department. The department may
require additional testing under 401 KAR 59:005.
(2) An owner or operator may petition the department to
establish an alternative testing requirement that requires
testing less frequently than once each month for a primary
control system or an anode bake plant. If the owner or operator
shows that emissions from the primary control system or the anode
bake plant have low variability during day-to-day operations, the
department may establish such an alternative testing requirement.
The alternative testing requirement shall include a testing
schedule and, in the case of primary control system, the method
to be used to determine primary control system for the purpose of
performance tests.
(3) The reference methods as defined in Appendix A of 40 CFR 60,
filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015, except as provided for in
401 KAR 50:045, shall be used to determine compliance with the
standards prescribed in Sections3 and 4 as follows:
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(a) For sampling methods from stacks:
1. Reference Method 13 A or 13 B for the concentration of
total fluoride and the associated moisture content;
2. Reference Method 3. for sample and velocity traverses;
3. Reference Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow
rate; and
4. Reference Method 3 for gas analysis.
(b) For sampling emissions from roof monitors not employing
stacks or pollutant collection systems:
1. Reference Method 14 for the concentration of total
fluorides and associated moisture content;
2. Reference Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;
3. Reference Method 2 and Reference Method 14 for velocity
and volumetric flow rate; and
4. Reference Method 3 for gas analysis.
(C) For sampling emissions from roof monitors not employing
stacks but equipped with pollutant collection systems the
procedure under 401 KAR 50:045 shall be followed.
(d) For opacity determination: Reference Method 9.
(4) For Reference Method Method 13A or 13B, the sampling time
for each run shall be at least eight (8) hours for any potroom
sample and at least four (4) hours for any anode bake plant
sample, and the minimum sample volume shall be 6.8 dscm (240
dscf) for any potroom sample and 3.4 dscm (120 dscf) for any
anode bake plant sample except that shorter sampling times or
smaller volumes, when necessitated by process variables or other
factors, may be approved by the department.
(5) The air pollution control system for each affected facility
shall be constructed so that volumetric flow rates and total
fluoride emissions can be accurately determined using applicable
methods specified under subsection (3) of this section.
(6) The rate of aluminum production is determined by dividing 720
hours into the weight of aluminum tapped from the affected
facility during a period of thirty (30) days prior to and
including the final run of a performance test.
(7) For anode bake plants, the aluminum equ.Lvalent for anodes
produced shall be determined as follows:
(a) Determine the average weight (metric tons) of anodes
produced in the anode bake plant during a representative oven
cycle using a monitoring device which meets the requirements of
Section 5(1);
(b) Determine the average rate of anode production by dividing
the total weight of anodes produced during the representative
oven cycle by the length of the cycle in hours;
(C) Calculate the aluminum equivalent for anodes produced by
multiplying the average rate of anode production by two (2)
(Note: an owner or operator may establish a different
multiplication factor by submitting production records of the
tons of aluminum produced and the concurrent tons of anode
consumed by potroorrts.);
(d) The owner or operator shall submit production records of
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 tt LOSIP.3RD”
the tons of aluminum produced and the concurrent tons of anodes
consumed by potrooms during a representative production day. A
second aluminum equivalent for anodes produced will be calculated
by dividing the tons of aluminum produced by the concurrent tons
of anode consumed. The smaller of the aluminum equivalents for
anodes produced, as calculated under this paragraph and paragraph
(C) of this subsection, shall be used to determine the lbs
fluorides/tons of aluminum equivalent for anode bake plants.
(8) For each run, potroom group emissions expressed in kg/metric
ton of aluminum produced shall be determined using the equation
in Appendix A of this regulation.
(9) For each run, as applicable, anode bake plant emissions
expressed in kg/metric ton of aluminum equivalent shall be
determined using the equation in Appendix B of this regulation.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF DEC 24, 1980
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg JUN 29, 1979 DEC 24, 1980 45FR84999
1st Revision
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
APPENDIX A
EQUATION FOR POTROOM GROUP EMISSIONS
E = ( CQ ) 1 iQ ± ( CO) 2 i0-
p — M —
Where:
E = Potroom group emissions of total fluoride in
kg/inet ic ton of aluminum produced.
C = Concentration of total fluorides in ing/dscm as
determined by Reference Method 13A or 13B, or
Reference Method 14 as applicable.
Q = Volumetric flow rate of the effluent gas stream in
dscm/hour as determined by Reference Method 2 and/or
Reference Method 14 as applicable.
io6 Conversion factor for mg to kg.
M = Rate of aluminum production in metric ton/hour as
determined by Section 6(4) of this regulation.
(CQ) 2 = Product of C and Q for measurements of primary
control systeit effluent gas streams.
(CQ) 1 = Product of C and Q for measurements of secondary
control system or roof monitor effluent gas stream.
2-.
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
APPENDIX B
EQUATION FOR ANODE BAKE PLANT EMISSIONS
Ea = ( CO ) 1Q
Mb
Where:
Ea = Anode bake plant emissions of total fluorides in
kg/metric ton of aluminum equivalent.
C = Concentration of total fluorides in mg/dscm as
determined by Reference Method 13A or 13B.
Q = Volumetric flow rate of the effluent gas stream in
dscm/hour as determined by Reference Method 2.
= Conversion factor from mg to kg.
Mv = Aluminum equivalent for anodes produced by anode bake
plants in metric ton/hour as determined by Section 6(5).
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.41 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR THE PHOSPHATE
FERTILIZER INDUSTRY: NEW WET-PROCESS PHOSPHORIC ACID PLANTS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new wet-process phosphoric acid plants
contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart T, as published in the Code of
Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53 to 80, July 1, 1983, is
hereby adopted and filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. STJMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart T, limits fluoride emissions from new wet-process
phosphoric acid plants which commence construction or
modification after October 22, 1974. Sources which have a design
capacity of less than or equal to 15 tons per calendar day of
equivalent phosphorus pentoxide feed are exempt from the
provisions of this regulation.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District”, and “this subpart” shall be read s “this
regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6—13—76; effective 6—13—76; amended 2—19—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision:
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.42. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR THE PHOSPHATE
FERTILIZER INDUSTRY: NEW SUPERPHOSPHORIC ACID PLANTS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulations fro new superphosphoric acid plants
contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart U, as published in the Code of
Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53 to 80, July 1, 1983, is
hereby adopted and filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulations adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart U, limits fluoride emissions from new superphosphoric
acid plants which commence construction or modification after
October 22, 1974. Sources which have a design capacity of less
than or equal to 15 tons per calendar day of equivalent
phosphorus pentoxide feed are exempt from the provisions of this
regulation.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District” and “this subpart” shall be read as “this regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulation (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, Ii. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6-13-79; effective 6-13-79; amended 2-19-86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.43. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR THE PHOSPHATE
FERTILIZER INDUSTRY: NEW DIANNONIUM PHOSPHATE PLANTS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new diammoniuxn phosphate plants
contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart V, as published in the Code of
Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53 to 80, July 1, 1983, is
hereby adopted and filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart V, limits fluoride emissions from new diammonium
phosphate plants which commence construction or modification
after October 22, 1974. Sources which have a design capacity of
less than or equal to 15 tons per calendar day of equivalent
phosphorus pentoxide feed are exempt from the provisions of this
regulation.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regr].ation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District” and “this subpart” shall be read as “this regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6-13-79; effective 6-13-79; amended 2—19—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.44 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR THE PHOSPHATE
FERTILIZER INDUSTRY: NEW TRIPLE SUPERPHOSPHATE PLANTS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new triple superphosphate plants
contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart W, as published in the Code of
Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53 to 80, July 1, 1983, is
hereby adopted and filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart W, limits fluoride emissions from new triple
superphosphate plants which commence construction or modification
after October 22, 1974. Sources which have a design capacity of
less than or equal to 15 tons per calendar day of equivalent
phosphorus pentoxide feed are exempt from the provisions of this
regulation.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DE FINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District” and “this subpart” shall be read as “this regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6—13—79; effective 6—13—79; amended 2—19-86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Subir itted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
?
d I
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.45. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR THE PHOSPHATE
FERTILIZER INDUSTRY: NEW GRANULAR SUPERPHOSPHATE STORAGE
FACILITIES
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The affected facility to which the provisions of this regulation
apply is each granular triple superphosphate storage facility.
For the purpose of this regulation, the affected facility
includes any combination of storage or curing piles, conveyors,
elevators, screens and mills, commenced on or after the
classification date defined below.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Granular triple superphosphate storage facility” means any
facility curing or storage granular triple superphosphate.
(b) “Total fluorides” means elemental fluorine and all fluoride
compounds as measured by reference methods specified in section 5
of this regulation, or equivalent or alternative methods.
(c) “Classification date” means October 22, 1974.
(d) “Equivalent phosphorus pentoxide stored” means the quantity
of phosphorus, expressed as phosphorus pentoxide, being cured or
stored in the affected facility.
(e) “Fresh granular triple superphosphate” means granular triple
superphosphate produced no more than 10 days prior to the date of
the performance test.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR FLUORIDES
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by section 4 of Regulation 7.01 is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
affected facility any gases which contain total fluorides in
excess of 0.25 g/hr/metric ton of equivalent phosphorus pentoxide
stored (.005 lb/hr/ton).
SECTION 4. MONITORING OF OPERATIONS
(a) The owner or operator of any granular triple superphosphate
storage facility subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall maintain an accurate account of triple superphosphate in
storage to permit the determination of the amount of equivalent
phosphorus pentoxide stored.
(b) The owner or operator of any granular triple superphosphate
storage facility shall maintain a daily record of total
equivalent phosphorus pentoxide stored by multiplying the
3 ?
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
percentage of phosphorus pentoxide content, as determined by
Section 5(6) (b) times the total mass of granular triple
superphosphate stored.
(C) The owner or operator of any granular triple superphosphate
storage facility subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall install, calibrate, maintain and operate a monitoring
device which continuously measures and permanently records the
total pressure drop across the process scrubbing system. The
monitoring device shall have an accuracy of plus or minus five
(5) percent over its operating range.
SECTION 5. Test Methods and Procedures.
(a) The reference methods as defined in Appendix A of 40 CFR 60,
filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015, except as provided for in
401 KAR 50:045, shall be used to determine compliance with the
standard prescribed in Section 3 as follows:
(i) Reference Method l3A or l3B for the concentration of total
fluorides and the associated moisture content;
(ii) Reference Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;
(iii) Reference Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate;
and
(iv) Reference Method 3 for gas analysis.
(b) For Method 13A or 13B, the sampling time for each run shall
be at least sixty (60) minutes and the minimum sample volume
shall be at least 0.85 dscn (thirty (30) dscf) except that
shorter sampling times or smaller volumes, when necessitated by
process variables or other factors, may be approved by the
department.
(c) The air pollution control system for the affected facility
shall be constructed so that volumetric flow rates and total
fluoride emissions can be accurately determined by applicable
test methods and procedures.
(4) Except as provided under subsection (5) of this section, all
performance tests on granular triple superphosphate storage
facilities shall be conducted only when the following quantities
of product are being cured or stored in the tacility:
(a) Total granular triple superphosphate at least ten (10)
percent of the amount of triple superphosphate in the building;
(b) Fresh granular triple superphosphate at least twenty (20)
percent of triple superphosphate in the building.
(5) IF the provisions set forth in subsection (4) (b) of this
section exceed production capabilities for fresh granular triple
superphosphate, the owner or operator shall have at least five
(5) days maximum production of fresh granular triple
superphosphate in the building during a performance test.
(6) Equivalent phosphorus peritoxide stored shall be determined
as follows:
(a) Determine the total mass stored during each run using an
accountability system meeting the requirements of Section 4(1).
dd ,
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(b) Calculate the equivalent phosphorus pentoxide stored by
multiplying the percentage phosphorus pentoxide content, as
measured by the spectrophotometric molybdovanadophosphate method
(AOAC Method 9) times the total mass stored. AOAC Method 9 is
published in the “Official Methods of Analysis” of the
Association of Official Analytical Chemists, 11th edition, 1970,
pp.11—12, filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015. Other methods
may be approved by the department.
(7) For each run, emissions expressed in g/hr/inetric ton of
equivalent phosphorus pentoxide stored shall be determined using
the equation given in Appendix A of this regulation.
Effective Date: June 6, 1979
APPENDIX A
DETERMINATION OF EMISSIONS OF TOTAL FLUORIDES
E = QQ
M
Where:
E = Emissions of total fluorides in g/metric ton of
equivalent phosphorus pentoxide feed.
C = Concentration of total fluorides in mg/dscm as
determined by Reference Method 13A or 133.
Q = Volumetric flow rate of the effluent gas stream in
dscin/hr as determined by Reference Method 2.
= Conversion factor for mg to g.
M = Equivalent phosphorus pentoxide feed in metric ton/hr
as determined by Section 5(4).
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.46 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW COAL PREPARATION
PLANTS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation are applicable to any of the
following affected facilities in coal preparation plants which
process more than 200 tons per day: thermal dryers, pneumatic
coal-cleaning equipment (air tables), coal processing and
conveying equipment (including brakers and crushers), coal
storage systems, and coal transfer and loading systems, commenced
on or after the classification date defined below.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Coal preparation plant” means any facility (excluding
underground mining operations) which prepares coal by one (1) or
more of the following processes: breaking, crushing, screening,
wet or dry cleaning, and thermal drying.
(2) “Classification date” means October 24, 1974.
(3) “Bituminous coal” means solid fossil fuel classified as
bituminous coal by ASTM-D-38—66(72), filed by reference in 401
KAR 50:015.
(4) “Coal” means all solid fossil fuels classified as anthracite,
bituminous, subbituininous, or lignite by ASTM-D--388—66(72).
(5) “Cyclonic flow” means a spiraling movement of exhaust gases
within a duct or stack.
(6) “Thermal dryer” means any facility in which the moisture
content of bituminous coal is reduced by contact with a heated
gas stream which is exhausted to the atmosphere.
(7) “Pneumatic coal-cleaning equipment” means any facility which
classifies bituminous coal by size or separates bituminous coal
from refuse by application of air stream(s).
(8) “Coal processing and conveying equipment” means any machinery
used to reduce the size of coal or to separate coal from refuse,
and the equipment used to convey coal to or remove coal and
refuse from the machinery. This includes, but is not limited to,
breakers, crushers, screens, and conveyer belts.
(9) “Coal storage systems” means any facility used to store coal
including open storage piles.
(10) “Transfer and loading system” means any facility used to
transfer and load coal for shipment.
SECTION 3. Standards for Particulate Matter.
? c- /
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(1) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2, is completed, an
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall not cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
thermal dryer, gases which:
(a) Contain particulate matter in excess of 0.070g/dscm (0.031
gr/dscf).
(b) Exhibit twenty (20) percent opacity or greater.
(2) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2, is completed, an
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall not cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
pneumatic coal cleaning equipment, gases which:
(a) Contain particulate matter in excess of 0.040 g/dscin
(0.018 gr/dscf).
(b) Exhibit ten (10) percent opacity or greater.
(3) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2, is completed, an
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall not cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
coal processing and/or conveying equipment, coal storage system,
or coal transfer and/or loading system processing coal gases
which exhibit twenty (20) percent opacity or greater.
SECTION 4. Nonitoring of operations.
(1) The owner or operator of any thermal dryer shall install,
calibrate, maintain, and continuously operate monitoring devices
as follows:
(a) A monitoring device for the measurement of the temperature
of the gas stream at the exit of the thermal dryer on a
continuous basis. The monitoring device is to be certified by
the manufacturer to be accurate within plus or minus three (3) o
Fahrenheit.
(b) For affected facilities that use venturi scrubber emission
control equipment:
1. A monitoring device for the continuous measurement of the
pressure loss through the venturi construction of the control
equipment. The monitoring device is to be certified by the
manufacturer to be accurate within plus or minus one (1) inch
water gage.
2. A monitoring device for the continuous measurement of
the water supply pressure to the control equipment. The
monitoring device is to be certified by the manufacturer to be
accurate within plus or minus five (5) percent of design water
supply pressure. The pressure sensor or tap must be located
close to the water discharge point. The department may be
consulted for approval of alternative locations.
(2) All monitoring devices under subsection (1) of this section
are to be recalibrated annually in accordance with procedures
under 401 KAR 59:005, Section 4(2).
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 t1 LOSIP.3RD”
SECTION 5. Test Methods and Procedures.
(1) The reference methods as defined in Appendix A of 40 CFR 60,
filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015, except as provided in 401
KAR 50:045 and in Section 3, are to be used to determine
compliance with the standards prescribed in Section 3 as follows:
(a) Reference Method 5 for the concentration of particulate
matter and associated moisture content;
(b) Reference Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;
(C) Reference Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate;
(d) Reference Method 3 for gas analysis; and
(e) Reference Method 9 for visible emissions.
(2) For Reference Method 5, the sampling time for each run is at
least sixty (60) minutes and the minimum sample volume is 0.85
dscm (thirty (30) dscf) except that shorter sampling times or
smaller volumes, when necessitated by process variables or other
factors, may be approved by the department. Sampling is not to
be started until thirty (30)riinutes after startup and is to be
terminated before shutdown procedures commence. The owner or
operator of the affected facility shall eliminate cyclonic flow
during performance tests in a manner acceptable to the
department.
(3) The owner or operator shall construct the facility so that
particulate emissions from thermal dryers or pneumatic coal-
cleaning equipment can be accurately determined by applicable
test methods and procedures under subsection (1) of this section.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULP TION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
;
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.47. STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW FERROALLOY
PRODUCTION FACILITIES
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation are applicable to the following
affected facilities commenced on or after the classification date
defined below; electric submerged arc furnaces which produce
silicon metal, ferrosilicon, calcium silicon, silicomanganese
zirconium, ferrochrome silicon, silvery iron, high—carbon
ferrochrome, charge chrome, standard ferrornanganese, silico—
manganese, ferromanganese silicon, or calcium carbide, and dust—
handling equipment.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Electric submerged arc furnace” means any furnace wherein
electrical energy is converted to heat energy by transmission of
current between electrodes partially submerged in the furnace
charge.
(2) “Furnace charge” means any material introduced into the
electric submerged arc furnace and may consist of, but is not
limited to, ores, slag, carbonaceous material, and limestone.
(3) “Product change” means any change in the composition of the
furnace charge that would cause the electric submerged arc
furnace to become subject to a different mass standard applicable
under this regulation.
(4) “slag” means the more or less completely fused and vitrified
matter separated during the reduction of metal from its ore.
(5) “Tapping” means the removal of slag or product from the
electric submerged arc furnace under normal operating conditions
such as removal of metal under normal pressure and movement by
gravity down the spout into the ladle.
(6) “Tapping period” means the time duration from initiation of
the process of opening the tap hole until plugging of the tap
hole is complete.
(7) “Furnace cycle” means the time period from completion of a
furnace product tap to the completion of the next consecutive
product tap.
(8) “Tapping station” means that general area where molten
product or slag is removed from the electric submerged arc
furnace.
(9) “Blowing tap” means any tap in which an evolution of gas
forces or projects jets of flame or metal sparks beyond the
ladle, runner or collection hood.
$cal’
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(10)”Furnace power input” means the resistive electrical power
consumption of an electric submerged arc furnace as measured in
kilowatts.
(11) “Dust-handling equipment” means any equipment used to handle
particulate matter collected by the air pollution control device
(and located at or near such device) serving any electric
submerged arc furnace subject to this regulation.
(12) “Control device” means the air pollution control equipment
used to remove particulate matter generated by an electric
submerged arc furnace from an effluent gas stream.
(13) “Classification date” means October 21, 1974.
(14) “Capture system” means the equipment (including hoods,
ducts, fans, dampers, etc.) used to capture or transport
particulate matter generated by an affected electric submerged
arc furnace to the control device.
(15) “Standard ferromanganese” means that alloy as defined by
ASTM A-99-66(71). (ASTM designations are filed by reference in
401 KAR 50:015.)
(16) “Silicomanganese” means that alloy as defined by ASTM A—483-
64(74).
(17) “Calcium carbide” means material containing seventy (70) to
eighty-five (85) percent calcium carbide by weight.
(18) “High-carbon ferrochrome” means that alloy as defined by
AST 1 A-l01—73 grades HC1 through HC6.
(19) “Charge chrome” means that alloy containing fifty-two (52)
to seventy (70) percent by weight chromium, five (5) to eight (8)
percent by weight carbon, and three (3) to six (6) percent by
weight silicon.
(20) “Silvery iron” means any ferrosilicon, defined by ASTM A—
100—69(74), which contains less than thirty (30) percent silicon.
(21) “Ferrochroine silicon” means that alloy as defined in ASTM A-
482—66(71)
(22) “Silicoinanganese zirconium” means that alloy containing
sixty (60) to sixty-five(65) percent by weight silicon, 1.5 to
2.5 percent by weight calcium, five (5) to seven (7) percent by
weight manganese, and two (2) to three (3) percent by weight
barium.
(23) “Calcium silicon t means that alloy as defined by ASTM A—495—
64(70)
(24) “Ferrosilicon” means that alloy as defined by ASTM A—lOO—69
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 ‘ 1 LOSIP.3RD”
grades A,B,C,D,and E which contains fifty (50) or more percent by
weight - silicon.
(25) “Silicon metal” means any silicon alloy containing more than
ninety-six (96) percent silicon by weight.
(26) “Ferromanganese silicon” means that alloy containing sixty—
three (63) to sixty-six (66) percent by weight manganese, twenty-
eight (28) to thirty-two (32) percent by weight silicon, and a
maximum of 0.08 percent by weight carbon.
(27) “Concentrated discharged” means that the outlet from a
control device consists of either stacks (one(1) or more) or
openings on the device’s top or side which has (have) a total
area less than five (5) percent of the corresponding top or side
and which has (have) a length of not more than twice the width.
(28) “Disperse discharge” means that the outlet from control
device consists of opening(s) on the device’s top or side which
has (have) a total area exceeding five (5) percent of the
corresponding top or side or which have a length more than twice
the width. A control device may have both dispersed and
concentrated discharges
SECTION 3. Standard for Particulate Matter.
(1) on and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2, is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
electric submerged arc furnace any gases which:
(a) Exit from a control device and contain particulate matter
in excess of:
1. 0.45 kg/M W-hr (0.99 lb/MW-hr) while silicon metal,
ferrosilicon, calcium silicon, or silicomanganese zirconium is
being produced.
2. 0.23 kg/M W-hr (0.51 lb/M W-hr) while high—carbon
ferrochrome, charge chrome, standard ferromanganese,
silicomanganese, calcium carbide, ferrochrome silicon,
ferromariganese silicon, or silvery iron is being produced.
(b) Exit from a control device and exhibit an opacity equal to
or greater than:
1. Three (3) percent where a control device located in or
impacting on a non-attainment area for particulates has dispersed
discharge.
2. Fifteen (15) percent for all other control devices.
(C) Exit from an electric submerged arc furnace and escape the
capture system and are visible without the aid of instruments.
The requirements under this paragraph apply only during periods
when flow rates are being established under Section 6(4).
(d) Escape the capture system at the tapping station and are
visible without the aid of all instruments for more than forty
(40) percent of each tapping period. There are no limitations on
visible emissions under this paragraph when a blowing tap occurs.
The requirements under this paragraph apply only during periods
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
when flow rates are being established under Section 6(4).
(2) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2, is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any dust—
handling equipment any gases which exhibit ten (10) percent
opacity or greater.
SECTION 4. Standard for Carbon Monoxide.
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2, is completed, no owner
or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any electric
submerged arc furnace any gases which contain, on a dry basis,
twenty (20) or greater volume percent of carbon monoxide.
Combustion of such gases under conditions acceptable to the
department constitutes compliance with this section. Acceptable
conditions include, but are not limited to, flaring of gases or
use of gases as fuel or other processes.
SECTION 5. Emission Monitoring.
(1) The owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall install, calibrate, maintain and operate a
continuous monitoring system for measurement of the opacity of
emissions discharged into an atmosphere from the control
device(s) with a concentrated discharge.
(2) For the purpose of reports required under 401 KAR 59:005,
Section 3, the owner or operator shall report as excess emissions
all six (6) minute periods in which the average opacity is
fifteen (15) percent or greater.
(3) The owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall submit a written report of any product change to
the department. Reports of product changes must be postmarked
not later than thirty (30) days after implementation of the
product change.
SECTION 6. Monitoring of Operations.
(1) The owner or operator of any electric submerged arc furnace
subject to the provisions of this regulation shall maintain daily
records of the following information:
(a) Product being produced;
(b) Description of constituents of furnace charge, including
the quantity, by weight;
(C) Time and duration of each tapping period and the
identification of material tapped (slag or product);
(d) All furnace power input data obtained under subsection (2)
of this section;
(e) All flow rate data obtained under subsection (3) of this
section or all fan motor power consumption and pressure drop data
obtained under subsection (5) of all this section.
-
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(2) The owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall install, calibrate, maintain and operate a
device to measure and continuously record the furnace power
input. The furnace power input may be measured at the output or
input side of the transformer. The device must have an accuracy
of plus or minus five (5) percent over its operating range.
(3) The owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall install, calibrate, and maintain a monitoring
device that continuously measures and records the volumetric flow
rate through each separately ducted hood of the capture system,
except as provided under subsection (5) of this section. The
owner or operator of an electric submerged arc furnace that is
equipped with a water cooled cover which is designed to contain
and prevent escape of the generated gas and particulate matter
shall monitor only the volumetric flow rate through the capture
system for control of emissions from the tapping station. The
owner or operator may install the monitoring device(s) in any
appropriate location in the exhaust duct such that reproducible
flow rate monitoring will result. The flow rate monitoring
device must have an accuracy of plus or minus ten (10) percent
over its normal operating range and must be calibrated to the
manufacturer’s instructions. The department may require the
owner or operator to demonstrate the accuracy of the monitoring
device relative to Reference Methods 1 and 2 of Appendix A to 40
CFR 60, filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015.
(4) When performance tests are conducted under the provisions of
40]. KAR 59:005, Section 2, to demonstrate compliance with the
standards under Section 3(1)(c) and (d), volumetric flow rate
through each separately ducted hood of the capture system must be
determined using the monitoring device required under subsection
(3) of this section. The volumetric flow rates must be
determined for furnace power input levels at fifty (50) and 100
percent of the nominal rated capacity of the electric submerged
arc furnace. At all times the electric submerged arc furnace is
operated, the owner or operator shall maintain the volumetric
flow rate at or above the appropriate levels, for that furnace
power input level determined during the most recent performance
test. If emissions were due to tapping are captured and ducted
separately from emissions of the electric submerged arc furnace,
during each tapping period the owner or operator shall maintain
the exhaust flow rates through the capture system over the
tapping station at or above the levels established during the
most recent performance test. Operation at lower flow rates may
be considered by the department to be unacceptable operation and
maintenance of the affected facility. The owner or operator may
request that these flow rates be re-established by conducting new
performance tests under 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2.
(5) The owner or operator may as an alternative to subsection
(3) of this section determine the volumetric flow rate through
each fan of the capture system from the fan power consumption,
pressure drop across the fan and the fan performance curve. Only
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
data specific to the operation of the affected electric submerged
arc furnace are acceptable for demonstration of compliance with
the requirements of this section. The owner or operator shall
maintain on file a permanent record of the fan performance curve
(prepared for a specific temperature) and shall:
(a) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a device to
continuously measure and record the power consumption of the fan
motor (measured in kilowatts); and
(b) Maintain and operate a device to continuously measure and
record the pressure drop across the fan. The fan power
consumption and pressure drop measurements must be synchronized
to allow real time comparisons of the data. The monitoring
devices must have an accuracy of plus or minus five (5) percent
over their normal operating ranges.
(6) The volumetric flow rate through each fan of the capture
system must be determined from the fan power consumption, fan
pressure drop, and fan performance curve specified under
subsection (5) of this section, during any performance test
standards under Section 3(l)(c) and (d). The owner or operator
shall determine the volumetric flow rate at a representative
temperature for furnace power input levels of fifty (50) and 100
percent of the nominal rated capacity of the electric submerged
arc furnace. At all times the electric submerged arc furnace is
operated, the owner or operator shall maintain the fan power
consumption and fan pressure drop at levels such that the
volumetric flow rate is at or above the levels established
during the most established during the most recent performance
test. Operation at lower flow rates may be considered by the
department to be unacceptable operation and maintenance of the
affected facility. The owner or operator may request that these
flow rates be re-established by conducting new performance tests
under 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2. The department may require the
owner or operator to verity the fan performance curve by
monitoring necessary fan operating parameters and determining
the gas volume moved relative to Methods 1 and 2 of Appendix A to
40 CFR 60.
(7) All monitoring devices required under subsections (3) and
(5) of this section are to be checked for calibration annually in
accordance with the procedures under 401 KAR 59:005, Section
4(2).
SECTION 7. Test Methods and Procedures.
(1) The reference methods as defined in Appendix A of 40 CFR 60,
except as provided in 401 KAR 50:045, shall be used to determine
compliance with the standards prescribed in Sections 3 and 4 as
follows:
(a) Reference Method 5 for the concentration of particulate
matter and the associated moisture content except that the
heating systems specified in paragraphs 2.1.2 and 2.1.4 of
Reference Method 5 are not to be used when the carbon monoxide
content of the gas stream exceeds ten (10) percent by volume, dry
basis;
(b) Reference Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(C) Reference Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate;
(d) Reference Method 3 for gas analysis, including carbon
monoxide; and
(e) Reference Method 9 for opacity determination.
(2) For Reference Method 5, the sampling time for each run is to
include an integral number of furnace cycles. The sampling time
for each run must be at least sixty (60) minutes and the minimum
sample volume must be 1.8 dscm (sixty-four (64) dscf) when
sampling emissions from open electric submerged arc furnaces with
wet scrubber control devices, sealed electric submerged arc
furnaces. When sampling emissions from other types of
installations, the sampling time for each run must be at least
200 minutes and the minimum sample volume must be 5.7 dscm (200
dscf). Shorter sampling times or smaller sampling volumes, when
necessitated by process variables or other factors, may be
approved by the department.
(3) During the performance test, the owner or operator shall
record the maximum open hood area (in hoods with segmented or
otherwise movable sides) under which the process is expected to
be operated and remain in compliance with all standards. Any
future operation of the hooding system with open areas in excess
of the maximum is not permitted.
(4) The owner or operator shall construct the control device so
that volumetric flow rates and particulate matter emissions can
be accurately determined by applicable test methods and
procedures.
(5) During any performance test required under 401 KAR 59:005,
Section 2, the owner or operator shall not allow gaseous diluents
to be added to the effluent gas stream after the fabric in an
open pressurized fabric filter collector unless the total gas
volume flow from the collector is accurately determined and
considered in the determination of emissions.
(6) When compliance with Section 4 is to be attained by
combusting the gas stream in a flare, the location of the
sampling site for particulate matter is to be upstream of the
flare.
(7) For each run, particulate matter emissions, expressed in
k/hr(lb/hr), must be determined for each exhaust stream at which
emissions are quantified using the equation given in Appendix A
to this regulation.
(8) For Method 5, particulate matter emissions from the affected
facilities, expressed in kg/NW-hr(lb/MW-hr) must be determined
for each run using the equation given in Appendix B to this
regulation.
Effective date: June 6, 1979
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JULY 12, 1982
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg JUN 29, 1979 JUL 12, 1982 47FR30059
32 c.
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 t1 LOSIP.3RD’ t
APPENDIX A
DETERMINATION OF PARTICULATE MATTER EMISSIONS
En = C Q
Where:
En = Emissions of particulate matter in kg/hr (lb/Hr).
C = Concentration of particulate matter in kg/dscin
(lb/dscf) as determined by Reference Method 5.
Q = Volumetric flow rate of the effluent gas stream in
dscm/hr (dscf/hr) as determined by Reference Method 2.
- e-
# /
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD t ’
APPENDIX B
DETERMINATION OF PARTICULATE MATTER EMISSIONS
FOR METHOD 5
N
E= En
n= 1
P
Where:
E = Emissions of particulate from the affected facility in
kg/MW-hr (lb/MW-hr).
N = Total number of exhaust streams at which emissions are
quantified.
= Emission of particulate matter from each exhaust stream
in kg/hr (lb/hr), as determined in Section 7(7) of this
regulation.
P = Average furnace power input during the sampling period,
in megawatts as determined according to Section 6(2).
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
-------
PRINTED AUGUST -30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.48 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR STEEL PLANTS AND
FOUNDRIES NEW ELECTRIC ARC FURNACES
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation apply to the following affected
facilities in steel plants and foundries commenced on or after
the classification date defined below: electric arc furnaces
and/or associated metallurgical equipment located in the same
shop as well as associated dust handling equipment.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Electric arc furnace (EAF)” means any furnace that produces
molten steel and heats the charge materials with electric arcs
from carbon electrodes. Furnaces from which the molten steel is
cast into the shape of finished products, such as in a foundry,
are affected facilities included within the scope of this
definition. Furnaces which, as the primary source of iron,
continuously feed pre-reduced ore pellets are not affected
facilities within the scope of this definition.
(b) “Dust-handling equipment” means any equipment used to handle
particulate matter collected by the control device and located at
or near the control device for an EAF subject to this regulation.
(C) “Control device” means the air pollution control equipment
used to remove particulate matter generated by an EAF(s) from the
effluent gas stream.
(d) “Capture system” means the air pollution control equipment
used to remove particulate matter generated by an EAF from the
effluent gas stream.
(e) “Associated metallurgical equipment” in the shop includes but
is not limited to, scrap pre-heaters and degreasers, and
equipment for hot metal transfer, charging, lancing, boiling,
slagging, and de-slagging, tapping, inoculating, teeming, hot-
topping, vacuum de-gassing, continuous casting, etc.
(f) “Charge” means the addition of iron and steel scrap or other
materials into the top of an electric arc furnace.
(g) “Charging period” means the time period commencing at the
moment an EAF starts to open and ending either 3 minutes after
the EAF roof is returned to its closed position or 6 minutes
after commencement of opening of the roof, whichever is longer.
(h) “Tap” means the pouring of molten steel from an EAF.
(1) “Tapping period” means the time period commencing at the
moment an EAF begins to tilt to pour and ending either 3 minutes
after an EAF returns to an upright position or 6 minutes after
commencing to tilt, whichever is longer.
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(j) “Meltdown and refining” means the phase of the steel
production cycle when charge material is melted and undesirable
elements are removed from the metal.
(k) “Meltdown and refining period” means the time period
commencing at the termination of the initial charging period and
ending at the initiation of the tapping period, excluding any
intermediate charging period.
(1) “Shop opacity” means the arithmetic average of 24 or more
opacity observations of emissions from the shop taken in
accordance with Method 9 of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 for the
applicable time periods.
(m) “Heat time” means the period commencing when scrap is charged
to an empty EAF and terminating when the EAF tap is completed.
(n) “Shop” means the building which houses one or more EAF’s.
(o) “Direct shell evaluation system” means any system that
maintains a negative pressure within the EAF above the slag or
metal and ducts these emissions to the control device.
(p) “Concentrated discharge” means that the outlet from a control
device consists of either stacks (one or more) or openings on the
device’s top or side which have a total area less than 5 percent
of the corresponding top or side and which have a length of not
more than twice the width.
(q) “Dispersed discharge” means that the outlet from a control
device consists of opening on the device’s top or side which have
a total area exceeding 5 percent of the corresponding top or side
which have a length more than twice the width.
(r) “Classification date” means October 21, 1974.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
(a) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by section 4 of Regulation 7.01 is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from an electric
arc furnace and associated with metallurgical equipment any gases
which:
(i) Exit from a control device and contain a particulate matter
in excess of 0.0052 grains/dscf (12 mg/dscm)
(ii) Exit from a control device and exhibit 3 percent opacity or
greater;
(iii) Exit from a shop, and due solely to operations of any
EAF’s, exhibit greater than two percent shop opacity except:
a. Shop opacity greater than zero percent, but less than 20
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
percent, may occur during charging period.
b. Shop opacity greater than zero percent, but less than 40
percent, may occur during tapping periods.
c. Where the capture system is operated such that the roof of the
shop is closed during the charge and the tap, and emissions to
the atmosphere are prevented until the roof is opened after
completion of the charge or tap, the shop opacity standards under
subparagraph (iii) of this section shall apply when the roof is
opened and shall continue to apply for the length of time defined
by the charging and/or tapping periods.
(b) Opacity standards under paragraph (a) (iii) of this section
shall apply only during periods when flow rates and pressure are
being established under section 5 (C) and (f).
(C) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by subsection 4 of Regulation 7.01 is completed,
no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from dust-
handling equipment any gases which exhibit 10 percent opacity or
greater.
SECTION 4. EMISSION MONITORING
(a) A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of the
opacity of emissions discharged into the atmosphere from the
control device(s) with a concentrated discharge shall be
installed, calibrated, maintained and operated by the owner or
operator sublect to the provisions of this regulation.
(b) For the purpose of reports under section 5 of Regulation
7.01, periods of excess emissions that shall be reported are
defined as all 6 minute periods during which the average opacity
is 3 percent or greater.
SECTION 5. MONITORING OF OPERATIONS
(a) The owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall maintain records daily of the following
information:
(1) Time and duration of each charge;
(ii) Time and duration of each tap;
(iii) All flow rate data obtained under paragraph (b) of this
section, or equivalent obtained under paragraph (d) of this
section; and
(iv) All pressure data obtained under paragraph (e) of this
section.
(b) Except as provided under paragraph (d) of this section, the
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall install, calibrate, and maintain a monitoring device that
- 28 Cd —
3 ?5
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
continuously records the volumetric flow rate through each
separately ducted hood. The monitoring device(s) may be
installed in any appropriate location in the exhaust duct such
that reproducible flow rate monitoring will result. The flow
rate monitoring device(s) shall have an accuracy of —+ 10 percent
over its normal operating range and shall be calibrated according
to the manufacturer’s instructions. The District may require the
owner or operator to demonstrate the accuracy of the monitoring
device(s) relative to Methods 1 and 2 of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60.
(C) When the owner or operator of an EAF is required to
demonstrate compliance with the standard under subparagraph (iii)
of paragraph (a) of section 3 and at any other time the District
may require, the volumetric flow rate through each separately
ducted hood shall be determined during all periods in which the
hood is operated for the purpose of capturing emissions from the
EAF using the monitoring device under paragraph (b) of this
section. The owner or operator may petition the District for re-
establishment of these flow rates whenever the owner or operator
can demonstrate to the District’s satisfaction that the EAF
operating conditions upon which the flow rates were previously
established are no longer applicable. The flow rates determined
during the most recent demonstration of compliance shall be
maintained (or may be exceeded) at the appropriate level for each
applicable period. Operation at lower flow rates may be
considered by the District to be unacceptable operation and
maintenance of the affected facility.
(d) The owner or operator may petition the District to approve
any alternative method that will provide a continuous record of
operation of each emission capture system.
(e) Where emissions during any phase of the heat time are
controlled by use of a direct shell evacuation system, the owner
or operator shall install, calibrate and maintain a monitoring
device that continuously records the pressure in the free space
inside the EAF. The pressure shall be recorded as 15 minutes
integrated averages. The monitoring device may be installed in
in any appropriate location in the EAF such that reproducible
results will be obtained. The pressure monitoring device shall
have an accuracy of - + 5 mm of water gauge over its normal
operating range and shall be calibrated according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
(f) When the owner or operator of an EAF is required to
demonstrate compliance with the standard under subparagraph (iii)
of paragraph (a) of section 3 and at any other time the District
may require, the pressure in the free space inside the furnace
shall be determined during the meltdown and refining period(s)
using the monitoring device under paragraph (e) of this section.
The owner or operator may petition the District for
re—establishment of the 15 minutes integrated average pressure
whenever the owner or operator can demonstrate to the District’s
satisfaction that the EAF operating conditions upon which the
pressures were previously established are no longer applicable.
.,__ ,
.) / :
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
The pressure determined during the most recent demonstration of
compliance shall be maintained at all times the EAF is operating
in a meltdown and refining period. Operating at higher pressure
may be considered by the District to be unacceptable operation
and maintenance of the affected facility.
(g) Where the capture system is designed and operated such that
all emissions are captured and ducted to a control device, the
owner or operator shall not be subject to the requirements of
this section.
(h) Where each EAF in a shop has an actual tapping capacity of
less than 10 tons, the owner or operator shall not be subject to
the requirements of this section.
SECTION 6. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Reference methods in Appendix A of 40 CFR 60, except as
provided for in Regulation 1.04 shall be used to determine
compliance with this regulation as follows:
(i) Method 5 for concentration of particulate matter and
associated moisture content;
(ii) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;
(iii) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate;
(iv) Method 3 for gas analysis; and
(v) Method 9 for opacity determination.
(b) For Method 5, the sampling time for each run shall be at lest
4 hours. When a single EAF is sampled, the sampling time for
each run shall also include an integral number of heats. Shorter
sampling times, .ihen necessitated by process variables or other
factors, may be approved by the District. The minimum sample
volume shall be 4.5 dscin (160 dscf).
(C) For the purpose of this regulation, the owner or operator
shall conduct the demonstration of coxnplianci with subparagraph
(iii) of paragraph (a) of section 3 and furnish the District with
a written report of the results of the test.
(d) During any performance test required under section 4 of
Regulation 7.01, no gaseous diluents may be added to the effluent
gas stream after the fabric in any pressurized fabric filter
collector, unless the amount of dilution is separately determined
and considered in the determination of emissions.
(e) When more than one control device serves the EAF(s) being
tested, the concentration of particulate matter shall be
determined using the equation given in Appendix A of this
regulation.
(f) Any control device subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall be designed and constructed to allow measurement
377
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD t ’
of volumetric flow rate and emissions using applicable test
methods and procedures.
(g) Where emissions from any EAF(s) are combined with emissions
from other affected facilities in the same shop and controlled by
a common capture system and control device, the owner or operator
may use any of the following procedures during a performance test:
(i) Base compliance on control of the combined emissions;
(ii) Utilize a method acceptable to the District which
compensates for the emissions from the other affected facilities;
and -
(iii) Any combination of the criteria of subparagraphs (i) and
(ii) of this subsection.
Adopted 7-14—76; effective 6—13-79.
APPENDIX A TO REGULATION 7.48
DETERNINATION OF CONCENTRATION OF PARTICULATE MATTER
[ EQUATION CANNOT BE TYPED]
Where:
C = concentration of particulate matter in mg/dscm (gr/dscf)
as determined by Method 5
N = total number of control devices tested
Q = volumetric flow rate of the effluent gas stream in
ing/dscm (dscf/hr) as determined by Method 2
C Qn or Qn = value of the applicable parameter for each control
device tested (n).
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
32K
-------
PRINTED AUGUST -30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.49. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW GRAIN ELEVATORS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation apply to each affected facility
at any grain elevator, or any grain storage elevator, except as
provided under section 5 of this regulation. The affected
facilities are each truck unloading station, truck loading
station, barge and ship unloading station, barge and ship loading
station, railcar unloading station, railcar loading station,
grain dryer, and all grain handling operations, which commence
construction, modification or reconstruction on or after August
3, 1978.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Grain” means corn, wheat, sorghum, rice, rye, oats, barley,
or soybeans.
(b) “Grain elevator” means any plant or installation at which
grain is unloaded, handled, cleaned, dried, stored, and loaded.
(C) “Grain terminal elevator” means any grain elevator which has
a storage opacity or more of 88,100 cubic meters (2.5 million
bushels) except those located at manufacturers of cereals, animal
or pet foods, breweries, and livestock feedlots.
(d) “Permanent storage capacity” means grain storage capacity
which is inside a building, bin, or silo.
(e) “Railcar” means railroad hopper car or boxcar.
(f) “Grain storage elevator” means any grain elevator at any
wheat flour mill, wet corn mill, dry corn mill (human
consumption), rice mill, or soybean oil extraction plant which
has a permanent grain storage capacity of 32,500 cubic meters (1
million bushels).
(g) “Process emission” means the particulate matter which is
collected by a capture system.
(h) “Fugitive emissions” means the particulate matter which is
not collected by the capture system and is released directly into
the atmosphere from an affected facility at a grain elevator.
(i) “Capture system” means the equipment such as shreds, hoods,
ducts, fans, dampers, etc., used to collect particulate matter
which is generated by an affected facility at a grain elevator.
(j) “Grain unloading station” means that portion of a grain
elevator where the grain is transferred from a truck, railcar,
barge or ship to a receiving hopper.
28Gd —
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(k) “Grain loading station” means that portion of a grain
elevator where grain is transferred from the elevator to a truck,
railcar, barge, or ship.
(1) “Grain handling operations” includes bucket elevators or legs
(excluding legs used to unload barges or ships), scale hoppers
and surge bins (garners), turn heads, scalpers, cleaners,
trippers, the headhouse and other structures.
(in) “Column dryer” means any equipment used to reduce the
moisture content of grain in which the grain flows from the top
to the bottom in one or more continuous packed columns between
two perforated metal sheets.
(n) “Rack dryer” means any equipment used to reduce moisture
content of grain in which grain flows from the top to the bottom
in a cascading flow around rows of baffles (racks).
(o) “Unloading leg” means a device which includes a bucket-type
elevator which is used to remove grain from a barge or ship.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
(a) On or after the date on which the performance test required
by regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or operator subject to
the provisions of this regulation shall cause to be discharged
into the atmosphere:
(i) Any gases which exhibit greater than zero percent opacity
from any:
a. Column dryer with column plate perforations exceeding 2.4 nun
diameter (.094 inch)
b. Rack dryer in which exhaust gases pass through a screen
filter coarser than 50 mesh
(ii) Any fugitive emission from:
a. Any individual truck unloading station, railcar unloading
station, or railcar loading station, which exhibits greater than
5 percent opacity
b. Any grain handling operation which exhibits greater than zero
percent opacity
c. Any truck loading station which exhibits greater than 10
percent opacity
d. Any barge of ship loading station which exhibits greater than
20 percent opacity.
(b) On and after the date on which the performance test required
by regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or operator subject to
the provisions of this regulation shall cause to be discharged
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 tt LOSIP.3RD”
into the atmosphere from any affected facility (except a grain
dryer) any process emission which:
(i) Contains particulate matter in excess of 0.023 g/dscm (0.01
gr/dscf)
(ii) Exhibits greater than zero percent opacity.
(C) The owner or operator of any barge or ship unloading station
shall operate as follows:
(i) The unloading leg shall be enclosed from the top (including
the receiving hopper) to the center line of the bottom pulley,
and ventilation to a control device shall be maintained on both
sides of the leg and the grain receiving hopper.
(ii) The total rate of air ventilated shall be at least 32.1
actual cubic meters per cubic meter of grain handling capacity
(40 cubic ft. per bushel).
(iii) Rather than comply with the requirements of subparagraph
(1) and (ii) of this paragraph, the owner or operator may use
other methods of emission control if it is demonstrated to the
District’s satisfaction that the control would reduce particulate
emissions to the same level or less.
SECTION 4. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Reference methods in appendix A of 40 CFR 60, except as
provided for in Regulation 1.04, shall be used to determine
compliance with the standards as prescribed in section 3 as
follows:
(1) Method 5 or Method 17 for concentration of particulate matter
and associated moisture content
(ii) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses
(iii) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rates
(iv) Method 3 for gas analysis
(v) Method 9 for visible emissions
(b) For Method 5 the sampling probe and filter holder shall be
operated without heaters. The sampling time for each run shall
be at least 60 minutes. The minimum sample volume shall be 1.7
dscm (60 dscf).
SECTION 5. MODIFICATIONS
The following physical changes, or changes in the methods of
operation, shall not by themselves be considered a modification
of any existing facility:
(a) The addition of gravity loadout spouts to existing grain
3r/
-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
storage or grain transfer bins
(b) The installation of automatic grain weighing scales
(C) Replacement of motor and drive units propelling existing
grain handling equipment
(d) The installation of permanent storage capacity with no
increase in hourly grain handling capacity.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 8—3—78.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
------- |